HomeMy WebLinkAboutBID - 5912 OLD TOWN SQUARE AND ALLEYS PROJECT13
Cixy of Fort Collin"
ADDENDUM No. 4
SPECIFICATIONS AND CONTRACT DOCUMENTS
Description of Bid: 5912 Old Town Square and Alleys Enhancement Project
OPENING DATE: June 16, 2005 (Our Clock) 3:00 P.M.
To all prospective bidders under the specifications and contract documents described above,
the following changes are hereby made.
RECEIPT OF THIS ADDENDUM MUST BE ACKNOWLEDGED BY A WRITTEN STATEMENT
ENCLOSED WITH THE BID/QUOTE STATING THAT THIS ADDENDUM HAS BEEN
RECEIVED.
Questions and Answers:
1. On drawing LS101, there are references to the "Swirl" pattern being both granite and
concrete pavers.
Answer: Manufacturer: Granite Paving by High Tech Architectural, 2950 Jefferson
Street, Suite A, Riverside, CA 92504, phone 951.785.7592, or approved equivalent.
Paver Style: Rough Hewn
Paver Dimensions: 4" x 4" x 2 7/8" thick
Finish: Rough Hewn
ASTM C-97 - Absorption by weight: 0.40%, maximum
ASTM C-97 — Density: 160 Ibs/Cu. Ft., minimum
ASTM C-99 — Modules of Rupture: 1,500 psi, minimum
ASTM C-170 — Compressive Strength: 19,000 psi, minimum
ASTM C-241 — Abrasion Resistance: Ha=25.0
ASTM C-880 — Flexural Strength: 200 psi, minimum
Granite paver colors: G562, AG-HZ and G682. Contractor shall supply 2 square feet
of each color for review and selection. Owner's Representative will select one color
for entire project.
2. What is the color of the sandstone used in Tenney Court?
Answer: All sandstone pavers and sandstone veneer shall be Loveland buff quartzitic
sandstone to match color and physical properties of sandstone specified in specification
section 04860 — Stone Veneer Assemblies. Finish for all sandstone pavers shall be
sawn finish.
Color for all sandstone wall caps, stair treads, stair risers, and plinth caps shall be red tc
match the existing wall caps in Old Town Square.
Maximum Absorption 3.0% ASTM C97
Compressive Strength 10,000 psi minimum ASTM C170
215 Nortll Mason Street • 2"" Fluor ^ P.O. Box 5M + Fort Collins CO 80522-0580 • (970) 221-6775 • FAx (970l 221-6'0-
www.fcgov.com
in
ifs
N
00
I
N
TUBE STEEL J-BOX (BEHIND). PROVIDE A CLEAN
AND WEATHER TIGHT CONNECTION
3'-42" BETWEEN J-BOX AND LIGHT FIXTURE
3'-04" LIGHT FIXTURE
RE: ELECTRICAL
9"
REUSED HINGED SIGN PANEL (1) 1
FROM EXIST. KIOSK.
VISION PANEL BOTH SIDES
I SIDE FOR TENANT LIST,
1 SIDE FOR POSTERS. REPLACE
(E) POSTER TAPING SURFACE.
STEEL CHANNEL SECTION
FRAME (TYPICAL).
1" STEEL PIPE
WELDED(TYPICAL).
�C4X5.4
4 X 4 TUBE STEEL
12" CONCRETE PIER
A ELEVATIONS
i 31
A102 1/2 =1 -01,
OLD TOWN SQUARE /
ALLEYS ENHANCEMENTS
A
DATE 06,08,2005
PROJECT NO. 04030071.01
SCALE Y2"= 1'- 0"
KIOSKS
PARTIAL OF 2/A102
TWO SIDED KIOSK
S K-2
INDEX TO GENERAL CONDITIONS
City of Fort Collins modifications to the General Conditions of the Construction Contract are not shown in this index
Article or Paragraph
Number
Acceptance of --
Bonds and Insurance.......................................5.14
defective Work............................10.4.1, 13.5, 13.13
final payment ......... ....................... 9.12, 14.15
insurance 5..14
..........................................................
other Work, by CONTRACTOR ..........................7.3
Substitutes and "Or -Equal" Item$......................6.7.1
Work by OWNER,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,, ,,,,,,,2.5, 6.30, 6.34
Access to the --
Lands, OWNER and CONTRACTOR
responsibilities ............................................. 4.1
site, related Work .............................................. 7.2
Work, ..........................................13.2, 13.14, 14.9
Acts or Omissions--, Acts and Omissions--
CONTRACTOR...................................6.9.1, 9.13.3
ENGINEER .......................................... 6.20, 9.13.3
OWNER ................................................... 6.20, 8.9
Addenda --definition of (also see
definition of Specifications) ,....... (1.6, 1.10, 6.19), Lt
Additional Property Insurances ................................. 5.7
Adjustments --
Contract Price or Contract
Times ...........................1.5, 3.5, 4.1, 4.3.2, 4.5.2,
.............................4.5.3, 9.4, 9.5, 10.2-10.4,
.........................................11, 12, 14.8, 15.1
progress schedule, .................... ........................6.6
Agreement --
definition of......................................................1.2
"All -Risk" Insurance, policy form............................5.6.2
Allowances, Cash ................................................... 11.8
Amending Contract Documents ................................ 3.5
Amendment, Written --
in general................1.10, 1.45, 3.5, 5.10, 5.12, 6.6.2
_...,6.8.2, 6.19, 10.1, 10.4, 11.2
...................................12.1, 13.12.2, 14.7.2
Appeal, OWNER or CONTRACTOR
intent to ..........................9.10, 9.11, 10A, 16.2, 16.5
Application for Payment --
definition of......................................................1.3
ENGINEER'S Responsibility ............................... 9.9
final payment .................. 9.13.4, 9.13.5, 14.12-14.15
in general ..........................2.8, 2.9, 5.6.4, 9.10, 15.5
progress payment. ..................................... 14.1-14.7
review of.................................................:14.4-14.7
Arbitration 16.1-16.6
......................................................
Asbestos --
claims pursuant thereto..........................4.5.2, 4.5.3
CONTRACTOR authorized to stop Work,,,......, 4.5.2
definition of 1.4
Article or Paragraph
Number
OWNER responsibility for,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,
4.5.1, 8.10
possible price and times change .......
........... 4.5.2
Authorized Variations in Work,.,..,,,,
3.6, 6.25, 6.27, 9.5
Availability of Lands .........................................
4.1, 8.4
Award, Notice of --defined, ......................................
1.25
Before Starting Construction,,, .....
... ........2.5-2.8
Bid --definition of........................A.5
(1.1, 1.10, 2.3, 3.3,
........................4.2.6.4, 6.13, 11.4.3, 11.9.1)
Bidding Documents --definition
of...................................................1.6
(6.8.2)
Bidding Requirements --definition
of..................I.......................1.7
(1.1, 4.2.6.2)
Bonds --
acceptance of....................................................5.14
additional bonds
.10.5, 11.4.5.9
Cost of the Work............................................11.5.4
definition of... .................. I., ................................
1.9
delivery of...................................................2.
I, 5.1
final Application for Payment .................14.12-14.14
general ......................................
1.10, 5.1-5.3, 5.13,
........................................
9.13, 10.5, 14.7.6
Performance, Payment and Other...................5.1-5.2
Bonds and Insurance --in general ........................
*........5
Builder's risk "all-risk" policy form ........................5.6.2
Cancellation Provisions, Insurance..,,,,,,
5.4.11, 5.8, 5.15
Cash Allowances....................................................11.8
Certificate of Substantial Completion..,.,,,
1.38, 6.30.2.3,
..................................................14.8,
14.10
Certificates of Inspection ...................9.13.4,
13.5, 14.12
Certificates of Insurance ............2.7,
5.3, 5.4.11, 5.4.13,
.......................5.6.5, 5.8,
5.14, 9.13.4, 14.12
Change in Contract Price --
Cash Allowances
11.8
claim for price
adjustment............4.1, 4.2.6,
4.5, 5.15, 6.8.2, 9.4
................... 9.5, 9.11, 10.2,
10.5, 11.2, 13.9,
......................13.13, 13.14,
14.7, 15.1, 15.5
CONTRACTOR's fee.........................................11.6
Cost of the Work
general.... .........................................11.4-11.7
..
Exclusions to,., ... ........................................
11.5
Cost Records.....................................................11.7
in general.............1.19, 1.44, 9.11,
10.4.2, 10.4.3, 11
Lump Sum Pricing. *4 ..... * ... * ........
11.3.2
Notification of Suret.........................................10.5
Scope of... ..............,,,,
........jO.3-10.4
Testing and Inspection,
Uncovering the Work ..................................
13.9
EJCDC GENERAL CONDITIONS 1910-8 (1990 EDITION)
w/ CITY OF FORT COLLINS MODIFICATIONS (REV 9/99)
Unit Price Work,11.9
Article or Paragraph
Number
Value of Work..................................................11.3
Change in Contract Times --
Claim for times adjustment,..,,,,,
4.1, 4.2.6, 4.5, 5.15,
............ 6.8.2, 9.4, 9.5, 9.11,
10.2, 10.5, 12.1,
............... 13.9, 13.13, 13.14,
14.7, 15.1, 15.5
Contractual time limits12.2
Delays beyond CONTRACTOR's
control........................................................12.3
Delays beyond OWNER's and
CONTRACTOR's control.............................12.4
Notification of surety.........................................10.5
Scope of change........................................10.3-10.4
Change Orders --
Acceptance ofDefective Work ..........................13.13
Amending Contract Documents.,
......................... 3.5
Cash Allowances..............................................11.8
Change of Contract Price....................................It
Change of Contract Times...................................12
Changes in the Work *........
......... .........10
CONTRACTOR's fee........................................11.6
Cost of the Work.......................................11.4-11.7
Cost Records....................................................11.7
definition of
1.9
emergencies....................................................
6.23
ENGINEER's responsibility .......
9.8, 10.4, 11.2, 12.1
execution of .......................................................
10.4
Indemnifiction .........................6.12, 6.16, 6.31-6.33
Insurance, Bonds and.......................5.10,
5.13, 10.5
OWNER may terminate .........
.............15.2-15.4
OWNER'S Responsibility ............................
8.6, 10.4
Physical Conditions --
Subsurface and..............................................4.2
Underground Facilities--.............................4.3.2
Record Documents ...........................................
6.19
Scope of Change.......................................10.3-10.4
Substitutes........... .....
....6.7.3, 6.8.2
Unit Price Work ................................................
11.9
value of Work, covered by.................................11.3
Changes in the Work..................................................10
Notification of surety.........................................10.5
OWNER's and CONTRACTOR's
responsibilities ..............................
.............10.4
Right to an adjustment................................I.....10.2
Scope of change, ................
.............10.3-10.4
Claims --
against CONTRACTOR .................................
...6.16
against ENGINEER.........................................6.32
against OWNER...............................................6.32
Change of Contract Price ...........................
9.4, 11.2
Change of Contract Times ..........................
9.4, 12.1
CONTRACTORs.............. 4, 7.1,
9.4, 9.5, 9.11, 10.2,
............. I............. 11.2, 11.9,
12.11 13.9, 14.8,
............................................15.1,
15.5, 17.3
vi
CONTRACTOR's Fee ....................................... I L6
Article or Paragraph
Number
CONTRACTOR's liability ........... 5.4, 6.12, 6.16, 6.31
Cost of the Work,,,,,11.4,
11.5
Decisions on Disputes...............................9.11,
9.12
Dispute Resolution............................................16.1
Dispute Resolution Agreement ...................
16.1-16.6
ENGINEER as initial interpretor....
..............9.11
Lump Sum Pricing .........................................
11.3.2
Noticeof..........................................................17.3
OWNER's................... 9.4, 9.5, 9.11,
10.2, 11.2, 11.9
........................12.1, 13.9, 13.13,
13.14, 17.3
OWNER's liability ..............................................
5.5
OWNER may refuse to make payment.................14.7
Professional Fees and Court Costs
Included......................................................17.5
request for formal decision on,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,9.11
Substitute Items.............................................6.7.1.2
Time Extension ..... ..... .......................................12.1
Time requirements ...................................
9.11, 12.1
Unit Price Work
11.9.3
Valueof...........................................................1,1.3
Waiver of --on Final Payment.................14.14,
14.15
Work Change Directive .....................................
10.2
written notice required ......................9.11,
11.2, 12.1
Clarifications and Interpretations .............
3.6.3, 9.4, 9.11
CleanSite............................................................4.17
Codes of Technical Society, Organization
orAssociation..................................................3.3.3
Commencement of Contract Times ...........................z.3
Communications--
general..............................................6.2,
6.9.2, 8.1
Hazard Communication Programs ......................6.22
Completion --
Final Application for Payment .........................14.12
Final Inspection. ............................. .................
14.11
Final Payment and Acceptance ...............14.13-14.14
Partial Utilization,____...... ... ...... _
............ J4.10
Substantial Completion ......................1.38,
14.8-14.9
Waiver of Claims............................................14.15
Computation of Times...............................
.17.2.1-17.2.2
Concerning Subcontractors, Suppliers
and Others..................................................6.8-6.11
Conferences --
initially acceptable schedules ..............................
2.9
preconstruction................ „. ,,,_._
...............2.8
Conflict, Error, Ambiguity, Discrepancy --
CONTRACTOR to Report... ........................
2..5,3.3.2
Construction, before starting by
CONTRACTOR............................................2.5-2.7
Construction Machinery, Equipment, etc,
.................6.4
Continuing the Work ......... ............ .................
,29, 10.4
Contract Documents
Amending..........................................................3.5
Bonds.............................................................
5.1
EJCDC GENERAL CONDITIONS 1910-8 (1990 EDITION)
w/ CITY OF FORT COLLINS MODIFICATIONS (REV 9/99)
Cash Allowances,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,_ ... ,,,,,,,,,,.,,,11.8
Article or Paragraph
Number
Change of Contract Price ....................................
11
Change of Contract Times...................................12
Changes in the Work ........................... I .....
10.4-10.5
check and verify................................................2.5
Clarifications and
Interpretations .........................3.2, 3.6,
9.4, 9.11
definition of.....................................................1.10
ENGINEER as initial interpreter of,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,
9.11
ENGINEER as OWNER'S representative..............9.1
general3
Insurance...........................................................5.3
Intent........................................................
3.1-3.4
minor variations in the Work..............................3.6
OWNER's responsibility to furnish datq..............
8.3
OWNER's responsibility to make
prompt payment ......................... 8.3, 14.4,
14.13
precedence ................. ......... ............3.1,
3.3.3
Record Documents6.19
Reference to Standards and Specifications
of Technical Societies..............................*....3.3
Related Work .........
7.2
Reporting and Resolving Discrepancies...,.,,,
2.5, 3.3
Reuseof............................................................3.7
Supplementing, .................................................
3.6
Termination of ENGINEERS Employment
.......... 8.2
Unit Price Work................................................11.9
variations .................. ......................3.6,
6.23, 6.27
Visits to Site, ENGINEER's................................
9.2
Contract Price --
adjustment of ............... 3.5, 4.1, 9.4, 10.3,
11.2-11.3
Changeof...........................................................11
Decision on Disputes........................................9.11
definition of ....................................................
]..It
Contract Times --
adjustment of ..........................3.5, 4.1, 9.4, 10.3, 12
Change of ......... ........................... .............
12.1-12.4
Commencement of2.3
definition of
.......................................................
1.12
CONTRACTOR --
Acceptance of Insurance ...................................
5.14
Communications,,,.... .._........6.2,
6.9.2
Continue Work........................................6.29,
10.4
coordination and scheduling............................6.9.2
definition of .............. ... ...... ........
........1.13
Limited Reliance on Technical
Data Authorized..........................................
4.2.2
May Stop Work or Terminate............................1,5.5
provide site access to others,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,
7.2, 13.2
Safety and Protection ...................4.3.1.2, 6.16, 6.18,
................................... ...6.21-6.23,
7.2, 13.2
Shop Drawing and Sample Review
Prior to Submittal6.25
vii
Stop Work requirements..................................4.5.2
CONTRACTOR's-
Article or Paragraph
Number
Compensation............................................11.1-11.2
Continuing Obligation.....................................14.15
Defective Work,,,.....* ....................... .6, 13.10-13.14
Duty to correct defective Work ..........................13.11
Duty to Report --
Changes in the Work caused by
Emergency...........................................
6.23
Defects in Work of Others
,7.3
Differing conditions ...................................4.2.3
Discrepancy in Documents,,,,,,., 2.5, 3.3.2, 6.14.2
Underground Facilities not indicated,,,..,,,,,
4.3.2
Emergencies .............................. .......................
6.23
Equipment and Machinery Rental, Cost
of the Work...........................................11.4.5.3
Fee --Cost Plus,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,, 11.4.5.6, 11.5.1,
11.6
General Warranty and Guarantee .......................0.30
Hazard Communication Programs ......................6.22
Indemnification ........................6.12, 6.t6,
6.31-6.33
Inspection of the Work....:,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,
7.3, 13.4
Labor, Materials and Equipment ...... .........0.3-6.5
Laws and Regulations, Compliance by,,,,,,,,,,,,,
6.14.1
Liability Insurance..............................................5.4
Notice of Intent to Appeal .........................9.10,
10.4
obligation to perform and complete
theWork....................................................6.30
Patent Fees and Royalties, paid for by,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,
6.12
Performance and Other Bonds .......... ..............
5.1
Permits, obtained and paid for by.......................6.13
Progress Schedule ...........................2.6, 2.8, 2.9, 6.6,
................I.......................6.29, 10.4, 15.2.1
Request for formal decisionon disputes,,,,,,,,,,,,,,
9.11
Responsibilities—
Changes in the Work..................................10.1
Concerning Subcontractors, Suppliers
and Others. ... ........_.........._......6.8-6.11
Continuing the Work ..........................6.29,
10.4
CONTRACTOR's expense ..........................
6.7.1
CONTRACTOR's General Warranty
and Guarantee.......................................6.30
CONTRACTOR's review prior to Shop
Drawing or Sample submittal.................6.25
Coordination of Work6.9.2
Emergencies ............................... ................
6.23
ENGINEER's evaluation, Substitutes
or "Or -Equal" Items.............................6.7.3
For Acts and Omissions
of Others ............................. 6.9.1-6.9.2, 9.13
for deductible amounts, insurance...................5.9
general........................................6, 7.2,
7.3, 8.9
Hazardous Communication Programs ....
,...... 6.22
Indemnification ...................................
6.31-6.33
EJCDC GENERAL CONDITIONS 1910-8 (1990 EDITION)
w/ CITY OF FORT COLLINS MODIFICATIONS (REV 9/99)
Labor, Materials and Equipment..............6 3-6.5
Laws and Regulations..................................6.14
Liability Insurance ......... ......... ........ 5.4
Article or Paragraph
Number
Notice of variation from Contract
Documents ...........................................
6.27
Patent Fees and Royalties............ I................6.12
Permits.......................................................4.13
Progress Schedule.........................................6.6
Record Documents
6.19
related Work performed prior to
ENGINEER's approval of required
submittals .............................................
6.28
safe structural loading.................................6.18
Safety and Protection ......... .......6.20,
7.2, 13.2
Safety Representative...................................6.21
Scheduling the Work..................................6.9.2
Shop Drawings and Samples .......................
6.24
Shop Drawings and Samples Review
by ENGINEER .....................................
6.26
Site Cleanliness ...........................................
6.17
Submittal Procedures ...................................
6.25
Substitute Construction Methods
and Procedures6.7.2
Substitutes and "Or -Equal" Items................6.7.1
Superintendence ...........................................
6.2
Supervision...................................................6.1
Survival of Obligations................................6.34
Taxes.........................................................
6.15
Tests and Inspections..................................13.5
ToReport.. ................ ....... * .....................
2.5
Use of Premises.16-6.18,
6.30.2.4
Review Prior to Shop Drawing or
Sample Submittal _........
...............................
6.25
Right to adjustment for changes in the Work
..... 10.2
right to claim,,.._...,,, 4, 7.1, 9.4, 9.5, 9.11,
10.2,11.2,
..........11.9, 12.1, 13.9, 14.8, 15.1,
15.5, 17.3
Safety and Protection,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,, 6.20-6.22,
7.2, 13.2
Safety Representative.....,,,,,,.I......................
I.... 6.21
Shop Drawings and Samples Submittals .....
6.24-6.28
Special Consultants........................................11.4.4
Substitute Construction Methods and Procedures„6.7
Substitutes and "Or -Equal" Items,
Expense .......................................... 6.7.1,
6.7.2
Subcontractors, Suppliers and Others ..........
6.8-6.11
Supervision and Superintendence ......... 6.1,
6.2, 6.21
Taxes, Payment by............................................6.15
Use of Premises .........................................
6.16-6.18
Warranties and guarantees ..........................6.5,
6.30
Warranty of Title ................... ...._..., .......,14.3
Written Notice Required --
CONTRACTOR stop Work or terminate
........ 15.5
Reports of Differing Subsurface
and Physical Conditions .......................4.2.3
Substantial Completion..,.,,..... I....................14.8
CONTRACTORS --other .............................................. 7
Contractual Liability Insurance,,,,,,. I......................$.4.10
Contractual Time Limits12.2
Article or Paragraph
Number
Coordination—
CONTRACTOR's responsibility ........................6.9.2
Copies of Documents ............. .........
............... 2.2
Correction Period..................................................13.12
Correction, Removal or Acceptance
of Defective Work--
in general...................................10.4.1,
13.10-13.14
Acceptance ofDefective Work ..........................13.13
Correction or Removal of
Defective Work.................................6.30,
13.11
Correction Period
13.12
OWNER May Correct Defective Work
............13.14
OWNER May Stop Work...............................13.10
„
Cost --
of Tests and Inspections.....................................13.4
Records11.7
Cost of the Work --
Bonds and insurance, additional ...................11.4.5.9
Cash Discounts ................................................
11.4.2
CONTRACTOR's Fee.......................................11.6
Employee Expenses......................................11.4.5.1
Exclusions to ....................................................
11.5
General 11.4-11.5
Home office and overhead expenses ....................11.5
Losses and damages.....................................11.4.5.6
Materials and equipment„ .........
„_........11.4.2
Minor expenses...........................................11.4.5.8
Payroll costs on changes..................................11.4.1
performed by Subcontractors .........
...........1.1.4.3
Records 11.7
Rentals of construction equipment
and machinery.......................................11.4.5.3
Royalty payments, permits and
license fees............................................11.4.5.5
Site office and temporary facilities ................11.4.5.2
Special Consultants, CONTRACTOR'S
...........11.4.4
Supplemental ................................
...........11.4.5
Taxes related to the Work............................1,1.4.5.4
Tests and Inspection ..........................................
13.4
Trade Discounts ..............................................
11.4.2
Utilities, fuel and sanitary facilities ...............11.4.5.7
Work after regular hours.................................11.4.1
Covering Work ............... ................................
13.6-13.7
Cumulative Remedies ......................................
17.4-17.5
Cutting, fitting and patching .........................
_........ 7.2
Data, to be furnished by OWNER ......... I
............... 8.3
Day --definition of„.....,,,,,..„................................17.2.2
Decisions on Disputes ....................................
9.11, 9.12
defective --definition of...........................................1.14
defective Work --
Acceptance of.. .....................................
10.4.1, 13.13
E.ICDC GENERAL CONDITIONS 1910-8 (1990 EDITION)
w/ CITY OF FORT COLLINS MODIFICATIONS (REV 9/99)
Correction or Removal of. ..................... 10.4.1, 13.11
Correction Period13.12
in general.........................................13, 14.7, 14.11
Article or Paragraph
Number
Observation by ENGINEER ...............................
9.2
OWNER May Stop Work...............................„13.10
Prompt Notice of Defects ......... .........
........13.1
Rejecting .................................. ........................
9.6
Uncovering the Work.......................................J3.8
Definitions ................................................................
1
Delays ..................................... 4.1, 6.29,
12.3-12.4
Deliveryof Bonds.....................................................2.1
Delivery of certificates of insurance ............................2.7
Determinations for Unit Prices
9.10
Differing Subsurface or Physical Conditions --
Noticeof........................................................4.2.3
ENGINEER's Review .......................................
4.2.4
Possible Contract Documents Change..............4.2.5
Possible Price and Times Adjustments..............4.2.6
Discrepancies -Reporting
and Resolving„..............................2.5, 3.3.2,
6.14.2
Dispute Resolution --
Agreement ........ ........... ...................... I ......
16.1-16.6
Arbitration ............. .............. .....................
16.1-16.5
general16
Mediation
16.6
Dispute Resolution Agreemen(.........................16.1-16.6
Disputes, Decisions by ENGINEER,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,, ...................
Documents --
Copiesof...........................................................2.2
Record 6.19
Reuseof. ...........................................................
3.7
Drawings --definition of..........................................1.15
Easements ........
4.1
Effective date of Agreement -- definition of..............).16
Emergencies...........................................................6.23
ENGINEER --
as initial interpreter on disputes,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,, .................
definition of....................................................
1.17
Limitations on authority and responsibilities,,,,,
9.13
Replacement of ..................................................
8.2
Resident Project Representative ...........................9.3
ENGINEER's Consultant -- definition of
.....................
1,18
ENGINEER's--
authority and responsibility, limitations on
......... 9.13
Authorized Variations in the Work.....................9.5
Change Orders, responsibility for.,,,,,. 9.7,
10, 11, 12
Clarifications and Interpretations ...............3.6.3,
9.4
Decisions on Disputes ...............................
9.11-9.12
defective Work, notice of..................................13.1
Evaluation of Substitute Items,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,6.7.3
Liability ..................................................
6.32, 9.12
Notice Work is Acceptable..............................14.13
Observations..........................................6.30.2,
9.2
ix
OWNER's Representative....................................9.1
Payments to the CONTRACTOR,
Responsibilityfor ,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,9.9, 14
Recommendation of Payment ....................14.4, 14.13
Article or Paragraph
Number
Responsibilities --Limitations on,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,
9.11-9.13
Review of Reports on Differing Subsurface
and Physical Conditions.............................4.2.4
Shop Drawings and Samples, review
responsibility ..............................................
6.26
Status During Construction --
authorized variations in the Work..................9.5
Clarifications and Interpretations ..................9A
Decisions on Disputes .........................
9.11-9.12
Determinations on Unit Price .......................9.10
ENGINEER as Initial Interpretet..........
.11-9.12
ENGINEER's Responsibilities ................9.1-9.12
Limitations on ENGINEER's Authority
and Responsibilities..............................9.13
OWNER's Representative..............................9.1
Project Representative...................................9.3
Rejecting Defective Work..............................9.6
Shop Drawings, Change Orders
and Payments....................................9.7-9.9
Visits to Site.................................................9.2
Unit Price determinations..................................
9.10
Visits to Site ......................................................
9.2
Written consent required..............................7.2,
9.1
Equipment, Labor, Materials and .. ....... ........
..... *.,6.3-6.5
Equipment rental, Cost of the Work,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,
11.4.5.3
Equivalent Materials and Equipment .........................6.7
error or omissions .. ....... .................... *.........
,,,,,...... 6.33
Evidence of Financial Arrangements .......................8.11
Explorations of physical conditions .......
........... 4.2.1
Fee, CONTRACTOR's--Costs Plus ...........................11.6
Field Order --
definition of .......................................................
1.19
issued by ENGINEER,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,
3.6.1, 9.5
Final Application for Payment...............................14.12
Final Inspection ...................................................
14.11
Final Payment --
and Acceptance.....................................14.13-14.14
Prior to, for cash allowances ..............................
11.8
General Provisions ..........................................
17.3-17.4
General Requirements --
definition of.....................................................1,20
principal references to..............2.6, 6.4,
6.6-6.7. 6.24
Giving Notice.........................................................17.1
Guarantee of Work --by CONTRACTOR,,.....,
6.30, 14.12
Hazard Communication Programs ..........................
6.22
Hazardous Waste --
definition of.................................................I...1.21
general.............................................................
4.5
OWNER'S responsibility for...............................8.10
EJCDC GENERAL CONDITIONS 1910-8 (1990 EDITION)
w/ CITY OF FORT COLLINS MODIFICATIONS (REV 9199)
Indemnification..............................6.12,
6.16, 6.31-6.33
Initially Acceptable Schedules...................................2.9
Inspection --
Certificates of..............................9.13.4,
13.5, 14.12
Final ............................................................
14.11
Article or Paragraph
Number
Special, required byENGINEER ......................... 9.6
Tests and Approval ................. ........8.7, 13.3-13.4
Insurance --
Acceptance of, by OWNER.. I .............................
5.14
Additional, required by changes
in the Work............................................11.4.5.9
Before starting the Work ....................................
2.7
Bonds and --in general ......... .........
...........5
Cancellation Provisions
5.8
Certificates of ................... 2.7, 5, 5.3, 5.4.11,
5.4.13,
........................5.6.5, 5.8, 5.14, 9.13.4, 14.12
completed operations.................................*....5.4.13
CONTRACTOR's Liability..................................5.4
CONTRACTOR's objection to coverage.............5.14
Contractual Liability......................................5.4.10
deductible amounts, CONTRACTOR's
responsibility................................................5.9
Final Application for Payment ..........................14.12
Licensed Insurers,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,, I........................5.3
Notice requirements, material changes ........
5.8, 10.5
Option to Replace.............................................5.14
other special insurances....................................5.10
OWNER as fiduciary for insureds .............5.12-5.13
OWNER's Liability ............................................
5.5
OWNER'S Responsibility.....................................8.5
Partial Utilization, Property Insurance...............5.15
Property ................................. .....................
5.6-5.10
Receipt and Application of Insurance
Proceeds ..............................................
5.12-5.13
Special Insurance ................................... ..........
5.10
Waiver of Rights..............................................5.11
Intent of Contract Documents.............................3.1-3.4
Interpretations and Clarifications
9.4
Investigations of physical conditions .........
........4.2
Labor, Materials and Equipment..........................6.3-6.5
Lands --
and Easements...................................................8.4
Availability of...........................................4.1,
8.4
Reports and Tests...............................................8A
Laws and Regulations --Laws or Regulations--
Bonds........................................................5.1-5.2
Changes in the Work.........................*..._..........10.4
Contract Documents ...............................
3.1
CONTRACTOR's Responsibilities .....................6.14
Correction Period, defective Work....................13.12
Cost of the Work, taxes ........... ...............
11.4.5.4
definition of
.......................................................
1.22
general6.14
Indemnification ........................................
6,31-6.33
Insurance .................................
Precedence ...............................................
3.1, 3.3.3
Reference to................
3.3.1
Safety and Protection................................6.20,
13.2
Subcontractors, Suppliers and Others ...........
6.8-6.11
Article or Paragraph
Number
Tests and Inspections...................................13.5
Use of Premises ................ ......... ..............6.16
Visits to Site.......................................................9.2
Liability Insurance--
CONTRACTOR's...............................................
5.4
OWNER's...........................................................5.5
Licensed Sureties and Insurers .................................
5.3
Liens --
Application for Progress Payment,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,
14.2
CONTRACTOR's Warranty of Title . ..............14.3
Final Application for Payment .........................14.12
definition of .................... ......... ..............1.23
Waiver of Claims .............................................
14.15
Limitations on ENGINEER's authority and
responsibilities.................................................
9.13
Limited Reliance by CONTRACTOR
Authorized ......................................................4.2.2
Maintenance and Operating Manuals --
Final Application for Payment .........................14.12
Manuals (of others)--
Precedence....................................................3.3.3.1
Reference to in Contract Documents,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,
3.3.1
Materials and equipment --
furnished by CONTRACTOR...............................0.3
not incorporated in Work...................................14.2
Materials or equipment--equivalent...........................6.7
Mediation (Optional)..............................................j6.7
Milestones --definition of........................................1.24
Miscellaneous --
Computation of Times .................... I..................
17.2
Cumulative Remedies
17.4
Giving Notice ....................................................
17.1
Notice of Claim ..............................
17.3
Professional Fees and Court Costs Included
.17.5
Multi -prime contracts .................................................
7
Not Shown or Indicated, ........................................
4.3.2
Notice of --
Acceptability of Project.....................................14.13
Award, definition of.........................................1.25
Claim.............17.3
...............................................
Defects,13.1
Differing Subsurface or Physical Conditions,,,,.,
4.2.3
Giving............................................................17.1
Tests and Inspections ..................................
....13.3
Variation, Shop Drawing and Samplg ..............6.27
Notice to Proceed --
definition of..................................................I..1.26
givingof...........................................................2.3
EJCDC GENERAL CONDITIONS 1910-8 (1990 EDITION)
w/ CITY OF FORT COLLINS MODIFICATIONS (REV 9/99)
Notification to Surety..............................................10.5
Observations, by ENGINEER...........................6.30,
9.2
Occupancy of the Work,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,
5.15, 6.30.2.4, 14.10
Omissions or acts by CONTRACTOR................6.9, 9.13
Open Peril policy form, Insurance ..........................5.6.2
Option to Replace.... ................. .............................
5.14
Article or Paragraph
Number
"Or Equal" Items......................................................6.7
Other work 7
Overtime Work --prohibition of„.....................I....._...6.3
OWNER --
Acceptance ofdefective Work ...........................
1,3.13
appoint an ENGINEER......................................8.2
as fiduciary ...............................................5.12-5.13
Availability of Lands, responsibility ....................4.1
definition of
.......................................................
1.27
data, furnish......................................................8.3
May Correct Defective Work...........................13.14
May refuse to make paymen(.............................14.7
May Stop the Work .........................................
j3.10
May Suspend Work,
Terminate ...........................8.8, 13.10,
15.1-15.4
Payment, make prompt.....................8.3, 14.4,
14.13
performance of other work ..................................
7.1
permits and licenses, requirements,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,
6.13
purchased insurance requirements... .............
5.6-5.10
OWNER'S --
Acceptance of the Work..............................6.30.2.5
Change Orders, obligation to execute,,,,..,..,
8.6, 10.4
Communications .................................................
8.1
Coordination of the Work
7.4
Disputes, request for decision ............................%11
Inspections, tests and approvals..................8.7,
13.4
Liability Insurance .............................................
5.5
Notice of Defects13.1
Representative --During Construction,
ENGINEER's Status ......................................
9.1
Responsibilities—
Asbestos, PCBs, Petroleum, Hazardous
Waste or Radioactive Material .................
8.10
Change Orders..............................................8.6
Changes in the Work...................................10.1
communications8.1
CONTRACTOR's responsibilities.....*.............8.9
evidence of financial arrangements„.............8.11
inspections, tests and approvals,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,
8.7
insurance......................................................
8 .5
lands and easements.................„.,,,.„..._,,,,...8.4
prompt payment by........................................8.3
replacement of ENGINEER ...........................8.2
reports and tests...................................I........8.4
stop or suspend Work..................8.8, 13.10,
15.1
terminate CONTRACTOR's
services..........................................8.8,
15.2
separate representative at site,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,
9.3
Xi
testing, independent.........................................13.4
use or occupancy
of the Work ......................... 5.15, 6.30.2.4, 14.10
written consent or approval
required.........................................9.1, 6.3, 11.4
EJCDC GENERAL CONDITIONS 1910-8 (1990 EDITION)
w/ CITY OF FORT COLLINS MODIFICATIONS (REV 9/99)
Article or Paragraph
Number
written notice required ........................7.1,
9.4, 9,11,
....................................11.2
, 11.9, 14.7, 15.4
PCBs --
definition of .......................................................
1.29
general..............................................................4.5
OWNER's responsibility for,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,
,,,„8.10
Partial Utilization --
definition of...........................I.........................1.28
general 6.30.2.4, 14.10
Property Insurance............................................5.15
Patent Fees and Royalties . ......... .........
....... 6.12
Payment Bonds...................................................5.1-5.2
Payments, Recommendation of..............14.4-14.7,
14.13
Payments to CONTRACTOR and Completion
--
Application for ProgressPayments ......................14.2
CONTRACTOR's Warranty of Title..................14.3
Final Application for Payment,,,.....,.
............14.12
.....
Final Inspection ..............................................
14.11
Final Payment and Acceptancg ................14.13-14.14
general.........................................................8.3,
14
Partial Utilization
14.10
Retainage..........................................................14.2
Review of Applications for
Progress Payments ...............................
14.4-14.7
prompt payment,,,,,....,
........$ 3
Schedule of Values,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,14.1
Substantial Completion ..............................
14.8-14.9
Waiver of Claims .............................................
14.15
when payments due ...............................„
14.4, 14.13
withholding payment .. ......... ....................14.7
Performance Bonds
5.1-5.2
PermitsI ...........................................................6.13
Petroleum --
definition of .......................................................
1.30
general..............................................................4.5
OWNER's responsibility for...............................8.10
Physical Conditions --
Drawings of, in or relating to,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,
4,2.1.2
ENGINEER'S review .........................................
4.2.4
existing structures............................................4.2.2
general4.2.1.2..........................................................
Notice of Differing Subsurface or,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,
4.2.3
Possible Contract Documents Change...............4.2.5
Possible Price and Times Adjustments..............4.2.6
Reports and Drawings ....................................
4.2.1
Subsurface and ........... ......... .........
....., 4.2
Subsurface Conditions ....................................
4.2.1.1
Technical Data, Limited Reliance by
CONTRACTOR Authorized .......................
4.2.2
Underground Facilities—
general........................................................
4.3
Not Shown or Indicated ................................
Protection of.........................................4.3,
6.20
Article or Paragraph
Number
Shown or Indicated, ...............................................
4.3.1
Technical Data ...............................................
4.2.2
Preconstruction Conference
........................................
2.8
Preliminary Matters.....................................................2
Preliminary Schedules ...... .................. I......................
2.6
Premises, Use of ...
...........................................
6.16-6.18
Price, Change of Contract ....... ....................................
I I
Price, Contract --definition of .................................
1.11
Progress Payment, Applications for ..........................14.2
Progress Payment--retainage...................................
14.2
Progress schedule, CONTRACTOR'S,,,........2.6,
2.8, 2.9,
................................. 6.6, 6.29, 10.4, 15.2.1
Project --definition of,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,I
.............. 1.31
Project Representative--
ENGINEER's Status During Construction.............9.3
Project Representative, Resident --definition
of ......... 1.33
prompt payment by OWNER...................................„8.3
Property Insurance --
Additional.........................................................5.7
general5.6-5.10
Partial Utilization................................5.15,
14.10.2
receipt and application of proceeds.,,,,,,.....
5.12-5.13
Protection, Safety and..............................6.20-6.21,
13.2
Punch list
14.11
Radioactive Material--
defintion of .......................................................
1.32
general4.5
OWNER's responsibility for,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,8.10
Recommendation of Payment,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,, 14.4, 14.5, 14.13
Record Documents.. ....................... .........
6.19, 14.12
Records, procedures for maintaining ..........
...........7.8
Reference Points ......................4.4
.................................
Reference to Standards and Specifications
of Technical Societies .........................................
3.3
Regulations, Laws and(or)......................................6.14
Rejecting Defective Work..........................................9.6
Related Work --
atSite........................................................7.1-7.3
Performed prior to Shop Drawings
and Samples submittals review....................6.28
Remedies, cumulative......................................17.4,
17.5
Removal or Correction ofDefcctive Work................13.11
rental agreements, OWNER approval required
..... 11.4.5.3
replacement of ENGINEER, by OWNER ...................
8.2
Reporting and Resolving
Discrepancies.................................2.5,
3.3.2, 6.14.2
Reports --
and Drawings.................................................4.2.1
and Tests, OWNER's responsibility ....................8A
Resident and Project Representative --
definition of....................................................1.33
provision for............................................................ 9.3
E.ICDC GENERAL CONDITIONS 1910-8 (1990 EDITION)
w/ CITY OF FORT COLLINS MODIFICATIONS (REV 9/99)
Article or Paragraph
Number
Resident Superintendent, CONTRACTOR's................6.2
Responsibilities—
CONTRACTOR's-in general .................................. 6
ENGINEER's-in general........................................9
Limitations on..............................................
9.13
OWNER's-in general..............................................9
Retainage............................................................J4.2
Reuse of Documents .... ...................... I ...
.................... .7
Review by CONTRACTOR: Shop Drawings
and Samples Prior to Submittal ..........................6.25
Review of Applications for
Progress Payments ............ ......................
.... 14.4-14.7
Right to an adjustment............................................10.2
Rightsof Way..........................................................4.1
Royalties, Patent Fees and......................................6.12
Safe Structural Loading..........................................6.18
Safety --
and Protection................................4.3.2,
6.16, 6.18,
......................................6.20-6.21, 7.2, 13.2
general ....................................................
6.20-6.23
Representative, CONTRACTOR's..............._._....6.21
Samples --
definition of .....................................................
1.34
general.....................................................6.24-6.28
Review by CONTRACTOR................................6.25
Review by ENGINEER..............................6.26,
6.27
related Work....................................................6.28
submittal of....................................................6.24.2
submittal procedures.........................................6.25
Schedule of progress.............................2.6,
2.8-2.9, 6.6,
......... ......... .............6.29,
10.4, 15.2.1
Schedule of Shop Drawing and Sample
Submittals..............................2.6, 2.8-2.9, 6.24-6.28
Schedule of Values...............................2.6,
2.8-2.9, 14.1
Schedules --
Adherence to..................................................15.2.1
Adjusting.................................. I ............
I ........... 6.6
Change of Contract Times,..... I..........................10.4
Initially Acceptable ......................................
2.8, 2.9
Preliminary ................................. .........................
2.6
Scope of Changes ......................................
10.3-10.4
Subsurface Conditions
4.2.1.1
Shop Drawings --
and Samples, general.................................6.24-6.28
Change Orders & Applications for
Payments, and.........................................9.7-9.9
definition of.....................................................1.35
ENGINEER's approval of.................................3.6.2
ENGINEER's responsibility
for review. ...... ............ ................
9.7, 6.24-6.28
related Work.....................................................6.28
review procedures................................2.8,
6.24-6.28
Article or Paragraph
Number
submittal required...............................................6.24.1
Submittal Procedures .........................................
6.25
use to approve substitutions..............................6.7.3
Shown or Indicated ................................................
4.3.1
Site Access......................................................7.2,
13.2
Site Cleanliness
6.17
Site, Visits to --
by ENGINEER ..........................................
9.2, 13.2
byothers ..........................................................13.2
"special causes of loss" policy form,
insurance........................................................5.6.2
definition of ....................1.36
.................................
Specifications—
defination of....................................................1.36
of Technical Societies, reference t9...................3.3.1
precedence .................................... ............
3.3.3
Standards and Specifications
of Technical Societies
3.3
Starting Construction, Before..............................2.5-2.8
Starting the Work.., .................... I .....................
......... A
Stop or Suspend Work --
by CONTRACTOR ..........................................
15.5
by OWNER ..................................... 8.8,
13.10, 15.1
Storage of materials and equipment .....................4.1,
7.2
Structural Loading, Safety........................................6.18
Subcontractor--
Concerning................................................0.8-6.11
definition of.....................................................1.37
delays.............................................................12.3
waiver of rights................................................6.11
Subcontractors --in general.................................6.8-6.11
Subcontracts --required provisions, ....., 5.11,
6.11, 11.4.3
Submittals --
,Applications for Payment,,.........*......................14.2
Maintenance and Operation Manuals ..........,
14.12
Procedures.......................................................6.25
Progress Schedules.......................................2.6,
2.9
Samples...................................................6.24-6.28
Schedule of Values.................................
....2.6, 14.1
Schedule of Shop Drawings and Samples
Submissions......................................2.6,
2.8-2.9
Shop Drawings.........................................6.24-6.28
Substantial Completion --
certification of............................6 30.2.3, 14.8-14.9
definitionof....,,..... ..........................................1.38
Substitute Construction Methods or Procedures ... ,.... 6.7.2
Substitutes and "Or Equal" Items
...............................
_6.7
CONTRACTOR'S Expense............................6.7.1.3
ENGINEER's Evaluation„
6.7.3
"Or -Equal......................................................
6.7.1.1
Substitute Construction Methods
E.ICDC GENERAL CONDITIONS 1910-8 (1990 EDITION)
w/ CITY OF FORT COLLINS MODIFICATIONS (REV 9/99)
Article or Paragraph
Number
or Procedures.............................................6.7.2
Substitute Items
6.7.1.2
Subsurface and Physical Conditions --
Drawings of, in or relatng to,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,
4.2.1.2
ENGINEER's Review .......................................
4.2.4
general..............................................................4.2
Limited Reliance by CONTRACTOR
Authorized ..................................................
4.2.2
Notice of Differing Subsurface or
Physical Conditions .........................................
4.2.3
Physical Conditions ......................................
4.2.1.2
Possible Contract Documents Change...............4.2.5
Possible Price andTimes Adjustments,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,
4.2.6
Reports and Drawings .............. .........
....... 4.2.1
Subsurface and,,,,,,,,.., ......... .........
....... 4.2
Subsurface Conditions at the Site
4.2.1.1
Technical Data..................................................
4.2.2
Supervision—
CONTRACTOR's responsibility ...........................6.1
OWNER shall not supervise................................8.9
ENGINEER shall not supervise,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,
9.2, 9.13.2
Superintendence.......................................................6.2
Superintendent, CONTRACTOR's resident
..............6.2
Supplemental costs ..............................................
I L4.5
Supplementary Conditions --
definition of.....................................................1.39
principal references to...............„1.10,
1.18, 2.2, 2.7,
.......................4.2, 4.3, 5.1, 5.3,
5.4, 5.6-5.9,
........ I ........ .11,6.8,6.13,7.4,8.11,9.3,9.10
Supplementing Contract Documents ..........................1.6
Supplier --
definition of......................................................1.40
principal references to,,,,,,,..„3.7, 6.5, 6.8-6.11,
6.20,
..........................................6.24, 9.13, 14.12
Waiver of Rights...............................................6.11
Surety --
consent to final payment...... I.................14.12,
14.14
ENGINEER has no duty to.................................9.13
Notification of ..................... ...........10.1,
10.5, 15.2
qualification of ......... ............5.1-5.3
Survival of Obligations...........................................6.34
Suspend Work, OWNER May .......................
j 3.10, 15.1
Suspension of Work and Termination-- ......................15
CONTRACTOR May Stop Work
or Terminate ...............................................
15.5
OWNER May Suspend Work .............................
15.1
OWNER May Terminate .............................
Taxes --Payment by CONTRACTOR .........................6.15
Technical Data --
Limited Reliance by CONTRACTOR, ................
4.2.2
Possible Price and Times Adjustments..............4.2.6
Reports of Differing Subsurface and
Physical Conditions....................................4.2.3
xiv
Temporary construction facilities. ............................. 4.1
Article or Paragraph
Number
Termination --
by CONTRACTOR...........................I...............15.5
by OWNER........................................8.8,
15.1-15.4
of ENGINEER's employment...............................8.2
Suspension of Work-in general ..............
.............15
Terms and Adjectives,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,, ............................
3.4
Tests and Inspections --
Access to the Work, by others............................13.2
CONTRACTOR's responsibilities
......................13.5
cost of 13.4
covering Work prior to ........... ...................
13.6-13.7
Laws and Regulations(or)................................
13.5
Notice of Defects13.1
OWNER May Stop Work . .........
.............13.10
OWNER's independent testing ......
...............i3.4
special, required by ENGINEER ...........................
9.6
timely notice required .......................................
13.4
Uncovering the Work, at ENGINEER's
request................................................
13.8-13.9
Times --
Adjusting...........................................................6.6
Change of Contract.............................................12
Computation of.............................................
...17.2
Contract Times --definition of ...........................1.12
day.........................................................1.7.2.2
Milestones ...........................................................
12
Requirements --
appeals.................................................
9.10, 16
clarifications,
claims and disputes..................9.11,
11.2, 12
Commencement of Contract Times
2.3
Preconstruction Conference ...........................2.8
schedules.........................................2.6,
2.9, 6.6
Starting the Work.........................................2.4
Title, Warranty of ...................................................
14.3
Uncovering Work .......................... ...................
13.8-13.9
Underground Facilities, Physical Conditions
--
definition of ...............................
1.41
Not Shown or Indicated
4.3.2
protection of,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,, .........
........4.3, 6.20
Shown or Indicated
4.3.1
Unit Price Work--
claims.........................................................11.9.3
definition of....................................................1.42
generalll.9, 14.1, 14.5
Unit Prices—
general 11.3.1
Determination for........................................„.,_9.10
Use of Premises .................................
6.16, 6.18, 6.30.2.4
Utility owners.............................6.13,
6.20, 7.1-7.3, 13.2
Utilization, Partial...................1.28, 5.15, 6.30.2.4, 14.10
Value of the Work............
11.3
Values, Schedule of..............................2.6,
2.8-2.9, 14.1
EJCDC GENERAL CONDITIONS 1910-8 (1990 EDITION)
w/ CITY OF FORT COLLINS MODIFICATIONS (REV 9/99)
3'-0j"
1 C 4X5, (TYP.)
O N
I I
N
3 —43,,
f $
4'-2�-
B PLAN
A102 1/2 11=1f-oll
OLD TOWN SQUARE / KIOSKS
ALLEYS ENHANCEMENTS PARTIAL OF 2/A102
QTWO SIDED KIOSK
The ARCHITECTS' STUDIO, Inc.
we. H.LI� d. DATE 06,08,2005
Fa,I Corti, Cdaredo
80539
TEL 9709639125 PROJECT NO. 04030071.01 �_�
FAX s1o9A2,95a SCALE Y2"= V— 0"
Variations in Work --Minor
Authorized ........................................ 6.25, 6.27, 9.5
Article or Paragraph
Number
Visits to Site --by ENGINEER ,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,*....9.2
Waiver of Claims --on Final Payment,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,
14.15
Waiver of Rights by insured partieg..................5.11,
6.11
Warranty and Guarantee, General --by
CONTRACTOR................................................6.30
Warranty of Title, CONTRACTOR's........................14.3
Work --
Accessto..........................................................1.3.2
byothers ...............................................................
7
Changes in the.....................................................10
Continuing the .................................................
6.29
CONTRACTOR May Stop Work
orTerminate...............................................15.5
Coordination of...................................................7.4
Cost of the.................................................11.4-11.5
definition of ........................................
...... ....... 1.43
neglected by CONTRACTOR...........................A3.14
otherWork............................................................7
OWNER May Stop Work.................................13.10
OWNER May Suspend Work...................13.10,
15.1
Related, Work at Site ........................
............ 7.1-7.3
Startingthe........................................................2.4
Stopping by CONTRACTOR,...........I
................15.5
Stopping by OWNER.................................15.1-15.4
Variation and deviation authorized,
minor ........... 3.6
Work Change Directive --
claims pursuant to.............................................10.2
definition of...
.....................................................
1.44
principal references to......................3.5.3,
10.1-10.2
Written Amendment --
definition of ........................................................
1.45
principal references to..............1.10, 3.5, 5.10,15.12,
.........................6.6.2, 6.8.2,
6.19, 10.1, 10.4,
11 . 2, 12.1,
13.12.2, 14.7.2
Written Clarifications and
lnterpretations...................................3.6.3,
9.4, 9.11
Written Notice Required--
by CONTRACTOR............................7.1,
9.10-9.11,
...........................................
10.4, 11.2, 12.1
by OWNER .................... 9.10-9.11,
10.4, 11.2, 13.14
xv E1CDC GENERAL CONDITIONS 1910-8 (1990 EDITION)
w/ CITY OF FORT COLLINS MODIFICATIONS (REV 9/99)
(This page left blank intentionally)
xvi E.ICDC GENERAL CONDITIONS 1910-8 (1990 EDITION)
w.r CITY OF FORT COLLINS MODIFICATIONS (REV 9199)
GENERAL CONDITIONS
ARTICLE I —DEFINITIONS
Wherever used in these General Conditions or in the other
Contract Documents the following terms have the
meanings indicated which are applicable to both the
singular and plural thereof:
1.1. Addenda --Written or graphic instruments issued
prior to the opening of Bids which clarify, correct or
change the Bidding Requirements or the Contract
Documents.
1.2. Agreement --The written contract between OWNER
and CONTRACTOR covering the Work to be performed;
other Contract Documents are attached to the Agreement
and made a part thereof as provided therein.
1.3. Application for Payment --The form accepted by
ENGINEER which is to be used by CONTRACTOR in
requesting progress or final payments and which is to be
accompanied by such supporting documentation as is
required by the Contract Documents.
1.4. Asbestos --Any material that contains more than one
percent asbestos and is friable or is releasing asbestos fibers
into the air above current action levels established by the
United States Occupational Safety and Health
Administration.
1.5. Bid ---The offer or proposal of the bidder submitted
on the prescribed form setting forth the prices for the Work
to be performed.
1.6. Bidding Documents --The advertisement or
invitation to Bid, instructions to bidders, the Bid form, and
the proposed Contract Documents (including all Addenda
issued prior to receipt of Bids).
1.7. Bidding Requirements --The advertisement or
invitation to Bid, instructions to bidders, and the Bid form.
1.8. Bonds —Performance and Payment bonds and other
instruments of security.
1.9. Change Order --A document recommended by
ENGINEER, which is signed by CONTRACTOR and
OWNER and authorizes an addition, deletion or revision in
the Work, or an adjustment in the Contract Price or the
Contract Times, issued on or after the Effective Date of the
Agreement.
1.10. Contract Documents --The Agreement, Addenda
(which pertain to the Contract Documents),
CONTRACTOR's Bid (including documentation
accompanying the Bid and any post Bid documentation
submitted prior to the Notice of Award) when attached as
an exhibit to the Agreement, the Notice to Proceed, the
Bonds, these General Conditions, the Supplementary
Conditions, the Specifications and the Drawings as the
EJCDC GENERAL CONDITIONS 1910-8 (1990 Edition)
w/ CITY OF FORT COLLINS MODIFICATIONS (REV 4/2000)
same are more specifically identified in the Agreement,
together with all Written Amendments, Change Orders,
Work Change Directives, Field Orders and ENGINEER's
written interpretations and clarifications issued pursuant to
paragraphs 3.5, 3.6.1 and 3.6.3 on or after the Effective
Date of the Agreement. Shop Drawing submittals
approved pursuant to paragraphs 6.26 and 6.27 and the
reports and drawings referred to in paragraphs 4.2.1 and
4.2.2 are not Contract Documents.
1.11. Contract Price --The moneys payable by
OWNER to CONTRACTOR for completion of the Work
in accordance with the Contract Documents as stated in
the Agreement (subject to the provisions of
paragraph 11.9.1 in the case of Unit Price Work).
1.12. Contract Times --The numbers of days or the
dates stated in the Agreement: (i) to achieve Substantial
Completion, and (ii) to complete the Work so that it is
ready for final payment as evidenced by ENGINEER's
written recommendation of final payment in accordance
with paragraph 14,13.
1.13. CONTRACTOR --The person, firm or corporation
with whom OWNER has entered into the Agreement.
1.14. defective --An adjective which when modifying
the word Work refers to Work that is unsatisfactory, faulty
or deficient in that it does not conform to the Contract
Documents, or does not meet the requirements of any
inspection, reference standard, test or approval referred to
in the Contract Documents, or has been damaged prior to
ENGINEER's recommendation of final payment (unless
responsibility for the protection thereof has been assumed
by OWNER at Substantial Completion in accordance with
paragraph 14.8 or 14.10).
1.15. Drawings --The drawings which show the scope,
extent and character of the Work to be furnished and
performed by CONTRACTOR and which have been
prepared or approved by ENGINEER and are referred to
in the Contract Documents. Shop drawings are not
Drawings as so defined.
1.16. Effective Date of the Agreement --The date
indicated in the Agreement on which it becomes effective,
but if no such date is indicated it means the date on which
the Agreement is signed and delivered by the last of the
two parties to sign and deliver.
1.17. ENGINEER --The person, firm or corporation
named as such in the Agreement.
1.18. ENGINEER's Consultant --A person, firm or
corporation having a contract with ENGINEER to furnish
services as ENGINEER's independent professional
associate or consultant with respect to the Project and who
is identified as such in the Supplementary Conditions.
1.19. Field Order --A written order issued by
ENGINEER which orders minor changes in the Work in
accordance with paragraph 9.5 but which does not involve
a change in the Contract Price or the Contract Times.
M
1.20. General Requirements --Sections of Division 1 of
the Specifications.
1.21. Hazardous Waste --The term Hazardous Waste shall
have the meaning provided in Section 1004 of the Solid
Waste Disposal Act (42 USC Section 6903) as amended
from time to time.
1.22.a. Laws and Regulations, Laws or Regulations --Any
and all applicable laws, rules, regulations, ordinances,
codes and orders of any and all governmental bodies,
agencies, authorities and courts having jurisdiction.
1.22.b. Legal Holidays --shall be those holidays observed
by the City of Fort Collins.
1.23. Liens --Liens, charges, security interests or
encumbrances upon real property or personal property.
1.24. Milestone --A principal event specified in the
Contract Documents relating to an intermediate completion
date or time prior to Substantial Completion of all the
Work.
1.25. Notice of Award --A written notice by OWNER to
the apparent successful bidder stating that upon compliance
by the apparent successful bidder with the conditions
precedent enumerated therein, within the time specified,
OWNER will sign and deliver the Agreement.
1.26. Notice to Proceed --A written notice given by
OWNER to CONTRACTOR (with a copy to ENGINEER)
fixing the date on which the Contract Times will
commence to run and on which CONTRACTOR shall start
to perform CONTRACTOR'S obligations under the
Contract Documents.
1.27. OWNER --The public body or authority,
corporation, association, firm or person with whom
CONTRACTOR has entered into the Agreement and for
whom the Work is to be provided.
1.28. Partial Utilization --Use by OWNER of a
substantially completed part of the Work for the purpose
for which it is intended (or a related purpose) prior to
Substantial Completion of all the Work.
1.29. PCBs --Polychlorinated biphenyls.
1.30. Petroletim--Petroleum, including crude oil or any
fiaction thereof which is liquid at standard conditions of
temperature and pressure (60 degrees Fahrenheit and
14.7 pounds per square inch absolute), such as oil,
petroleum, fuel oil, oil sludge, oil refuse, gasoline, kerosene
and oil mixed with other non -Hazardous Wastes and crude
oils.
1.31. Project --The total construction of which the Work
to be provided under the Contract Documents may be the
whole, or a part as indicated elsewhere in the Contract
Documents.
1.32.a. Radioactive Material --Source, special nuclear, or
byproduct material as defined by the Atomic Energy Act of
E.ICDC GENERAL CONDITIONS 1910-8 (1990 Edition)
w/ CITY OF FORT COLLINS MODIFICATIONS (REV 4/2000)
1954 (42 USC Section 2011 et seq.) as amended from
time to time.
1.32.b. Regular Working Hours --Regular working hours
are defined as 7:00am to 6.00pm unless otherwise
specified in the General Requirements
1.33. Resident Project Representative --The authorized
representative of ENGINEER who may be assigned to the
site or any part thereof.
1.34. Samples --Physical examples of materials,
equipment, or workmanship that are representative of
some portion of the Work and which establish the
standards by which such portion of the Work will be
judged.
1.35. Shop Drawings --All drawings, diagrams,
illustrations, schedules and other data or information
which are specifically prepared or assembled by or for
CONTRACTOR and submitted by CONTRACTOR to
illustrate some portion of the Work.
1.36. Specifications --Those portions of the Contract
Documents consisting of written technical descriptions of
materials, equipment, construction systems, standards and
workmanship as applied to the Work and certain
administrative details applicable thereto.
1.37. Subcontractor --An individual, firm or corporation
having a direct contract with CONTRACTOR or with any
other Subcontractor for the performance of a part of the
Work at the site.
1.38. Substantial Completion --The Work (or a
specified part thereof) has progressed to the point where,
in the opinion of ENGINEER as evidenced by
ENGINEER's definitive certificate of Substantial
Completion, it is sufficiently complete, in accordance with
the Contract Documents, so that the Work (or specified
part) can be utilized for the purposes for which it is
intended; or if no such certificate is issued, when the
Work is complete and ready for final payment as
evidenced by ENGINEER's written recommendation of
final payment in accordance with paragraph 14.13. The
terns "substantially complete" and "substantially
completed" as applied to all or part of the Work refer to
Substantial Completion thereof.
1.39. Supplementary Conditions --The part of the
Contract Documents which amends or supplements these
General Conditions.
1.40. Supplier --A manufacturer, fabricator, supplier,
distributor, materialman or vendor having a direct contract
with CONTRACTOR or with any Subcontractor to
furnish materials or equipment to be incorporated in the
Work by CONTRACTOR or any Subcontractor.
1.41. Underground Facilities --All pipelines, conduits,
ducts, cables, wires, manholes, vaults, tanks, tunnels or
other such facilities or attachments, and any encasements
containing such facilities which have been installed
underground to furnish any of the following services or
d
materials: electricity, gases, steam, liquid petroleum
products, telephone or other communications, cable
television, sewage and drainage removal, traffic or other
control systems or water.
1.42. Unit Price Work --Work to be paid for on the basis
of unit prices.
1.43. Work --The entire completed construction or the
various separately identifiable parts thereof required to be
furnished under the Contract Documents. Work includes
and is the result of performing or furnishing labor and
furnishing and incorporating materials and equipment into
the construction, and performing or furnishing services and
furnishing documents, all as required by the Contract
Documents.
1.44. Work Change Directive --A written directive to
CONTRACTOR, issued on or after the Effective Date of
the Agreement and signed by OWNER and recommended
by ENGINEER, ordering an addition, deletion or revision
in the Work, or responding to differing or unforeseen
physical conditions under which the Work is to be
performed as provided in paragraph 4.2 or 4.3 or to
emergencies under paragraph 6.23. A Work Change
Directive will not change the Contract Price or the Contract
Times, but is evidence that the parties expect that the
change directed or documented by a Work Change
Directive will be incorporated in a subsequently issued
Change Order following negotiations by the parties as to its
effect, if any, on the Contract Price or Contract Times as
provided in paragraph 10.2.
1.45. Written Amendment --A written amendment of the
Contract Documents, signed by OWNER and
CONTRACTOR on or after the Effective Date of the
Agreement and normally dealing with the nonengineering
or nontechnical rather than strictly construction -related
aspects of the Contract Documents.
ARTICLE 2—PRELIMINARY MATTERS
Delivery of Bonds:
2.1. When CONTRACTOR delivers the executed
Agreements to OWNER, CONTRACTOR shall also
deliver to OWNER such Bonds as CONTRACTOR may
be required to furnish in accordance with paragraph 5.1.
Copies of Documents:
2.2. OWNER shall furnish to CONTRACTOR up to ten
copies (unless otherwise specified in the Supplementary
Conditions) of the Contract Documents as are reasonably
necessary for the execution of the Work. Additional copies
will be furnished, upon request, at the cost of reproduction.
Commencement of Contract Times, Notice to Proceed.
2.3. The Contract Times will commence to run on the
thirtieth day after the Effective Date of the Agreement, or,
EJCDC GENERAL CONDITIONS 1910-8 (1990 Edition)
w/ CITY OF FORT COLLINS MODIFICATIONS (REV 4/2000)
if a Notice to Proceed is given, on the day indicated in the
Notice to Proceed. A Notice to Proceed may be given at
any time within thirty days after the Effective Date of the
Agreement. in tie ill the Gent _et Times
eewumenee to run later than the si*tieth day after the WJ-U7-,
of the Agmefnent, wNehever date is earlier.
Starting the Work:
2.4. CONTRACTOR shall start to perform the Work
on the date when the Contract Times commence to run,
but no Work shall be done at the site prior to the date on
which the Contract Times commence to run.
Before Starting Construction:
2.5. Before undertaking each part of the Work,
CONTRACTOR shall carefully study and compare the
Contract Documents and check and verify pertinent
figures shown thereon and all applicable field
measurements. CONTRACTOR shall promptly report in
writing to ENGINEER any conflict, error, ambiguity or
discrepancy which CONTRACTOR may discover and
shall obtain a written interpretation or clarification from
ENGINEER before proceeding with any Work affected
thereby; however, CONTRACTOR shall not be liable to
OWNER or ENGINEER for failure to report any conflict,
error, ambiguity or discrepancy in the Contract
Documents, unless CONTRACTOR knew or reasonably
should have known thereof.
2.6. Within ten days after the Effective Date of the
Agreement (unless otherwise specified in the General
Requirements), CONTRACTOR shall submit to
ENGINEER for review:
2.6.1. a preliminary progress schedule indicating
the times (numbers of days or dates) for starting and
completing the various stages of the Work, including
any Milestones specified in the Contract Documents;
2.6.2. a preliminary schedule of Shop Drawing and
Sample submittals which will list each required
submittal and the times for submitting, reviewing and
processing such submittal;
2.6.2.1. In no case will a schedule be
acceptable which allows less than 21 calendar
days for each review by Engineer.
2.6.3. A preliminary schedule of values for all of
the Work which will include quantities and prices of
items aggregating the Contract Price and will
subdivide the Work into component parts in sufficient
detail to serve as the basis for progress payments
during construction. Such prices will include an
appropriate amount of overhead and profit applicable
to each item of Work.
2.7. Before any Work at the site is started,
CONTRACTOR and OWNE shall each deliver to 4he
ether OWNER, with copies to eEte" additional :_ ed
identified in the SupplementaFy Condition ENGINEER
11111112
certificates of insurance (and other evidence of insurance
reasonably --request requested by OWNER) which
CONTRACTORand 03A94ER respeetively it is required
to purchase and maintain in accordance with
paragraphs 5.4, ` .
Preconstruction Conference:
2.8. Within twenty days after the Contract Times start to
run, but before any Work at the site is started, a conference
attended by CONTRACTOR, ENGINEER and others as
appropriate will be held to establish a working
understanding among the parties as to the Work and to
discuss the schedules referred to in paragraph 2.6,
procedures for handling Shop Drawings and other
submittals processing Applications for Payment and
maintaining required records.
Initially Acceptable Schedules:
2.9. Unless otherwise provided in the Contract
Documents, a, least ten days bec _e .., Of the fi .
before any work at the site begins,
a conference attended by CONTRACTOR, ENGINEER
and others as epprepriete designated by OWNER will be
held to review for acceptability to ENGINEER as provided
below the schedules submitted in accordance with
paragraph 2.6. and Division 1 - General Requirements.
CONTRACTOR shall have an additional ten days to make
corrections and adjustments and to complete and resubmit
the schedules. No progress payment shall be made to
CONTRACTOR until the schedules are submitted to and
acceptable to ENGINEER as provided below. The
progress schedule will be acceptable to ENGINEER as
providing an orderly progression of the Work to
completion within any specified Milestones and the
Contract Times, but such acceptance will neither impose on
ENGINEER responsibility for the sequencing, scheduling
or progress of the Work nor interfere with or relieve
CONTRACTOR from CONTRACTOR's full
responsibility therefor. CONTRACTOR's schedule of
Shop Drawing and Sample submissions will be acceptable
to ENGINEER as providing a workable arrangement for
reviewing and processing the required submittals
CONTRACTOR's schedule of values will be acceptable to
ENGINEER as to form and substance.
ARTICLE 3—CONTRACT DOCUMENTS: INTENT,
AMENDING, REUSE
Intent:
3.1. The Contract Documents comprise the entire
agreement between OWNER and CONTRACTOR
concerning the Work. The Contract Documents are
complementary; what is called for by one is as binding as if
called for by all. The Contract Documents will be
construed in accordance with the law of the place of the
Project.
3.2. It is the intent of the Contract Documents to
F.ICDC GENERAL CONDITIONS 1910-8 (1990 Edition)
w/ CITY OF FORT COLLINS MODIFICATIONS (REV 4/2000)
describe a functionally complete Project (or part thereof)
to be constructed in accordance with the Contract
Documents. Any Work, materials or equipment that may
reasonably be inferred from the Contract Documents or
from prevailing custom or trade usage as being required to
produce the intended result will be furnished and
performed whether or not specifically called for. When
words or phrases which have a well-known technical or
construction industry or trade meaning are used to
describe Work, materials or equipment, such words or
phrases shall be interpreted in accordance with that
meaning. Clarifications and interpretations of the Contract
Documents shall be issued by ENGINEER as provided in
paragraph 9.4.
3.3. Reference to Standards and Specifications of
Technical Societies, Reporting and Resolving
Discrepancies:
3.3.1. Reference to standards, specifications,
manuals or codes of any technical society, organization
or association, or to the Laws or Regulations of any
governmental authority, whether such reference be
specific or by implication, shall mean the latest
standard, specification, manual, code or Laws or
Regulations in effect at the time of opening of Bids (or,
on the Effective Date of the Agreement if there were
no Bids), except as may be otherwise specifically
stated in the Contract Documents.
3.3.2. If, during the performance of the Work,
CONTRACTOR discovers any conflict, error,
ambiguity or discrepancy within the Contract
Documents or between the Contract Documents and
any provision of any such Law or Regulation
applicable to the performance of the Work or of any
such standard, specification, manual or code or of any
instruction of any Supplier referred to in paragraph 6.5,
CONTRACTOR shall report it to ENGINEER in
writing at once, and, CONTRACTOR shall not
proceed with the Work affected thereby (except in an
emergency as authorized by paragraph 6.23) until an
amendment or supplement to the Contract Documents
has been issued by one of the methods indicated in
paragraph 3.5 or 3.6; provided, however, that
CONTRACTOR shall not be liable to OWNER or
ENGINEER for failure to report any such conflict,
error, ambiguity or discrepancy unless
CONTRACTOR knew or reasonably should have
known thereof.
3.3.3. Except as otherwise specifically stated in the
Contract Documents or as may be provided by
amendment or supplement thereto issued by one of the
methods indicated in paragraph 3.5 or 3.6, the
provisions of the Contract Documents shall take
precedence in resolving any conflict, error, ambiguity
or discrepancy between the provisions of the Contract
Documents and:
3.3.3.1. the provisions of any such standard,
specification, manual, code or instruction (whether
or not specifically incorporated by reference in the
Contract Documents); or
A
3.3.3.2. the provisions of any such Laws or
Regulations applicable to the performance of the
Work (unless such an interpretation of the
provisions of the Contract Documents would result
in violation of such Law or Regulation).
3.3.4. In the event of conflicting or ambiguous
provisions within the Contract Documents,
specifications will take precedence over the drawings
and addenda will take precedence over both.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, the more specific
provision will take precedence over the less specific; the
more stringent will take precedence over the less
stringent; the more expensive item will take precedence
over the less expensive. On all drawings, figures take
precedence over scaled dimensions. Scaling of
dimensions, if done, is done at the CONTRACTOR'S
own risk.
No provision of any such standard, specification, manual,
code or instruction shall be effective to change the duties
and responsibilities of OWNER, CONTRACTOR or
ENGINEER, or any of their subcontractors, consultants,
agents or employees from those set forth in the Contract
Documents, nor shall it be effective to assign to OWNER,
ENGINEER or any of ENGINEER's Consultants, agents or
employees any duty or authority to supervise or direct the
furnishing or performance of the Work or any duty or
authority to undertake responsibility inconsistent with the
provisions of paragraph 9.13 or any other provision of the
Contract Documents.
3.4. Whenever in the Contract Documents the terms "as
ordered", "as directed", "as required", "as allowed", "as
approved" or terms of like effect or import are used, or the
adjectives "reasonable", "suitable", "acceptable", "proper"
or "satisfactory" or adjectives of like effect or import are
used to describe a requirement, direction, review or
judgment of ENGINEER as to the Work, it is intended that
such requirement, direction, review or judgment will be
solely to evaluate, in general, the completed Work for
compliance with the requirements of and information in the
Contract Documents and conformance with the design
concept of the completed Project as a functioning whole as
shown or indicated in the Contract Documents (unless there
is a specific statement indicating otherwise). The use of
any such term or adjective shall not be effective to assign to
ENGINEER any duty or authority to supervise or direct the
furnishing or performance of the Work or any duty or
authority to undertake responsibility contrary to the
provisions of paragraph 9.13 or any other provision of the
Contract Documents.
Amending and Supplementing Contract Documents:
3.5. The Contract Documents may be amended to
provide for additions, deletions and revisions in the Work
or to modify the terms and conditions thereof in one or
more of the following ways:
3.5.1. a formal Written Amendment,
3.5.2. a Change Order (pursuant to paragraph 10.4),
or
EJCDC GENERAL CONDITIONS 1910-8 (1990 Edition)
w/ CITY OF FORT COLLINS MODIFICATIONS (REV 4/2000)
3.5.3. a Work Change Directive (pursuant to
paragraph 10.1).
3.6. In addition, the requirements of the Contract
Documents may be supplemented, and minor variations
and deviations in the Work may be authorized, in one or
more of the following ways:
3.6.1. A Field Order (pursuant to paragraph 9.5),
3.6.2. ENGINEER's approval of a Shop Drawing or
Sample (pursuant to paragraphs 6.26 and 6.27), or
3.6.3. ENGINEER's written interpretation or
clarification (pursuant to paragraph 9.4).
Reuse of Documents:
3.7. CONTRACTOR, and any Subcontractor or
Supplier or other person or organization performing or
furnishing any of the Work under a direct or indirect
contract with OWNER (i) shall not have or acquire any
title to or ownership rights in any of the Drawings,
Specifications or other documents (or copies of any
thereof) prepared by or bearing the seal of ENGINEER or
ENGINEER's Consultant, and (ii) shall not reuse any of
such Drawings, Specifications, other documents or copies
on extensions of the Project or any other project without
written consent of OWNER and ENGINEER and specific
written verification or adaptation by ENGINEER.
ARTICLE 4—AVAILABILITY OF LANDS;
SUBSURFACE AND PHYSICAL CONDITIONS;
REFERENCE POINTS
Availability of Lands:
4.1. OWNER shall furnish, as indicated in the Contract
Documents, the lands upon which the Work is to be
performed, rights -of -way and easements for access
thereto, and such other lands which are designated for the
use of CONTRACTOR..,_a_ reasonable written _es est
ONW, s-
of eF filing a rneehanie's lien against sueh land
OWNER shall identify any encumbrances or restrictions
not of general application but specifically related to use of
lands so furnished with which CONTRACTOR will have
to comply in performing the Work. Easements for
permanent structures or permanent changes in existing
facilities will be obtained and paid for by OWNER, unless
otherwise provided in the Contract Documents. If
CONTRACTOR and OWNER are unable to agree on
entitlement to or the amount or extent of any adjustments
in the Contract Price or the Contract Times as a result of
any delay in OWNER's furnishing these lands, rights -of -
way or easements, CONTRACTOR may make a claim
therefor as provided in Articles 11 and 12.
CONTRACTOR shall provide for all additional lands and
access thereto that may be required for temporary
construction facilities or storage of materials and
equipment.
4.2. Subsurface and Physical Conditions:
4.2.1. Reports and Drawings: Reference is made to
the Supplementary Conditions for identification of
4.2.1.1. Subsurface Conditions: Those reports of
explorations and tests of subsurface conditions at or
contiguous to the site that have been utilized by
ENGINEER in preparing the Contract Documents;
and
4.2.1.2. Physical Conditions: Those drawings of
physical conditions in or relating to existing surface
or subsurface structures at or contiguous to the site
(except Underground Facilities) that have been
utilized by ENGINEER in preparing the Contract
Documents.
4.2.2. Limited Reliance by CONTRACTOR Authorized, -
Technical Data: CONTRACTOR may rely upon the
general accuracy of the "technical data" contained in such
reports and drawings, but such reports and drawings are not
Contract Documents. Such "technical data" is identified in
the Supplementary Conditions. Except for such reliance on
such "technical data", CONTRACTOR may not rely upon
or make any claim against OWNER, ENGINEER or any of
ENGINEER's Consultants with respect to:
4.2.2.1. the completeness of such reports and
drawings for CONTRACTOR's purposes,
including, but not limited to, any aspects of the
means, methods, techniques, sequences and
procedures of construction to be employed by
CONTRACTOR and safety precautions and
programs incident thereto, or
4.2.2.2. other data, interpretations, opinions
and information contained in such reports or shown
or indicated in such drawings, or
4.2.2.3. any CONTRACTOR interpretation of
or conclusion drawn from any "technical data" or
any such data, interpretations, opinions or
information.
4.2.3. Notice of Differing Subsurface or Physical
Conditions: If CONTRACTOR believes that any
subsurface or physical condition at or contiguous to the site
that is uncovered or revealed either:
4.2.3.1. is of such a nature as to establish that
any "technical data" on which CONTRACTOR is
entitled to rely as provided in paragraphs 4.2.1 and
4.2.2 is materially inaccurate, or
4.2.3.2. is of such a nature as to require a
change in the Contract Documents, or
4.2.3.3. differs materially from that shown or
EJCDC GENERAL CONDITIONS 1910-8 (1990 Edition)
w/ CITY OF FORT COLLINS MODIFICATIONS (REV 4/2000)
indicated in the Contract Documents, or
4.2.3.4. is of an unusual nature, and differs
materially from conditions ordinarily encountered
and generally recognized as inherent in work of
the character provided for in the Contract
Documents; then
CONTRACTOR shall, promptly immediately after
becoming aware thereof and before further disturbing
conditions affected thereby or performing any Work in
connection therewith (except in an emergency as
permitted by paragraph 6.23), notify OWNER and
ENGINEER in writing about such condition.
CONTRACTOR shall not further disturb such conditions
or perform any Work in connection therewith (except as
aforesaid) until receipt of written order to do so.
4.2.4. ENGINEER's Review: ENGINEER will
promptly review the pertinent conditions, determine the
necessity of OWNER's obtaining additional exploration or
tests with respect thereto and advise OWNER in writing
(with a copy to CONTRACTOR) of ENGINEER's
findings and conclusions.
4.2.5. Possible Contract Documents Change: If
ENGINEER concludes that a change in the Contract
Documents is required as a result of a condition that meets
one or more of the categories in paragraph 4.2.3, a Work
Change Directive or a Change Order will be issued as
provided in Article 10 to reflect and document the
consequences of such change.
4.2.6. Possible Price and Times Adjustments: An
equitable adjustment in the Contract Price or in the
Contract Times, or both, will be allowed to the extent that
the existence of such uncovered or revealed condition
causes an increase or decrease in CONTRACTOR's cost
of, or time required for performance of, the Work; subject,
however, to the following:
4.2.6.1. such condition must meet any one or
more of the categories described in
paragraphs 4.2.3.1 through 4.2.3.4,inclusive;
4.2.6.2. a change in the Contract Documents
pursuant to paragraph 4.2.5 will not be an
automatic authorization of nor a condition
precedent to entitlement to any such adjustment;
4.2.6.3. with respect to Work that is paid for
on a Unit Price Basis, any adjustment in Contract
Price will be subject to the provisions of
paragraphs 9.10 and 11.9; and
4.2.6.4. CONTRACTOR shall not be entitled
to any adjustment in the Contract Price or Times
if,
4.2.6.4.1. CONTRACTOR knew of
the existence of such conditions at the
time CONTRACTOR made a final
commitment to OWNER in respect of
Contract Price and Contract Times by the
submission of a bid or becoming bound
under a negotiated contract; or
4.2.6.4.2. the existence of such
condition could reasonably have been
discovered or revealed as a result of any
examination, investigation, exploration,
test or study of the site and contiguous
areas required by the Bidding
Requirements or Contract Documents to be
conducted by or for CONTRACTOR prior
to CONTRACTOR's making such final
commitment; or
4.2.6.4.3. CONTRACTOR failed to
give the written notice within the time and
as required by paragraph 4.2.3.
If OWNER and CONTRACTOR are unable to agree on
entitlement to or as to the amount or length of any such
equitable adjustment in the Contract Price or Contract
Times, a claim may be made therefor as provided in
Articles 11 and 12. However, OWNER, ENGINEER and
ENGINEERS Consultants shall not be liable to
CONTRACTOR for any claims, costs, losses or damages
sustained by CONTRACTOR on or in connection with any
other project or anticipated project.
4.3. Physical Conditions —Underground Facilities:
4.3.1. Shown or Indicated: The information and data
shown or indicated in the Contract Documents with
respect to existing Underground Facilities at or
contiguous to the site is based on information and data
fumished to OWNER or ENGINEER by the owners of
such Underground Facilities or by others. Unless it is
otherwise expressly provided in the Supplementary
Conditions:
4.3.1.1. OWNER and ENGINEER shall not be
responsible for the accuracy or completeness of any
such information or data; and
4.3.1.2. The cost of all of the following will be
included in the Contract Price and CONTRACTOR
shall have full responsibility for: (i) reviewing and
checking all such information and data, (ii) locating
all Underground Facilities shown or indicated in the
Contract Documents,(iii) coordination of the Work
with the owners of such Underground Facilities
during construction, and (iv)the safety and
protection of all such Underground Facilities as
provided in paragraph 6.20 and repairing any
damage thereto resulting from the Work.
4.3.2. Not Shown or Indicated: If an Underground
Facility is uncovered or revealed at or contiguous to
the site which was not shown or indicated in the
Contract Documents, CONTRACTOR shall, promptly
immediately after becoming aware thereof and before
further disturbing conditions affected thereby or
performing any Work in connection therewith (except
in an emergency as required by paragraph 6.23),
identify the owner of such Underground Facility and
EJCDC GENERAL CONDITIONS 1910-8 (1990 Edition)
w/ CITY OF FORT COLLINS MODIFICATIONS (REV 4/2000)
give written notice to that owner and to OWNER and
ENGINEER. ENGINEER will promptly review the
Underground Facility and determine the extent, if
any, to which a change is required in the Contract
Documents to reflect and document the consequences
of the existence of the Underground Facility. If
ENGINEER concludes that a change in the Contract
Documents is required, a Work Change Directive or a
Change Order will be issued as provided in Article 10
to reflect and document such consequences. During
such time, CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for
the safety and protection of such Underground
Facility as provided in paragraph 6.20.
CONTRACTOR shah may be allowed an increase in
the Contract Price or an extension of the Contract
Times, or both, to the extent that they are attributable
to the existence of any Underground Facility that was
not shown or indicated in the Contract Documents
and that CONTRACTOR did not know of and could
not reasonably have been expected to be aware of or
to have anticipated. If OWNER and CONTRACTOR
are unable to agree on entitlement to or the amount or
length of any such adjustment in Contract Price or
Contract Times, CONTRACTOR may make a claim
therefor as provided in Articles 11 and 12. However,
OWNER, ENGINEER and ENGINEERS
Consultants shall not be liable to CONTRACTOR for
any claims, costs, losses or damages incurred or
sustained by CONTRACTOR on or in connection
with any other project or anticipated project.
Reference Points:
4.4. OWNER shall provide engineering surveys to
establish reference points for construction which in
ENGINEERs judgment are necessary to enable
CONTRACTOR to proceed with the Work.
CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for laying out the
Work, shall protect and preserve the established reference
points and shall make no changes or relocations without
the prior written approval of OWNER. CONTRACTOR
shall report to ENGINEER whenever any reference point
is lost or destroyed or requires relocation because of
necessary changes in grades or locations, and shall be
responsible for the accurate replacement or relocation of
such reference points by professionally qualified
personnel.
4.5. Asbestos, PCBs, Petroleum, Hazardous Waste or
Radioactive Material.
4.5.1. OWNER shall be responsible for any
Asbestos, PCBs, Petroleum, Hazardous Waste or
Radioactive Material uncovered or revealed at the site
which was not shown or indicated in Drawings or
Specifications or identified in the Contract
Documents to be within the scope of the Work and
which may present a substantial danger to persons or
property exposed thereto in connection with the Work
at the site. OWNER shall not be responsible for any
such materials brought to the site by
CONTRACTOR, Subcontractors, Suppliers or
anyone else for whom CONTRACTOR is
responsible.
,.
...
. W 1-. •.
• .. Y •- • . .
....
EJCDC G EN ERAL CONDITIONS 1910-8 (1990 Edition)
w/ CITY OF FORT COLLINS MODIFICATIONS (REV 4/2000)
ARTICLE 5—BONDS AND INSURANCE
Performance, Payment and Other Bonds:
5.1. CONTRACTOR shall furnish Performance and
Payment Bonds, each in an amount at least equal to the
Contract Price as security for the faithful performance and
payment of all CONTRACTOR's obligations under the
Contract Documents. These Bonds shall remain in effect
at least until one year after the date when final payment
becomes due, except as provided otherwise by Laws or
Regulations or by the Contract Documents.
CONTRACTOR shall also fumish such other Bonds as
are required by the Supplementary Conditions. All Bonds
shall be in the form prescribed by the Contract Documents
except as provided otherwise by Laws or Regulations and
shall be executed by such sureties as are named in the
current list of "Companies Holding Certificates of
Authority as Acceptable Sureties on Federal Bonds and as
Acceptable Reinsuring Companies" as published in
Circular 570 (amended) by the Audit Staff, Bureau of
Government Financial Operations, U.S. Treasury
Department. All Bonds signed by an agent must be
accompanied by a certified copy of such agent's authority
to act.
5.2. If the surety on any Bond furnished by
CONTRACTOR is declared a bankrupt or becomes
insolvent or its right to do business is terminated in any
state where any part of the Project is located or it ceases to
meet the requirements of paragraph 5.1, CONTRACTOR
shall within ten days thereafter substitute another Bond
and surety, both of which must be acceptable to OWNER.
5.3. Licensed Sureties and Insurers, Certificates of
Insurance:
5.3.1. All Bonds and insurance required by the
Contract Documents to be purchased and maintained
by OWNER or CONTRACTOR shall be obtained
from surety or insurance companies that are duly
licensed or authorized in the jurisdiction in which the
Project is located to issue Bonds or insurance policies
for the limits and coverages so required. Such surety
and insurance companies shall also meet such
additional requirements and qualifications as may be
provided in the Supplementary Conditions.
5.3.2. CONTRACTOR shall deliver to OWNER,
with copies to each additional insured identified in the
Supplementary Conditions, certificates of insurance
(and other evidence of insurance requested by
OWNER or any other additional insured) which
CONTRACTOR is required to purchase and maintain
in accordance with paragraph 5.4. CAVT�all
d-eliver tR G,04$TTRAGTOR, with espies --to eaeadditienal
in the suppleflien",
e of
.,..u...suFanee requested by GONTRACTO
OF ' other ••additien.1 Fed) ..1 ieh lllllATZ:D
r
LIGHT FIXTURE PROVIDE A CLEAN
AND WEATHER TIGHT CONNECTION
BETWEEN J-BOX AND LIGHT FIXTURE
RE: ELECTRICAL
ELECTRIC
CONDUIT
J-BOX AND TUBE STEEL TO BE FLUSHED TO BACK
OF LIGHT FIXTURE. COORDINATE DIMENSIONS OF
J-BOX WITH ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR
l eARCHITECTSSNDIO, Inc.
15' Wee' Wun.n, Avenue
fon c._ cn.'..
wsza
FAX P7048284W
D BRACKET DETAIL
A102 21'=11-011
NOTE:
1. FIELD VERIFY ALL DIMENSIONS
2. FIELD VERIFY (E) FOUNDATION
3. APPEARANCE OF ALL VISIBLE WELDS IS IMPORTANT
ALL VISIBLE WELDS MUST BE SMOOTH, CONTINUOUS
AND ACCEPTABLE TO THE ARCHITECT.
4, USE HIGH PERFORMANCE PAINT WITH APPROPRIATE
PAINT ALL EXPOSED SURFACES,
5. ELE TR THE LEG OF KIOSKS
AN UP TO CONNECT LIGHT FIXTURE. SECURE AND
RUN TIGHTLY. SEAL ALL PENETRATIONS. PAINT TO
MATCH ADJACENT STEEL WORK,
OLD TOWN SQUARE /
ALLEYS ENHANCEMENTS
A
DATE
PROJECT NO
SCALE
06,08,2005
04030071.01
211= 11— 011
KIOSKS
PARTIAL OF 1/A102
THREE SIDED KIOSK
S K-4
CONTRACTOR Is Liability Insurance:
5.4. CONTRACTOR shall purchase and maintain such
liability and other insurance as is appropriate for the Work
being performed and furnished and as will provide
protection from claims set forth below which may arise out
of or result from CONTRACTOR's performance and
furnishing of the Work and CONTRACTOR's other
obligations under the Contract Documents, whether it is to
be performed or furnished by CONTRACTOR, any
Subcontractor or Supplier, or by anyone directly or
indirectly employed by any of them to perform or furnish
any of the Work, or by anyone for whose acts any of them
may be liable:
5.4.1. claims under workers' compensation, disability
benefits and other similar employee benefit acts;
5.4.2. claims for damages because of bodily injury,
occupational sickness or disease, or death of
CONTRACTOR's employees;
5.4.3. claims for damages because of bodily injury,
sickness or disease, or death of any person other than
CONTRACTOR's employees;
5.4.5. claims for damages, other than to the Work
itself, because of injury to or destruction of tangible
property wherever located, including loss of use
resulting therefrom; and
5.4.6. claims for damages because of bodily injury or
death of any person or property damage arising out of
the ownership, maintenance or use of any motor
vehicle.
The policies of insurance so required by this paragraph 5.4
to be purchased and maintained shall:
5.4.7. with respect to insurance required by
paragraphs 5.4.3 through 5.4.6 inclusive and 5.4.9,
include as additional insureds (subject to any
customary exclusion in respect of professional
liability), OWNER, ENGINEER, ENGINEER's
Consultants and any other persons or entities identified
in the Supplementary Conditions, all of whom shall be
listed as additional insureds, and include coverage for
the respective officers and employees of all such
additional insureds;
5.4.8. include the specific coverages and be written
for not less than the limits of liability provided in the
Supplementary Conditions or required by Laws or
Regulations, whichever is greater;
5.4.9. include completed operations insurance;
EJCDC GENERAL CONDITIONS 1910-8 (1990 Edition)
w/ CITY OF FORT COLLINS MODIFICATIONS (REV 4/2000)
5.4.10. include contractual liability insurance
covering CONTRACTOR's indemnity obligations
under paragraphs 6.12, 6.16 and 6.31 through 6.33;
5.4.11. contain a provision or endorsement that the
coverage afforded will not be cancelled, materially
changed or renewal refused until at least thirty days'
prior written notice has been given to OWNER and
CONTRACTOR and to each other additional insured
identified in the Supplementary Conditions to whom
a certificate of insurance has been issued (and the
certificates of insurance furnished by the
CONTRACTOR pursuant to paragraph 5.3.2 will so
provide);
5.4.12. remain in effect at least until final payment
and at all times thereafter when CONTRACTOR may
he correcting, removing or replacing defective Work
in accordance with paragraph 13.12; and
5.4.13. with respect to completed operations
insurance, and any insurance coverage written on a
claims -made basis, remain in effect for at least two
years after final payment (and CONTRACTOR shall
furnish OWNER and each other additional insured
identified in the Supplementary Conditions to whom
a certificate of insurance has been issued evidence
satisfactory to OWNER and any such additional
insured of continuation of such insurance at final
payment and one year thereafter).
OWNER Is Liability Insurance:
5.5. In addition to insurance required to be provided
by CONTRACTOR under paragraph 5.4, OWNER, at
OWNER's option, may purchase and maintain at
OWNER's expense OWNER's own liability insurance as
will protect OWNER against claims which may arise from
operations under the Contract Documents.
Property Insurance:
��i!!f�771�5!!T_R7frJ!!!!!_l7fF.1!'►!!!!5!R�i1RTf _ -_ - . _
,. ...._
.. �i�Jl
_
_ �1�41i4�!M37rMAt�1.
M
e IhAe
...elie:eus
eoveffige, vandalism
And seh:ef.
eafthquake, eellapse, ,let.«:,
refflaval, demelitie fl
oeeasiefted by e..F reement
damage,
of ha e
water and stieh
other
mplaeement of any insured pFepeFty (ineluding but not
l:.«tt..d to fees and ehe«,.e,, eF engineeN e...l
iffliT.lFF.lR.. • .1. Ie • _ _
1. ! 2 _ . . 1.
5.9. OWNER shall not be responsible for purchasing
and maintaining any property insurance to protect the
interests of CONTRACTOR, Subcontractors or others iii
the R ark to the extent of any deduetihle a e ., .ntthat ..
identified in the —SapplemeltffT' O IS.The—risk—ef
lass within sueh identified deduetible ame. nt will be L,.....e
by CONTRACTOR; Stibeentraetef or others suffefing any
sueh less and if any ef them vvishe
ee.,efflge within the I:«..a,. ,.F ....,.h
�«eh....e and at the «eh..,..,«r.. ,•..
.::.....uo.. uuu ...uu.au.a. e e e
1 O EJCDC GENERAL CONDITIONS 1910-8 (1990 Edition)
w/ CITY OF FORT COLLINS MODIFICATIONS (REV 4/2000)
Receipt and Application of Insurance Proceeds:
5.12. Any insured loss under the policies of insurance
required by paragraphs 5.6 and 5.7 will be adjusted with
OWNER and made payable to OWNER as fiduciary for the
insureds, as their interests may appear, subject to the
requirements of any applicable mortgage clause and of
paragraph 5.13. OWNER shall deposit in a separate
account any money so received, and shall distribute it in
accordance with such agreement as the parties in interest
may reach. If no other special agreement is reached the
damaged Work shall be repaired or replaced, the moneys so
received applied on account thereof and the Work and the
cost thereof covered by an appropriate Change Order or
Written Amendment.
5.13. OWNER as fiduciary shall have power to adjust
and settle any loss with the insurers unless one of the
parties in interest shall object in writing within fifteen days
after the occurrence of loss to OWNER's exercise of this
power. If such objection be made, OWNER as fiduciary
shall make settlement with the insurers in accordance with
such agreement as the parties in interest may reach. If no
such agreement among the parties in interest is reached,
OWNER as fiduciary shall adjust and settle the loss with
the insurers arid' .`c «e.,..:_ed in writing by any patty :_
interest 03AL TER s fia'.w «. ..hall gk,e 1,,.nd lot th
Yrepff PeFfefffiRROL
Acceptance of Bonds and Insurance, Option to Replace:
5.14. If either - (ONW En 6F GONTn A CTO
OWNER has any objection to the coverage afforded by or
other provisions of the Bends er insurance required to be
purchased and maintained by the other pai4�
CONTRACTOR in accordance with Article 5 on the basis
of non-conformance with the Contract Documents, +he
objeeting patty shall so notify the ethef patt� OWNER will
notify CONTRACTOR in writing within tex fifteen days
after reeeipt delivery of the certificates 'er ether
requested) to OWNER as required by paragraph 2.7.
OWNER arid nD shall eaeh provide to t6
psayided as the eE4ref r ser+e` request —'either
ptifty does n reL,ase o ma4itadn all C L. B d d
er remedy, the other pa" may eleet to obtain equivalent
the expense of the paFtywhe was FequiFed to proNide sueh.
Partial Utilization —Property Insurance:
5.15. If OWNER finds it necessary to occupy or use a
portion or portions of the Work prior to Substantial
EJCDC GENERAL CONDITIONS 1910-8 (1990 Edition)
w/ CITY OF FORT COLLINS MODIFICATIONS (REV 4/2000)
Completion of all the Work, such use or occupancy may
be accomplished in accordance with paragraph 14.10;
provided that no such use or occupancy shall commence
before the insurers providing the property insurance have
acknowledged notice thereof and in writing effected any
changes in coverage necessitated thereby. The insurers
providing the property insurance shall consent by
endorsement on the policy or policies, but the property
insurance shall not be cancelled or permitted to lapse on
account of any such partial use or occupancy.
ARTICLE 6--CONTRACTOR'S
RESPONSIBILITIES
Supervision and Superintendence:
6.1. CONTRACTOR shall supervise, inspect and
direct the Work competently and efficiently, devoting
such attention thereto and applying such skills and
expertise as may be necessary to perform the Work in
accordance with the Contract Documents.
CONTRACTOR shall be solely responsible for the means,
methods, techniques, sequences and procedures of
construction, but CONTRACTOR shall not be responsible
for the negligence of others in the design or specification
of a specific means, method, technique, sequence or
procedure of construction which is shown or indicated in
and expressly required by the Contract Documents.
CONTRACTOR shall be responsible to see that the
completed Work complies accurately with the Contract
Documents.
6.2. CONTRACTOR shall keep on the Work at all
times during its progress a competent resident
superintendent, who shall not be replaced without written
notice to OWNER and ENGINEER except under
extraordinary circumstances. The superintendent will be
CONTRACTOR's representative at the site and shall have
authority to act on behalf of CONTRACTOR. All
communications to the superintendent shall be as binding
as if given to CONTRACTOR.
Labor, Materials and Equipment.
6.3. CONTRACTOR shall provide competent,
suitably qualified personnel to survey, lay out and
construct the Work as required by the Contract
Documents. CONTRACTOR shall at all times maintain
good discipline and order at the site. Except as otherwise
required for the safety or protection of persons or the
Work or property at the site or adjacent thereto, and
except as otherwise indicated in the Contract Documents,
all Work at the site shall be performed during regular
working hours and CONTRACTOR will not permit
overtime work or the performance of Work on Saturday,
Sunday or any legal holiday without OWNER's written
consent given after prior written notice to ENGINEER.
CONTRACTOR shall submit requests to the ENGINEER
no less than 48 hours in advance of any Work to be
performed on Saturday, Sunday, Holidays or outside the
Regular Working Hours.
II
6.4. Unless otherwise specified in the General
Requirements, CONTRACTOR shall furnish and assume
full responsibility for all materials, equipment, labor,
transportation, construction equipment and machinery,
tools, appliances, fuel, power, light, heat, telephone, water,
sanitary facilities, temporary facilities and all other
facilities and incidentals necessary for the furnishing,
performance, testing, start-up and completion of the Work.
6.4.1. Purchasing Restrictions: CONTRACTOR
must comply with the Citv's purchasing restrictions. A
copv of the resolutions are available for review in the
offices of the Purchasing and Risk Management
Division or the City Clerk's office.
6.4.2. Cement Restrictions: City of Fort Collins
Resolution 91-121 requires that suppliers and producers
of cement or products containing cement to certify that
the cement was not made in cement kilns that burn
hazardous waste as a fuel.
6.5. All materials and equipment shall be of good
quality and new, except as otherwise provided in the
Contract Documents. All warranties and guarantees
specifically called for by the Specifications shall expressly
run to the benefit of OWNER. If required by ENGINEER,
CONTRACTOR shall furnish satisfactory evidence
(including reports of required tests) as to the kind and
quality of materials and equipment. All materials and
equipment shall be applied, installed, connected, erected,
used, cleaned and conditioned in accordance with
instructions of the applicable Supplier, except as otherwise
provided in the Contract Documents.
Progress Schedule:
6.6. CONTRACTOR shall adhere to the progress
schedule established in accordance with paragraph 2.9 as it
may be adjusted from time to time as provided below:
6.6.1. CONTRACTOR shall submit to ENGINEER
for acceptance (to the extent indicated in
paragraph 2.9) proposed adjustments in the progress
schedule that will not change the Contract Times (or
Milestones). Such adjustments will conform generally
to the progress schedule then in effect and additionally
will comply with any provisions of the General
Requirements applicable thereto.
6.6.2. Proposed adjustments in the progress schedule
that will change the Contract Times (or Milestones)
shall be submitted in accordance with the requirements
of paragraph 12.1. Such adjustments may only be
made by a Change Order or Written Amendment in
accordance with Article 12.
6.7. Substitutes and "Or -Equal "Items.
6.7.1. Whenever an item of material or equipment is
specified or described in the Contract Documents by
using the name of a proprietary item or the name of a
particular Supplier, the specification or description is
intended to establish the type, function and quality
required. Unless the specification or description
12 EICDC GENERAL CONDITIONS 1910-8 (1990 Edition)
w/ CITY OF FORT COLLINS MODIFICATIONS (REV 4/2000)
contains or is followed by words reading that no like,
equivalent or "or -equal" item or no substitution is
permitted, other items of material or equipment or
material or equipment of other Suppliers may be
accepted by ENGINEER under the following
circumstances:
6.7.1.1. "Or -Equal": If in ENGINEER's sole
discretion an item of material or equipment
proposed by CONTRACTOR is functionally
equal to that named and sufficiently similar so that
no change in related Work will be required, it may
be considered by ENGINEER as an "or -equal"
item, in which case review and approval of the
proposed item may, in ENGINEER's sole
discretion, be accomplished without compliance
with some or all of the requirements for
acceptance of proposed substitute items.
6.7.1.2. Substitute Items: If in ENGINEER's sole
discretion an item of material or equipment
proposed by CONTRACTOR does not qualify as
an "or -equal" item under subparagraph 6.7.1.1, it
will be considered a proposed substitute item.
CONTRACTOR shall submit sufficient
information as provided below to allow
ENGINEER to determine that the item of material
or equipment proposed is essentially equivalent to
that named and an acceptable substitute therefor.
The procedure for review by the ENGINEER will
include the following as supplemented in the
General Requirements and as ENGINEER may
decide is appropriate under the circumstances.
Requests for review of proposed substitute items
of material or equipment will not be accepted by
ENGINEER from anyone other than
CONTRACTOR. If CONTRACTOR wishes to
furnish or use a substitute item of material or
equipment, CONTRACTOR shall first make
written application to ENGINEER for acceptance
thereof, certifying that the proposed substitute will
perform adequately the functions and achieve the
results called for by the general design, be similar
in substance to that specified and be suited to the
same use as that specified. The application will
state the extent, if any, to which the evaluation
and acceptance of the proposed substitute will
prejudice CONTRACTOR's achievement of
Substantial Completion on time, whether or not
acceptance of the substitute for use in the Work
will require a change in any of the Contract
Documents (or in the provisions of any other
direct contract with OWNER for work on the
Project) to adapt the design to the proposed
substitute and whether or not incorporation or use
of the substitute in connection with the Work is
subject to payment of any license fee or royalty.
All variations of the proposed substitute from that
specified will be identified in the application and
available maintenance, repair and replacement
service will be indicated. The application will
also contain an itemized estimate of all costs or
credits that will result directly or indirectly from
acceptance of such substitute, including costs of
redesign and claims of other contractors affected
by the resulting change, all of which will be
considered by ENGINEER in evaluating the
proposed substitute. ENGINEER may require
CONTRACTOR to furnish additional data about
the proposed substitute.
6.7.1.3. CONTRACTORS Expense: All data to be
provided by CONTRACTOR in support of any
proposed "or -equal" or substitute item will be at
CONTRACTOR's expense.
6.7.2. Substitute Construction Methods or
Procedures: If a specific means, method, technique,
sequence or procedure of construction is shown or
indicated in and expressly required by the Contract
Documents, CONTRACTOR may furnish or utilize a
substitute means, method, technique, sequence or
procedure of construction acceptable to ENGINEER.
CONTRACTOR shall submit sufficient information to
allow ENGINEER, in ENGINEER's sole discretion, to
determine that the substitute proposed is equivalent to
that expressly called for by the Contract Documents.
The procedure for review by ENGINEER will be
similar to that provided in subparagraph 6.7.1.2.
6.7.3. Engineers Evaluation: ENGINEER will he
allowed a reasonable time within which to evaluate
each proposal or submittal made pursuant to
paragraphs 6.7.1.2 and 6.7.2. ENGINEER will be the
sole judge of acceptability. No "or -equal" or
substitute will be ordered, installed or utilized without
ENGINEER's prior written acceptance which will be
evidenced by either a Change Order or an approved
Shop Drawing. OWNER may require
CONTRACTOR to furnish at CONTRACTOR's
expense a special performance guarantee or other
surety with respect to any "or -equal" or substitute.
ENGINEER will record time required by
ENGINEER and ENGINEER's Consultants in
evaluating substitutes proposed or submitted by
CONTRACTOR pursuant to paragraphs 6.7.1.2 and
6.7.2 and in making changes in the Contract
Documents (or in the provisions of any other direct
contract with OWNER for work on the Project)
occasioned thereby. Whether or not ENGINEER
accepts a substitute item so proposed or submitted by
CONTRACTOR, CONTRACTOR shall reimburse
OWNER for the charges of ENGINEER and
ENGINEER's Consultants for evaluating each such
proposed substitute item.
6_8. Concerning Subcontractors, Suppliers and
Others:
6.8.1. CONTRACTOR shall not employ any
Subcontractor, Supplier or other person or organization
(including those acceptable to OWNER and
ENGINEER as indicated in paragraph 6.8.2), whether
initially or as a substitute, against whom OWNER or
ENGINEER may have reasonable objection.
CONTRACTOR shall not be required to employ any
Subcontractor, Supplier or other person or organization
to furnish or perform any of the Work against whom
CONTRACTOR has reasonable objection.
EJCDC GENERAL CONDITIONS 1910-8 (1990 Edition)
w/ CITY OF FORT COLLINS MODIFICATIONS (REV 4/2000)
6_9.
CONTRACTOR shall perform not less than 20
percent of the Work with its own forces (that is,
without subcontracting). The 20 percent requirement
shall be understood to refer to the Work the value of
which totals not less than 20 percent of the Contract
Price.
6.8.2. if the c, ppleme tafy Condition Bidding
Documents require the identity of certain
Subcontractors, Suppliers or other persons or
organizations (including those who are to furnish the
principal items of materials or equipment) to be
submitted to OWNER
date prior to the Effective Date of the Agreement for
acceptance by OWNER and ENGINEER, —an
CONTRACTOR has submitted a list thpwaef on
aeeerdanee with the Supplementary !`,..Aifie ffi
OWNER's or ENGINEER's acceptance (either in
writing or by failing to make written objection thereto
by the date indicated for acceptance or objection in
the bidding documents or the Contract Documents) of
en so identified may be feveked on the
in whieh ease CW4RACTOR shall submit a
meeptable—substitute, the Cent.ae4 Price ill b
will be issued er wFitten Amendment signed. will
constitute a condition of the Contract requiring the
use of the named subcontractors, suppliers or other
persons or organization on the Work unless prior
written approval is obtained from OWNER and
ENGINEER. No acceptance by OWNER or
ENGINEER of any such Subcontractor, Supplier or
other person or organization shall constitute a waiver
of any right of OWNER or ENGINEER to reject
defective Work.
6.9.1. CONTRACTOR shall be fully responsible to
OWNER and ENGINEER for all acts and omissions
of the Subcontractors, Suppliers and other persons
and organizations performing or furnishing any of the
Work under a direct or indirect contract with
CONTRACTOR just as CONTRACTOR is
responsible for CONTRACTOR's own acts and
omissions. Nothing in the Contract Documents shall
create for the benefit of any such Subcontractor,
Supplier or other person or organization any
contractual relationship between OWNER or
ENGINEER and any such Subcontractor, Supplier or
other person or organization, nor shall it create any
obligation on the part of OWNER or ENGINEER to
pay or to see to the payment of any moneys due any
such Subcontractor, Supplier or other person or
organization except as may otherwise be required by
Laws and Regulations. OWNER or ENGINEER may
furnish to any subcontractor, supplier or other person
or organization evidence of amounts paid to
CONTRACTOR in accordance with
CONTRACTOR'S "Applications for Payment"
13
6.9.2. CONTRACTOR shall be solely responsible
for scheduling and coordinating the Work of
Subcontractors, Suppliers and other persons and
organizations performing or furnishing any of the
Work under a direct or indirect contract with
CONTRACTOR. CONTRACTOR shall require all
Subcontractors, Suppliers and such other persons and
organizations performing or furnishing any of the
Work to communicate with the ENGINEER through
CONTRACTOR.
6.10. The divisions and sections of the Specifications and
the identifications of any Drawings shall not control
CONTRACTOR in dividing the Work among
Subcontractors or Suppliers or delineating the Work to be
performed by any specific trade.
6.11. All Work performed for CONTRACTOR by a
Subcontractor or Supplier will be pursuant to an
appropriate agreement between CONTRACTOR and the
Subcontractor or Supplier which specifically binds the
Subcontractor or Supplier to the applicable terms and
conditions of the Contract Documents for the benefit of
OWNER and ENGINEER. Whenever any stieh agreement
is with a Subee..tfaeter OF e...._li ff .. ti,,. ., c..t,.d AN Fin
additional insured 8H the +.,iflSffaftee ,idea :
paragraphs 5.6 er V .. ..e.
5.7, the agreerrte"t het;. en th
SI\IMI\I99��Y\/!11\IIi9�Y��.7llalr
Patent Fees and Royalties:
6.12. CONTRACTOR shall pay all license fees and
royalties and assume all costs incident to the use in the
performance of the Work or the incorporation in the Work
of any invention, design, process, product or device which
is the subject of patent rights or copyrights held by others.
If a particular invention, design, process, product or device
is specified in the Contract Documents for use in the
performance of the Work and if to the actual knowledge of
OWNER or ENGINEER its use is subject to patent rights
or copyrights calling for the payment of any license fee or
royalty to others, the existence of such rights shall be
disclosed by OWNER in the Contract Documents. To the
fullest extent permitted by Laws and Regulations,
CONTRACTOR shall indemnify and hold harmless
OWNER, ENGINEER, ENGINEER's Consultants and the
officers, directors, employees, agents and other consultants
of each and any of them from and against all claims, costs,
losses and damages arising out of or resulting from any
infringement of patent rights or copyrights incident to the
use in the performance of the Work or resulting from the
incorporation in the Work of any invention, design,
process, product or device not specified in the Contract
Documents.
14 EJCDC GENERAL CONDITIONS 1910-8 (1990 Edition)
w/ CITY OF FORT COLLINS MODIFICATIONS (REV 4/2000)
Permits:
6.13. Unless otherwise provided in the Supplementary
Conditions, CONTRACTOR shall obtain and pay for all
construction permits and licenses. OWNER shall assist
CONTRACTOR, when necessary, in obtaining such
permits and licenses. CONTRACTOR shall pay all
governmental charges and inspection fees necessary for
the prosecution of the Work, which are applicable at the
time of opening of Bids, or, if there are no Bids, on the
Effective Date of the Agreement. CONTRACTOR shall
pay all charges of utility owners for connections to the
Work, and OWNER shall pay all charges of such utility
owners for capital costs related thereto such as plant
investment fees.
6.14. Laws and Regulations:
6.14.1. CONTRACTOR shall give all notices and
comply with all Laws and Regulations applicable to
furnishing and performance of the Work. Except
where otherwise expressly required by applicable
Laws and Regulations, neither OWNER nor
ENGINEER shall be responsible for monitoring
CONTRACTOR's compliance with any Laws or
Regulations. -
6.14.2. If CONTRACTOR performs any Work
knowing or having reason to know that it is contrary
to Laws or Regulations, CONTRACTOR shall bear
all claims, costs, losses and damages caused by,
arising out of or resulting therefrom; however, it shall
not be CONTRACTOR's primary responsibility to
make certain that the Specifications and Drawings are
in accordance with Laws and Regulations, but this
shall not relieve CONTRACTOR of
CONTRACTOR's obligations under paragraph 3.3.2.
Taxes:
6.15. CONTRACTOR shall pay all sales, consumer,
use and other similar taxes required to be paid by
CONTRACTOR in accordance with the Laws and
Regulations of the place of the Project which are
applicable during the performance of the Work.
6.15.1. OWNER is exempt from Colorado State and
local sales and use taxes on materials to be
Permanently incorporated into the project Said taxes
shall not be included in the Contract Price
Address:
Colorado Department of Revenue
State Capital Annex
1375 Sherman Street
Denver, Colorado, 80261
Sales and Use Taxes for the State of Colorado
Regional Transportation District (RTD) and certain
Colorado counties are collected by the State of
Colorado and are included in the Certification of
Exemption.
All applicable Sales and Use Taxes (including State
collected taxes), on any items other than construction
and building materials physically incorporated into the
project are to be paid by CONTRACTOR and are to
be included in appropriate bid items.
Use of Premises:
6.16. CONTRACTOR shall confine construction
equipment, the storage of materials and equipment and the
operations of workers to the site and land and areas
identified in and permitted by the Contract Documents and
other land and areas permitted by Laws and Regulations,
rights -of -way, permits and easements, and shall not
unreasonably encumber the premises with construction
equipment or other materials or equipment.
CONTRACTOR shall assume full responsibility for any
damage to any such land or area, or to the owner or
occupant thereof or of any adjacent land or areas, resulting
from the performance of the Work. Should any claim be
made by any such owner or occupant because of the
performance of the Work, CONTRACTOR shall promptly
settle with such other party by negotiation or otherwise
resolve the claim by arbitration or other dispute resolution
proceeding or at law. CONTRACTOR shall, to the fullest
extent permitted by Laws and Regulations, indemnify and
hold harmless OWNER, ENGINEER, ENGINEEXs
Consultant and anyone directly or indirectly employed by
any of them from and against all claims, costs, losses and
damages arising out of or resulting from any claim or
action, legal or equitable, brought by any such owner or
occupant against OWNER, ENGINEER or any other party
indemnified hereunder to the extent caused by or based
upon CONTRACTOR's performance of the Work.
6.17. During the progress of the Work, CONTRACTOR
shall keep the premises free from accumulations of waste
materials, rubbish and other debris resulting from the
Work. At the completion of the Work CONTRACTOR
shall remove all waste materials, rubbish and debris from
and about the premises as well as all tools, appliances,
construction equipment and machinery and surplus
materials. CONTRACTOR shall leave the site clean and
ready for occupancy by OWNER at Substantial
Completion of the Work. CONTRACTOR shall restore to
original condition all property not designated for alteration
by the Contract Documents,
6.18. CONTRACTOR shall not load nor permit any part
of any structure to be loaded in any manner that will
endanger the structure, nor shall CONTRACTOR subject
any part of the Work or adjacent property to stresses or
pressures that will endanger it.
Record Documents.
EJCDC GENERAL. CONDITIONS 1910-8 (1990 Edition)
w/ CITY OF FORT COLLINS MODIFICATIONS (REV 4/2000)
6.19. CONTRACTOR shall maintain in a safe place at
the site one record copy of all Drawings, Specifications,
Addenda, Written Amendments, Change Orders, Work
Change Directives, Field Orders and written
interpretations and clarifications (issued pursuant to
paragraph 9.4) in good order and annotated to show all
changes made during construction. These record
documents together with all approved Samples and a
counterpart of all approved Shop Drawings will be
available to ENGINEER for reference. Upon completion
of the Work, and prior to release of final payment, these
record documents, Samples and Shop Drawings will be
delivered to ENGINEER for OWNER.
Safety and Protection:
6.20. CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for
initiating, maintaining and supervising all safety
precautions and programs in connection with the Work.
CONTRACTOR shall take all necessary precautions for
the safety of, and shall provide the necessary protection to
prevent damage, injury or loss to:
6.20.1. all persons on the Work site or who may be
affected by the Work;
6.20.2. all the Work and materials and equipment to
be incorporated therein, whether in storage on or off
the site; and
6.20.3. other property at the site or adjacent thereto,
including trees, shrubs, lawns, walks, pavements,
roadways, structures, utilities and Underground
Facilities not designated for removal, relocation or
replacement in the course of construction.
CONTRACTOR shall comply with all applicable Laws
and Regulations of any public body having jurisdiction for
safety of persons or property or to protect them from
damage, injury or loss; and shall erect and maintain all
necessary safeguards for such safety and protection.
CONTRACTOR shall notify owners of adjacent property
and of Underground Facilities and utility owners when
prosecution of the Work may affect them, and shall
cooperate with them in the protection, removal, relocation
and replacement of their property. All damage, injury or
loss to any property referred to in paragraphs 6.20.2 or
6.20.3 caused, directly or indirectly, in whole or in part, by
CONTRACTOR, any Subcontractor, Supplier or any
other person or organization directly or indirectly
employed by any of them to perform or furnish any of the
Work or anyone for whose acts any of them may be liable,
shall be remedied by CONTRACTOR (except damage or
loss attributable to the fault of Drawings or Specifications
or to the acts or omissions of OWNER or ENGINEER or
ENGINEER's Consultant or anyone employed by any of
them or anyone for whose acts any of them may be liable,
and not attributable, directly or indirectly, in whole or in
part, to the fault or negligence of CONTRACTOR or any
Subcontractor, Supplier or other person or organization
directly or indirectly employed by any of them).
CONTRACTOWs duties and responsibilities for the safety
and protection of the Work shall continue until such time
as all the Work is completed and ENGINEER has issued a
15
am
notice to OWNER and CONTRACTOR in accordance
with paragraph 14.13 that the Work is acceptable (except as
otherwise expressly provided in connection with
Substantial Completion).
6.21. Safety Representative:
CONTRACTOR shall designate a qualified and
experienced safety representative at the site whose duties
and responsibilities shall be the prevention of accidents and
the maintaining and supervising of safety precautions and
programs.
Hazard Communication Programs:
6.22. CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for
coordinating any exchange of material safety data sheets or
other hazard communication information required to be
made available to or exchanged between or among
employers at the site in accordance with Laws or
Regulations.
Emergencies:
6.23. In emergencies affecting the safety or protection of
persons or the Work or property at the site or adjacent
thereto, CONTRACTOR, without special instruction or
authorization from OWNER or ENGINEER, is obligated to
act to prevent threatened damage, injury or loss.
CONTRACTOR shall give ENGINEER prompt written
notice if CONTRACTOR believes that any significant
changes in the Work or variations from the Contract
Documents have been caused thereby. If ENGINEER
determines that a change in the Contract Documents is
required because of the action taken by CONTRACTOR in
response to such an emergency, a Work Change Directive
or Change Order will be issued to document the
consequences of such action.
6.24. Shop Drawings and Samples:
6.24.1. CONTRACTOR shall submit Shop Drawings
to ENGINEER for review and approval in accordance
with the accepted schedule of Shop Drawings and
Sample submittals (see paragraph 2.9). All submittals
will be identified as ENGINEER may require and in
the number of copies specified in the General
Requirements. The data shown on the Shop Drawings
will be complete with respect to quantities,
dimensions, specified performance and design criteria,
materials and similar data to show ENGINEER the
materials and equipment CONTRACTOR proposes to
provide and to enable ENGINEER to review the
information for the limited purposes required by
paragraph 6.26.
6.24.2. CONTRACTOR shall also submit Samples to
ENGINEER for review and approval in accordance
with said accepted schedule of Shop Drawings and
Sample submittals. Each Sample will be identified
clearly as to material, Supplier, pertinent data such as
catalog numbers and the use for which intended and
otherwise as ENGINEER may require to enable
ENGINEER to review the submittal for the limited
16 EICDCGENERAL CONDITIONS 1910-8(1990Edition)
w/ CITY OF FORT COLLINS MODIFICATIONS (REV 4/2000)
purposes required by paragraph 6.26. The numbers
of each Sample to be submitted will be as specified in
the Specifications.
6.25. Submittal Procedures:
6.25.1. Before submitting each Shop Drawing or
Sample, CONTRACTOR shall have determined and
verified:
6.25.1.1. all field measurements, quantities,
dimensions, specified performance criteria,
installation requirements, materials, catalog
numbers and similar information with respect
thereto,
6.25.1.2. all materials with respect to intended
use, fabrication, shipping, handling, storage,
assembly and installation pertaining to the
performance of the Work, and
6.25.1.3. all information relative to
CONTRACTOR's sole responsibilities in respect
of means, methods, techniques, sequences and
procedures of construction and safety precautions
and programs incident thereto.
CONTRACTOR shall also have reviewed and
coordinated each Shop Drawing or Sample with other
Shop Drawings and Samples and with the
requirements of the Work and the Contract
Documents.
6.25.2. Each submittal will bear a stamp or specific
written indication that CONTRACTOR has satisfied
CONTRACTOR's obligations under the Contract
Documents with respect to CONTRACTOR's review
and approval of that submittal.
6.25.3. At the time of each submission,
CONTRACTOR shall give ENGINEER specific
written notice of such variations, if any, that the Shop
Drawing or Sample submitted may have from the
requirements of the Contract Documents, such notice
to be in a written communication separate from the
submittal; and, in addition, shall cause a specific
notation to be made on each Shop Drawing and
Sample submitted to ENGINEER for review and
approval of each such variation.
6.26. ENGINEER will review and approve Shop
Drawings and Samples in accordance with the schedule of
Shop Drawings and Sample submittals accepted by
ENGINEER as required by paragraph 2.9. ENGINEER's
review and approval will be only to determine if the items
covered by the submittals will, after installation or
incorporation in the Work, conform to the information
given in the Contract Documents and be compatible with
the design concept of the completed Project as a
functioning whole as indicated by the Contract
Documents. ENGINEER's review and approval will not
extend to means, methods, techniques, sequences or
procedures of construction (except where a particular
means, method, technique, sequence or procedure of
W
construction is specifically and expressly called for by the
Contract Documents) or to safety precautions or programs
incident thereto. The review and approval of a separate
item as such will not indicate approval of the assembly in
which the item functions. CONTRACTOR shall make
corrections required by ENGINEER, and shall return the
required number of corrected copies of Shop Drawings and
submit as required new Samples for review and approval.
CONTRACTOR shall direct specific attention in writing to
revisions other than the corrections called for by
ENGINEER on previous submittals.
6.27. ENGINEER's review and approval of Shop
Drawings or Samples shall not relieve CONTRACTOR
from responsibility for any variation from the requirements
of the Contract Documents unless CONTRACTOR has in
writing called ENGINEER's attention to each such
variation at the time of submission as required by
paragraph 6.25.3 and ENGINEER has given written
approval of each such variation by a specific written
notation thereof incorporated in or accompanying the Shop
Drawing or Sample approval; nor will any approval by
ENGINEER relieve CONTRACTOR from responsibility
for complying with the requirements of paragraph 6.25.L
6.28. Where a Shop Drawing or Sample is required by
the Contract Documents or the schedule of Shop Drawing
and Sample submissions accepted by ENGINEER as
required by paragraph 2.9, any related Work performed
prior to ENGINEER's review and approval of the pertinent
submittal will be at the sole expense and responsibility of
CONTRACTOR.
Continuing the Work:
6.29. CONTRACTOR shall carry on the Work and
adhere to the progress schedule during all disputes or
disagreements with OWNER. No Work shall be delayed or
postponed pending resolution of any disputes or
disagreements, except as permitted by paragraph 15.5 or as
OWNER and CONTRACTOR may otherwise agree in
writing.
6.30. CONTRACTOR's General Warranty and
Guarantee:
6.30.1. CONTRACTOR warrants and guarantees to
OWNER, ENGINEER and ENGINEER's Consultants
that all Work will be in accordance with the Contract
Documents and will not be defective.
CONTRACTOR's warranty and guarantee hereunder
excludes defects or damage caused by:
6.30.1.1. abuse, modification or improper
maintenance or operation by persons other than
CONTRACTOR, Subcontractors or Suppliers; or
6.30.1.2. normal wear and tear under normal
usage.
6.30.2. CONTRACTOR's obligation to perform and
complete the Work in accordance with the Contract
Documents shall be absolute. None of the following
will constitute an acceptance of Work that is not in
EJCDC GENERAL CONDF1 IONS 1910-8 (1990 Edition)
w/ CITY OF FORT COLLINS MODIFICATIONS (REV 4/2000)
accordance with the Contract Documents or a release
of CONTRACTOR's obligation to perform the Work
in accordance with the Contract Documents:
6.30.2.1. observations by ENGINEER;
6.30.2.2. recommendation of any progress or
final payment by ENGINEER;
6.30.2.3. the issuance of a certificate of
Substantial Completion or any payment by
OWNER to CONTRACTOR under the Contract
Documents;
6.30.2.4. use or occupancy of the Work or any
part thereof by OWNER;
6.30.2.5. any acceptance by OWNER or any
failure to do so;
6.30.2.6. any review and approval of a Shop
Drawing or Sample submittal or the issuance of a
notice of acceptability by ENGINEER pursuant
to paragraph 14.13;
6.30.2.7. any inspection, test or approval by
others; or
6.30.2.8. any correction of defective Work by
OWNER.
Indemnification:
6.31. To the fullest extent permitted by Laws and
Regulations, CONTRACTOR shall indemnify and hold
harmless OWNER, ENGINEER, ENGINEER's
Consultants and the officers, directors, employees, agents
and other consultants of each and any of them from and
against all claims, costs, losses and damages (including,
but not limited to, all fees and charges of engineers,
architects, attorneys and other professionals and all court
or arbitration or other dispute resolution costs) caused by,
arising out of or resulting from the performance of the
Work, provided that any such claim, cost, loss or damage:
(i) is attributable to bodily injury, sickness, disease or
death, or to injury to or destruction of tangible property
(other than the Work itself), including the loss of use
resulting therefrom, and (ii) is caused in whole or in part
by any negligent act or omission of CONTRACTOR, any
Subcontractor, any Supplier, any person or organization
directly or indirectly employed by any of them to perform
or furnish any of the Work or anyone for whose acts any
of them may be liable, regardless of whether or not caused
in part by any negligence or omission of a person or entity
indemnified hereunder or whether liability is imposed
upon such indemnified party by Laws and Regulations
regardless of the negligence of any such person or entity.
6.32. In any and all claims against OWNER or
ENGINEER or any of their respective consultants, agents,
officers, directors or employees by any employee (or the
survivor or personal representative of such employee) of
CONTRACTOR, any Subcontractor, any Supplier, any
person or organization directly or indirectly employed by
17
any of them to perform or furnish any of the Work or
anyone for whose acts any of them may be liable, the
indemnification obligation under paragraph 6.31 shall not
be limited in any way by any limitation on the amount or
type of damages, compensation or benefits payable by or
for CONTRACTOR or any such Subcontractor, Supplier or
other person or organization under workers' compensation
acts, disability benefit acts or other employee benefit acts.
6.33. The indemnification obligations of
CONTRACTOR under paragraph 6.31 shall not extend to
the liability of ENGINEER and ENGINEER's Consultants,
officers, directors, employees or agents caused by the
professional negligence, errors or omissions of any of them.
Survival of Obligations.
6.34. All representations, indemnifications, warranties
and guarantees made in, required by or given in accordance
with the Contract Documents, as well as all continuing
obligations indicated in the Contract Documents, will
survive final payment, completion and acceptance of the
Work and termination or completion of the Agreement.
ARTICLE 7—OTHER WORK
Related Work at Site:
7.1. OWNER may perform other work related to the
Project at the site by OWNER's own forces, or let other
direct contracts therefor which shall contain General
Conditions similar to these, or have other work performed
by utility owners. If the fact that such other work is to be
performed was not noted in the Contract Documents, then:
(i) written notice thereof will be given to CONTRACTOR
prior to starting any such other work and
(ii) CONTRACTOR may make a claim therefor as
provided in Articles 11 and 12 if CONTRACTOR believes
that such performance will involve additional expense to
CONTRACTOR or requires additional time and the parties
are unable to agree as to the amount or extent thereof.
7.2. CONTRACTOR shall afford each other contractor
who is a party to such a direct contract and each utility
owner (and OWNER, if OWNER is performing the
additional work with OWNER's employees) proper and
safe access to the site and a reasonable opportunity for the
introduction and storage of materials and equipment and
the execution of such other work and shall properly connect
and coordinate the Work with theirs. Unless otherwise
provided in the Contract Documents, CONTRACTOR
shall do all cutting, fitting and patching of the Work that
may be required to make its several parts come together
properly and integrate with such other work.
CONTRACTOR shall not endanger any work of others by
cutting, excavating or otherwise altering their work and
will only cut or alter their work with the written consent of
ENGINEER and the others whose work will be affected.
The duties and responsibilities of CONTRACTOR under
this paragraph are for the benefit of such utility owners and
other contractors to the extent that there are comparable
18 EJCDC GENERAL CONDITIONS 1910-8 (1990 Edition)
w/ CITY OF FORT COLLINS MODIFICATIONS (REV 4/2000)
provisions for the benefit of CONTRACTOR in said
direct contracts between OWNER and such utility owners
and other contractors.
7.3. If the proper execution or results of any part of
CONTRACTOR's Work depends upon work performed
by others under this Article 7, CONTRACTOR shall
inspect such other work and promptly report to
ENGINEER in writing any delays, defects or deficiencies
in such other work that render it unavailable or unsuitable
for the proper execution and results of CONTRACTOR's
Work. CONTRACTOR's failure so to report will
constitute an acceptance of such other work as fit and
proper for integration with CONTRACTOR's Work
except for latent or nonapparent defects and deficiencies
in such other work.
Coordination:
7.4. If OWNER contracts with others for the
performance of other work on the Project at the site, the
following will be set forth in Supplementary Conditions:
7.4.1. the person, film or corporation who will have
authority and responsibility for coordination of the
activities among the various prime contractors will be
identified;
7.4.2. the specific matters to be covered by such
authority and responsibility will be itemized; and
7.4.3. the extent of such authority and
responsibilities will be provided.
Unless otherwise provided in the Supplementary
Conditions, OWNER shall have sole authority and
responsibility in respect of such coordination.
ARTICLE 8--OWNER'S RESPONSIBILITIES
8.1. Except as otherwise provided in these General
Conditions, OWNER shall issue all communications to
CONTRACTOR through ENGINEER.
8.2. In case of termination of the employment of
ENGINEER, OWNER shall appoint an engineer against
whose status under the Contract Documents shall be that
of the former ENGINEER.
8.3. OWNER shall fumish the data required of
OWNER under the Contract Documents promptly and
shall make payments to CONTRACTOR promptly when
they are due as provided in paragraphs 14.4 and 14.13.
8.4. OWNER's duties in respect of providing lands
and easements and providing engineering surveys to
establish reference points are set forth in paragraphs 4.1
and 4.4. Paragraph 4.2 refers to OWNER's identifying
and making available to CONTRACTOR copies of
reports of explorations and tests of subsurface conditions
at the site and drawings of physical conditions in existing
IF
1X1 STEEL ANGLE
TRELLIS AT EQUAL
SPACING
5X6 STEEL ANGLE
WITH J" STIFFENER
WELD TO 3 X 3 TUBE
N
00
I
N
d-
E ELEVATI
Ann A /n11_41 n"
TheARMITECTSMOO Inc.
uE Av o
F4rl CclliCgo,Wn .l O$A
TEL 9M.2.125
PAX 0704828450
LIGHT FIXTURE RE:
ELECTRICAL. J-BOX
(BEHIND). PROVIDE A
CLEAN AND WEATHER
TIGHT CONNECTION
BETWEEN J-BOX AND
LIGHT FIXTURE
REUSED HINGED SIGN
PANEL (3)
FROM EXIST. KIOSK WITH
HINGED
VISION PANEL OUT. I
PANEL WITH
TENANT LIST, 2 PANELS
FOR POSTERS.
REPLACE (E) POSTER
TAPING SURFACE,
STEEL CHANNEL SECTION
`FRAME (TYPICAL).
3 X 3 STEEL PIPE (TYP.)
01
-12" CONCRETE PIER
OLD TOWN SQUARE /
ALLEYS ENHANCEMENTS
A
DATE
PROJECT NO
SCALE
06,08,2005
04030071.01
Y2"= 1, Q„
ELECTRIC
CONDUIT
KIOSKS
PARTIAL OF 1/A102
THREE SIDED KIOSK
S K-5
structures at or contiguous to the site that have been utilized
by ENGINEER in preparing the Contract Documents.
8.6. OWNER is obligated to execute Change Orders as
indicated in paragraph 10.4.
8.7. OWNER's responsibility in respect of certain
inspections, tests and approvals is set forth in
paragraph 13.4.
8.8. In connection with OWNER's right to stop Work or
suspend Work, see paragraphs 13.10 and 15.1.
Paragraph 15.2 deals with OWNER's right to terminate
services of CONTRACTOR under certain circumstances.
8.9. The OWNER shall not supervise, direct or have
control or authority over, nor be responsible for,
CONTRACTOR's means, methods, techniques, sequences
or procedures of construction or the safety precautions and
programs incident thereto, or for any failure of
CONTRACTOR to comply with Laws and Regulations
applicable to the furnishing or performance of the Work.
OWNER will not be responsible for CONTRACTOR's
failure to perform or furnish the Work in accordance with
the Contract Documents.
WON
ARTICLE 9—ENGINEER'S STATUS DURING
CONSTRUCTION
0WNER's Representative:
9.1. ENGINEER will be OWNER's representative
during the construction period. The duties and
responsibilities and the limitations of authority of
ENGINEER as OWNER's representative during
construction are set forth in the Contract Documents and
shall not be extended without written consent of OWNER
and ENGINEER.
Irsits to Site:
9.2. ENGINEER will make visits to the site at intervals
appropriate to the various stages of construction as
ENGINEER deems necessary in order to observe as an
experienced and qualified design professional the progress
E.1CDC GENERAL CONDITIONS 1910-8 (1990 Edition)
w/ CITY OF FORT COLLINS MODIFICATIONS (REV 4/2000)
that has been made and the quality of the various aspects
of CONTRACTOR's executed Work. Based on
information obtained during such visits and observations,
ENGINEER will endeavor for the benefit of OWNER to
determine, in general, if the Work is proceeding in
accordance with the Contract Documents. ENGINEER
will not be required to make exhaustive or continuous on -
site inspections to check the quality or quantity of the
Work. ENGINEER's efforts will be directed toward
providing for OWNER a greater degree of confidence that
the completed Work will conform generally to the
Contract Documents. On the basis of such visits and on -
site observations, ENGINEER will keep OWNER
informed of the progress of the Work and will endeavor to
guard OWNER against defective Work. ENGINEER's
visits and on -site observations are subject to all the
limitations on ENGINEER's authority and responsibility
set forth in paragraph 9.13, and particularly, but without
limitation, during or as a result of ENGINEER's on -site
visits or observations of CONTRACTOR's Work
ENGINEER will not supervise, direct, control or have
authority over or be responsible for CONTRACTOR's
means, methods, techniques, sequences or procedures of
construction, or the safety precautions and programs
incident thereto, or for any failure of CONTRACTOR to
comply with Laws and Regulations applicable to the
furnishing or performance of the Work.
Project Representative:
9.3. If OWNER and ENGINEER agree, ENGINEER
will furnish a Resident Project Representative to assist
ENGINEER in providing more continuous observation of
the Work. The responsibilities and authority and
limitations thereon of any such Resident Project
Representative and assistants will be as provided in
paragraphs 9.3 and 9.13 and in the StippletnentaF�
6etiliens of these General Conditions. If OWNER
designates another representative or agent to represent
OWNER at the site who is not ENGINEER's Consultant,
agent or employee, the responsibilities and authority and
limitations thereon of such other person will be as
9.3.1. The Representative's dealings in matters
pertaining to the on -site work will, in general, be with
the ENGINEER and CONTRACTOR. But the
Representative will keen the OWNER properly
advised about such matters. The Representative's
dealings with subcontractors will only be through or
with the full knowledge and approval of the
CONTRACTOR.
9.3.2. Duties and Responsibilities. Representative
will:
9.3.2. 1. Schedules Review the progress
m
�l
schedule and other schedules prepared by the
CONTRACTOR and consult with the
ENGINEER conceming acceptability.
9.3.2.2. Conferences and Meeting - Attend
meeting with the CONTRACTOR such as
preconstruction conferences, progress meetings
and other iob conferences and prepare and
circulate copies of minutes of meetings
9.3.2.3. Liaison
9.3.2.3.1. Serve as ENGINEER'S liaison
with CONTRACTOR working principally
through CONTRACTOR'S superintendent to
assist the CONTRACTOR in understanding
the Contract Documents.
9.3.2.3.2. Assist in obtaining from OWNER
additional details or information when
required, for proper execution of the Work
9.3.2.3.3. Advise the ENGINEER and
CONTRACTOR of the commencement of
any Work requiring a Shop Drawing or
sample submission if the submission has not
been approved by the ENGINEER.
9.3.2.4.Review of Work, Rejection of Defective
Work, Inspections and Tests -
9.3.2.4.1. Conduct on -site observations of
the Work in progress to assist the ENGINEER
in determining that the Work is proceeding in
accordance with the Contract Documents.
9 3 2 4 3 Accompany visiting inspectors
representing public or other agencies having
jurisdiction over the Proiect, record the results
of these inspections and report to the
ENGINEER.
9.3.2.5. Interpretation of Contract
Documents. Report to ENGINEER when
clarifications and interpretations of the Contract
Documents are needed and transmit to
CONTRACTOR clarification and interpretation
of the Contract Documents as issued by the
ENGINEER.
9.3.2.6. Modifications. Consider and
evaluate CONTRACTOR'S suggestions for
20 E,ICDC GENERAL CONDITIONS 1910-8(1990 Edition)
w/ CITY OF FORT COLLINS MODIFICATIONS (REV 4/2000)
modification in Drawings or Specifications and
report these recommendations to ENGINEER.
Accurately transmit to CONTRACTOR
decisions issued by the ENGINEER.
9.3.2.7. Records.
9.3.2.7.3. Record names,
addresses and telephone numbers of all
CONTRACTORS, subcontractors and
major suppliers of equipment and materials
9.3.2.8. Reports.
9.3.2.8.1. Furnish ENGINEER periodic
reports as required of the progress of the
Work and of the CONTRACTOR'S
compliance with the progress schedule and
schedule of shop Drawing and sample
submittals.
9.3.2.8.2. Consult with ENGINEER in
advance of scheduling maior tests
inspections or start of important phases of the
Work.
9.3.2.8.3. Draft proposed Change Orders
and Work Directive Changes obtainii
backup material from the CONTRACTOR
and recommend to ENGINEER Change
Orders, Work Directive Changes and field
orders.
9.3.2.8.4. Report immediately to
ENGINEER and OWNER the occurrence of
any accident.
9.3.2.9. Payment Requests. Review applications
for payment with CONTRACTOR for compliance
with the established procedure for their
submission and forward with recommendation to
ENGINEER, noting particularly the relationship of
the payment requested to the schedule of values,
work completed and materials and equipment
delivered at the site but not incorporated in the
Work.
9.3.2.10. Completion.
9.3.2.10.1. Before ENGINEER issues a
Certificate of Substantial Completion, submit
to CONTRACTOR a list of observed items
requiring correction or completion.
9.3.2.10.2. Conduct final inspection in the
company of the ENGINEER. OWNER and
CONTRACTOR and prepare a final list of
items to be corrected or completed.
9.3.2.10.3. Observe that all items on the
final list have been corrected or completed and
make recommendations to ENGINEER
concerning acceptance.
9.3.3. Limitation of Authority: The Representative shall
not:
9.3.3.1. Authorize any deviations from the
Contract Documents or accept any substitute
materials or equipment, unless authorized by the
ENGINEER.
9.3.3.2. Exceed limitations of ENGINEER'S
authority as set forth in the Contract Documents.
9.3.3.3. Undertake any of the responsibilities
of the CONTRACTOR. Subcontractors. or
CONTRACTOR'S superintendent.
9.3.3.4. Advise on, or issue directions relative
to or assume control over any aspect of the
means, methods, techniques, sequences or
procedures for construction unless such is
specifically called for in the Contract Documents.
9.3.3.5. Advise on or issue directions
regarding or assume control over safety
precautions and programs in connections with the
Work.
9.3.3.6. Accept Shop Drawings or sample
submittals from anyone other than the
CONTRACTOR.
9.3.3.7. Authorize OWNER to occupy the
Work in whole or in part.
9.3.3.8. Participate in specialized field or
laboratory tests or inspections conducted by others
except as specifically authorized by the
ENGINEER.
Clarifications and Interpretations:
9.4. ENGINEER will issue with reasonable promptness
such written clarifications or interpretations of the
EJCDC GENERAL CONDITIONS 1910-8 (1990 Edition)
w/ CITY OF FORT COLLINS MODIFICATIONS (REV 4/2000)
requirements of the Contract Documents (in the form of
Drawings or otherwise) as ENGINEER may determine
necessary, which shall be consistent with the intent of and
reasonably inferable from the Contract Documents. Such
written clarifications and interpretations will be binding on
OWNER and CONTRACTOR. If OWNER or
CONTRACTOR believes that a written clarification or
interpretation justifies an adjustment in the Contract Price
or the Contract Times and the parties are unable to agree
to the amount or extent thereof, if any, OWNER or
CONTRACTOR may make a written claim therefor as
provided in Article 11 or Article 12.
Authorized Variations in Work:
9.5. ENGINEER may authorize minor variations in
the Work from the requirements of the Contract
Documents which do not involve an adjustment in the
Contract Price or the Contract Times and are compatible
with the design concept of the completed Project as a
functioning whole as indicated by the Contract
Documents. These may be accomplished by a Field Order
and will be binding on OWNER and also on
CONTRACTOR who shall perform the Work involved
promptly. If OWNER or CONTRACTOR believes that a
Field Orderjustifies an adjustment in the Contract Price or
the Contract Times and the parties are unable to agree as
to the amount or extent thereof, OWNER or
CONTRACTOR may make a written claim therefor as
provided in Article I 1 or 12.
Rejecting Defective Work:
9.6. ENGINEER will have authority to disapprove or
reject Work which ENGINEER believes to be defective,
or that ENGINEER believes will not produce a completed
Project that conforms to the Contract Documents or that
will prejudice the integrity of the design concept of the
completed Project as a functioning whole as indicated by
the Contract Documents. ENGINEER will also have
authority to require special inspection or testing of the
Work as provided in paragraph 13.9, whether or not the
Work is fabricated, installed or completed.
Shop Drawings, Change Orders and Payments:
9.7. In connection with ENGINEER's authority as to
Shop Drawings and Samples, see paragraphs 6.24 through
6.28 inclusive.
9.8. In connection with ENGINEER's authority as to
Change Orders, see Articles 10, 11, and 12.
9.9. In connection with ENGINEER's authority as to
Applications for Payment, see Article 14.
Determinations for Unit Prices:
9.10. ENGINEER will determine the actual quantities
and classifications of Unit Price Work performed by
CONTRACTOR. ENGINEER will review with
CONTRACTOR the ENGINEER's preliminary
determinations on such matters before rendering a written
decision thereon (by recommendation of an Application
21
M
for Payment or otherwise). ENGINEER's written decision
thereon will be final and binding upon OWNER and
CONTRACTOR, unless, within ten days after the date of
any such decision, either OWNER or CONTRACTOR
delivers to the other and to ENGINEER written notice of
intention to appeal from ENGINEER's decision and: (i) an
appeal from ENGINEER's decision is taken within the time
limits and in accordance with the procedures set forth in
Exhibit GC -A, "Dispute Resolution Agreement", entered
into between OWNER and CONTRACTOR pursuant to
Article 16, or (ii) if no such Dispute Resolution Agreement
has been entered into, a formal proceeding is instituted by
the appealing party in a forum of competent jurisdiction to
exercise such rights or remedies as the appealing party may
have with respect to ENGINEER's decision, unless
otherwise agreed in writing by OWNER and
CONTRACTOR. Such appeal will not be subject to the
procedures of paragraph 9.11.
Decisions on Disputes:
9.11. ENGINEER will be the initial interpreter of the
requirements of the Contract Documents and judge of the
acceptability of the Work thereunder. Claims, disputes and
other matters relating to the acceptability of the Work or
the interpretation of the requirements of the Contract
Documents pertaining to the performance and furnishing of
the Work and claims under Articles 11 and 12 in respect of
changes in the Contract Price or Contract Times will be
referred initially to ENGINEER in writing with a request
for a formal decision in accordance with this paragraph.
Written notice of each such claim, dispute or other matter
will be delivered by the claimant to ENGINEER and the
other party to the Agreement promptly (but in no event
later than thirty days) after the start of the occurrence or
event giving rise thereto, and written supporting data will
be submitted to ENGINEER and the other party within
sixty days after the start of such occurrence or event unless
ENGINEER allows an additional period of time for the
submission of additional or more accurate data in support
of such claim, dispute or other matter. The opposing party
shall submit any response to ENGINEER and the claimant
within thirty days after receipt of the claimant's last
submittal (unless ENGINEER allows additional time).
ENGINEER will render a formal decision in writing within
thirty days after receipt of the opposing party's submittal, if
any, in accordance with this paragraph. ENGINEER's
written decision on such claim, dispute or other matter will
be final and binding upon OWNER and CONTRACTOR
unless: (i) an appeal from ENGINEER's decision is taken
within the time limits and in accordance with the
procedures set forth in EXHIBIT GC -A, "Dispute
Resolution Agreement", entered into between OWNER and
CONTRACTOR pursuant to Article 16, or (ii) if no such
Dispute Resolution Agreement has been entered into, a
written notice of intention to appeal from ENGINEER's
written decision is delivered by OWNER or
CONTRACTOR to the other and to ENGINEER within
thirty days after the date of such decision and a formal
proceeding is instituted by the appealing party in a forum of
competent jurisdiction to exercise such rights or remedies
as the appealing party may have with respect to such claim,
dispute or other matter in accordance with applicable Laws
and Regulations within sixty days of the date of such
22 E.ICDC-GENERAL CONDITIONS 1910-8 (1990 Edition)
w/ CITY OF FORT COLLINS MODIFICATIONS (REV 4/2000)
decision, unless otherwise agreed in writing by OWNER
and CONTRACTOR.
9.12. When functioning as interpreter and judge under
paragraphs 9.10 and 9.11, ENGINEER will not show
partiality to OWNER or CONTRACTOR and will not be
liable in connection with any interpretation or decision
rendered in good faith in such capacity. The rendering of
a decision by ENGINEER pursuant to paragraphs 9.10 or
9.11 with respect to any such claim, dispute or other
matter (except any which have been waived by the making
or acceptance of final payment as provided in
paragraph 14.15) will be a condition precedent to any
exercise by OWNER or CONTRACTOR of such rights or
remedies as either may otherwise have under the Contract
Documents or by Laws or Regulations in respect of any
such claim, dispute or other matter purstiant to Ai4iele46.
9.13. Limitations on ENGINEER's Authority and
Responsibilities:
9.13.1. Neither ENGINEER's authority or
responsibility under this Article 9 or under any other
provision of the Contract Documents nor any decision
made by ENGINEER in good faith either to exercise
or not exercise such authority or responsibility or the
undertaking, exercise or performance of any authority
or responsibility by ENGINEER shall create, impose
or give rise to any duty owed by ENGINEER to
CONTRACTOR, any Subcontractor, any Supplier,
any other person or organization, or to any surety for
or employee or agent of any of them.
9.13.2. ENGINEER will not supervise, direct,
control or have authority over or be responsible for
CONTRACTOR's means, methods, techniques,
sequences or procedures of construction, or the safety
precautions and programs incident thereto, or for any
failure of CONTRACTOR to comply with Laws and
Regulations applicable to the furnishing or
performance of the Work. ENGINEER will not be
responsible for CONTRACTOR's failure to perform
or furnish the Work in accordance with the Contract
Documents.
9.13.3. ENGINEER will not be responsible for the
acts or omissions of CONTRACTOR or of any
Subcontractor, any Supplier, or of any other person or
organization performing or furnishing any of the
Work.
9.13.4. ENGINEER's review of the final Application
for Payment and accompanying documentation and
all maintenance and operating instructions, schedules,
guarantees, Bonds and certificates of inspection, tests
and approvals and other documentation required to be
delivered by paragraph 14.12 will only be to
determine generally that their content complies with
the requirements of, and in the case of certificates of
inspections, tests and approvals that the results
certified indicate compliance with, the Contract
Documents.
9.13.5. The limitations upon authority and
IV
responsibility set forth in this paragraph 9.13 shall also
apply to ENGINEER's Consultants, Resident Project
Representative and assistants.
ARTICLE 10—CHANGES IN THE WORK
10.1. Without invalidating the Agreement and without
notice to any surety, OWNER may, at any time or from
time to time, order additions, deletions or revisions in the
Work. Such additions, deletions or revisions will be
authorized by a Written Amendment, a Change Order, or a
Work Change Directive. Upon receipt of any such
document, CONTRACTOR shall promptly proceed with
the Work involved which will be performed under the
applicable conditions of the Contract Documents (except as
otherwise specifically provided).
10.2. If OWNER and CONTRACTOR are unable to
agree as to the extent, if any, of an adjustment in the
Contract Price or an adjustment of the Contract Times that
should be allowed as a result of a Work Change Directive,
a claim may be made therefor as provided in Article 11 or
Article 12.
10.3. CONTRACTOR shall not be entitled to an increase
in the Contract Price or an extension of the Contract Times
with respect to any Work performed that is not required by
the Contract Documents as amended, modified and
supplemented as provided in paragraphs 3.5 and 3.6, except
in the case of an emergency as provided in paragraph 6.23
or in the case of uncovering Work as provided in
paragraph 13.9.
10.4. OWNER and CONTRACTOR shall execute
appropriate Change Orders recommended by ENGINEER
(or Written Amendments) covering:
10.4.1. changes in the Work which are (i) ordered
by OWNER pursuant to paragraph 10.1, (ii) required
because of acceptance of defective Work under
paragraph 13.13 or correcting defective Work under
paragraph 13.14, or (iii) agreed to by the parties;
10.4.2. changes in the Contract Price or Contract
Times which are agreed to by the parties; and
10.4.3. changes in the Contract Price or Contract
Times which embody the substance of any written
decision rendered by ENGINEER pursuant to
paragraph 9.11;
provided that, in lieu of executing any such Change Order,
an appeal may be taken from any such decision in
accordance with the provisions of the Contract Documents
and applicable Laws and Regulations, but during any such
appeal, CONTRACTOR shall carry on the Work and
adhere to the progress schedule as provided in
paragraph 6.29.
10.5. If notice of any change affecting the general scope
of the Work or the provisions of the Contract Documents
E.ICDC GENERAL CONDITIONS 1910-8 (1990 Edition)
w/ CITY OF FORT COLLINS MODIFICATIONS (REV 4/2000)
(including, but not limited to, Contract Price or Contract
Times) is required by the provisions of any Bond to be
given to a surety, the giving of any such notice will be
CONTRACTOR's responsibility, and the amount of each
applicable Bond will be adjusted accordingly.
covered by a Change Order, Work Change Directive or
Written Agreement are not valid.
ARTICLE 11—CHANGE OF CONTRACT PRICE
11.1. The Contract Price constitutes the total
compensation (subject to authorized adjustments) payable
to CONTRACTOR for performing the Work. All duties,
responsibilities and obligations assigned to or undertaken
by CONTRACTOR shall be at CONTRACTOR's expense
without change in the Contract Price.
11.2. The Contract Price may only be changed by a
Change Order or by a Written Amendment. Any claim
for an adjustment in the Contract Price shall be based on
written notice delivered by the party making the claim to
the other party and to ENGINEER promptly (but in no
event later than thirty days) after the start of the
occurrence or event giving rise to the claim and stating the
general nature of the claim. Notice of the amount of the
claim with supporting data shall be delivered within sixty
days after the start of such occurrence or event (unless
ENGINEER allows additional time for claimant to submit
additional or more accurate data in support of the claim)
and shall be accompanied by claimant's written statement
that the adjustment claimed covers all known amounts to
which the claimant is entitled as a result of said
occurrence or event. All claims for adjustment in the
Contract Price shall be determined by ENGINEER in
accordance with paragraph 9.11 if OWNER and
CONTRACTOR cannot otherwise agree on the amount
involved. No claim for an adjustment in the Contract
Price will be valid if not submitted in accordance with this
paragraph 11.2.
11.3. The value of any Work covered by a Change
Order or of any claim for an adjustment in the Contract
Price will be determined as follows:
11.3.1. where the Work involved is covered by unit
prices contained in the Contract Documents, by
application of such unit prices to the quantities of the
items involved (subject to the provisions of
23
NW
paragraphs 11.9.1 through 11.9.3, inclusive);
11.3.2. where the Work involved is not covered by
unit prices contained in the Contract Documents, by a
mutually agreed payment basis, including lump sum
(which may include an allowance for overhead and
profit not necessarily in accordance with
paragraph 11.6.2);
11.3.3. where the Work involved is not covered by unit
prices contained in the Contract Documents and
agreement to a lump sum is not reached under
paragraph 11.3.2, on the basis of the Cost of the Work
(determined as provided in paragraphs 11.4 and 11.5)
plus a CONTRACTOR's fee for overhead and profit
(determined as provided in paragraph 11.6).
Cost of the Work:
11.4. The term Cost of the Work means the sum of all
costs necessarily incurred and paid by CONTRACTOR in
the proper performance of the Work. Except as otherwise
may be agreed to in writing by OWNER, such costs shall
be in amounts no higher than those prevailing in the
locality of the Project, shall include only the following
items and shall not include any of the costs itemized in
paragraph 11.5:
11.4.1. Payroll costs for employees in the direct
employ of CONTRACTOR in the performance of the
Work under schedules of job classifications agreed
upon by OWNER and CONTRACTOR. Such
employees shall include without limitation
superintendents, foremen and other personnel
employed full-time at the site. Payroll costs for
employees not employed full-time on the Work shall
be apportioned on the basis of their time spent on the
Work. Payroll costs shall inelude, butnobe limited to,
salaries and wages plus the cost of fringe benefits
which shall include social security contributions,
unemployment, excise and payroll taxes, workers'
compensation, health and -ant benefits ienuses
applicable thereto.
The expenses of performing Work after regular
working hours, on Saturday, Sunday or legal holidays,
shall be included in the above to the extent authorized
by OWNER.
11.4.2. Cost of all materials and equipment furnished
and incorporated in the Work, including costs of
transportation and storage thereof, and Suppliers' field
services required in connection therewith. All cash
discounts shall accrue to CONTRACTOR unless
OWNER deposits funds with CONTRACTOR with
which to make payments, in which case the cash
discounts shall accrue to OWNER. All trade
discounts, rebates and refunds and returns from sale of
surplus materials and equipment shall accrue to
OWNER, and CONTRACTOR shall make provisions
so that they may be obtained.
11.4.3. Payments made by CONTRACTOR to the
Subcontractors for Work performed or furnished by
Subcontractors. If required by OWNER,
24 EXDC GENERAL CONDITIONS 1910-8 (1990 Edition)
w/ CITY OF FORT COLLINS MODIFICATIONS (REV 4/2000)
CONTRACTOR shall obtain competitive bids from
Subcontractors acceptable to OWNER and
CONTRACTOR and shall deliver such bids to
OWNER who will then determine, with the advice of
ENGINEER, which bids, if any, will be accepted. If
any subcontract provides that the Subcontractor is to
be paid on the basis of Cost of the Work plus a fee,
the Subcontractor's Cost of the Work and fee shall be
determined in the same manner as CONTRACTOR's
Cost of the Work and fee as provided in
paragraphs 11.4, 11.5, 11.6 and 11.7. All
subcontracts shall be subject to the other provisions of
the Contract Documents insofar as applicable.
11.4.4. Costs of special consultants (including but
not limited to engineers, architects, testing
laboratories, surveyors, attorneys and accountants)
employed for services specifically related to the
Work.
11.4.5. Supplemental costs including the following:
11.4.5.1. The proportion of necessary
transportation, travel and subsistence expenses of
CONTRACTOR's employees incurred in
discharge of duties connected with the Work.
11.4.5.2. Cost, including transportation and
maintenance, of all materials, supplies,
equipment, machinery, appliances, office and
temporary facilities at the site and hand tools not
owned by the workers, which are consumed in the
performance of the Work, and cost less market
value of such items used but not consumed which
remain the property of CONTRACTOR.
11.4.5.3. Rentals of all construction
equipment and machinery and the parts thereof
whether rented from CONTRACTOR or others in
accordance with rental agreements approved by
OWNER with the advice of ENGINEER, and the
costs of transportation, loading, unloading,
installation, dismantling and removal thereof --all
in accordance with terms of said rental
agreements. The rental of any such equipment,
machinery or parts shall cease when the use
thereof is no longer necessary for the Work.
11.4.5.4. Sales, consumer, use or similar taxes
related to the Work, and for which
CONTRACTOR is liable, imposed by Laws and
Regulations.
11.4.5.5. Deposits lost for causes other than
negligence of CONTRACTOR, any
Subcontractor or anyone directly or indirectly
employed by any of them or for whose acts any
of them may be liable, and royalty payments and
fees for permits and licenses.
11.4.5.6. Losses and damages (and related
expenses) caused by damage to the Work, not
compensated by insurance or otherwise, sustained
by CONTRACTOR in connection with the
performance and furnishing of the Work (except
losses and damages within the deductible amounts
of property insurance established by OWNER in
accordance with paragraph 5.9), provided they
have resulted from causes other than the
negligence of CONTRACTOR, any
Subcontractor, or anyone directly or indirectly
employed by any of them or for whose acts any of
them may be liable. Such losses shall include
settlements made with the written consent and
approval of OWNER. No such losses, damages
and expenses shall be included in the Cost of the
Work for the purpose of determining
CONTRACTOR's fee. If, however, any such loss
or damage requires reconstruction and
CONTRACTOR is placed in charge thereof,
CONTRACTOR shall be paid for services a fee
proportionate to that stated in paragraph 11.6.2.
11.4.5.7. The cost of utilities, fuel and sanitary
facilities at the site.
11.4.5.8. Minor expenses such as telegrams,
long distance telephone calls, telephone service at
the site, expressage and similar petty cash items in
connection with the Work.
11.4.5.9. Cost of premiums for additional Bonds
and insurance required because of changes in the
Work.
11.5. The term Cost of the Work shall not include any of
the following:
11.5.1. Payroll costs and other compensation of
CONTRACTOWs officers, executives, principals (of
partnership and sole proprietorships), general managers,
engineers, architects, estimators, attorneys, auditors,
accountants, purchasing and contracting agents,
expediters, timekeepers, clerks and other personnel
employed by CONTRACTOR whether at the site or in
CONTRACTOR's principal or a branch office for
general administration of the Work and not specifically
included in the agreed upon schedule of job
classifications referred to in paragraph 11.4.1 or
specifically covered by paragraph 11.4.4--all of which
are to be considered administrative costs covered by the
CONTRACTOR's fee.
11.5.2. Expenses of CONTRACTORS principal and
branch offices other than CONTRACTOR's office at
the site.
11.5.3. Any part of CONTRACTORS capital
expenses, including interest on CONTRACTOR'S
capital employed for the Work and charges against
CONTRACTOR for delinquent payments.
11.5.4. Cost of premiums for all Bonds and for all
insurance whether or not CONTRACTOR is required
by the Contract Documents to purchase and maintain
the same (except for the cost of premiums covered by
subparagraph 11.4.5.9 above).
EJCDC GENERAL CONDITIONS 1910-8 (1990 Edition)
w/ CITY OF FORT COLLINS MODIFICATIONS (REV 4/2000)
11.5.5. Costs due to the negligence of
CONTRACTOR, any Subcontractor, or anyone
directly or indirectly employed by any of them or for
whose acts any of them may be liable, including but
not limited to, the correction of defective Work,
disposal of materials or equipment wrongly supplied
and making good any damage to property.
11.5.6. Other overhead or general expense costs of
any kind and the costs of any item not specifically and
expressly included in paragraph 11.4.
11.6. The CONTRACTOR's fee allowed to
CONTRACTOR for overhead and profit shall be
determined as follows:
11.6.1, a mutually acceptable fixed fee; or
11.6.2. if a fixed fee is not agreed upon, then a fee
based on the following percentages of the various
portions of the Cost of the Work:
11.6.2.1. for costs incurred under
paragraphs 11.4.1 and 11.4.2, the
CONTRACTOR's fee shall be fifteen percent;
11.6.2.2. for costs incurred under
paragraph 11.4.3, the CONTRACTOR's fee shall
be five percent;
11.6.2.3. where one or more tiers of
subcontracts are on the basis of Cost of the Work
plus a fee and no fixed fee is agreed upon, the
intent of paragraphs 11.4.1, 11.4.2, 11.4.3 and
11.6.2 is that the Subcontractor who actually
performs or furnishes the Work, at whatever tier,
will be paid a fee of fifteen percent of the costs
incurred by such Subcontractor under paragraphs
11.4.1 and 11.4.2 and that any higher tier
Subcontractor and CONTRACTOR will each be
paid a fee ef fi, o PeFeOflt of the amount paid to
thefle*t lower fier Stlbee_«_aeto_. to be negotiated
in good faith with the OWNER but not to exceed
five percent of the amount paid to the next lower
tier Subcontractor.
11.6.2.4. no fee shall be payable on the basis
of costs itemized under paragraphs 11.4.4, 11.4.5
and 11.5;
11.6.2.5. the amount of credit to be allowed
by CONTRACTOR to OWNER for any change
which results in a net decrease in cost will be the
amount of the actual net decrease in cost plus a
deduction in CONTRACTOR's fee by an amount
equal to five percent of such net decrease; and
11.6.2.6. when both additions and credits are
involved in any one change, the adjustment in
CONTRACTOR's fee shall be computed on the
basis of the net change in accordance with
paragraphs 11.6.2.1 through 11.6.2.5, inclusive.
11.7. Whenever the cost of any Work is to be
25
determined pursuant to paragraphs 11.4 and 11.5,
CONTRACTOR will establish and maintain records
thereof in accordance with generally accepted accounting
practices and submit in form acceptable to ENGINEER an
itemized cost breakdown together with supporting data.
Cash Allowances:
11.8. It is understood that CONTRACTOR has included
in the Contract Price all allowances so named in the
Contract Documents and shall cause the Work so covered
to be furnished and performed for such sums as may be
acceptable to OWNER and ENGINEER. CONTRACTOR
agrees that:
11.8.1. the allowances include the cost to
CONTRACTOR (less any applicable trade discounts)
of materials and equipment required by the allowances
to be delivered at the site, and all applicable taxes; and
11.8.2. CONTRACTOR's costs for unloading and
handling on the site, labor, installation costs, overhead,
profit and other expenses contemplated for the
allowances have been included in the Contract Price
and not in the allowances and no demand for
additional payment on account of any of the foregoing
will be valid.
Prior to final payment, an appropriate Change Order will be
issued as recommended by ENGINEER to reflect actual
amounts due CONTRACTOR on account of Work covered
by allowances, and the Contract Price shall be
correspondingly adjusted.
11.9. Unit Price Work:
11.9.1. Where the Contract Documents provide that all
or part of the Work is to be Unit Price Work, initially
the Contract Price will be deemed to include for all
Unit Price Work an amount equal to the sum of the
established unit prices for each separately identified
item of Unit Price Work times the estimated quantity
of each item as indicated in the Agreement. The
estimated quantities of items of Unit Price Work are
not guaranteed and are solely for the purpose of
comparison of Bids and determining an initial Contract
Price. Determinations of the actual quantities and
classifications of Unit Price Work performed by
CONTRACTOR will be made by ENGINEER in
accordance with paragraph 9.10.
11.9.2. Each unit price will be deemed to include an
amount considered by CONTRACTOR to be adequate
to cover CONTRACTOR's overhead and profit for
each separately identified item.
11.9.3.OWNER or CONTRACTOR may make a
claim for an adjustment in the Contract Price in
accordance with Article I I if
11.9.3.1. the quantity of any item of Unit Price
Work performed by CONTRACTOR differs
materially and significantly from the estimated
quantity of such item indicated in the Agreement;
E.ICDC GENERAL CONDITIONS 1910-8 (1990 Edition)
26 w/ CITY OF FORT COLLINS MODIFICATIONS (REV 4/2000)
and
11.9.3.2. there is no corresponding adjustment
with respect to any other item of Work; and
11.9.3.3. if CONTRACTOR believes that
CONTRACTOR is entitled to an increase in
Contract Price as a result of having incurred
additional expense or OWNER believes that
OWNER is entitled to a decrease in Contract Price
and the parties are unable to agree as to the
amount of any such increase or decrease.
11.9.3.4. CONTRACTOR acknowledges that
the OWNER has the right to add or delete items in
the Bid or change quantities at OWNER'S sole
discretion without affecting the Contract Price of
any remaining item so long as the deletion or
addition does not exceed twenty-five percent of
the original total Contract Price.
ARTICLE 12—CHANGE OF CONTRACT TIMES
12.1. The Contract Times (or Milestones) may only be
changed by a Change Order or a Written Amendment.
Any claim for an adjustment of the Contract Times (or
Milestones) shall be based on written notice delivered by
the party making the claim to the other party and to
ENGINEER promptly (but in no event later than thirty
days) after the occurrence of the event giving rise to the
claim and stating the general nature of the claim. Notice
of the extent of the claim with supporting data shall be
delivered within sixty days after such occurrence (unless
ENGINEER allows additional time to ascertain more
accurate data in support of the claim) and shall be
accompanied by the claimant's written statement that the
adjustment claimed is the entire adjustment to which the
claimant has reason to believe it is entitled as a result of
the occurrence of said event. All claims for adjustment in
the Contract Times (or Milestones) shall be determined by
ENGINEER in accordance with paragraph 9.11 if
OWNER and CONTRACTOR cannot otherwise agree.
No claim for an adjustment in the Contract Times (or
Milestones) will be valid if not submitted in accordance
with the requirements of this paragraph 12.1.
12.2. All time limits stated in the Contract Documents
are of the essence of the Agreement.
12.3. Where CONTRACTOR is prevented from
completing any part of the Work within the Contract
Times (or Milestones) due to delay beyond the control of
CONTRACTOR, the Contract Times (or Milestones) will
be extended in an amount equal to time lost due to such
delay if a claim is made therefor as provided in
paragraph 12.1. Delays beyond the control of
CONTRACTOR shall include, but not be limited to, acts
or neglect by OWNER, acts or neglect of utility owners or
other contractors performing other work as contemplated
by Article 7, fires, floods, epidemics, abnormal weather
conditions or acts of God. Delays attributable to and
within the control of a Subcontractor or Supplier shall be
deemed to be delays within the control of CONTRACTOR.
12.4. Where CONTRACTOR is prevented from
completing any part of the Work within the Contract Times
(or Milestones) due to delay beyond the control of both
OWNER and CONTRACTOR, an extension of the
Contract Times (or Milestones) in an amount equal to the
time lost due to such delay shall be CONTRACTOR's sole
and exclusive remedy for such delay. In no event shall
OWNER be liable to CONTRACTOR, any Subcontractor,
any Supplier, any other person or organization, or to any
surety for or employee or agent of any of them, for
damages arising out of or resulting from (i) delays caused
by or within the control of the CONTRACTOR, or
(ii) delays beyond the control of both parties including, but
not limited to, fires, floods, epidemics, abnormal weather
conditions, acts of God or acts or neglect by utility owners
or other contractors performing other work as contemplated
by Article 7.
ARTICLE 13—TESTS AND INSPECTIONS;
CORRECTION, REMOVAL OR ACCEPTANCE OF
DEFECTIVE WORK
13.1. Notice of Defects:
Prompt notice of all defective Work of which OWNER or
ENGINEER have actual knowledge will be given to
CONTRACTOR. All defective Work may be rejected,
corrected or accepted as provided in this Article 13.
Access to Work:
13.2. OWNER, ENGINEER, ENGINEER's Consultants,
other representatives and personnel of OWNER,
independent testing laboratories and governmental agencies
with jurisdictional interests will have access to the Work at
reasaiiable time for their observation, inspecting and
testing. CONTRACTOR shall provide them proper and
safe conditions for such access and advise them of
CONTRACTOR's site safety procedures and programs so
that they may comply therewith as applicable.
Tests and Inspections:
13.3. CONTRACTOR shall give ENGINEER timely
notice of readiness of the Work for all required inspections,
tests or approvals, and shall cooperate with inspection and
testing personnel to facilitate required inspections or tests.
13.4. OWNER shall employ and pay for the services of
an independent testing laboratory to perform all
inspections, tests, or approvals required by the Contract
Documents except:
13.4.1. for inspections, tests or approvals covered
by paragraph 13.5 below;
13.4.2. that costs incurred in connection with tests
or inspections conducted pursuant to paragraph 13.9
EJCDC GENERAL CONDITIONS 1910-8 (1990 Edition)
w/ CITY OF FORT COLLINS MODIFICATIONS (REV 4/2000)
below shall be paid as provided in said
paragraph 13.9; and
13.4.3. as otherwise specifically provided in the
Contract Documents.
13.5. If Laws or Regulations of any public body having
jurisdiction require any Work (or part thereof) specifically
to be inspected, tested or approved by an employee or
other representative of such public body, CONTRACTOR
shall assume full responsibility for arranging and
obtaining such inspections, tests or approvals, pay all costs
in connection therewith, and furnish ENGINEER the
required certificates of inspection, or approval.
CONTRACTOR shall also be responsible for arranging
and obtaining and shall pay all costs in connection with
any inspections, tests or approvals required for OWNER's
and ENGINEER's acceptance of materials or equipment to
be incorporated in the Work, or of materials, mix designs,
or equipment submitted for approval prior to
CONTRACTOR's purchase thereof for incorporation in
the Work.
13.6. If any Work (or the work of others) that is to be
inspected, tested or approved is covered by
CONTRACTOR without written concurrence of
ENGINEER, it must, if requested by ENGINEER, be
uncovered for observation.
13.7. Uncovering Work as provided in paragraph 13.6
shall be at CONTRACTOR's expense unless
CONTRACTOR has given ENGINEER timely notice of
CONTRACTOR's intention to cover the same and
ENGINEER has not acted with reasonable promptness in
response to such notice.
Uncovering Work:
13.8. If any Work is covered contrary to the written
request of ENGINEER, it must, if requested by
ENGINEER, be uncovered for ENGINEER's observation
and replaced at CONTRACTOR's expense.
13.9. If ENGINEER considers it necessary or advisable
that covered Work be observed by ENGINEER or
inspected or tested by others, CONTRACTOR, at
ENGINEER's request, shall uncover, expose or otherwise
make available for observation, inspection or testing as
ENGINEER may require, that portion of the Work in
question, furnishing all necessary labor, material and
equipment. If it is found that such Work is defective,
CONTRACTOR shall pay all claims, costs, losses and
damages caused by, arising out of or resulting from such
uncovering, exposure, observation, inspection and testing
and of satisfactory replacement or reconstruction,
(including but not limited to all costs of repair or
replacement of work of others); and OWNER shall be
entitled to an appropriate decrease in the Contract Price,
and, if the parties are unable to agree as to the amount
thereof, may make a claim therefor as provided in
Article 11. If, however, such Work is not found to be
defective, CONTRACTOR shall be allowed an increase in
the Contract Price or an extension of the Contract Times
(or Milestones), or both, directly attributable to such
27
uncovering, exposure, observation, inspection, testing,
replacement and reconstruction; and, if the parties are
unable to agree as to the amount or extent thereof,
CONTRACTOR may make a claim therefor as provided in
Articles 11 and 12.
OWNER May Stop the Work:
13.10. If the Work is defective, or CONTRACTOR fails
to supply sufficient skilled workers or suitable materials or
equipment, or fails to fumish or perform the Work in such a
way that the completed Work will conform to the Contract
Documents, OWNER may order CONTRACTOR to stop
the Work, or any portion thereof, until the cause for such
order has been eliminated; however, this right of OWNER
to stop the Work shall not give rise to any duty on the part
of OWNER to exercise this right for the benefit of
CONTRACTOR or any surety or other party.
Correction or Removal of Defective Work:
13.11. If required by ENGINEER, CONTRACTOR shall
promptly, as directed, either correct all defective Work,
whether or not fabricated, installed or completed, or, if the
Work has been rejected by ENGINEER, remove it from the
site and replace it with Work that is not defective.
CONTRACTOR shall pay all claims, costs, losses and
damages caused by or resulting from such correction or
removal (including but not limited to all costs of repair or
replacement of work of others).
13.12. Correction Period.
13.12.1.If within erte yeas two year after the date of
Substantial Completion or such longer period of time as
may be prescribed by Laws or Regulations or by the
terms of any applicable special guarantee required by
the Contract Documents or by any specific provision of
the Contract Documents, any Work is found to be
defective, CONTRACTOR shall promptly, without cost
to OWNER and in accordance with OWNER's written
instructions: (i) correct such defective Work, or, if it has
been rejected by OWNER, remove it from the site and
replace it with Work that is not defective, and (ii)
satisfactorily correct or remove and replace any damage
to other Work or the work of others resulting therefrom.
If CONTRACTOR does not promptly comply with the
terms of such instructions, or in an emergency where
delay would cause serious risk of loss or damage,
OWNER may have the defective Work corrected or the
rejected Work removed and replaced, and all claims,
costs, losses and damages caused by or resulting from
such removal and replacement (including but not
limited to all costs of repair or replacement of work of
others) will be paid by CONTRACTOR.
13.12.2.In special circumstances where a particular
item of equipment is placed in continuous service
before Substantial Completion of all the Work, the
correction period for that item may start to run from an
earlier date if so provided in the Specifications or by
Written Amendment.
13.12.3. Where defective Work (and damage to other
28 EJCDC GENERAL CONDITIONS 1910-8 (1990 Edition)
w/ CITY OF FORT COLLINS MODIFICATIONS (REV 4/2000)
Work resulting therefrom) has been corrected,
removed or replaced under this paragraph 13.12, the
correction period hereunder with respect to such Work
will be extended for an additional period of ene yea
two years after such correction or removal and
replacement has been satisfactorily completed.
Acceptance of Defective Work:
13.13. If, instead of requiring correction or removal and
replacement of defective Work, OWNER (and, prior to
ENGINEER's recommendation of final payment, also
ENGINEER) prefers to accept it, OWNER may do so.
CONTRACTOR shall pay all claims, costs, losses and
damages attributable to OWNER's evaluation of and
determination to accept such defective Work (such costs to
be approved by ENGINEER as to reasonableness). If any
such acceptance occurs prior to ENGINEER's
recommendation of final payment, a Change Order will be
issued incorporating the necessary revisions in the
Contract Documents with respect to the Work; and
OWNER shall be entitled to an appropriate decrease in the
Contract Price, and, if the parties are unable to agree as to
the amount thereof, OWNER may make a claim therefor
as provided in Article 11. If the acceptance occurs after
such recommendation, an appropriate amount will be paid
by CONTRACTOR to OWNER.
OWNER May Correct Defective Work:
13.14. If CONTRACTOR fails within a reasonable time
after written notice from ENGINEER to correct defective
Work or to remove and replace rejected Work as required
by ENGINEER in accordance with paragraph 13.11, or if
CONTRACTOR fails to perform the Work in accordance
with the Contract Documents, or if CONTRACTOR fails
to comply with any other provision of the Contract
Documents, OWNER may, after seven days' written
notice to CONTRACTOR, correct and remedy any such
deficiency. In exercising the rights and remedies under
this paragraph OWNER shall proceed expeditiously. In
connection with such corrective and remedial action,
OWNER may exclude CONTRACTOR from all or part of
the site, take possession of all or part of the Work, and
suspend CONTRACTOR's services related thereto, take
possession of CONTRACTOR's tools, appliances,
construction equipment and machinery at the site and
incorporate in the Work all materials and equipment
stored at the site or for which OWNER has paid
CONTRACTOR but which are stored elsewhere.
CONTRACTOR shall allow OWNER, OWNER's
representatives, agents and employees, OWNER's other
contractors and ENGINEER and ENGINEER's
Consultants access to the site to enable OWNER to
exercise the rights and remedies under this paragraph. All
claims, costs, losses and damages incurred or sustained by
OWNER in exercising such rights and remedies will be
charged against CONTRACTOR and a Change Order will
be issued incorporating the necessary revisions in the
Contract Documents with respect to the Work; and
OWNER shall be entitled to an appropriate decrease in the
Contract Price, and, if the parties are unable to agree as to
the amount thereof, OWNER may make a claim therefor
as provided in Article 11. Such claims, costs, losses and
In
y
G PLAN
A102 1 /2"=1'-0"
'rye ARCNITEC TS' STUDIO Inc.
151 Wealc`chWnAvenue
ren cnllne, Cnleeee
WVs
TEL 970 482 $125
F,x w1102&W
.IGHT FIXTURE ATTACHED
E: ELECTRICAL
I/A" STL. STIFFENER WELDED (TYP.)
OLD TOWN SQUARE /
ALLEYS ENHANCEMENTS
DATE 06,08,2005
PROJECT NO. 04030071.01
SCALE Y211= 1'- 0"
ari�12w
PARTIAL OF 1/A102
THREE SIDED KIOSK
S K-6
M]
damages will include but not be limited to all costs of
repair or replacement of work of others destroyed or
damaged by correction, removal or replacement of
CONTRACTOR's defective Work. CONTRACTOR shall
not be allowed an extension of the Contract Times (or
Milestones) because of any delay in performance of the
Work attributable to the exercise by OWNER of OWNER's
rights and remedies hereunder.
ARTICLE 14—PAYMENTS TO CONTRACTOR AND
COMPLETION
Schedule of Values:
14.1. The schedule of values established as provided in
paragraph 2.9 will serve as the basis for progress payments
and will be incorporated into a form of Application for
Payment acceptable to ENGINEER. Progress payments on
account of Unit Price Work will be based on the number of
units completed.
Application for Progress Payment:
14.2. At least twenty days before the date established for
each progress payment (but not more often than once a
month), CONTRACTOR shall submit to ENGINEER for
review an Application for Payment filled out and signed by
CONTRACTOR covering the Work completed as of the
date of the Application and accompanied by such
supporting documentation as is required by the Contract
Documents. If payment is requested on the basis of
materials and equipment not incorporated in the Work but
delivered and suitably stored at the site or at another
location agreed to in writing, the Application for Payment
shall also be accompanied by a bill of sale, invoice or other
documentation warranting that OWNER has received the
materials and equipment free and clear of all Liens and
evidence that the materials and equipment are covered by
appropriate property insurance and other arrangements to
protect OWNER's interest therein, all of which will be
satisfactory to OWNER. The amount of retainage with
respect to progress payments will be as stipulated in the
Agreement. Any funds that are withheld by the OWNER
shall not be subject to substitution by the CONTRACTOR
with securities or any arrangements involving an escrow or
custodianship By executing the application for payment
form the CONTRACTOR expressly waives his right to the
benefits of Colorado Revised Statutes, Section 24-91-101
et sea.
CONTRACTOR's Warranty of Title:
14.3. CONTRACTOR warrants and guarantees that title
to all Work, materials and equipment covered by any
Application for Payment, whether incorporated in the
Project or not, will pass to OWNER no later than the time
of payment free and clear of all Liens.
Review of Applicationsfor Progress Payment.
14.4. ENGINEER will, within ten days after receipt of
each Application for Payment, either indicate in writing a
EJCDC GENERAL CONDITIONS 1910-8 (1990 Edition)
w/CITY OF FORT COLLINS MODIFICATIONS (REV 4/2000)
recommendation of payment and present the Application
to OWNER, or return the Application to CONTRACTOR
indicating in writing ENGINEER's reasons for refusing to
recommend payment. In the latter case, CONTRACTOR
may make the necessary corrections and resubmit the
Application. Ten days after presentation of the
Application for Payment to OWNER with ENGINEER's
recommendation, the amount recommended will (subject
to the provisions of the last sentence of paragraph 14.7)
become due and when due will be paid by OWNER to
CONTRACTOR.
14.5. ENGINEER's recommendation of any payment
requested in an Application for Payment will constitute a
representation by ENGINEER to OWNER, based on
ENGINEER's on -site observations of the executed Work
as an experienced and qualified design professional and on
ENGINEER's review of the Application for Payment and
the accompanying data and schedules, that to the best of
ENGINEER's knowledge, information and belief:
14.5.1. the Work has progressed to the point
indicated,
14.5.2. the quality of the Work is generally in
accordance with the Contract Documents (subject to
an evaluation of the Work as a functioning whole
prior to or upon Substantial Completion, to the results
of any subsequent tests called for in the Contract
Documents, to a final determination of quantities and
classifications for Unit Price Work under
paragraph 9.10, and to any other qualifications stated
in the recommendation), and
14.5.3. the conditions precedent to
CONTRACTOR's being entitled to such payment
appear to have been fulfilled insofar as it is
ENGINEER's responsibility to observe the Work.
However, by recommending any such payment
ENGINEER will not thereby be deemed to have
represented that: (i) exhaustive or continuous on -site
inspections have been made to check the quality or the
quantity of the Work beyond the responsibilities
specifically assigned to ENGINEER in the Contract
Documents or (ii) that there may not be other matters or
issues between the parties that might entitle
CONTRACTOR to be paid additionally by OWNER or
entitle OWNER to withhold payment to CONTRACTOR.
14.6. ENGINEER's recommendation of any payment,
including final payment, shall not mean that ENGINEER
is responsible for CONTRACTOR's means, methods,
techniques, sequences or procedures of construction, or
the safety precautions and programs incident thereto, or
for any failure of CONTRACTOR to comply with Laws
and Regulations applicable to the furnishing or
performance of Work, or for any failure of
CONTRACTOR to perform or furnish Work in
accordance with the Contract Documents.
14.7. ENGINEER may refuse to recommend the whole
or any part of any payment if, in ENGINEER's opinion, it
would be incorrect to make the representations to
29
M
OWNER referred to in paragraph 14.5. ENGINEER may
also refuse to recommend any such payment, or, because of
subsequently discovered evidence or the results of
subsequent inspections or tests, nullify any such payment
previously recommended, to such extent as may be
necessary in ENGINEER's opinion to protect OWNER
from loss because:
14.7.1. the Work is defective, or completed Work has
been damaged requiring correction or replacement,
14.7.2. the Contract Price has been reduced by
Written Amendment or Change Order,
14.7.3. OWNER has been required to correct
defective Work or complete Work in accordance with
paragraph 13.14, or
14.7.4. ENGINEER has actual knowledge of the
occurrence of any of the events enumerated in
paragraphs 15.2.1 through 15.2.4 inclusive.
OWNER may refuse to make payment of the full amount
recommended by ENGINEER because:
14.7.5. claims have been made against OWNER on
account of CONTRACTOR's performance or furnishing
of the Work,
14.7.6. Liens have been filed in connection with the
Work, except where CONTRACTOR has delivered a
specific Bond satisfactory to OWNER to secure the
satisfaction and discharge of such Liens,
14.7.7. there are other items entitling OWNER to a set-
off against the amount recommended, or
14.7.8. OWNER has actual knowledge of the
occurrence of any of the events enumerated in
paragraphs 14.7.1 through 14.7.3 or paragraphs 15.2.1
through 15.2.4 inclusive;
but OWNER must give CONTRACTOR immediate
written notice (with a copy to ENGINEER) stating the
reasons for such action and promptly pay CONTRACTOR
the amount so withheld, or any adjustment thereto agreed
to by OWNER and CONTRACTOR, when
CONTRACTOR corrects to OWNER's satisfaction the
reasons for such action.
Substantial Completion:
14.8. When CONTRACTOR considers the entire Work
ready for its intended use CONTRACTOR shall notify
OWNER and ENGINEER in writing that the entire Work
is substantially complete (except for items specifically
listed by CONTRACTOR as incomplete) and request that
ENGINEER issue a certificate of Substantial Completion.
Within a reasonable time thereafter, OWNER,
CONTRACTOR and ENGINEER shall make an inspection
of the Work to determine the status of completion. If
ENGINEER does not consider the Work substantially
complete, ENGINEER will notify CONTRACTOR in
writing giving the reasons therefor. If ENGINEER
30 E.ICDCGENERAL CONDITIONS 1910-8(1990Edition)
w/ CITY OF FORT COLLINS MODIFICATIONS (REV 4/2000)
considers the Work substantially complete, ENGINEER
will prepare and deliver to OWNER a tentative certificate
of Substantial Completion which shall fix the date of
Substantial Completion. There shall be attached to the
certificate a tentative list of items to be completed or
corrected before final payment. OWNER shall have seven
days after receipt of the tentative certificate during which
to make written objection to ENGINEER as to any
provisions of the certificate or attached list. If, after
considering such objections, ENGINEER concludes that
the Work is not substantially complete, ENGINEER will
within fourteen days after submission of the tentative
certificate to OWNER notify CONTRACTOR in writing,
stating the reasons therefor. If, after consideration of
OWNER's objections, ENGINEER considers the Work
substantially complete, ENGINEER will within said
fourteen days execute and deliver to OWNER and
CONTRACTOR a definitive certificate of Substantial
Completion (with a revised tentative list of items to be
completed or corrected) reflecting such changes from the
tentative certificate as ENGINEER believes justified after
consideration of any objections from OWNER. At the
time of delivery of the tentative certificate of Substantial
Completion ENGINEER will deliver to OWNER and
CONTRACTOR a written recommendation as to division
of responsibilities pending final payment between
OWNER and CONTRACTOR with respect to security,
operation, safety, maintenance, heat, utilities, insurance
and warranties and guarantees. Unless OWNER and
CONTRACTOR agree otherwise in writing and so inform
ENGINEER in writing prior to ENGINEER's issuing the
definitive certificate of Substantial Completion,
ENGINEER's aforesaid recommendation will be binding
on OWNER and CONTRACTOR until final payment.
14.9. OWNER shall have the right to exclude
CONTRACTOR from the Work after the date of
Substantial Completion, but OWNER shall allow
CONTRACTOR reasonable access to complete or correct
items on the tentative list.
Partial Utilization:
14.10. Use by OWNER at OWNER's option of any
substantially completed part of the Work, which: (i) has
specifically been identified in the Contract Documents, or
(ii) OWNER, ENGINEER and CONTRACTOR agree
constitutes a separately functioning and usable part of the
Work that can be used by OWNER for its intended
purpose without significant interference with
CONTRACTOR's performance of the remainder of the
Work, may be accomplished prior to Substantial
Completion of all the Work subject to the following:
14.10.1.OWNER at any time may request
CONTRACTOR in writing to permit OWNER to use
any such part of the Work which OWNER believes to
be ready for its intended use and substantially
complete. If CONTRACTOR agrees that such part of
the Work is substantially complete, CONTRACTOR
will certify to OWNER and ENGINEER that such
part of the Work is substantially complete and request
ENGINEER to issue a certificate of Substantial
Completion for that part of the Work.
01
CONTRACTOR at any time may notify OWNER and
ENGINEER in writing that CONTRACTOR considers
any such part of the Work ready for its intended use
and substantially complete and request ENGINEER to
issue a certificate of Substantial Completion for that
part of the Work. Within a reasonable time after either
such request, OWNER, CONTRACTOR and
ENGINEER shall make an inspection of that part of
the Work to determine its status of completion. If
ENGINEER does not consider that part of the Work to
be substantially complete, ENGINEER will notify
OWNER and CONTRACTOR in writing giving the
reasons therefor. If ENGINEER considers that part of
the Work to be substantially complete, the provisions
of paragraphs 14.8 and 14.9 will apply with respect to
certification of Substantial Completion of that part of
the Work and the division of responsibility in respect
thereof and access thereto.
14.10.2. No occupancy or separate operation of part
of the Work will be accomplished prior to compliance
with the requirements of paragraph 5.15 in respect of
property insurance.
Final Inspection:
14.11. Upon written notice from CONTRACTOR that the
entire Work or an agreed portion thereof is complete,
ENGINEER will make a final inspection with OWNER
and CONTRACTOR and will notify CONTRACTOR in
writing of all particulars in which this inspection reveals
that the Work is incomplete or defective. CONTRACTOR
shall immediately take such measures as are necessary to
complete such work or remedy such deficiencies.
Final Application for Payment:
14.12. After CONTRACTOR has completed all such
corrections to the satisfaction of ENGINEER and delivered
in accordance with the Contract Documents all
maintenance and operating instructions, schedules,
guarantees, Bonds, certificates or other evidence of
insurance required by paragraph 5.4, certificates of
inspection, marked -up record documents (as provided in
paragraph 6.19) and other documents, CONTRACTOR
may make application for final payment following the
procedure for progress payments. The final Application for
Payment shall be accompanied (except as previously
delivered) by: (i) all documentation called for in the
Contract Documents, including but not limited to the
evidence of insurance required by subparagraph 5.4.13,
(ii) consent of the surety, if any, to final payment, and
(iii) complete and legally effective releases or waivers
(satisfactory to OWNER) of all Liens arising out of or filed
in connection with the Work. In lieu of such releases or
waivers of Liens and as approved by OWNER,
CONTRACTOR may furnish receipts or releases in full
and affidavit of CONTRACTOR that: (i) the releases and
receipts include all labor, services, material and equipment
for which a Lien could be filed, and (ii) all payrolls,
material and equipment bills, and other indebtedness
connected with the Work for which OWNER or OWNER's
property might in any way be responsible have been paid or
otherwise satisfied. If any Subcontractor or Supplier fails
FJCDC GENERAL CONDITIONS 1910-8 (1990 Edition)
w/ CITY OF FORT COLLINS MODIFICATIONS (REV 4/2000)
to furnish such a release or receipt in full,
CONTRACTOR may furnish a Bond or other collateral
satisfactory to OWNER to indemnify OWNER against
any Lien. Releases or waivers of liens and the consent of
the surety to finalize payment are to be submitted on
forms conforming to the format of the OWNER'S standard
forms bound in the Project manual.
Final Payment and Acceptance:
14.13. If, on the basis of ENGINEER's observation of
the Work during construction and final inspection, and
ENGINEER's review of the final Application for Payment
and accompanying documentation as required by the
Contract Documents, ENGINEER is satisfied that the
Work has been completed and CONTRACTOR's other
obligations under the Contract Documents have been
fulfilled, ENGINEER will, within ten days after receipt of
the final Application for Payment, indicate in writing
ENGINEER's recommendation of payment and present
the Application to OWNER for payment. At the same
time ENGINEER will also give written notice to OWNER
and CONTRACTOR that the Work is acceptable subject
to the provisions of paragraph 14.15. Otherwise,
ENGINEER will return the Application to
CONTRACTOR, indicating in writing the reasons for
refusing to recommend final payment, in which case
CONTRACTOR shall make the necessary corrections and
resubmit the Application. Thirty days after presentation to
OWNER of the Application and accompanying
documentation, in appropriate form and substance and
with ENGINEER's recommendation and notice of
acceptability, the amount recommended by ENGINEER
will become due and will be paid by OWNER to
CONTRACTOR subject to paragraph 17.6.2 of these
General Conditions.
14.14. If, through no fault of CONTRACTOR, final
completion of the Work is significantly delayed and if
ENGINEER so confirms, OWNER shall, upon receipt of
CONTRACTOR's final Application for Payment and
recommendation of ENGINEER, and without terminating
the Agreement, make payment of the balance due for that
portion of the Work fully completed and accepted. If the
remaining balance to be held by OWNER for Work not
fully completed or corrected is less than the retainage
stipulated in the Agreement, and if Bonds have been
fumished as required in paragraph 5.1, the written consent
of the surety to the payment of the balance due for that
portion of the Work fully completed and accepted shall be
submitted by CONTRACTOR to ENGINEER with the
Application for such payment. Such payment shall be
made under the terms and conditions governing final
payment, except that it shall not constitute a waiver of
claims.
Waiver of Claims:
14.15. The making and acceptance of final payment will
constitute:
14.15.La waiver of all claims by OWNER against
CONTRACTOR, except claims arising from
unsettled Liens, from defective Work appearing after
31
y
final inspection pursuant to paragraph 14.11, from
failure to comply with the Contract Documents or the
terms of any special guarantees specified therein, or
from CONTRACTOR's continuing obligations under
the Contract Documents; and
14.15.2. A waiver of all claims by CONTRACTOR
against OWNER other than those previously made in
writing and still unsettled.
ARTICLE 15—SUSPENSION OF WORK AND
TERMINATION
OWNER May Suspend Work:
15.1. At any time and without cause, OWNER may
suspend the Work or any portion thereof for a period of not
more than ninety days by notice in writing to
CONTRACTOR and ENGINEER which will fix the date
on which Work will be resumed. CONTRACTOR shall
resume the Work on the date so fixed. CONTRACTOR
shall be allowed an adjustment in the Contract Price or an
extension of the Contract Times, or both, directly
attributable to any such suspension if CONTRACTOR
makes an approved claim therefor as provided in
Articles 11 and 12.
OWNER May Terminate:
15.2. Upon the occurrence of any one or more of the
following events:
15.2.1. if CONTRACTOR persistently fails to perform
the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents
(including, but not limited to, failure to supply sufficient
skilled workers or suitable materials or equipment or
failure to adhere to the progress schedule established
under paragraph 2.9 as adjusted from time to time
pursuant to paragraph 6.6);
15.2.2. if CONTRACTOR disregards Laws or
Regulations of any public body having jurisdiction;
15.2.3. if CONTRACTOR disregards the authority of
ENGINEER; or
15.2.4. if CONTRACTOR otherwise violates in any
substantial way any provisions of the Contract
Documents;
OWNER may, after giving CONTRACTOR (and the
surety, if any) seven days written notice and to the extent
permitted by Laws and Regulations, terminate the services
of CONTRACTOR, exclude CONTRACTOR from the site
and take possession of the Work and of all
CONTRACTOR's tools, appliances, construction
equipment and machinery at the site and use the same to
the full extent they could be used by CONTRACTOR
(without liability to CONTRACTOR for trespass or
conversion), incorporate in the Work all materials and
equipment stored at the site or for which OWNER has paid
32 E.ICDC GENERAL CONDITIONS 1910-8 (1990 Edition)
w/ CITY OF FORT COLLINS MODIFICATIONS (REV 4/2000)
CONTRACTOR but which are stored elsewhere, and
finish the Work as OWNER may deem expedient. In such
case CONTRACTOR shall not be entitled to receive any
further payment until the Work is finished. If the unpaid
balance of the Contract Price exceeds all claims, costs,
losses and damages sustained by OWNER arising out of
or resulting from completing the Work such excess will be
paid to CONTRACTOR. If such claims, costs, losses and
damages exceed such unpaid balance, CONTRACTOR
shall pay the difference to OWNER. Such claims, costs,
losses and damages incurred by OWNER will be reviewed
by ENGINEER as to their reasonableness and when so
approved by ENGINEER incorporated in a Change Order,
provided that when exercising any rights or remedies
under this paragraph OWNER shall not be required to
obtain the lowest price for the Work performed.
15.3. Where CONTRACTOR's services have been so
terminated by OWNER, the termination will not affect
any rights or remedies of OWNER against
CONTRACTOR then existing or which may thereafter
accrue. Any retention or payment of moneys due
CONTRACTOR by OWNER will not release
CONTRACTOR from liability.
15A. Upon seven days' written notice to
CONTRACTOR and ENGINEER, OWNER may,
without cause and without prejudice to any other right or
remedy of OWNER, elect to terminate the Agreement. In
such case, CONTRACTOR shall be paid (without
duplication of any items):
15.4.1. for completed and acceptable Work executed
in accordance with the Contract Documents prior to
the effective date of termination, including fair and
reasonable sums for overhead and profit on such
Work;
15.4.2. for expenses sustained prior to the effective
date of termination in performing services and
furnishing labor, materials or equipment as required
by the Contract Documents in connection with
uncompleted Work, plus fair and reasonable sums for
overhead and profit on such expenses;
15.4.3. for all claims, costs, losses and damages
incurred in settlement of terminated contracts with
Subcontractors, Suppliers and others; and
15.4.4. for reasonable expenses directly attributable
to termination.
CONTRACTOR shall not be paid on account of loss of
anticipated profits or revenue or other economic loss
arising out of or resulting from such termination.
CONTRACTOR May Stop Work or Terminate:
15.5. If, through no act or fault of CONTRACTOR, the
Work is suspended for a period of more than ninety days
by OWNER or under an order of court or other public
authority, or ENGINEER fails to act on any Application
for Payment within thirty days after it is submitted or
OWNER fails for thirty days to pay CONTRACTOR any
sum finally determined to be due, then CONTRACTOR
may, upon seven days' written notice to OWNER and
ENGINEER, and provided OWNER or ENGINEER do not
remedy such suspension or failure within that time,
terminate the Agreement and recover from OWNER
payment on the same terns as provided in paragraph 15.4.
In lieu of terminating the Agreement and without prejudice
to any other right or remedy, if ENGINEER has failed to
act on an Application for Payment within thirty days after it
is submitted, or OWNER has failed for thirty days to pay
CONTRACTOR any sum finally determined to be due,
CONTRACTOR may upon seven days' written notice to
OWNER and ENGINEER stop the Work until payment of
all such amounts due CONTRACTOR, including interest
thereon. The provisions of this paragraph 15.5 are not
intended to preclude CONTRACTOR from making claim
under Articles 11 and 12 for an increase in Contract Price
or Contract Times or otherwise for expenses or damage
directly attributable to CONTRACTOR's stopping Work as
permitted by this paragraph.
ARTICLE 16—DISPUTE RESOLUTION
If and to the extent that OWNER and CONTRACTOR
have agreed on the method and procedure for resolving
disputes between them that may arise under this
Agreement, such dispute resolution method and procedure,
if any, shall be as set forth in Exhibit GC -A, "Dispute
Resolution Agreement", to be attached hereto and made a
part hereof. If no such agreement on the method and
procedure for resolving such disputes has been reached,
and subject to the provisions of paragraphs 9.10, 9.11 and
9.12, OWNER and CONTRACTOR may exercise such
rights or remedies as either may otherwise have under the
Contract Documents or by Laws or Regulations in respect
of any dispute.
ARTICLE 17—MISCELLANEOUS
Giving Notice:
17.1. Whenever any provision of the Contract
Documents requires the giving of written notice, it will be
deemed to have been validly given if delivered in person to
the individual or to a member of the firm, or to an officer of
the corporation for whom it is intended, or if delivered at or
sent by registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, to the
last business address known to the giver of the notice.
17.2. Computation of'Time:
17.2.1. When any period of time is referred to in the
Contract Documents by days, it will be computed to
exclude the first and include the last day of such
period. If the last day of any such period falls on a
Saturday or Sunday or on a day made a legal holiday
by the law of the applicable jurisdiction, such day will
be omitted from the computation.
E.ICDC GENERAL CONDITIONS 1910-9 (1990 Edition)
w/ CITY OF FORT COLLINS MODIFICATIONS (REV 4/2000)
17.2.2. A calendar day of twenty-four hours measured
from midnight to the next midnight will constitute a
day.
Notice of Claim:
17.3. Should OWNER or CONTRACTOR suffer injury
or damage to person or property because of any error,
omission or act of the other party or of any of the other
party's employees or agents or others for whose acts the
other party is legally liable, claim will be made in writing
to the other party within a reasonable time of the first
observance of such injury or damage. The provisions of
this paragraph 17.3 shall not be construed as a substitute
for or a waiver of the provisions of any applicable statute
of limitations or repose.Cumulative Remedies:
17.4. The duties and obligations imposed by these
General Conditions and the rights and remedies available
hereunder to the parties hereto, and, in particular but
without limitation, the warranties, guarantees and
obligations imposed upon CONTRACTOR by
paragraphs 6.12, 6.16, 6.30, 6.31, 6.32, 13.1, 13.12, 13.14,
14.3 and 15.2 and all of the rights and remedies available
to OWNER and ENGINEER thereunder, are in addition
to, and are not to be construed in any way as a limitation
of, any rights and remedies available to any or all of them
which are otherwise imposed or available by Laws or
Regulations by special warranty or guarantee or by other
provisions of the Contract Documents, and the provisions
of this paragraph will be as effective as if repeated
specifically in the Contract Documents in connection with
each particular duty, obligation, right and remedy to which
they apply.
Professional Fees and Court Costs Included:
17.5. Whenever reference is made to "claims, costs,
losses and damages", it shall include in each case, but not
be limited to, all fees and charges of engineers, architects,
attorneys and other professionals and all court or
arbitration or other dispute resolution costs.
17.6. The laws of the State of Colorado apply to this
Agreement. Reference to two pertinent Colorado statutes
are as follows;
17.6.1. Colorado Revised Statutes (CRS 8-17-101)
require that Colorado labor be employed to perform
the Work to the extent of not less than 80 percent
(80%) of each type or class of labor in the several
classifications of skilled and common labor employed
on the project. Colorado labor means any person who
is a bona fide resident of the State of Colorado at the
time of employment, without discrimination as to race,
color, creed, age, religion or sex.
17.6.2. If a claim is filed, OWNER is required by
law (CRS 38-26-107) to withhold from all payments to
CONTRACTOR sufficient funds to insure the
payment of all claims for labor, materials, team hire,
sustenance, provisions, provender, or other supplies
used or consumed by CONTRACTOR or his
33
a+
34 FJCDC GENERAL CONDITIONS 1910-8 (1990 Edition)
w/ CITY OF FORT COLLINS MODIFICATIONS (REV 4/2000)
Im
(This page left blank intentionally.)
E1CDC GENERAL CONDITIONS 1910-8 (1990 Edition) 35
w/ CITY OF FORT COLLINS MODIFICATIONS (REV 4/2000)
36 EJCDC GENERAL CONDITIONS 1910-8(1990 Edition)
w/ CITY OF FORT COLLINS MODIFICATIONS (REV 4/2000)
EXHIBIT GC -A to General Conditions
of the Construction Contract Between
OWNER and CONTRACTOR
DISPUTE RESOLUTION AGREEMENT
OWNER and CONTRACTOR hereby agree that
Article 16 of the General Conditions of the Construction
Contract between OWNER and CONTRACTOR is
amended to include the following agreement of the parties:
16.1. All claims, disputes and other matters in
question between OWNER and CONTRACTOR arising
out of or relating to the Contract Documents or the breach
thereof (except for claims which have been waived by the
making or acceptance of final payment as provided by
paragraph 14.15) will be decided by arbitration in
accordance with the Construction Industry Arbitration
Rules of the American Arbitration Association then
obtaining, subject to the limitations of the Article 16. This
agreement so to arbitrate and any other agreement or
consent to arbitrate entered into in accordance herewith as
provided in this Article 16 will be specifically enforceable
under the prevailing law of any court having jurisdiction.
16.2. No demand for arbitration of any claim, dispute
or other matter that is required to be referred to
ENGINEER initially for decision in accordance with
paragraph 9.11 will be made until the earlier of (a) the date
on which ENGINEER has rendered a written decision or
(b) the thirty-first day after the parties have presented their
evidence to ENGINEER if a written decision has not been
rendered by ENGINEER before that date. No demand for
arbitration of any such claim, dispute or other matter will
be made later than thirty days after the date on which
ENGINEER has rendered a written decision in respect
thereof in accordance with paragraph 9.11; and the failure
to demand arbitration within said thirty days' period will
result in ENGINEER's decision being final and binding
upon OWNER and CONTRACTOR. If ENGINEER
renders a decision after arbitration proceedings have been
initiated, such decision may be entered as evidence but will
not supersede the arbitration proceedings, except where the
decision is acceptable to the parties concerned. No demand
for arbitration of any written decision of ENGINEER
rendered in accordance with paragraph 9.10 will be made
later than ten days after the party making such demand has
delivered written notice of intention to appeal as provided
in paragraph 9.10.
16.3. Notice of the demand for arbitration will be
filed in writing with the other party to the Agreement and
with the American Arbitration Association, and a copy will
be sent to ENGINEER for information. The demand for
arbitration will be made within the thirty -day or ten-day
period specified in paragraph 16.2 as applicable, and in all
other cases within a reasonable time after the claim, dispute
or other matter in question has arisen, and in no event shall
any such demand be made after the date when institution of
legal or equitable proceedings based on such claim, dispute
or other matter in question would be barred by the
applicable statute of limitations.
E.ICDC GENERAL CONDITIONS 1910-8 (1990 Edition)
w/ CITY OF FORT COLLINS MODIFICATIONS (REV 9/99)
16.4. Except as provided in paragraph 16.5 below,
no arbitration arising out of or relating to the Contract
Documents shall include by consolidation, joinder or in any
other manner any other person or entity (including
ENGINEER, ENGINEER's Consultant and the officers,
directors, agents, employees or consultants of any of them)
who is not a party to this contract unless:
16.4.1. the inclusion of such other person or entity is
necessary if complete relief is to be afforded among
those who are already parties to the arbitration, and
16.4.2. such other person or entity is substantially
involved in a question of law or fact which is common
to those who are already parties to the arbitration and
which will arise in such proceedings, and
16.4.3. the written consent of the other person or
entity sought to be included and of OWNER and
CONTRACTOR has been obtained for such inclusion,
which consent shall make specific reference to this
paragraph; but no such consent shall constitute consent
to arbitration of any dispute not specifically described
in such consent or to arbitration with any party not
specifically identified in such consent.
16.5. Notwithstanding paragraph 16.4, if a claim,
dispute or other matter in question between OWNER and
CONTRACTOR involves the Work of a Subcontractor,
either OWNER or CONTRACTOR may join such
Subcontractor as a party to the arbitration between OWNER
and CONTRACTOR hereunder. CONTRACTOR shall
include in all subcontracts required by paragraph 6.11 a
specific provision whereby the Subcontractor consents to
being joined in an arbitration between OWNER and
CONTRACTOR involving the Work of such
Subcontractor. Nothing in this paragraph 16.5 nor in the
provision of such subcontract consenting to joinder shall
create any claim, right or cause of action in favor of
Subcontractor and against OWNER, ENGINEER or
ENGINEER's Consultants that does not otherwise exist.
16.6. The award rendered by the arbitrators will be
final, judgment may be entered upon it in any court having
jurisdiction thereof, and it will not be subject to
modification or appeal.
16.7. OWNER and CONTRACTOR agree that they
shall first submit any and all unsettled claims,
counterclaims, disputes and other matters in question
between them arising out of or relating to the Contract
Documents or the breach thereof ("disputes"), to mediation
by the American Arbitration Association under the
Construction Industry Mediation Rules of the American
Arbitration Association prior to either of them initiating
against the other a demand for arbitration pursuant to
paragraphs 16.1 through 16.6, unless delay in initiating
arbitration would irrevocably prejudice one of the parties.
The respective thirty and ten day time limits within which
to file a demand for arbitration as provided in paragraphs
16.2 and 16.3 above shall be suspended with respect to a
dispute submitted to mediation within those same
applicable time limits and shall remain suspended until ten
days after the termination of the mediation. The mediator
of any dispute submitted to mediation under this Agreement
shall not serve as arbitrator of such dispute unless otherwise
agreed.
GC -AI
EJCDC GENERAL CONDITIONS 1910-8 (1990 Edition) GC -AI
w/ CITY OF FORT COLLINS MODIFICATIONS (REV 9/94)
At one time fountain was designed to auto fill and drain. This function has not operated in
the five years that current staff has been maintaining the fountain. It is recommended that
these functions remain manual for ease of maintenance.
The following is a list of recommend otions, equipment and contractor direction required to
address the filtration and drain issues identified by the current operator.
1. Confirm all filter discharge, return, and back wash lines are operational. Notify
Engineer of any deficiencies.
2. If lines are not operational consult with Owners Representative regarding replacement
or re -plumbing alternatives prior to executing the following tasks,
\ 3. Replace existing Triton TR-60 24" sand filter with new of some model.
4. Provide #20 silica sand media (qty=3251b min) or as specified by the manufacture.
5. Replace filter multiport valve and plumbing with 2" Pentair multipart for sand filter
Pentair model 261055.
t 6. Replace filter pump with Whisperflo Energy Efficient Swimming Pool Pump Model WFE3,
3/4hp,
7. Add 2" site Glass to filter back wash line.
8, Provide mechanical schematic drawing of revised filter system plumbing.
9. Provide and install new filter system plumbing within the equipment space.
10. Maintain existing throttle valve functionality on filter system.
11, Add flow meter on filter discharge line, Blue White inline model f-300 for 2°schedule
40 pvc or equal.
12. After filter system is installed and running throttle pump discharge to operate system
at 45 gpm.
13. Back wash fgter when gauge on filter reads 6-8 psi.
14. Modify existing 8" steel flanged return elbows (2) to accommodate 3" drain fittings
replacing the existing 1-1.5" drains for faster draining.
15. Contractor to provide mechanical schematic of the revised drain system.
16. Contractor to provide shop drawings of 8" elbow modifications.
17. Omit Solenoid valve drain function upon re —plumbing drains.
18, Use 3" (2) ball valves for drain control of new installation.
19. All new drain pipe and fittings to be 3" nominal.
20. Provide a maintenance program and schedule for the fountain. Submit document in
3-ring binder for Engineer approval.
NOTE:
CONTRACTOR TO SUBMIT A COMPLETE PACKAGE OF MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT FOR APPROVAL
PRIOR TO ACQUISITION OF MATERIALS. CONTRACTOR TO INCLUDE A BRIEF DESCRIPTION
OF THE REPAIRS. CONTRACTOR TO ATTEND A FOUNTAIN REPAIR PRECONSTRUCTION
MEETING PRIOR TO COMMENCING. -A
OLD TOWN
SQUARE / ALLEYS ENHANCEMENTS
Downtown Development
Authorit
REFERENCE NO. ADDENDA 4
DRAWN BY: EDAW
Chip Steiner
—Exec. Director
®
DATE: 2 MAY 05
CHECKED W: BAS
19 Old Town
Square
lUrbm
YAo Z. X.=tata A�nu•OrS
�•m>• � - ►. E• hi CO
REFERENCE: CS502
SKETCH No.
DRAWING TmE:
Fort Collins,
CO
as04M44
ISO Gz vra.44114Aata
OLD TOWN SQUARE GRADING PLAN
SK06
SECTION 00800
SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS
SECTION 00800
SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS
Conditions of the Contract
These Supplementary Conditions amend or supplement the General
Conditions of the Construction Contract (EJCDC General Conditions
1910-8, 1990 edition with City of Fort Collins modifications) and
other provisions of the Contract Documents as indicated below.
SC-4.2 Subsurface and Physical Conditions:
A. Add the following language to paragraph 4.2.1 of the General
Conditions.
4.2.1.1.1 The following report(s) of exploration and tests
of subsurface conditions at the site of the Work:
Subgrade Investigation
Old Town Square Plaza Renovations
Trimble and Tenney Courts
Fort Collins, Colorado
Project No. FC03381-135
By CTL Thompson Inc.
December 10, 2004
Contractor may rely upon the accuracy of the technical data
contained in the geotechnical documents, but not upon
nontechnical data, interpretations or opinions contained
therein or upon the completeness of any information in the
report.
SC-5.4.8 Limits of Liability
A. Add the following language at the end of paragraph 5.4.8.
The limits of liability for the insurance required by the
paragraph numbers of the General Conditions listed below are as
follows:
5.4.1 and 5.4.2
Coverage A - Statutory Limits
Coverage B - $100,000/$100,000/$500,000
5.4.3 and 5.4.5 Commercial General Liability policy will have
limits of $1,000,000 combined single limits (CSL). This policy
will include coverage for Explosion, Collapse, and Underground
coverage unless waived by the Owner.
5.4.6The Comprehensive Automobile Liability Insurance policy will
have limits of $1,000,000 combined single limits (CSL).
5.4.9This policy will include completed operations
coverage/product liability coverage with limits of $1,000,000
combined single limits (CSL).
SC-12.3 Add the following language to the end of paragraph 12.3.
Contractor will include in the project schedule 20 days lost due
to abnormal weather conditions.
11:/1
SECTION 00900
ADDENDA, MODIFICATIONS AND PAYMENT
00950Contract Change Order
00960 Application for Payment
ME
SECTION 00950
CHANGE ORDER NO.
PROJECT TITLE: OLD TOWN SQUARE AND ALLEYS ENHANCEMENT PROJECT; BID NO. 5912
CONTRACTOR:
PROJECT NUMBER:
DESCRIPTION:
1. Reason for change:
2. Description of Change:
3. Change in Contract Cost
4. Change in Contract Time:
URIGINAL CONTRACT COST
TOTAL APPROVED CHANGE ORDER
TOTAL PENDING CHANGE ORDER
TOTAL THIS CHANGE ORDER
TOTAL o OF THIS CHANGE ORDER
TOTAL C.O.o OF ORIGNINAL CONTRACT
ADJUSTED CONTRACT COST
(Assuming all change orders approved)
ACCEPTED BY:
Contractor's Representative
ACCEPTED BY:
Project Manager
REVIEWED BY:
Title:
APPROVED BY:
Title:
APPROVED BY:
Purchasing Agent over $30,000
cc: City Clerk Contractor
Project File Architect
Engineer Purchasing
$ .00
0.00
0.00
0.00
$ 0.00
DATE:
DATE:
DATE:
DATE:
DATE:
9/99 Section 00950 Page 1
Section 00960
Application for Payment
Insert pages 1 - 4
9/99
APPLICATION FOR PAYMENT
PAGE 1 OF 4
OWNER: City of Fort Collins PROJECT:
APPLICATION NUMBER:
APPLICATION DATE:
PERIOD BEGINNING:
ENGINEER: CONTRACTOR:
PERIOD ENDING:
PROJECT NUMBER:
CHANGE ORDERS
Application is made for Payment as shown below in connection
with Contract
NUMBER DATE AMOUNT
The present status of the account for this Contract is as follows:
1
2
Original Contract Amount:
3
Net Change by Change Order:
Current contract Amount:
$0.00
Total Completed and Stored to Date:
Less Previous Applications:
Amount Due this Application - Before Retainage:
$0.00
Less Retainage:
Net Change by Change Order $0.00
AMOUNT DUE THIS APPLICATION:
$0.00
CERTIFICATION:
The undersigned CONTRACTOR certifies that all obligations of CONTRACTOR incurred in connection with
the Work have been satisfied as required in Paragraph 14.3. of the General Conditions of the Contract.
The above Amount Due This Application is requested by the CONTRACTOR.
Date: By:
Payment of the above Amount Due This Application is recommended by the ENGINEER.
Date: By:
Payment of the above Amount Due This Application has been reviewed by the OWNER'S Project Manager.
Date: By:
Payment of the above Amount Due This Application is approved by the OWNER.
Date: By:
CONTRACT AMOUNTS
Bid
Item
Number Description Quantity Units
Unit Price Amount
APPLICATION FOR PAYMENT
Work Completed Work Completed
This Month Previous Periods
Qty. Amount Qty. Amount
Work Completed
To Date
Qty. Amount
Stored
Materials
This
Period
PAGE 2 OF 4
Total
Earned Percent
To Date Billed
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0,00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00.
TOTALS
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
CHANGE ORDERS
APPLICATION FOR PAYMENT
PAGE 3 OF 4
Work Completed
Work Completed
Work Completed
Stored
Bid
This Month
Previous Periods
To Date
Materials
Total
Item
This
Earned Percent
Number Description Quantity Units
Unit Price Amount
Qty. Amount
Qty. Amount
Qty. Amount
Period
To Date Billed
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
TOTALS CHANGE ORDERS
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
PROJECT TOTALS
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
STORED MATERIALS SUMMARY
On Hand Received
Item Invoice Previous This
Number Number Description Application Period
PAGE 4 OF 4
Installed On Hand
This This
Period Application
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
TOTALS $0.00 $0.00
$0.00 $0.00
IE
a
d
Z.
A
1
952
a
2 :5
p
x
n
LU
a
z
e
j
.. I
_
�
�BBBBBaBB8BB8BBB
�
N
z
N
����B�BD�B���B�O....._,.....
z
_.
BIB88BBBBBBON
_...._
Z
�
O
y' U
Z
° vll
v a C
s � �
°
z
0
Ld
V/
OLD TOWN SQUARE / ALLEYS ENHANCEMENTS
Downtown Development Authority ®
Chip Steiner - Exec. Director
19 uo e. Nomisin pvnue
Id Town Square 1.d.a.p. AU hit..t .. FGA C.wpn., CO eo6;4
Fort Collins, CO UUrb=7.W Oz 97o404.aaia
REFERENCE NO. ADDENDA 4
DRAWN BY: EDAW
DATE: 9 JUNE 05
CHECKED BY: BAS
REFERENCE: LS508
SKETCH NO.
LSK07
DRAWING 71TLE:
OLD TOWN SQUARE GRADING PUN
• •
I N C O
SUBGRADE INVESTIGATION
OLD TOWN SQUARE PLAZA RENOVATIONS
TRIMBLE AND TENNEY COURTS
FORT COLLINS, COLORADO
Prepared For:
EDAW, INC.
240 East Mountain Avenue
Fort Collins, Colorado 80524
Attention: Mr. Brad Smith, PE
Project No. FC03381-135
December 10, 2004
375 E. Horsetooth Road I The Shores Office Park I Building 3, Suite 100 1 Ft. Collins, Colorado 80525
Telephone: 970-206-9455 Fax: 970-206-9441
TABLE OF CONTENTS
SCOPE
SITE CONDITIONS
PROPOSED CONSTRUCTION
FIELD AND LABORATORY INVESTIGATION
EXISTING FILL
PAVEMENT AND SURFACING
Subgrade Preparation
Concrete Paver Surfacing
Pavement
SOLUBLE SULFATES
MATERIALS AND CONSTRUCTION
MAINTENANCE
LIMITATIONS
FIGURE 1 - LOCATIONS OF EXPLORATORY BORINGS
FIGURE 2 - SUMMARY LOGS OF EXPLORATORY BORINGS
FIGURE 3 - SWELL/CONSOLIDATION TEST RESULTS
FIGURES 4 through 6 - GRADATION TEST RESULTS
FIGURE 7 - HVEEM STABILOMETER TEST RESULTS
TABLE I - SUMMARY OF LABORATORY TEST RESULTS
APPENDIX A - DESIGN CALCULATIONS
APPENDIX B - MATERIAL PROPERTIES AND CONSTRUCTION CHECKLIST
APPENDIX C - GUIDELINE MAINTENANCE RECOMMENDATIONS
EDAW, INC.
OLD TOWN SQUARE
CTL I T PROJECT NO. FC03381-135
1
1
2
2
4
5
5
6
8
9
10
10
10
IF
SCOPE
This report presents the results of our subgrade investigation for the
proposed Improvements to Trimble Court and Tenney Court as part of the Old
Town Square Plaza Renovation project. Trimble Court is located northeast and
Tenney Court is located northwest of the intersection of College Avenue and West
Mountain Avenue in Fort Collins, Colorado.
The purpose of our investigation was to explore pavement and subsoil
conditions, to determine the type and support characteristics of the subgrade
soils at the site, and to provide surfacing alternatives and construction guidelines.
-- Our report includes a description of the pavement and subgrade soils
encountered in our exploratory borings, laboratory test results, alternative
surfacing sections, and construction and materials guidelines. The surfacing
alternatives presented in this report are based upon laboratory test results,
Larimer County design criteria, the owner's (City of Fort Collins) desired surfacing
method, and the American Association of State Highway Transportation Officials
(AASHTO) 1993 "Guide for Design of Pavement Structures."
SITE CONDITIONS
The project area includes two public passageways in the vicinity of Old
Town Square Plaza each approximately 80 to 90 feet long and 13 to 18 feet wide, in
downtown Fort Collins, Colorado. Trimble Court is an east -west passageway
located approximately 100 feet north of West Mountain Avenue on the east side of
College Avenue, and Tenney Court is a north -south corridor located
approximately 80 feet west of College Avenue on the north side of West Mountain
Avenue. Both courts are constructed up to the existing buildings on both sides
and have inverted crowns with minimal longitudinal slopes. We anticipate minor,
if any changes in existing alley grades will be made during the renovation. The
two passageways are public rights -of -way and have functioned as alleys in the
past. With the evolution of Old Town to more of a pedestrian area, the two courts
have seen decreased vehicular use and an increase in pedestrian traffic.
EDAW, INC. 1
OLD TOWN SQUARE
CTL I T PROJECT NO. FC03381-135
However, we understand the alleys will remain open to pedestrian traffic and
vehicular use that may include delivery trucks, trash collection, and emergency
vehicles. A vicinity map and site plan is shown on Figure 1.
PROPOSED CONSTRUCTION
We understand this project will include revitalization of the existing courts
by repaving the street and revitalizing trash dumpster and business entry alcoves
to improve the esthetics for pedestrian use. Plans envision the concrete that
surfaces the existing alleys will be removed and replaced with a more esthetically
pleasing asphalt, concrete or concrete paver surfacing.
FIELD AND LABORATORY INVESTIGATION
The pavement and subgrade soils in the area of the proposed
improvements to Trimble and Tenney Courts were investigated by drilling four (4)
exploratory borings (two borings in each of the courts) to a depth of 10 feet at the
approximate locations shown on Figure 1. The borings were drilled on November
10, 2004 with a truck -mounted drill rig using 4-inch diameter continuous flight
augers. A representative of our firm supervised the drilling and sampling, and
logged the subsoils penetrated by the borings. We obtained samples by driving a
2.5-inch O.D. California -type sampler into the subsoils using a 140-pound hammer
falling 30 inches and by collecting bulk samples from auger cuttings. The
-- = samples were returned to our laboratory for visual examination and testing.
Results of laboratory tests are presented in Figures 3 through 7 and summarized
on Table I.
We measured concrete thickness of 8 inches (S-1) and 4 inches (S-2) over
approximately 2.5 to 4.5 feet of clayey to silty sand fill over sandy to silty gravel fill
in Tenney Court.
The borings drilled in Trimble Court (S-3 and S-4) encountered 8 inches of
concrete pavement over approximately 9 feet of clayey to silty sand fill. The
EDAW, INC. 2
-. OLD TOWN SQUARE
CTL I T PROJECT NO. FC03381-135
IF
clayey to silty sand fill contains angular gravel and appears similar to a "dirty" or
contaminated aggregate base or structural fill. The sand fill grades with depth to
a fill material containing more gravel and less silt and clay. More discussion of
the significance and our opinions of the fill soils are included below in the
EXISTING FILL section of this report.
The samples of gravel fill classified as poorly graded gravel with sand (GP)
according to the USCS. We classified the sand fill as silty sand (SM) and clayey
sand (SC) according to the USCS. According to the AASHTO system the sand fill
samples were classified as A-2-4 and A-2-6 and the gravel fill samples were
classified as A-3 soils with group indices of 0 to 1. Two (2) bulk samples of the
shallower sand fill tested were non -plastic. A drive sample of the sand fill had a
liquid limit of 32 percent and a plasticity index of 17 percent, with 34 percent silt
and clay -sized particles (passing the No. 200 sieve).
A composite sample of the near surface sand fill with gravel was also
tested and was non -plastic, with 20 percent silt and clay -sized particles. The
composite sample was classified as a silty sand (SM) soil by the USCS and as an
A-2-4 soil by the AASHTO system. An Hveem stabilometer tests (R-value) (ASTM
D 2844, AASHTO T190) that was performed on the composite soil group sample
indicated an R-value of 71.
A one-dimensional swell/consolidation test was performed on a sample of
the clayey to silty sand fill to characterize the swell potential of the subgrade
soils. The sample was loaded to 150 psf in a one-dimensional swell/consolidation
apparatus, flooded with water and allowed to swell or consolidate. The sample
exhibited no swell or consolidation (0 percent). The swell test results confirm our
judgment that the subgrade soils are non -swelling.
Groundwater was not encountered in any of the subgrade borings.
Graphical summary logs of the exploratory borings, along with field penetration
resistance test results are shown on Figure 2.
EDAW, INC. 3
OLD TOWN SQUARE
CTL I T PROJECT NO. FC03381.135
IF
EXISTING FILL
Existing sand and gravel fill was encountered in each of the borings below
the concrete pavement in Trimble and Tenney Courts to the maximum depth
investigated of 10 feet. With the exception of subgrade fill that may have been
placed during concrete paving of the alleys, we believe this fill is undocumented
and was most likely placed during the relatively older development of the
downtown area. Therefore, we understand that compaction records probably do
not exist for the fill. We anticipate that owing to the age and nature of
construction in the downtown area over the years, minor amounts of trash, rubble
and timber may be present within the fill. If such material is encountered during
removal of the existing concrete and grading of the alleys, it should be removed
and replaced with well -compacted, granular fill such as a MOT Class 5 or Class 6
aggregate base course.
Undocumented fill presents a risk of movement to improvements
supported on the fill. However, the existing concrete pavement in both alleys
appears to have performed well over the life of the pavement. Therefore, we
believe the existing sand and gravel fill may continue to be used as subgrade for
the pavement improvements.
With the exception of sand fill encountered in S-1 at the north end of
Tenney Court, the near surface sand fill was medium dense based on penetration
resistance tests. The sand fill encountered in S-1 was loose. We believe the limits
of the loose soil can be determined during construction. We recommend this area
of loose fill be removed in its entirety or to a depth of 2 feet (whichever is less)
and re -compacted below the alley. Other areas of loose sand fill or soils that have
excess water content or are otherwise judged unsuitable that may be encountered
during concrete removal and grading should be removed and re -compacted.
Unstable areas can be mitigated by overexcavation and recompaction using
geotextile fabric and coarse aggregate or pit run type gravel, or geogrid and
aggregate base course. Fly ash or lime treatments is not advised for these sites
due to the engineering properties of the site soils. All fill should be placed and
EDAW, INC. 4
OLD TOWN SQUARE
CTL I T PROJECT NO. FC03381.135
compacted to the specifications presented in the Subarade Preparation section
below.
PAVEMENT AND SURFACING
The surfacing alternatives presented in this report are based on methods in
the AASHTO 1993 "Guide for Design of Pavement Structures", the "Larimer
County Urban Area Street Standards", our experience, and preferences indicated
by EDAW, Inc. and the City of Fort Collins.
EDAW and the City of Fort Collins are considering surfacing the revitalized
alleys with concrete pavers, asphalt pavement on aggregate base course or
portland cement concrete.
We discussed anticipated traffic loading with the City of Fort Collins
Engineering Department. Although the volume is not expected to be high, the
loads may be heavy. Therefore, we used an EDLA of 50 for design, and calculated
an equivalent single axle load (ESAL) of 365,000 (from Table 10-1 of the Larimer
County "Urban Area Street Standards").
The site soils have good pavement support characteristics. Because of the
potential for variability of fill soils below the concrete, we recommend a design R-
value of 55 for resilient modulus calculations.
Sub -grade Preparation. Following removal of the existing concrete loose areas of
existing sand fill should be removed and re -compacted. Fill should be
constructed using on -site or similar low- to non -swelling soils. Fill materials
similar to the on -site soils should be moisture treated to between two percent
below optimum and two percent above optimum moisture content, placed in thin
lifts, and compacted to at least 95 percent of standard Proctor maximum dry
density (ASTM D 698). Imported soils used to construct fills should be non -
expansive soils similar to the on -site soils. We recommend samples of soils
proposed for importing should be submitted to our office for approval prior to
EDAW. INC. 5
_ OLD TOWN SQUARE
CTL i T PROJECT NO. FC83381-135
hauling them to the site. The final subgrade should be scarified a minimum of 12
inches, moisture conditioned to between 2 percent below optimum and 2 percent
above optimum moisture content, and compacted to at least 95 percent of
standard Proctor maximum dry density (ASTM D 698). We recommend that a
representative of our firm observe and test compaction of the scarified subgrade
and any fill placed during construction.
Concrete Paver Surfacing. We understand the City may prefer to resurface the
alleys with concrete pavers and a sand base. We believe that with proper grading
and drainage, some planned maintenance, anticipated traffic, and the design and
construction recommendations presented below; a durable surface can be
constructed using these materials. However, it should be noted that City of Fort
Collins standards do not normally permit street sections designed or constructed
with pavers. Special consideration or review may be required. Recommended
thicknesses are presented below in Table A.
An additional consideration is that drainage is currently provided by the
inverted crown, and drainage outward using a typical crown is not considered
feasible because of the existing buildings. If this alternative is chosen, we
recommend consideration be given to a concrete trickle pan to avoid excessive
wetting of the subgrade by water that collects and flows near the inverted center
of the courts.
We have assumed a minimum thickness of 3 inches for the concrete
pavers, and a 1-inch minimum thickness of bedding sand below the pavers. The
prepared sub base should consist of a minimum of 6 inches of an aggregate base
course material such as CDOT Class 5 or Class 6 (aggregate base course).
Aggregate base course should have a minimum Hveem stabilometer value
of 77. Aggregate base course or recycled material must be moisture stable. The
change in R-value from 300 psi to 100 psi exudation pressure should be 12 points
or less. For this application, we recommend a geotextile fabric such as Mirafi
500x (or equivalent) be used between the base course and subgrade. The fabric
EDAW, INC. 6
OLD TOWN SQUARE
CTL I T PROJECT NO. FC03381-135
should be placed over the approved subgrade within 24 hours prior to placement
of aggregate base course. Fabric should be rolled out longitudinally with
minimum overlapped seams of 2.5 feet. No wrinkles should be permitted.
Aggregate base course should be placed in thin lifts, moisture treated to
within 2% of optimum moisture content, and compacted to at least 95% of
standard Proctor maximum dry density (ASTM D 698, AASHTO T 99).
Placement and compaction of aggregate base course should be observed
and tested by a representative of our firm. Placement should not commence until
the underlying subgrade is properly prepared and observed by our representative.
The design of a paving system is as much a function of surfacing materials
as supporting characteristics of the subgrade. The quality of each construction
material is reflected by the strength coefficient used in the calculations. If the
surfacing system is constructed of inferior material, then the life and serviceability
of the pavement will be substantially reduced. Materials and placement methods
should conform to City of Fort Collins requirements.
The structural coefficient assumed for aggregate base course in our
evaluation is an R-value of 77. The Colorado Department of Highways Class 5 or
Class 6 base courses will normally meet these requirements. Base course varies
considerably and can be sensitive to change in moisture; therefore, we
recommend the material planned for base course be laboratory tested prior to
importing it to the site.
The primary cause of early pavement deterioration is water infiltration into
the pavement system. The addition of moisture usually results in softening of
base course and subgrade, and the eventual failure of the pavement. We
recommend drainage be designed for rapid removal of runoff from the surface and
subgrade. Final grading of the subgrade should be carefully controlled so that
design cross -slope is maintained, and low spots in the subgrade that could trap
water are eliminated.
EDAW, INC. 7
- OLD TOWN SQUARE
- CTL I T PROJECT NO. FC03381-135
IF
Our experience with concrete pavers indicates they tend to behave more
like a flexible pavement than a rigid pavement and they generally perform best in
low traffic, light load situations. Problems frequently associated with their use
include:
• movement, cracking and breaking of the bricks (due to their
tendency to "float" rather than transfer load). A regular
maintenance and replacement program would likely be required to
maintain visual appeal.
• frost heave due to the entrapment of water in the sand bedding and
base course beneath the concrete pavers.
Other alternatives to the concrete pavers that have been used successfully
in the area include conventional portland cement concrete pavement that is
colored and/or stamped with brick or other patterns after placement; and
placement of the concrete pavers and sand bedding over a 4-inch thick portland
cement concrete pavement on prepared subgrade.
Pavement. The existing alley pavement is constructed of 4 to 8 inches of portland
cement concrete pavement according to our borings. The concrete pavement
appears to have performed well over the life of the pavement. We understand the
existing concrete pavement is to be removed and replaced. We recommend using
one of the pavement section alternatives presented below in Table A for the
alleys.
TABLE A
SUMMARY OF RECOMMENDED PAVEMENT SECTIONS
Indicates default thicknesses.
Because of space constraints and drainage considerations, we believe
concrete is a superior alternative to the other pavements for these locations.
EDAW,INC. 8
OLD TOWN SQUARE
CTL I T PROJECT NO. FC03381.135
City of Fort Collins
Administrative Services
Purchasing Division
CITY OF FORT COLLINS
ADDENDUM No. 3
BID #5912
OLD TOWN SQUARE AND ALLEYS ENHANCEMENT PROJECT
SPECIFICATIONS AND CONTRACT DOCUMENTS
Description of Bid #5912 Old Town Square and Alleys Enhancement Project
OPENING DATE: June 16, 2005, 3:00p.m. (Our Clock)
To all prospective bidders under the specifications and contract documents described above, the
following changes are hereby made.
Bid opening has been extended to June 16, 2005, 3:00pm (our clock)
2. The Pre -Bid date is May 26, 2005, 10:00a.m. 215 N. Mason, Room 2d.
3. June 7, 2005 will be the last day for questions.
If you have any questions please contact John Stephen, CPPO, Senior Buyer, at 970-221-6777.
RECEIPT OF THIS ADDENDUM MUST BE ACKNOWLEDGED BY A WRITTEN STATEMENT
ENCLOSED WITH THE BID/QUOTE STATING THAT THIS ADDENDUM HAS BEEN RECEIVED.
215 North Mason Street • 2nd Floor • P.O. Box 580 • Fort Collins, CO 80522-0580 • (970) 221-6775 • FAX (970) 221-6707
However, the asphalt on base course over a prepared subgrade alternative may
present a more cost-effective approach initially, asphalt pavements typically have
higher maintenance costs.
Flexible pavement alternatives for the alleys include asphalt (hot
bituminous pavement) on aggregate base course over compacted natural
subgrade. We understand the City does not allow full depth asphalt on natural
subgrade, therefore we have not provided a recommendation for that alternative.
If concrete pavement is the selected alternative, we recommend slip joints
be constructed between the concrete pavement and adjacent building foundations
to allow for potential movement of the pavement without affecting the buildings.
Concrete pavement should not be connected to the adjacent building foundations.
As discussed in the Concrete Paver Surfacing section, a typical crown to
drain surface water outward is not considered feasible. If the asphalt on base
course alternative is selected, we recommend consideration be given to a
concrete trickle pan near the inverted center of the Courts.
SOLUBLE SULFATES
Water-soluble sulfate concentrations were measured for two samples of
the near -surface subgrade soils. The purpose of the test was to determine the
risk of exposure to sulfate attack where portland cement concrete is used for
pavement. The concentrations measured ranged from 0.005 to 0.06 percent.
Sulfate concentrations less than 0.1 percent indicate Class 0 exposure to sulfate
attack for concrete that comes into contact with the subsoils, according to the
American Concrete Institute (ACI). For this level of sulfate concentration, ACI
indicates any type of cement can be used for concrete that comes into contact
with the subsoils. In our experience, superficial damage may occur to the
exposed surfaces of highly permeable concrete, even though sulfate levels are
relatively low. To control this risk and to resist freeze -thaw deterioration, the
water-to-cementitious material ratio should not exceed 0.50 for concrete in
EDAW, INC. 9
_ OLD TOWN SQUARE
CTL I T PROJECT NO. FC03381.135
IF
contact with soils that are likely to stay moist due to surface drainage. Concrete
should be air entrained.
MATERIALS AND CONSTRUCTION
The performance of a pavement system is determined by the quality of the
paving materials and construction practices. Material properties and construction
practice guidelines are presented in Appendix B. During construction, careful
attention should be paid to the following details:
• Maintaining subgrade moisture content as close to optimum
moisture content as practical.
• Design slopes of the adjacent ground and pavement to rapidly
remove water from the pavement surface.
Moisture treatment of the subgrade will reduce the swell potential of the
site soils. However, higher moisture contents will tend to decrease stability of the
subgrade for proof rolls. Uniformity of the subgrade and careful monitoring of the
subgrade preparation will decrease the likelihood of stability problems during
subgrade preparation.
MAINTENANCE
We recommend a preventive maintenance program be followed for all
pavement systems to assure the design life can be realized. Choosing to defer
maintenance usually results in accelerated deterioration leading to higher future
maintenance costs. Recommended maintenance programs for pavements are
outlined in Appendix C.
LIMITATIONS
The opinions, conclusions and recommendations included in this report
are based upon our field observations, laboratory testing, estimated traffic levels,
and design criteria specified by EDAW and the City of Fort Collins. Routine
maintenance, such as sealing and repair of cracks in pavements, is necessary to
achieve long-term life and serviceability. If the design recommendations and
EDAW, INC. 10
OLD TOWN SQUARE
CTL I T PROJECT NO. FC03381-135
construction guidelines cannot be followed, or if anticipated traffic loads change
significantly, we should be contacted to review our recommendations.
We believe the geotechnical services for this project were performed in a
manner consistent with that level of care and skill ordinarily exercised by
members of the profession currently practicing under similar conditions in the
locality of the project. No warranty, express or implied, is made. If we can be of
further service in discussing the contents of this report, or in the analyses of the
proposed pavement systems from a geotechnicai point of view, please do not
hesitate to call.
CTL I THOMPSON, INC.
Gary Diewald
Staff Engineer
`\\\\\`P no iREC� ii
Reviewed by' i E
.�` oEA.
2
Thomas A.
GD:TAC:bly
(5 copies sent)
EDAW, INC. 11
OLD TOWN SQUARE
CTL I T PROJECT NO. FC03381-135
.. 4
SCALE: 1 "=100'
11
VEST MOUNTAIN AVE. o
ui
a
w
O
w
J
J
O
U
F
O
W
EDAW, INC.
OLD TOWN SQUARE
PROJECT NO. FC03381
N
LtUtND:
S-1 INDICATES APPROXIMATE LOCATION
0 OF EXPLORATORY BORINGS
VICINITY MAP
(FORT COLLINS AREA)
NOT TO SCALE
Locations of
Exploratory
Borings
FIGURE 1
w
w
w
LL
2
H
a.
w
0
TENNEY COURT
S-1 S-2
F-0 L=I L8INCHES
10
15
25
35
EDAW INC.
OLD TOWN SQUARE
PROJECT NO. FC03381
I
S-3
INCHES
TRIMBLE COURT
S-4
INCHES
SUMMARY LOGS OF EXPLORATORY BORINGS
7
LEGEND:
CONCRETE (AND MEASURED THICKNESS).
INCHES B_
0
SAND, CLAYEY, SILTY, LOOSE TO MEDIUM DENSE, MOIST, BROWN (FILL).
® GRAVEL, SANDY TO SILTY, MOIST, BROWN TO REDDISH BROWN (FILL).
5
DRIVE SAMPLE. THE SYMBOL 5/12 INDICATES 5 BLOWS OF A 140-POUND HAMMER
FALLING 30 INCHES WERE REQUIRED TO DRIVE A 2.5-INCH O.D. SAMPLER 12 INCHES.
BULK SAMPLE FROM AUGER CUTTINGS.
10
15
w
w
w
LL
20 =
ww NOTES:
1. THE BORINGS WERE DRILLED ON NOVEMBER 10, 2004 USING 4-INCH DIAMETER
CONTINUOUS -FLIGHT AUGER AND A TRUCK -MOUNTED DRILL RIG.
25 2. BORING LOCATIONS WERE SURVEYED BY A REPRESENTATIVE OF OUR FIRM.
3. THESE LOGS ARE SUBJECT TO THE EXPLANATIONS, LIMITATIONS AND CONCLUSIONS IN
THIS REPORT.
30
35
40
SUMMARY LOGS OF EXPLORATORY BORINGS FIG. 2
of 11
7
6
5
4
0.1 1.0 10 100
APPLIED PRESSURE - KSF
Sample of FILL, SAND, CLAYEY TO SILTY DRY UNIT WEIGHT= 124 PCF
From S-4 AT 2 FEET MOISTURE CONTENT= 9.2 %
Swell Consolidation
Test Res u Its FIG. 3
PROJECT NO. FC03381
1:11114:90 111 W&I
CLAY (PLASTIC) TO SILT (NON -PLASTIC)
Sample Of -FILL, GRAVEL, SANDY
From S- 1 AT 5-10 FEET
DIAMETER OF PARTICLE IN MILLIMETERS
Sample Of FILL, SAND, CLAYEY TO SILTY
From S-_2 AT 0--5 FEET
PROJECT NO. FC03381
GRAVEL -57 % SAND 36%
SILT & CLAY 7 % LIQUID LIMIT %
PLASTICITY INDEX %
GRAVEL 28 % SAND 57 %
SILT & CLAY 15 % LIQUID LIMIT NO %
PLASTICITY INDEX NP %
Gradation
Test Results FIG. 4
I
I
HYDROMETER ANALYSIS
I
SIEVE ANALYSIS
25 HIR.
7 HFL TIME READINGS
U.S. STANDARD SERIES
CLEAR SQUARE OPENINGS
45 MIN.
15 MIN. 60 MIN. 19 MIN. 4 MIN. I MIN.
*200 1100 *50 *40 '30 *16
*10 *8 *4 318"
314" 1W'
3' 5116!1 111,
90
10
-- - - ---
- -- - -
- - -
- - - - - - - -
80
20
- - - - - - - - - -
0 70
30
-=T-
7_9.�717
t-
::::::::'=7
z
60
40
so
50
cwi
40
60
30
+
-
70
20
. . . . .
. . . . . . . .
. .... .. .
BO
10
_7
90
--7:7
0
L
79 777
77j7
. . . . . . . . .
Inn
001
0.002 ms .009 .019 .037
.074 .149 .297 .590 1.19
2.0 2.38 4.76 9.52
19.1 36.1
7&2 127 200
0.42
'152
DIAMETER OF PARTICLE IN MILLIMETERS
I SANDS
I
GRAVEL
I
CLAY (PLASTIC) TO SILT (NON -PLASTIC)
L
FINE I MEDIUM
COARSE I
FINE
COARSE
I COBBLES
Sample Of FILL, GRAVEL, SANDY GRAVEL 69 % SAND 24 %
From S- _2AT 5:10 FEU SILT & CLAY 7 % LIQUID LIMIT - %
PLASTICITY INDEX - %
DIAMETER OF PARTICLE IN MILLIMETERS
Sample Of FILL, SAND, CLAYEY TO SILTY
From S- 3 AT 0__5 FEET
PROJECT NO. FC03381
GRAVEL 33 % SAND 49%
SILT & CLAY - 18 % LIQUID LIMIT 32 %
PLASTICITY INDEX 17 %
Gradation
Test Results FIG. 5
HYDROMETER ANALYSIS
SIEVE ANALYSIS
25 HR.
7 HR. TIME READINGS
U.S. STANDARD SERIES
CLEAR SQUARE OPENINGS
45 MIN.
15 MIN, 60 MIN. 19 MIN. 4 MIN. 1 MIN.
'200 '100 '50 '40 '30 '16
'10 '6 '4 3/8"
314" 115"
3" 516" 8"
100
0
_..
90
10
.._..._.___
_....____.
_ .._
___.._....._�..-_.__...
_-
.
__.______
_.__.
__._.�
.___..
.._•__
__.._._.__
._......
. ..
...
.__.__
_____�._
so
20
-
-.
...
__
....
__
_.
30
Z 70
....,
N._
60
_
.....
...
_. ,
.._. _ . __
....
__
40
z
Q
--._
_...
_....__.
.. _..
___
_
___...
...._
_..__..
.....
._._.__
a
_
50
50
O
K
__.•�_
.__
_ _
--
U
a 40
_—_
..
I
60
i
20
._.____
__.__._...
..........
......._.
._._....
.__..__._.
_....
.....__,
...___._
_,_.._.....__
....___._
_...___....._
._,..
.._._.
W
10
90
0
tnn
.001
0.002 .005 .009 .019 .037
.074 .149 .297 1.19
102.38 4.76 9.52
19.1 36.1
76.2 127 200
0.42690
DIAMETER OF PARTICLE IN MILLIMETERS
SANDS
GRAVEL
CLAY (PLASTIC) TO SILT (NON -PLASTIC)
FINE I MEDIUM
lCOARSEl
FINE
I COARSE
I COBBLES
Sample of FILL, SAND, CLAYEY TO SILTY GRAVEL 29 % SAND 53 %
From S- 3 AT 5-10 FEET SILT 8 CLAY 18 % LIQUID LIMIT - %
PLASTICITY INDEX %
DIAMETER OF PARTICLE IN MILLIMETERS
Sample of FILL, SAND, CLAYEY TO SILTY
From S- 4 AT 0-10 FEET
PROJECT NO. FC03381
GRAVEL 29 % SAND 51 %
SILT 8 CLAY 20 % LIQUID LIMIT NO
PLASTICITY INDEX NP %
Gradation
Test Results FIG.6
900
800
700
DTI
500
400
300
U)
IL
w
200
U)
w
Ir
IL
z
0
a 100
- c
x
w
0
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90
"R" VALUE
PROJECT NO. FC03381
Hveem Stabilometer
Test Results Fig. 7
City of Fort Collins
Administrative Services
Purchasing Division
CITY OF FORT COLLINS
ADDENDUM No. 2
BID #5912
OLD TOWN SQUARE AND ALLEYS ENCHANCEMENT PROJECT
SPECIFICATIONS AND CONTRACT DOCUMENTS
Description of Bid #5912 Old Town Square and Alleys Enhancement Project
OPENING DATE: April 11, 2005, 3:00p.m. (Our Clock)
To all prospective bidders under the specifications and contract documents described above, the
following changes are hereby made.
11 Fee and Testing Clarification
Contractor to pay:
Electric fees
WATC — traffic control plan review fees
The Owner will pay:
Water tap fees
This project will not have development permit fees.
The Owner will use their testing company — to be coordinated with the contractor
22. REVISE SECTION 01310 — PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND COORDINATION, PART
1,subsection 1.7,13, "Project Meetings," substituting the following:
1.7 PROJECT MEETINGS
Pre -construction Conference: The pre -construction conference will be held after the awarding
of the Contract and prior to the issuance of the Notice to Proceed and a partnering session will
be held on Monday, April 18, 2005 from Sam to 4pm at a location determined by the Owner.
The Contractor will have a complete construction schedule ready for review at the time of the
pre -construction conference.
Attendees: The meeting will involve the Owner, the Engineer, the Contractor, the Contractor's
site representative, subcontractors performing over 5% of the contract, the partnering specialist
as selected by the Owner, and representatives of utilities and other properties that will be
directly affected by the Work.
3.i Auto CAD File Availability
AutoCAD Rel. 2004 files of the Old Town Square Enhancements base elements (Survey, layout,
grading, planting and irrigation) are available at the following location:
(http://www.edaw.com/ftp/) for bidding purposes. From this URL location select Fort Collins, and
then the Old Town Square folder.
215 North Mason Street • 2nd Floor • P.O. Box 580 • Fort Collins, CO 80522-0580 • (970) 221-6775 • FAX (970) 221-6707
TABLE I
SUMMARY OF LABORATORY TEST RESULTS - SUBGRADE BORINGS
SUBGRADE
BORING
DEPTH
FEET
SAMPLE
TYPE
MOISTURE
%)
DRY
DENSITY
PCF
SWELL
TEST DATA
PASSING
NO.200
SIEVE
%
ATTERBERG LIMITS
R-VALUE
GROUP
INDEX
AASHTO
CLASSIFICATION
UNIFIED SOIL
CLASSIFICATION
SYSTEM
WATER
SOLUBLE
SULFATES
SOIL TYPE
SWELL
%
I APPLIED
PRESSURE
(PSF)
LIQUID
LIMIT
°k)
PLASTICITY
INDEX
°%
S-1
2
CAL
11,8
12
SM
0.005
FILL SAND CLAYEY TO SILTY
S-1
0-5
BULK
NP
NP
SM
FILL SAND CLAYEY TO SILTY
S-1
5-10
BULK
3.8
7
0
A-3
GP
FILL GRAVEL SANDY
S-z
1 2
CAL
1 10.3
1 20
1 SM
FILL SAND CLAYEY TO SILTY
S-2
0-5
BULK
5.1
15
NP
NP
0
A-24
SM
FILL SAND CLAYEY TO SILTY
S-2
5-10
BULK
3.3
7
0
A-3
GP
FILL GRAVEL SANDY
S-3
2
CAL
10.1
34
32
17
1
A-2-6
SC
FILL SAND CLAYEY TO SILTY
S-3
0-5
BULK
5.9
18
0
A-24
SM
FILL SAND CLAYEY TO SILTY
S-3
5-10
BULK
4.0
18
0
A-24
SM
FILL SAND CLAYEY TO SILTY
S4
2
CAL
9.2
124
0.0
150
22
SM
0.060
FILL SAND CLAYEY TO SILTY
COMBINED
SAMPLE
84
D-10
BULK
7.1
20
NP
NP
71
0
A-24
SM
FILL SAND CLAYEY TO SILTY
EDAW, INC
OLD TOWN SQUARE
PROJECT NO FC03381 Pape 1 Of 1
1� r
APPENDIX A
DESIGN CALCULATIONS
EDAW, INC.
- OLD TOWN SQUARE
CTL I T PROJECT NO. FC03381-135
�r
wiwl
•YI•
Project: Old Town Square
Location: Trimble and Tenney Courts
JOO NO.:
What is the Design ESAL ?
What is the Serviceability Loss ?
What is the Reliability ?
What is the Standard Deviation ?
What is the R-value ?
Computed Resilient Modulus =
If R is not available, Input Resilient Modulus =
DESIGN RESILIENT MODULUS =
DESIGN STRUCTURAL NUMBER (SN) _
Full Depth HBP Thickness on Subgrade is
What is the HBP Layer Coefficient ?
What is the ABC Layer Coefficient ?
What is the FASS Layer Coefficient?
psi
psi
psi
inches
;> inches HBP over inches Aggregate Base Course
NOTES: HBP = Hot Bituminous Pavement, ABC = Aggregate Base Course, FASS = Fly Ash Stabilized Subgrade
This table presents design parameters and pavement thickness calculations, and should not be used for
construction purposes. Final pavement thicknesses are presented in the report.
PROJECT NO. FC03381 FIGURE A-1
AASHTO RIGID PAVEMENT DESIGN
Project: Old Town Square
Location: Trimble an Tenney Courts
Job No.: FC03381
What is the Design ESAL ?
What is the Reliability ?
What is the Serviceability Loss ? :ryry
What is the Concrete Elastic Modulus ? si
.....:....:.... p
What is the Concrete Modulus of Rupture ? '` psi
What is the Drainage Factor ?
What is the Standard Deviation ? ['-'t't>
What is the R-value ?
Computed Resilient Modulus = <"`_' psi
If R is not available, Input Resilient Modulus = psi
DESIGN RESILIENT MODULUS
S'17 psi
Design Slab Thickness is
�:: inches
PROJECT NO. FC03381 FIGURE A-2
Project: Old Town Square
Location: Trimble and Tenney Courts
Job No.: FC03381
What is the Design ESAL ?
What is the Serviceability Loss ?
What is the Reliability ?
What is the Standard Deviation ?
What is the R-value ?
Computed Resilient Modulus =
If R is not available, Input Resilient Modulus =
DESIGN RESILIENT MODULUS =
DESIGN STRUCTURAL NUMBER (SN) _
Full Depth HBP Thickness on Subgrade is
What is the Paver Layer Coefficient ?
What is the ABC Layer Coefficient ?
psi
psi
psi
inches
afl< ! inch Paver over r inches Aggregate Base Course
NOTES: HBP = Hot Bituminous Pavement, ABC = Aggregate Base Course, FASS = Fly Ash Stabilized Subgrade
This table presents design parameters and pavement thickness calculations, and should not be used for
construction purposes. Final pavement thicknesses are presented in the report.
PROJECT NO. FC03381 FIGURE A-3
a
APPENDIX B
MATERIAL PROPERTIES AND CONSTRUCTION CHECKLIST
EDAW, INC.
OLD TOWN SQUARE
CTL I T PROJECT NO. FC03381-135
0
MATERIAL PROPERTIES
ASPHALT CONCRETE
► Design assumes a strength coefficient of 0.44.
► Asphalt concrete should be relatively impermeable to moisture and should
be designed with 100% crushed aggregates that have a minimum of 80% of
the aggregate retained on the No. 4 sieve with two mechanically fractured
faces.
► Gradations that approach the maximum density line (within 5% between the
No. 4 and 40 sieve) should be avoided.
► A gradation with a nominal maximum size of 3/4" developed on the fine side
of the maximum density line should be used.
► Total void content, Void in the Mineral Aggregate (VMA) and voids filled
shall be considered in the selection of the optimum asphalt cement content.
The optimum asphalt content shall be selected at a total air void content of
4%. The mixture shall have a minimum VMA of 14% and voids filled that
range from 65 to 80%.
► Polymer modification can change the rheology and viscosity to improve
pavement performance, and for the upper 3 inches of collector and arterial
streets is recommended.
► Residential streets should be fog sealed approximately 30 days after the
placement of asphalt concrete at 0.1 to 0.15 gallons per square yard.
► A job mix design and periodic checks on the job site shall be made to verify
compliance with the specifications.
AGGREGATE BASE COURSE
► Design assumes a minimum Hveem stabilometer value of 77.
► A Class 5 or 6 Colorado Department of Transportation (CDOT) specified
aggregate base course and a Mirafi 500x or equal fabric is recommended.
► Aggregate base must be moisture stable. The change in R-value from 300
psi to 100 psi exudation pressure must be 12 points or less.
PORTLAND CEMENT CONCRETE
- - - Portland cement concrete should have a minimum compressive
strength of 4,000-psi at28 days and a minimum modulus of rupture
(flexural strength) of 650 psi. A iob mix design is recommended and
periodic checks on the mob site should be made to verify compliance
with specifications.
► Portland cement should be Type II :low alkali" and should conform to ASTM
C 150.
If the construction materials cannot meet these recommendations, then the
pavement design should be evaluated based upon available materials. Materials
and placement methods should conform to the requirements of the City of Fort
Collins. All material planned for construction should be submitted and the
applicable laboratory tests performed to verify compliance with the specifications.
EDAW, INC. B-1
OLD TOWN SQUARE
CTL I T PROJECT NO. FC03381-135
CONSTRUCTION CHECKLIST
The construction procedures of the pavement system are as important as
the quality of the materials. Inadequate compaction of the subgrade is often the
reason for early pavement failure, resulting in pavement instability, rutting,
cracking, settlement and heave. We recommend the proposed pavement be
constructed in the following manner.
PREPARATION
Subgrade Preparation
► Subgrade shall be stripped of organic matter, scarified, moisture treated,
and compacted.
► Utility trenches and all subsequently placed fill shall also be compacted and
tested prior to paving.
► Final grading of the subgrade should be carefully controlled so the design
cross -slope is maintained and low spots in the subgrade that could trap
water are eliminated.
Non -Cohesive Soils (A-3, A-2-4 and A-2-6)
► Soils shall be moisture treated at 2 percent below optimum to plus 2 percent
of optimum moisture content.
► Soils shall be compacted to at least 95% of maximum standard Proctor dry
density (ASTM D 698, AASHTO T 99).
Proof Testing
► After final subgrade elevation has been reached and the subgrade
compacted, the area shall be proof -rolled with a pneumatic -tired vehicle
loaded to at least 18 kips per axle. CTL I Thompson should observe the
proof test.
► Subgrade that is pumping or deforming shall be scarified, moisture
conditioned, and tested.
► If areas of very soft or wet subgrade are found, the material shall be sub
excavated and replaced with approved on -site or import material, moisture
conditioned, compacted and tested.
Construction Observation
► Where soft, yielding subgrade is encountered, the excavation shall be
inspected by a representative of CTL I Thompson, Inc.
► CTL I Thompson shall be notified and tests taken to confirm the subgrade
meets the specifications.
EDAW, INC.
OLD TOWN SQUARE B-2
CTL I T PROJECT NO. FC03381-135
AGGREGATE BASE COURSE
► Geotextile fabric (Mirafi 50OX or equal), if used, shall be placed over the
approved subgrade within 24 hours prior to placement of aggregate base.
► Fabric shown on the plans shall be rolled out longitudinally with minimum
overlapped seams of 2.5 feet. No wrinkles will be permitted.
► The subgrade shall be smooth and free of ruts or other grade variations,
which could affect the fabric.
► Placement of the fabric shall be inspected.
► CDOT Class 5 or 6 Aggregate base course shall be laid in thin, loose lifts,
moisture treated to within 2% of optimum moisture content, and compacted
to at least 95% of maximum standard Proctor dry density (ASTM D 698,
AASHTO T 99).
CURB AND GUTTER
► Curb and gutter shall be backfilled and compacted to reduce the potential of
heave or settlement that would cause water to pond adjacent to the
pavement.
► Compaction shall be in accordance with Section 203.11 of the State of
Colorado Standard Specifications for Road and Bridge Construction and the
City of Fort Collins specifications.
► An asphalt cement tack coat should be applied to the curb, subgrade and all
joints at a rate of not more than 0.10 gallon per square yard. The tack
should be applied at a temperature between 800 F and 130° F and allowed to
cure for 1/2 hour prior to paving.
ASPHALT CONCRETE
► Asphalt concrete shall be hot plant -mixed material compacted to at least 93
to 96% of maximum theoretical density.
► Paving should only be performed when subgrade temperatures are above
40°F and air temperature is at least 40°F and rising.
► The temperature at laydown time shall be determined according to the
temperature -viscosity relationship of the asphalt cement. Experience
indicates that the laydown temperature shall be at least 2750F for AC-10
asphalt cement.
► The maximum compacted lift should be 3.0 inches and joints shall be
staggered. No joints shall be placed within wheel paths.
► Surface shall be sealed with a finish roller prior to the mix cooling to 175°F.
RIGID PAVEMENT
► The resulting subgrade should be checked for uniformity and all soft or
yielding materials should be replaced prior to paving. Concrete should not
be placed on soft, spongy, frozen, or otherwise unsuitable subgrade.
► The subgrade should be kept moist prior to paving.
► Portland cement concrete should not be placed when the subgrade or air
temperature is below 40°F.
EDAW, INC. B-3
OLD TOWN SQUARE
CTL I T PROJECT NO. FC03381.135
0
► Curing procedures should protect the concrete against moisture loss, rapid
temperature change, freezing, and mechanical injury for at least 3 days after
placement. Traffic should not be allowed on the pavement for at least one
week.
► Curing of portland cement concrete should be accomplished by the use of a
curing compound. The curing compound should be applied in accordance
with the manufacturers recommendations.
► Construction joints, including longitudinal joints and transverse joints,
should be formed during construction or should be sawed shortly after the
concrete has begun to set, but prior to uncontrolled cracking. All joints
should be sealed.
► Construction control and inspection should be carried out during the
subgrade preparation and paving procedures. Concrete should be carefully
monitored for quality control. The additional requirements of the Colorado
Department of Highways Specifications should apply.
The subgrade preparation and the placement and compaction of all
pavement material shall be observed and tested by CTL I Thompson. Compaction
criteria shall be met prior to the placement of the next paving lift. The additional
requirements of the City of Fort Collins shall apply.
EDAW, INC. B-4
OLD TOWN SQUARE
CTL I T PROJECT NO. FC03381-135
El
4.) Notes in legend on sheet LP100 designating "PLANTING TO BE PROVIDED BY
OWNER" to be deleted.
5.1 Additional Plant Schedule for Annuals
Plant schedule for annual plantings. Quantities shown are per each for pots and hanging baskets
and per 10 s.f. for annual planting beds. Contractor is responsible for determining final quantities.
Autumn annuals to be planted following first frost in the fall. Remove all annuals from pots with the
exception of the Purple Fountain Grass, which is to remain.
SPACING
QTY. BOTANICAL NAME COMMON NAME SIZE O.C.
SUMMER ANNUALS
3' Pots (Qty. per ea.)
2
Bidens ferulifolia
3
Ipomoea batatas'Slackie'
2
Ipomoea batatas'Marguadta'
4
Nicotiana alata'Hummingbird Lemon Lime'
1
Pennisetum setaceum'Rubrum'
3
Rudbeckia hirta'Goldilocks'
4' Pots (Qty. per ea.)
3
Bidens ferulifolia
4
Calibrachoa 'Super Bells White'
2
Ipomoea batatas'Blackie'
2
Ipomoea batatas'Marguarita'
5
Nicotiana slate 'Hummingbird Lemon Lime'
1
Pennisetum setaceum'Rubrum'
4
Rudbeckia hirta'Goldilocks'
Hanging Baskets on Lights (Qty. per ea.)
2
Calibrachoa 'Million Bells Terra Cotta'
2
Calibrachoa'Million Bells Yellow'
1
Helichrysum petiole'Lemon Licorice'
3
Verbena canadensis'Aztec Red'
2
Vinca maculata
Wall Mounted Baskets (Qty. per ea.)
2
New Guinea Impatiens
3
New Guinea Impatiens
3
Thunbergia alata 'Sunny Lemon Star'
2
Vinca maculata
Annual Beds (Qty. per 10 s.f.)
3
Bidens ferulifolia
1
Cleome hassleriana'Helen Campbell'
3
Nicotiana alata'Hummingbird Lemon Lime'
1
Pennisetumsetaceum'Rubmm'
3
Verbena bonariensis
Gold Carpet
F32
EQ.
Black Sweet Potato Vine
F32
EQ.
Lime Sween Potato Vine
F32
EQ.
Lemon Lime Flowering Tobacco
F32
EQ.
Purple Fountain Grass
1 Gal.
center
Goldilocks Black Eyed Susan
F32
EQ.
Gold Carpet
F32
EQ.
White Trailing Petunia
F32
EQ.
Black Sweet Potato Vine
F32
EQ.
Lime Sween Potato Vine
F32
EQ.
Lemon Lime Flowering Tobacco
F32
EQ.
Purple Fountain Grass
1 Gal.
center
Goldilocks Black Eyed Susan
F32
EQ.
Terra Cotta Trailing Petunia
F32
EQ.
Yellow Trailing Petunia
F32
EQ.
Lemon Licorce Plant
F32
EQ.
Red Verbena
F32
EQ.
Vinca Vine
F32
EQ.
Apricot New Guinea Impatiens
F32
EQ.
Peach New Guinea Impatiens
F32
EQ.
Yellow Black Eyed Susan Vine
F32
EQ.
Vinca Vine
F32
EQ.
Gold Carpel
F15
EQ.
White Spider Plant
F15
EQ.
Lemon Lime Flowering Tobacco
F15
EQ.
Purple Fountain Grass
1 Gal.
EQ.
Tall Purple Verbena
F15
EQ.
AUTUMN ANNUALS
3' Pots and 4' Pots (Qty. per ea.)
3 Brassica oleracea'Chidori Red' Flowering Kale F15 EQ.
y
IF
APPENDIX C
GUIDELINE MAINTENANCE RECOMMENDATIONS
EDAW, INC.
OLD TOWN SQUARE
CTL I T PROJECT NO. FC03381-135
MAINTENANCE RECOMMENDATIONS FOR FLEXIBLE PAVEMENTS
The primary cause for deterioration of low traffic volume pavements is
oxidative aging resulting in brittle pavements. Tire loads from traffic are
necessary to "work" or knead the asphalt concrete to keep it flexible and
rejuvenated. Preventive maintenance treatments will typically preserve the
original or existing pavement by providing a protective seal or rejuvenating the
asphalt binder to extend pavement life.
Annual Preventive Maintenance
1. Visual pavement evaluations shall be performed each spring or fall.
2. Reports documenting the progress of distress shall be kept current to
provide information on effective times to apply preventive maintenance
treatments.
3. Crack sealing shall be performed annually as new cracks appear.
3 to 5 Year Preventive Maintenance
1. The owner should budget for a preventive treatment at approximate
intervals of 3 to 5 years to reduce oxidative embrittlement problems.
2. Typical preventive maintenance treatments include chip seals, fog seals,
slurry seals, and crack sealing.
5 to 10 Year Corrective Maintenance
1. Corrective maintenance may be necessary, as dictated by the pavement
condition, to correct rutting, cracking and structurally failed areas.
2. Corrective maintenance may include full depth patching, milling and
overlays. In order for the pavement to provide a 20-year service life, at
least one major corrective overlay can be expected.
EDAW, INC.
OLD TOWN SQUARE C-1
CTL I T PROJECT NO. FC03381.135
4
IF
MAINTENANCE FOR RIGID PAVEMENTS
High traffic volumes create pavement rutting and smooth, polished
surfaces. Preventive maintenance treatments will typically preserve the original
or existing pavement by providing a protective seal and improving skid resistance
through a new wearing course.
1. Annual Preventive Maintenance
a. Visual pavement evaluations shall be performed each spring or fall.
b. Reports documenting the progress of distress should be kept
current to provide information of effective times to apply preventive
maintenance.
C. Crack sealing shall be performed annually as new cracks appear.
2. 4 to 8 Year Preventive Maintenance
a. The owner should budget for a preventive treatment at approximate
intervals of 4 to 8 years to reduce joint deterioration.
b. Typical preventive maintenance for rigid pavements include
patching, crack sealing and joint cleaning and sealing.
C. Where joint sealants are missing or distressed, resealing is
mandatory.
3. 15 to 20 Year Corrective Maintenance
a. Corrective maintenance for rigid pavements includes patching and
slab replacement to correct subgrade failures, edge damage and
material failure.
b. Asphalt concrete overlays may be required at 15 to 20 year intervals
to improve the structural capacity of the pavement.
EDAW, INC. `.�2
OLD TOWN SQUARE
CTL I T PROJECT NO. FC03381-135
CITY OF FORT COLLINS
17 March 2005
SECTION 01100 - SUMMARY
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
OLD TOWN SQUARE ENHANCEMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and
other Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
1.2 SUMMARY
A. This Section includes the following:
1. Work covered by the Contract Documents.
2. Type of the Contract.
3. Use of premises.
4. Owner's occupancy requirements.
5. Work restrictions.
B. Related Sections include the following:
1. Division 1 Section "Summary of Multiple Contracts" for division of responsibilities for the Work.
2. Division 1 Section "Temporary Facilities and Controls" for limitations and procedures governing
temporary use of Owner's facilities.
1.3 WORK COVERED BY CONTRACT DOCUMENTS
A. Project Identification: Old Town Square and Alleys Enhancement Project
1. Project Location: Fort Collins, Colorado
B. Owner: City of Fort Collins
Owner's Representative: Chip Steiner, Downtown Development Authority.
C. Engineer: EDAW, Inc., 240 E. Mountain Ave., Fort Collins, CO 80524
D. Contractor: Successful bidder to be determined.
E. Construction Manager: Kathleen Benedict, Fort Collins Parks Department.
Construction Manager has been engaged for this Project to serve as an advisor to Owner and to
provide assistance in administering the Contract for Construction between Owner and Contractor,
according to a separate contract between Owner and Construction Manager.
F. The Work consists of the following:
The Work includes, but is not limited to the following: demolition and salvage, leveling of
existing sand set unit pavers, and set unit pavers on aggregate base and on concrete slab base,
lighting, site furnishings, ornamental metal work, planting, irrigation, minor utility appurtenance
SUMMARY 01100 - 1
d
CITY OF FORT COLLINS OLD TOWN SQUARE ENHANCEMENTS
17 March 2005
adjustments, and concrete restoration. Work includes portions of construction within City Street
Rights Of Way. Project area is approximately 91,000 square feet in two contiguous areas and
three construction zones.
1.4 TYPE OF CONTRACT
A. Project will be constructed under a single prime contract.
1.5 USE OF PREMISES
A. General: Contractor shall have limited use of premises for construction operations as indicated on
Drawings by the Contract limits.
B. Use of Site: Limit use of premises to areas within the Contract limits indicated. Do not disturb portions
of Project site beyond areas in which the Work is indicated.
1. Limits: Confine constructions operations to areas winthin designated limits of work. No existing
building interior space is to be considered within the limits of work.
2. Public toilets present on site are for public use only. Contractor is to provide temporary toilet
accommodations for construction personnel.
3. Owner Occupancy: Allow for Owner occupancy of Project site and use by the public.
4. Driveways and Entrances: Keep driveways, parking garage, loading areas, and entrances serving
premises clear and available to Owner, Owner's employees, and emergency vehicles at all times.
Do not use these areas for parking or storage of materials.
a. Schedule deliveries to minimize space and time requirements for storage of materials and
equipment on -site.
b. Construction will take place in front of business entries. Maintain a five foot wide
walkway to every entry, or schedule work at off hours as agreed between business owner,
and Construction Manager.
C. Maintain a five foot wide accessible walkway to every building primary egress, or schedule
work at off hours as agreed between business owner, and Construction Manager.
d. Contractor shall be responsible for coordinating with building owners when building
activities will be interrupted by construction operations.
1.6 OWNER'S OCCUPANCY REQUIREMENTS
A. Full Owner Occupancy: Owner will occupy site and adjacent buildings during entire construction period.
Cooperate with Owner during construction operations to minimize conflicts and facilitate Owner usage.
Perform the Work so as not to interfere with Owner's day-to-day operations. Maintain existing exits,
unless otherwise indicated.
1. Maintain access to existing walkways, corridors, and other adjacent occupied or used facilities.
Do not close or obstruct walkways, corridors, or other occupied or used facilities without written
permission from Owner and authorities having jurisdiction.
2. Provide not less than 72 hours' notice to Owner of activities that will affect Owner's operations.
B. Owner Occupancy of Completed Areas of Construction: Owner reserves the right to occupy and to place
and install equipment in completed areas of project, before Substantial Completion, provided such
occupancy does not interfere with completion of the Work. Such placement of equipment and partial
occupancy shall not constitute acceptance of the total Work.
SUMMARY 01100 - 2
CITY OF FORT COLLINS OLD TOWN SQUARE ENHANCEMENTS
17 March 2005
1. Construction Manager will prepare a Certificate of Substantial Completion for each specific
portion of the Project to be occupied before Owner occupancy.
2. Obtain a Certificate of Occupancy from authorities having jurisdiction before Owner occupancy.
3. Before partial Owner occupancy, mechanical and electrical systems shall be fully operational, and
required tests and inspections shall be successfully completed. On occupancy, Owner will operate
and maintain mechanical and electrical systems serving occupied portions of Project.
4. On occupancy, Owner will assume responsibility for maintenance and custodial service for
occupied portions of Project.
1.7 WORK RESTRICTIONS
A. On -Site Work Hours: Work shall be generally performed during normal business working hours of 8:00
a.m. to 2:00 p.m., Monday through Friday, except otherwise indicated.
1. Weekend Hours: 2:00 a.m. to 8:00 a.m.
2. Early Morning Hours: See City of Fort Collins restrictions on noisy work.
3. Hours for Utility Shutdowns: Weekday mornings between 9:00 a.m. and 12:00 p.m.
4. Hours for Core Drilling, saw cutting, concrete breaking: 8:00 a.m. to 5:00 p.m.
B. Existing Utility Interruptions: Do not interrupt utilities serving facilities occupied by Owner or others
unless permitted under the following conditions and then only after arranging to provide temporary utility
services according to requirements indicated:
1. Notify Construction Manager Owner not less than two days in advance of proposed utility
interruptions.
2. Do not proceed with utility interruptions without Construction Manager's written permission.
1.8 MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS
PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Used)
PART 3 - EXECUTION (Not Used)
END OF SECTION 01100
SUMMARY 01100 - 3
ME
Copyright 2002 AIA MASTERSPEC 11/02
SECTION 01210 - ALLOWANCES
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and
other Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
1.2 SUMMARY
A. This Section includes administrative and procedural requirements governing allowances.
Certain items are specified in the Contract Documents by allowances. Allowances have been
established in lieu of additional requirements and to defer selection of actual materials and
equipment to a later date when additional information is available for evaluation. If necessary,
additional requirements will be issued by Change Order.
B. Types of allowances include the following:
1. Lump -sum allowances.
2. Unit -cost allowances.
3. Quantity allowances.
C. Related Sections include the following:
1. Division 1 Section "Contract Modification Procedures" for procedures for submitting and handling
Change Orders for allowances.
2. Division 1 Section "Unit Prices" for procedures for using unit prices.
3. Divisions 2 through 16 Sections for items of Work covered by allowances.
1.3 SELECTION AND PURCHASE
A. At the earliest practical date after award of the Contract, advise Architect of the date when final selection
and purchase of each product or system described by an allowance must be completed to avoid delaying
the Work.
B. At Architect's request, obtain proposals for each allowance for use in making final selections. Include
recommendations that are relevant to performing the Work.
C. Purchase products and systems selected by Architect from the designated supplier.
1.4 SUBMITTALS
A. Submit proposals for purchase of products or systems included in allowances, in the form specified for
Change Orders.
B. Submit invoices or delivery slips to show actual quantities of materials delivered to the site for use in
fulfillment of each allowance.
ALLOWANCES 01210 - 1
Copyright 2002 AIA MASTERSPEC 11/02
C. Coordinate and process submittals for allowance items in same manner as for other portions of the Work.
1.5 COORDINATION
A. Coordinate allowance items with other portions of the Work. Furnish templates as required to coordinate
installation.
1.6 [LUMP -SUM] [UNIT -COST] [AND] [QUANTITY] ALLOWANCES
A. Allowance shall include cost to Contractor of specific products and materials ordered by Owner under
allowance and shall include taxes, freight, and delivery to Project site.
B. Contractor's costs for receiving and handling at Project site, labor, installation, overhead and profit, and
similar costs related to products and materials ordered by Owner under allowance shall be included as
part of the Contract Sum and not part of the allowance.
1.7 UNUSED MATERIALS
A. Return unused materials purchased under an allowance to manufacturer or supplier for credit to Owner,
after installation has been completed and accepted.
1. If requested by Architect, prepare unused material for storage by Owner when it is not
economically practical to return the material for credit. If directed by Architect, deliver unused
material to Owner's storage space. Otherwise, disposal of unused material is Contractor's
responsibility.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Used)
PART 3-EXECUTION
3.1 EXAMINATION
A. Examine products covered by an allowance promptly on delivery for damage or defects. Return damaged
or defective products to manufacturer for replacement.
3.2 PREPARATION
A. Coordinate materials and their installation for each allowance with related materials and installations to
ensure that each allowance item is completely integrated and interfaced with related work.
3.3 SCHEDULE OF ALLOWANCES
A. Allowance No. <Insert number>: Include <Insert allowance description> as specified in
Division <Insert Division number> Section "<Insert Section title>"[ and as shown on Drawings].
END OF SECTION 0 12 10
ALLOWANCES 01210 - 2
CITY OF FORT COLLINS
17 March 2005
SECTION 01230 - ALTERNATES
PART 1-GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
OLD TOWN SQUARE ENHANCEMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and
other Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
1.2 SUMMARY
A. This Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for alternates.
1.3 DEFINITIONS
A. Alternate: An amount proposed by bidders and stated on the Bid Form for certain work defined in the
Bidding Requirements that may be added to or deducted from the Base Bid amount if Owner decides to
accept a corresponding change either in the amount of construction to be completed or in the products,
materials, equipment, systems, or installation methods described in the Contract Documents.
The cost or credit for each alternate is the net addition to or deduction from the Contract Sum to
incorporate alternate into the Work. No other adjustments are made to the Contract Sum.
1.4 PROCEDURES
A. Coordination: Modify or adjust affected adjacent work as necessary to completely integrate work of the
alternate into Project.
Include as part of each alternate, miscellaneous devices, accessory objects, and similar items
incidental to or required for a complete installation whether or not indicated as part of alternate.
B. Notification: Immediately following award of the Contract, notify each party involved, in writing, of the
status of each alternate. Indicate if alternates have been accepted, rejected, or deferred for later
consideration. Include a complete description of negotiated modifications to alternates.
C. Execute accepted alternates under the same conditions as other work of the Contract.
D. Schedule: A Schedule of Alternates is included at the end of this Section. Specification Sections
referenced in schedule contain requirements for materials necessary to achieve the work described under
each alternate.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Used)
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 SCHEDULE OF ALTERNATES
ALTERNATES 01230 - 1
CITY OF FORT COLLINS OLD TOWN SQUARE ENHANCEMENTS
17 March 2005
A. Alternate No. I High pressure soda blast cleaning of all unit pavers, concrete walls and stone copings
within project limits, exclusive of buildings.
B. Alternate No. 2: Rail Type "C" fabrication and installation as indicated in drawings and specifications.
END OF SECTION 03300
ALTERNATES 01230 - 2
3. What are the dimensions of the granite paver (G/LS507)? We only have 2 7/8" thick.
Answer: The dimensions of the granite cobble shall be 4 inches by 4 inches by 2 7/8
inches thick.
4. Please verify all concrete pavers are 8 cm thick.
Answer: All concrete unit pavers shall be 8 cm thick.
5. Detail page LS503 shows the sandstone stairs but no dimensions of the sandstone or its
color, only that it is 3" thick.
Answer: Section 09638 — Stone Paving applies to the sandstone stairs and plinths
The sandstone stairs and plinths shall be twenty four inches long (typical) with grout
joints staggered in running bond pattern.
6. Section 09638, 3.8E indicates sealer. What sealer is specified?
Answer: The sealer shall be Siloxane based meeting the following minimum
specification.
SPECIFIC GRAVITY: 0.996
ACTIVE CONTENT*: 7% siloxane
pH: 4-5
WT./GAL.: 8.29 lbs.
FLASH POINT: >212°F (>1000C) ASTM D 3278
FREEZE POINT: 32°F (0°C)
Maximum VOC content 300 g/L
7. Please verify all granite is sand set.
Answer: All granite shall be sand set, with the exception of granite indicated in detail
C/LS502. Granite in detail C/LS502 shall be set according to specification section 09638
— Stone Paving.
Section 09638 — Stone Paving, also applies to sandstone plinths, sandstone stair treads
and sandstone risers.
8. Sheet LS103 has no label for a large quantity of pavement in the area between buildings
G-1 and E-23. This "unlabeling" continues onto sheet LS104.
Answer: It is correct that most of the existing unit pavers on sheet LS103 are not to be
disturbed. The only exceptions are the additional areas of unit pavers that must be
removed to accommodate additional trenching for irrigation and electrical conduit.
Contractor is required to re -set all unit pavers disturbed during construction.
9. Detail F/LS501 shows concrete pavers over concrete slab set.
Answer: Note 4 on sheet LS100 reads "See sheet G003 for paver base material." Sheet
G003, plan A indicates that all unit pavers in Tenney Court and Trimble Court are on a
concrete base. All Old Town Square entry areas within the City Street Right Of Way are
also on a concrete base. All unit pavers internal to Old Town Square are to be placed
over an aggregate base.
Annual Beds (Qty. per 10 s.f.)
Brassica oleracea'Chidori Red' Flowering Kale F15 EQ.
6.) Electrical Clarifications
Sheet ES101:
The homerun circuit indicates only three homerun arrows which there should be four to account for
the four circuits being used.
Sheet ES104:
The homerun designation at the north end of the square to panel L1A-90T needs to include circuit
36. Change the homerun circuit callout to:
L1A-90T-33(PART),36,38,58 (6#8 + #8GND)
The homerun shall have a total of 8 homerun arrows, four circuits going to panel L1A-90B and four
circuits going to panel L1A-90T.
All Sheets:
General Notes: Note #5 needs to be revised to the following:
Contractor shall provide a one-time use seal tag for all in -use weatherproof receptacles covers to
secure devices while in use. contractor shall not install these tags, but provide these to the city for
future use when holiday lights are connected to the receptacles. Contractor shall also provide
double the quantity for future use.
7.) Plan Sheet Revisions -- Sheets are attached
1. sheet Ip501 - planting details added
2. Ig101 and Ig102 - reissue sheets for readability of sheets
3. Is101 and Is 401 - adding striping and removing demo'ed islands from site plans.
4. sk01 - clarification of pipe sizes for subsurface drainage
5. sk02 and sko3 - clarification of tree and tree grate removal
6. sk04 - add minimum height to hanging baskets.
7. sko5 — Expanded area of concrete restoration
8.) Please use the attached Addendum #2 Bid Schedule when submitting your bid.
9.) Section 01270 unit prices - replace entire section with the attached.
If you have questions please contact John Stephen, CPPO, Senior Buyer at 970-221-6777.
RECEIPT OF THIS ADDENDUM MUST BE ACKNOWLEDGED BY A WRITTEN STATEMENT
ENCLOSED WITH THE BID/QUOTE STATING THAT THIS ADDENDUM HAS BEEN
RECEIVED.
CITY OF FORT COLLINS
17 March 2005
SECTION 01270 - UNIT PRICES
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
OLD TOWN SQUARE ENHANCEMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and
other Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
1.2 SUMMARY
A. This Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for unit prices.
B. Related Sections include the following:
1. Division 1 Section "Allowances" for procedures for using unit prices to adjust quantity
allowances.
2. Division 1 Section "Contract Modification Procedures" for procedures for submitting and handling
Change Orders.
3. Division 1 Section "Quality Requirements" for general testing and inspecting requirements.
4. Division 1 Section "" for procedures for measurement and payment for unit -price items.
1.3 DEFINITIONS
A. Unit price is an amount proposed by bidders, stated on the Bid Form, as a price per unit of measurement
for materials or services added to or deducted from the Contract Sum by appropriate modification, if
estimated quantities of Work required by the Contract Documents are increased or decreased.
1.4 PROCEDURES
A. Unit prices include all necessary material, plus cost for delivery, installation, insurance, applicable taxes,
overhead, and profit.
B. Measurement and Payment: Refer to individual Specification Sections for work that requires
establishment of unit prices. Methods of measurement and payment for unit prices are specified in those
Sections.
C. Owner reserves the right to reject Contractor's measurement of work -in -place that involves use of
established unit prices and to have this work measured, at Owner's expense, by an independent surveyor
acceptable to Contractor.
D. List of Unit Prices: A list of unit prices is included in Part 3. Specification Sections referenced in the
schedule contain requirements for materials described under each unit price.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Used)
PART 3 - EXECUTION
UNIT PRICES 01270 - 1
y
CITY OF FORT COLLINS
17 March 2005
3.1 LIST OF UNIT PRICES
A. Unit Price Item: Seat Wall with Stone Caps
OLD TOWN SQUARE ENHANCEMENTS
1. Description: Sixteen inch height concrete seat wall, either eighteen or twelve inches in width,
with stone cap including all excavation, formwork, concrete, stone and other materials,
transportation of materials, and incidental efforts required for a complete finished product.
2. Unit of Measurement: Linear Feet.
B. Unite Price Item: Rail Type `C'
1. Description: Metal rail 1'-2" in height including all fabrication, painting, transportation, steel
attachment brackets, attachment in place, and incidental efforts and materials required for completed
finished product.
2. Unit of Measurement: Linear Feet.
C. Unit Price Item: Strand Light
1. Description: Strand light to include transportation, installation in place including connection
attachments to pole lights, stainless steel cable, hardware, and incidental efforts and materials
required for completed finished product. Assumes electric power is available at point of connection.
2. Unit of Measurement: Linear Feet.
D. Unit Price Item: Brick Face Attachment for Strand Light
1. Description: Steel bracket including fabrication, painting, transportation, attachment materials,
and incidental efforts and materials required for completed finished product.
2. Unit of Measurement: Each.
E. Unit Price Item: Light Post `A'
1. Description: Steel light post with banner anus on sandstone base including fabrication,
transportation, excavation, formwork, concrete foundation, stone, installation in place, and incidental
efforts and materials required for completed finished product. Assumes electric power is available at
location of installation.
2. Unit of Measurement: Each.
F. Unit Price Item: Light Post `B'
1. Description: Steel light post with banner arms including fabrication, transportation, excavation,
formwork, concrete foundation, installation in place, and incidental efforts and materials required
for completed finished product. Assumes electric power is available at location of installation.
2. Unit of Measurement: Each.
G. Unit Price Item: Light Post `C'
1. Description: Steel light post with hanging baskets, support arms, including fabrication,
transportation, excavation, formwork, concrete foundation, painting of baskets, installation in place,
irrigation sleeving and piping for functional installation, and incidental efforts and materials
required for completed finished product. Assumes electric power is available at location of
installation. Strand light attachment not included.
2. Unit of Measurement: Each.
UNIT PRICES 01270 - 2
CITY OF FORT COLLINS
17 March 2005
H. Unit Price Item: Wall Mounted Basket
OLD TOWN SQUARE ENHANCEMENTS
1. Description: Steel hanging basket including fabrication, transportation, painting, installation in
place, irrigation sleeving, valve box, ball valve, connection to adjacent irrigation lateral and pipe for
functional installation, fiber basket insert, bracket attachment, and incidental efforts and materials
required for completed finished product.
2. Unit of Measurement: Each
I. Unit Price Item: Unit Pavers `A'
1. Description: Salvaged unit pavers reset in place on new sand setting bed including transportation
and placing sand, and adjusting setting bed elevations; includes all labor, equipment and materials for a
complete the installation.
2. Unit of Measurement: Square Feet.
J. Unit Price Item: Unit Pavers on Concrete
1. Description: Unit pavers including transportation, excavation, formwork, sand setting bed,
adjustment of setting bed elevations, installation in place, pavers, concrete, sand and other incidental
materials, and all labor and equipment to complete the installation.
2. Unit of Measurement: Square Feet.
K. Unit Price Item: Demolition of Eleven Inch Concrete Slab
1. Description: Demolition, removal, and disposal of eleven inch concrete slab, including all
incidental efforts and materials required to complete the demolition.
2. Unit of Measurement: Square Feet.
M. Unit Price Item: Installation of Eleven Inch Concrete Slab
1. Description: Installation of eleven inch concrete slab including transportation, excavation,
formwork, installation in place, and incidental efforts and materials required for completed finished
product to City standards.
2. Unit of Measurement: Square Feet
N. Unit Price Item: Demolition of City Curb and Gutter
1. Description: Demolition, removal, and disposal of City of Fort Collins curb and gutter, including
all efforts and materials required to complete the demolition.
2. Unit of Measurement: Linear Feet.
O. Unit Price Item: Installation of City Curb and Gutter
1. Description: Installation of City of Fort Collins curb and gutter including excavation, formwork,
and transportation, installation in place, and incidental effort and materials required for completed
finished product to City standards.
2. Unit of Measurement: Linear Feet.
P. Unit Price Item: Plaza Area Drain
1. Description: Plaza area drain including transportation, excavation, adjusting elevations,
formwork, concrete collar, installation in place, and incidental efforts and materials required for
completed finished installation.
2. Unit of Measurement: Each.
UNIT PRICES 01270 - 3
CITY OF FORT COLLINS OLD TOWN SQUARE ENHANCEMENTS
17 March 2005
END OF SECTION 01270
UNIT PRICES 01270 - 4
CITY OF FORT COLLINS OLD TOWN SQUARE ENHANCEMENTS
17 March 2005
SECTION 01310 - PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND COORDINATION
PART1-GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and
other Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
1.2 SUMMARY
A. This Section includes administrative provisions for coordinating construction operations on Project
including, but not limited to, the following:
1. Coordination Drawings.
2. Administrative and supervisory personnel.
3. Project meetings.
4. Requests for Interpretation (RFIs).
B. Each contractor shall participate in coordination requirements. Certain areas of responsibility will be
assigned to a specific contractor.
C. Related Sections include the following:
I. Division 1 Section "Construction Progress Documentation" for preparing and submitting
Contractor's Construction Schedule.
2. Division 1 Section "Execution Requirements" for procedures for coordinating general installation
and field -engineering services, including establishment of benchmarks and control points.
3. Division 1 Section "Closeout Procedures" for coordinating closeout of the Contract.
1.3 DEFINITIONS
A. RFI: Request from Contractor seeking interpretation or clarification of the Contract Documents.
1.4 COORDINATION
A. Coordination: Coordinate construction operations included in different Sections of the Specifications to
ensure efficient and orderly installation of each part of the Work. Coordinate construction operations,
included in different Sections, that depend on each other for proper installation, connection, and
operation.
1. Schedule construction operations in sequence required to obtain the best results where installation
of one part of the Work depends on installation of other components, before or after its own
installation.
2. Coordinate installation of different components with other contractors to ensure maximum
accessibility for required maintenance, service, and repair.
3. Make adequate provisions to accommodate items scheduled for later installation.
PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND COORDINATION 01310 - 1
CITY OF FORT COLLINS OLD TOWN SQUARE ENHANCEMENTS
17 March 2005
4. Where availability of space is limited, coordinate installation of different components to ensure
maximum performance and accessibility for required maintenance, service, and repair of all
components, including mechanical and electrical.
B. Prepare memoranda for distribution to each party involved, outlining special procedures required for
coordination. Include such items as required notices, reports, and list of attendees at meetings.
Prepare similar memoranda for Owner and separate contractors if coordination of their Work is
required.
C. Administrative Procedures: Coordinate scheduling and timing of required administrative procedures with
other construction activities and activities of other contractors to avoid conflicts and to ensure orderly
progress of the Work. Such administrative activities include, but are not limited to, the following:
1. Preparation of Contractor's Construction Schedule.
2. Preparation of the Schedule of Values.
3. Installation and removal of temporary facilities and controls.
4. Delivery and processing of submittals.
5. Progress meetings.
6. Preinstallation conferences.
7. Project closeout activities.
8. Startup and adjustment of systems.
9. Project closeout activities.
D. Conservation: Coordinate construction activities to ensure that operations are carried out with
consideration given to conservation of energy, water, and materials.
Salvage materials and equipment involved in performance of, but not actually incorporated into,
the Work. Refer to other Sections for disposition of salvaged materials that are designated as
Owner's property.
1.5 SUBMITTALS
A. Coordination Drawings: Prepare Coordination Drawings if limited space availability necessitates
maximum utilization of space for efficient installation of different components or if coordination is
required for installation of products and materials fabricated by separate entities.
Content: Project -specific information, drawn accurately to scale. Do not base Coordination
Drawings on reproductions of the Contract Documents or standard printed data. Include the
following information, as applicable:
a. Indicate functional and spatial relationships of components of architectural, structural,
civil, mechanical, and electrical systems.
b. Indicate required installation sequences.
C. Indicate dimensions shown on the Contract Drawings and make specific note of
dimensions that appear to be in conflict with submitted equipment and minimum clearance
requirements. Provide alternate sketches to Architect for resolution of such conflicts.
Minor dimension changes and difficult installations will not be considered changes to the
Contract.
2. Sheet Size: At least 8-112 by I 1 niches but no larger than 30 by 40 inches .
3. Number of Copies: Submit 4 opaque copies of each submittal. Architect, through Construction
Manager, will return one copy.
PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND COORDINATION 01310 - 2
CITY OF FORT COLLINS
17 March 2005
OLD TOWN SQUARE ENHANCEMENTS
a. Submit 4 copies where Coordination Drawings are required for operation and maintenance
manuals. Architect and Construction Manager will retain 3 copies; remainder will be
returned. Mark up and retain one returned copy as a Project Record Drawing.
4. Refer to individual Sections for Coordination Drawing requirements for Work in those Sections.
B. Key Personnel Names: Within 5 days of starting construction operations, submit a list of key personnel
assignments, including superintendent and other personnel in attendance at Project site. Identify
individuals and their duties and responsibilities; list addresses and telephone numbers, including home
and office telephone numbers. Provide names, addresses, and telephone numbers of individuals assigned
as standbys in the absence of individuals assigned to Project.
Post copies of list in Project meeting room, in temporary field office, and by each temporary
telephone. Keep list current at all times.
L6 ADMINISTRATIVE AND SUPERVISORY PERSONNEL
A. General: In addition to Project superintendent, provide other administrative and supervisory personnel as
required for proper performance of the Work.
1.7 PROJECT MEETINGS
A. General: Schedule and conduct meetings and conferences at Project site, unless otherwise indicated.
1. Attendees: Inform participants and others involved, and individuals whose presence is required,
of date and time of each meeting. Notify Owner and Architect of scheduled meeting dates and
times.
2. Agenda: Prepare the meeting agenda. Distribute the agenda to all invited attendees.
3. Minutes: Record significant discussions and agreements achieved. Distribute the meeting
minutes to everyone concerned, including Owner and Architect, within three days of the meeting.
B. Preconstruction Conference: Schedule a preconstruction conference before starting construction, at a
time convenient to Owner, Construction Manager, and Architect, but no later than 5 days after execution
of the Agreement. Hold the conference at Project site or another convenient location. Conduct the
meeting to review responsibilities and personnel assignments.
1. Attendees: Authorized representatives of Owner, Construction Manager, Architect, and their
consultants; Contractor and its superintendent; major subcontractors; suppliers; and other
concerned parties shall attend the conference. All participants at the conference shall be familiar
with Project and authorized to conclude matters relating to the Work.
2. Agenda: Discuss items of significance that could affect progress, including the following:
a. Tentative construction schedule.
b. Phasing.
C. Critical work sequencing and long -lead items.
d. Designation of key personnel and their duties.
e. Procedures for processing field decisions and Change Orders.
f. Procedures for RFIs.
g. Procedures for testing and inspecting.
It. Procedures for processing Applications for Payment.
i. Distribution of the Contract Documents.
j. Submittal procedures.
k. Preparation of Record Documents.
PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND COORDINATION 01310 - 3
CITY OF FORT COLLINS OLD TOWN SQUARE ENHANCEMENTS
17 March 2005
1. Use of the premises.
In. Work restrictions.
n. Owner's occupancy requirements.
o. Responsibility for temporary facilities and controls.
P. Construction waste management and recycling.
q. Parking availability.
r. Office, work, and storage areas.
S. Equipment deliveries and priorities.
t. Security.
U. Progress cleaning.
V. Working hours.
3. Minutes: Record and distribute meeting minutes.
C. Preinstallation Conferences: Conduct a preinstallation conference at Project site before each construction
activity that requires coordination with other construction.
1. Attendees: Installer and representatives of manufacturers and fabricators involved in or affected
by the installation and its coordination or integration with other materials and installations that
have preceded or will follow, shall attend the meeting. Advise Architect and Construction
Manager of scheduled meeting dates.
2. Agenda: Review progress of other construction activities and preparations for the particular
activity under consideration, including requirements for the following:
a. The Contract Documents.
b. Options.
C. Related RFIs.
d. Related Change Orders.
C. Deliveries.
f Submittals.
g. Review of mockups:
h. Possible conflicts.
i. Time schedules.
j. Manufacturer's written recommendations.
k. Warranty requirements.
1. Acceptability of substrates.
In. Temporary facilities and controls.
n. Space and access limitations.
o. Regulations of authorities having jurisdiction.
P. Testing and inspecting requirements.
q. Installation procedures.
r. Coordination with other work.
S. Required performance results.
t. Protection of adjacent work.
U. Protection of construction and personnel.
3. Record significant conference discussions, agreements, and disagreements, including required
corrective measures and actions.
4. Reporting: Distribute minutes of the meeting to each party present and to parties who should have
been present.
5. Do not proceed with installation if the conference cannot be successfully concluded. Initiate
whatever actions are necessary to resolve impediments to performance of the Work and reconvene
the conference at earliest feasible date.
D. Progress Meetings: Conduct progress meetings at weekly intervals. Coordinate dates of meetings with
preparation of payment requests.
PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND COORDINATION 01310 - 4
CITY OF FORT COLLINS OLD TOWN SQUARE ENHANCEMENTS
17 March 2005
2.
3.
4.
Attendees: In addition to representatives of Owner, Construction Manager, and Architect, each
contractor, subcontractor, supplier, and other entity concerned with current progress or involved in
planning, coordination, or performance of future activities shall be represented at these meetings.
All participants at the conference shall be familiar with Project and authorized to conclude matters
relating to the Work.
Agenda: Review and correct or approve minutes of previous progress meeting. Review other
items of significance that could affect progress. Include topics for discussion as appropriate to
status of Project.
a. Contractor's Construction Schedule: Review progress since the last meeting. Determine
whether each activity is on time, ahead of schedule, or behind schedule, in relation to
Contractor's Construction Schedule. Determine how construction behind schedule will be
expedited; secure commitments from parties involved to do so. Discuss whether schedule
revisions are required to ensure that current and subsequent activities will be completed
within the Contract Time.
1) Review schedule for next period.
b. Review present and future needs of each entity present, including the following:
1) Sequence of operations.
2) Status of submittals.
3) Deliveries.
4) Off -site fabrication.
5) Access.
6) Site utilization.
7) Temporary facilities and controls.
8) Work hours.
9) Hazards and risks.
10) Quality and work standards.
11) Status of correction of deficient items.
12) Field observations.
13) RFIs.
14) Status of proposal requests.
15) Pending changes.
16) Status of Change Orders.
Minutes: Record the meeting minutes.
Reporting: Distribute minutes of the meeting to each party present and to parties who should have
been present.
a. Schedule Updating: Revise Contractor's Construction Schedule after each progress
meeting where revisions to the schedule have been made or recognized. Issue revised
schedule concurrently with the report of each meeting.
1.8 REQUESTS FOR INTERPRETATION (RFIs)
A. Procedure: Immediately on discovery of the need for interpretation of the Contract Documents, and if not
possible to request interpretation at Project meeting, prepare and submit an RFI in the form specified.
I. RFIs shall originate with Contractor. RFIs submitted by entities other than Contractor will be
returned with no response.
2. Coordinate and submit RFIs in a prompt manner so as to avoid delays in Contractor's work or
work of subcontractors.
PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND COORDINATION 01310 - 5
CITY OF FORT COLLINS OLD TOWN SQUARE ENHANCEMENTS
17 March 2005
B. Content of the RFI: Include a detailed, legible description of item needing interpretation and the
following:
1. Project name.
2. Date.
3. Name of Contractor.
4. Name of Architect and Construction Manager.
5. RFI number, numbered sequentially.
6. Specification Section number and title and related paragraphs, as appropriate.
7. Drawing number and detail references, as appropriate.
8. Field dimensions and conditions, as appropriate.
9. Contractor's suggested solution(s). If Contractor's solution(s) impact the Contract Time or the
Contract Sum, Contractor shall state impact in the RFI.
10. Contractor's signature.
11. Attachments: Include drawings, descriptions, measurements, photos, Product Data, Shop
Drawings, and other information necessary to fully describe items needing interpretation.
a. Supplementary drawings prepared by Contractor shall include dimensions, thicknesses,
structural grid references, and details of affected materials, assemblies, and attachments.
C. Hard -Copy RFIs: CSI Form 13.2A.
Identify each page of attachments with the RFI number and sequential page number.
D. Software -Generated RFIs: Software -generated form with substantially the same content as indicated
above.
1. Attachments shall be electronic files in Adobe Acrobat PDF format.
E. Architect's and Construction Manager's Action: Architect and Construction Manager will review each
RFI, determine action required, and return it. Allow seven working days for Architect's response for each
RFI. RFIs received after 1:00 p.m. will be considered as received the following working day.
The following RFIs will be returned without action
a. Requests for approval of submittals.
b. Requests for approval of substitutions.
C. Requests for coordination information already indicated in the Contract Documents.
d. Requests for adjustments in the Contract Time or the Contract Sum.
e. Requests for interpretation of Architect's actions on submittals.
f. Incomplete RFIs or RFIs with numerous errors.
2. Architect's action may include a request for additional information, in which case Architect's time
for response will start again.
3. Architect's action on RFIs that may result in a change to the Contract Time or the Contract Sum
may be eligible for Contractor to submit Change Proposal according to Division 1 Section
"Contract Modification Procedures."
a. If Contractor believes the RFI response warrants change in the Contract Time or the
Contract Sum, notify Architect and Construction Manager in writing within 5 days of
receipt of the RFI response.
F. On receipt of Architect's and Construction Manager's action, update the RFI log and immediately
distribute the RFI response to affected parties. Review response and notify Architect and Construction
Manager within 5 days if Contractor disagrees with response.
PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND COORDINATION 01310 - 6
CITY OF FORT COLLINS OLD TOWN SQUARE ENHANCEMENTS
5 April 2005
BID SCHEDULE (Base Bid) Lump sum for three areas:
Tenney Court - Dollars
Trimble Court - Dollars
Old Town Square -
GRAND TOTAL
($ )
Dollars
($ )
DOLLARS
($ )
For additions or deletions to the Contract, the following unit prices shall be applicable for the
specific items listed. Prices shall be complete, in place including materials and installation, ie.,
fittings, etc. and anything incidental to the proper installation as specified.
A. The Contractor agrees that for requested and/or required changes in the scope of work,
the Contract Sum shall be adjusted in accordance with the following unit prices, where
the Owner elects to use this method of determining costs.
B. The unit prices quoted by the Contractor shall be those unit prices that will be charged or
credited for labor and materials to be provided regardless of the total number of units
and/or amount of labor required for added or deleted items of work.
UNIT PRICE ITEM
UNIT PRICE
A.
Demolition of 11-Inch Concrete Slab
$
B.
Demolition of 6-Inch Concrete Slab w/ steel reinforcement
$
C.
Demolition of 6-Inch Concrete Slab
$
D.
Demolition of City Curb and Gutter
$
E.
Unit Pavers `A'
$
F.
Unit Paver Pavement
$
G.
Unit Pavers on Concrete Base
$
H.
Sandstone Pavers on Concrete Base
$
I.
Granite Pavers on Concrete Base
$
J.
Installation of 6-Inch Concrete Slab
$
K.
Installation of 11-Inch Concrete Slab
$
L.
Seat Wall — Type A
$
M.
Seat W al I — Type B
$
Square Foot
Square Foot
Square Foot
Linear Foot
Square Foot
Square Foot
Square Foot
Square Foot
Square Foot
Square Foot
Square Foot
Linear Foot
Linear Foot
CITY OF FORT COLLINS OLD TOWN SQUARE ENHANCEMENTS
17 March 2005
G. RFI Log: Prepare, maintain, and submit a tabular log of RFIs organized by the RFI number. Submit log
weekly. Software log with not less than the following:
1. Project name.
2. Name and address of Contractor.
3. Name and address of Architect and Construction Manager.
4. RFI number including RFIs that were dropped and not submitted.
5. RFI description.
6. Date the RFI was submitted.
7. Date Architect's and Construction Manager's response was received.
8. Identification of related Minor Change in the Work, Construction Change Directive, and Proposal
Request, as appropriate.
9. Identification of related Field Order, Work Change Directive, and Proposal Request, as
appropriate.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Used)
PART 3 - EXECUTION (Not Used)
END OF SECTION 0 13 10
PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND COORDINATION 01310 - 7
CITY OF FORT COLLINS OLD TOWN SQUARE ENHANCEMENTS
17 March 2005
SECTION 01320 - CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS DOCUMENTATION
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.3
A.
C
RELATED DOCUMENTS
Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and
other Division I Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
SUMMARY
This Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for documenting the progress of
construction during performance of the Work, including the following:
1. Preliminary Construction Schedule.
2. Contractor's Construction Schedule.
3. Submittals Schedule.
Related Sections include the following:
1. Division 1 Section "Summary of Multiple Contracts" for preparing a combined Contractor's
Construction Schedule.
2. Division 1 Section "Payment Procedures" for submitting the Schedule of Values.
3. Division I Section "Project Management and Coordination" for submitting and distributing
meeting and conference minutes.
4. Division 1 Section "Submittal Procedures" for submitting schedules and reports.
5. Division 1 Section "Photographic Documentation" for submitting construction photographs.
6. Division 1 Section "Quality Requirements" for submitting a schedule of tests and inspections.
SUBMITTALS
Submittals Schedule: Submit [three] <Insert number> copies of schedule. Arrange the following
information in a tabular format:
1. Scheduled date for first submittal.
2. Specification Section number and title.
3. Submittal category (action or informational).
4. Name of subcontractor.
5. Description of the Work covered.
6. Scheduled date for Architect's[ and Construction Manager's] final release or approval.
Preliminary Construction Schedule: Submit [two] <Insert number> opaque copies.
Approval of cost -loaded preliminary construction schedule will not constitute approval of
Schedule of Values for cost -loaded activities.
Contractor's Construction Schedule: Submit [two] <Insert number> opaque copies of initial schedule,
large enough to show entire schedule for entire construction period.
CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS DOCUMENTATION 01320 - 1
CITY OF FORT COLLINS OLD TOWN SQUARE ENHANCEMENTS
17 March 2005
Submit an electronic copy of schedule, using software indicated, on CD-R, and labeled to comply
with requirements for submittals. Include type of schedule (Initial or Updated) and date on label.
1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Prescheduling Conference: Conduct conference at Project site to comply with requirements in Division 1
Section "Project Management and Coordination." Review methods and procedures related to the
Preliminary Construction Schedule and Contractor's Construction Schedule, including, but not limited to,
the following:
1. Review software limitations and content and format for reports.
2. Verify availability of qualified personnel needed to develop and update schedule.
3. Discuss constraints, including [phasing] [work stages] [area separations] [interim milestones]
[and] [partial Owner occupancy].
4. Review delivery dates for Owner -furnished products.
5. Review schedule for work of Owner's separate contracts.
6. Review time required for review of submittals and resubmittals.
7. Review requirements for tests and inspections by independent testing and inspecting agencies.
8. Review time required for completion and startup procedures.
9. Review and finalize list of construction activities to be included in schedule.
10. Review submittal requirements and procedures.
11. Review procedures for updating schedule.
1.5 COORDINATION
A. Coordinate preparation and processing of schedules and reports with performance of construction
activities and with scheduling and reporting of separate contractors.
B. Coordinate Contractor's Construction Schedule with the Schedule of Values, list of subcontracts,
Submittals Schedule, progress reports, payment requests, and other required schedules and reports.
1. Secure time commitments for performing critical elements of the Work from parties involved.
2. Coordinate each construction activity in the network with other activities and schedule them in
propersequence.
PART 2-PRODUCTS
2.1 SUBMITTALS SCHEDULE
A. Preparation: Submit a schedule of submittals, arranged in chronological order by dates required by
construction schedule. Include time required for review, resubmittal, ordering, manufacturing,
fabrication, and delivery when establishing dates.
1. Coordinate Submittals Schedule with list of subcontracts, the Schedule of Values, and Contractor's
Construction Schedule.
2. Initial Submittal: Submit concurrently with preliminary [bar -chart schedule]. Include submittals
required during the first 60 days of construction. List those required to maintain orderly progress
of the Work and those required early because of long lead time for manufacture or fabrication.
a. At Contractor's option, show submittals on the Preliminary Construction Schedule, instead
of tabulating them separately.
CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS DOCUMENTATION 01320 - 2
CITY OF FORT COLLINS OLD TOWN SQUARE ENHANCEMENTS
17 March 2005
3. Final Submittal: Submit concurrently with the first complete submittal of Contractor's
Construction Schedule.
2.2 CONTRACTOR'S CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE, GENERAL
A. Procedures: Comply with procedures contained in AGC's "Construction Planning & Scheduling."
B. Time Frame: Extend schedule from date established for [commencement of the Work] [the Notice of
Award] [the Notice to Proceed] to date of [Substantial] [Final] Completion.
Contract completion date shall not be changed by submission of a schedule that shows an early
completion date, unless specifically authorized by Change Order.
C. Activities: Treat each story or separate area as a separate numbered activity for each principal element of
the Work. Comply with the following:
1. Activity Duration: Define activities so no activity is longer than [20] <Insert number> days,
unless specifically allowed by Architect.
2. Procurement Activities: Include procurement process activities for the following long lead items
and major items, requiring a cycle of more than 60 days, as separate activities in schedule.
Procurement cycle activities include, but are not limited to, submittals, approvals, purchasing,
fabrication, and delivery.
a. <Insert list of major items or pieces of equipment.>
3. Submittal Review Time: Include review and resubmittal times indicated in Division 1 Section
"Submittal Procedures" in schedule. Coordinate submittal review times in Contractor's
Construction Schedule with Submittals Schedule.
4. Startup and Testing Time: Include not less than <Insert number> days for startup and testing.
5. Substantial Completion: Indicate completion in advance of date established for Substantial
Completion, and allow time for Architect's[ and Construction Manager's] administrative
procedures necessary for certification of Substantial Completion.
D. Constraints: Include constraints and work restrictions indicated in the Contract Documents and as
follows in schedule, and show how the sequence of the Work is affected.
1. Phasing: Arrange list of activities on schedule by phase.
2. Products Ordered in Advance: Include a separate activity for each product. Include delivery date
indicated in Division 1 Section "Summary." Delivery dates indicated stipulate the earliest possible
delivery date.
3. Work Restrictions: Show the effect of the following items on the schedule:
a. Coordination with existing construction.
b. Limitations of continued occupancies.
C. Uninterruptible services.
d. Use of premises restrictions.
4. Work Stages: Indicate important stages of construction for each major portion of the Work,
including, but not limited to, the following:
a. Submittals.
b. Mockups.
C. Fabrication.
d. Installation.
CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS DOCUMENTATION 01320 - 3
CITY OF FORT COLLINS OLD TOWN SQUARE ENHANCEMENTS
17 March 2005
e. Curing.
5. Area Separations: Identify each major area of construction for each major portion of the Work.
Indicate where each construction activity within a major area must be sequenced or integrated with
other construction activities to provide for the following:
a. Substantial Completion.
E. Milestones: Include milestones indicated in the Contract Documents in schedule, including, but not
limited to, the Notice to Proceed, Substantial Completion, and Final Completion[.][, and the following
interim milestones:]
<Insert additional milestones not indicated elsewhere.>
F. Cost Correlation: At the head of schedule, provide a cost correlation line, indicating planned and actual
costs. On the line, show dollar volume of the Work performed as of dates used for preparation of
payment requests.
Refer to Division 1 Section "Payment Procedures" for cost reporting and payment procedures.
G. Computer Software: Prepare schedules using a program that has been developed specifically to manage
construction schedules.
<Insert name of specific software>, Version <Insert designation>, for [Windows 98]
[Windows NT] [Windows ME] [Windows 2000] [Macintosh OS7.x] [Macintosh OS8.x]
[Macintosh OS9.x] [Macintosh OS X] operating system.
2.3 PRELIMINARY CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE
A. Bar -Chart Schedule: Submit preliminary horizontal bar -chart -type construction schedule within [seven]
<Insert number> days of date established for [commencement of the Work] [the Notice to Proceed]
[the Notice of Award].
B. Preparation: Indicate each significant construction activity separately. Identify first workday of each
week with a continuous vertical line. Outline significant construction activities for first [60] <Insert
number> days of construction. Include skeleton diagram for the remainder of the Work and a cash
requirement prediction based on indicated activities.
2.4 CONTRACTOR'S CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE (GANTT CHART)
A. Gantt -Chart Schedule: Submit a comprehensive, fully developed, horizontal Gantt -chart -type,
Contractor's Construction Schedule within [30] <Insert number> days of date established for
[commencement of the Work] [the Notice to Proceed] [the Notice of Award]. Base schedule on the
Preliminary Construction Schedule and whatever updating and feedback was received since the start of
Project.
B. Preparation: Indicate each significant construction activity separately. Identify first workday of each
week with a continuous vertical line.
For construction activities that require 3 months or longer to complete, indicate an estimated
completion percentage in [10] <Insert number> percent increments within time bar.
CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS DOCUMENTATION 01320 - 4
CITY OF FORT COLLINS
17 March 2005
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 CONTRACTOR'S CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE
OLD TOWN SQUARE ENHANCEMENTS
A. Contractor's Construction Schedule Updating: At [monthly] <Insert time> intervals, update schedule to
reflect actual construction progress and activities. Issue schedule [one week] <Insert time> before each
regularly scheduled progress meeting.
1. Revise schedule immediately after each meeting or other activity where revisions have been
recognized or made. Issue updated schedule concurrently with the report of each such meeting.
2. Include a report with updated schedule that indicates every change, including, but not limited to,
changes in logic, durations, actual starts and finishes, and activity durations.
3. As the Work progresses, indicate Actual Completion percentage for each activity.
B. Distribution: Distribute copies of approved schedule to Architect[, Construction Manager,] Owner,
separate contractors, testing and inspecting agencies, and other parties identified by Contractor with a
need -to -know schedule responsibility.
1. Post copies in Project meeting rooms and temporary field offices.
2. When revisions are made, distribute updated schedules to the same parties and post in the same
locations. Delete parties from distribution when they have completed their assigned portion of the
Work and are no longer involved in performance of construction activities.
END OF SECTION 01320
CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS DOCUMENTATION 01320 - 5
am
CITY OF FORT COLLINS
17 March 2005
SECTION 01322 -PHOTOGRAPHIC DOCUMENTATION
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
OLD TOWN SQUARE ENHANCEMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and
other Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
1.2 SUMMARY
A. This Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for the following:
1. Preconstruction photographs.
B. Related Sections include the following
1. Division 1 Section "Submittal Procedures" for submitting photographic documentation.
2. Division 1 Section "Selective Demolition" for photographic documentation before selective
demolition operations commence.
3. Division 1 Section "Closeout Procedures" for submitting digital media as Project Record
Documents at Project closeout.
1.3 SUBMITTALS
A. Qualification Data: For photographer.
B. Key Plan: Submit key plan of Project site and building with notation of vantage points marked for
location and direction of each photograph. Indicate elevation or story of construction. Include same label
information as corresponding set of photographs.
C. Construction Photographs: Submit two prints of each photographic view within seven days of taking
photographs.
1. Format: 4 by 6-inch smooth -surface matte prints on single -weight commercial -grade
photographic paper, enclosed back to back in clear plastic sleeves that are punched for standard 3-
ring binder.
2. Identification: On back of each print, provide an applied label or rubber-stamped impression with
the following information:
a. Name of Project.
b. Name of Contractor.
C. Date photograph was taken if not date stamped by camera.
d. Description of vantage point, indicating location, direction (by compass point), and
elevation or story of construction.
e. Unique sequential identifier.
3. Digital Images: Submit a complete set of digital image electronic files as a Project Record
Document on CD-ROM. Identify electronic media with date photographs were taken. Submit
images that have same aspect ratio as the sensor, uncropped.
PHOTOGRAPHIC DOCUMENTATION 01322 - 1
CITY OF FORT COLLINS OLD TOWN SQUARE ENHANCEMENTS
17 March 2005
1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Photographer Qualifications: An individual who has been regularly engaged as a professional
photographer of construction projects for not less than three years.
1.5 COORDINATION
A. Auxiliary Services: Cooperate with photographer and provide auxiliary services requested, including
access to Project site and use of temporary facilities, including temporary lighting required to produce
clear, well -lit photographs without obscuring shadows.
1.6 USAGE RIGHTS
A. Obtain and transfer copyright usage rights from photographer to Owner for unlimited reproduction of
photographic documentation.
PART2-PRODUCTS
2.1 PHOTOGRAPHIC MEDIA
A. Digital Images: Provide images in uncompressed TIFF format, produced by a digital camera with
minimum sensor size of 4.0 megapixels, and at an image resolution of not less than 1024 by 768 pixels.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 CONSTRUCTION PHOTOGRAPHS
A. Photographer: Engage a qualified commercial photographer to take construction photographs.
B. General: Take photographs using the maximum range of depth of field, and that are in focus, to clearly
show the Work. Photographs with blurry or out -of -focus areas will not be accepted.
1. Maintain key plan with each set of construction photographs that identifies each photographic
location.
C. Digital Images: Submit digital images exactly as originally recorded in the digital camera, without
alteration, manipulation, editing, or modifications using image -editing software.
l . Date and Time: Include date and time in filename for each image.
2. Field Office Images: Maintain one set of images on CD-ROM in the field office at Project site,
available at all times for reference. Identify images same as for those submitted to Architect and
Construction Manager.
D. Preconstruction Photographs: Before commencement of demolition, take color, digital photographs of
Project site and surrounding properties, including existing items to remain during construction, from
different vantage points, as directed by Construction Manager.
Flag construction limits before taking construction photographs.
PHOTOGRAPHIC DOCUMENTATION 01322 - 2
CITY OF FORT COLLINS OLD TOWN SQUARE ENHANCEMENTS
17 March 2005
2. Take an adequate number of photographs to show existing conditions adjacent to property before
starting the Work.
3. Take an adequate number of photographs of existing buildings either on or adjoining property to
accurately record physical conditions at start of construction.
4. Take additional photographs as required to record settlement or cracking of adjacent structures,
pavements, and improvements. Photograph interior walls in all basement spaces adjacent to
construction activity in the alleys, where concrete demolition is to occur.
E. Periodic Construction Photographs: Take 12 color, digital photographs weekly, with timing each month
adjusted to coincide with the cutoff date associated with each Application for Payment. Select vantage
points to show status of construction and progress since last photographs were taken.
Time -Lapse Sequence Construction Photographs: Take five color, digital photographs as indicated, to
show status of construction and progress since last photographs were taken.
1. Frequency: Take photographs weekly, with timing each month adjusted to coincide with the
cutoff date associated with each Application for Payment.
2. Vantage Points: Following suggestions by Construction Manager and Contractor, photographer to
select vantage points. During each of the following construction phases, take not less than two of
the required shots from same vantage point each time to create a time-lapse sequence as follows:
a. Commencement of the Work, through completion of subgrade construction.
b. Exterior building enclosure.
G. Final Completion Construction Photographs: Take 25 color photographs after date of Substantial
Completion for submission as Project Record Documents. Construction Manager will direct photographer
for desired vantage points.
Do not include date stamp.
END OF SECTION 01322
PHOTOGRAPHIC DOCUMENTATION 01322 - 3
CITY OF FORT COLLINS
17 March 2005
SECTION 01330 - SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES
PART1-GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
OLD TOWN SQUARE ENHANCEMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and
other Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
1.2 SUMMARY
A. This Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for submitting Shop Drawings, Product
Data, Samples, and other submittals.
B. Related Sections include the following:
1. Division 1 Section "Project Management and Coordination" for submitting and distributing
meeting and conference minutes and for submitting Coordination Drawings.
2. Division 1 Section "Construction Progress Documentation" for submitting schedules and reports,
including Contractor's Construction Schedule and the Submittals Schedule.
3. Division 1 Section "Photographic Documentation" for submitting construction photographs.
4. Division 1 Section "Closeout Procedures" for submitting warranties.
5. Division 1 Section "Project Record Documents" for submitting Record Drawings, Record
Specifications, and Record Product Data.
6. Division 1 Section "Operation and Maintenance Data" for submitting operation and maintenance
manuals.
7. Divisions 2 through 16 Sections for specific requirements for submittals in those Sections.
1.3 DEFINITIONS
A. Action Submittals: Written and graphic information that requires Architect's and Construction Manager's
responsive action.
B. Informational Submittals: Written information that does not require Architect's and Construction
Manager's responsive action. Submittals may be rejected for not complying with requirements.
1.4 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES
A. General: Electronic copies of CAD Drawings of the Contract Drawings will not be provided by Architect
for Contractor's use in preparing submittals.
B. Coordination: Coordinate preparation and processing of submittals with performance of construction
activities.
1. Coordinate each submittal with fabrication, purchasing, testing, delivery, other submittals, and
related activities that require sequential activity.
2. Coordinate transmittal of different types of submittals for related parts of the Work so processing
will not be delayed because of need to review submittals concurrently for coordination.
SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES 01330 - 1
CITY OF FORT COLLINS
OLD TOWN SQUARE ENHANCEMENTS
5 April
2005
N.
Sandstone Cap — 12 Inch
$
Linear Foot
0.
Sandstone Cap — 16 Inch
$
Linear Foot
P.
Historic Medallion
$
Each
Q.
Sandstone Stair
$
Linear Foot
R.
Stairs
$
Linear Foot
S.
Stair Plinth
$
Each
T.
Handrail
$
Linear Foot
U.
Rail Type `B'
$
Linear Foot
V.
Rail Type `C'
$
Linear Foot
W.
6-Foot Bench — surface mount
$
Each
X.
6-Foot Bench — wall mount
$
Each
Y.
Bicycle Rack
$
Each
Z.
Trash Receptacle
$
Each
AA.
Ash Urn
$
Each
BB.
Bollard
$
Each
CC.
Removable Bollard
$
Each
DD.
60-Inch Square Tree Grate
$
Each
EE.
72-Inch Square Tree Grate
$
Each
FF.
96-Inch Square Tree Grate
$
Each
GG.
Large Planter Pot
$
Each
HH.
Small Planter Pot
$
Each
II.
Deep Planter Pot
$
Each
JJ.
Strand Light
$
Linear Foot
KK.
Brick Face Attachment for Strand Light
$
Each
LL.
Light Post `A'
$
Each
MM.
Light Post `B'
$
Each
NN.
Light Post `C'
$
Each
00.
Light Post `D'
$
Each
BID FORM
2
1
CITY OF FORT COLLINS OLD TOWN SQUARE ENHANCEMENTS
17 March 2005
a. Architect and Construction Manager reserve the right to withhold action on a submittal
requiring coordination with other submittals until related submittals are received.
C. Submittals Schedule: Comply with requirements in Division 1 Section "Construction Progress
Documentation" for list of submittals and time requirements for scheduled performance of related
construction activities.
D. Processing Time: Allow enough time for submittal review, including time for resubmittals, as follows.
Time for review shall commence on Construction Manager's receipt of submittal. No extension of the
Contract Time will be authorized because of failure to transmit submittals enough in advance of the Work
to permit processing, including resubmittals.
1. Initial Review: Allow 5 days for initial review of each submittal. Allow additional time if
coordination with subsequent submittals is required. Construction Manager will advise Contractor
when a submittal being processed must be delayed for coordination.
2. Intermediate Review: If intermediate submittal is necessary, process it in same manner as initial
submittal.
3. Resubmittal Review: Allow 5 days for review of each resubmittal.
4. Concurrent Consultant Review: Where the Contract Documents indicate that submittals may be
transmitted simultaneously to Architect and to Architect's consultants, allow 10 days for review of
each submittal. Submittal will be returned to Construction Manager, through Architect, before
being returned to Contractor.
E. Identification: Place a permanent label or title block on each submittal for identification.
1. Indicate name of firm or entity that prepared each submittal on label or title block.
2. Provide a space approximately 6 by 8 inches on label or beside title block to record Contractor's
review and approval markings and action taken by Architect and Construction Manager.
3. Include the following information on label for processing and recording action taken:
a. Project name.
b. Date.
C. Name and address of Architect and Construction Manager.
d. Name and address of Contractor.
e. Submittal number or other unique identifier, including revision identifier.
1) Submittal number shall use Specification Section number followed by a decimal
point and then a sequential number (e.g., 06100.01). Resubmittals shall include an
alphabetic suffix after another decimal point (e.g., 06100.0l.A).
f. Number and title of appropriate Specification Section.
g. Drawing number and detail references, as appropriate.
h. Other necessary identification.
F. Deviations: Highlight, encircle, or otherwise specifically identify deviations from the Contract
Documents on submittals.
G. Additional Copies: Unless additional copies are required for final submittal, and unless Architect or
Construction Manager observes noncompliance with provisions in the Contract Documents, initial
submittal may serve as final submittal.
1. Submit one copy of submittal to concurrent reviewer in addition to specified number of copies to
Architect and Construction Manager.
2. Additional copies submitted for maintenance manuals will not be marked with action taken and
will be returned.
SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES 01330 - 2
,A
CITY OF FORT COLLINS OLD TOWN SQUARE ENHANCEMENTS
17 March 2005
H. Transmittal: Package each submittal individually and appropriately for transmittal and handling.
Transmit each submittal using a transmittal form. Architect and Construction Manager will return
submittals, without review, received from sources other than Contractor.
1. Transmittal Form: Use CSI Form 12.IA.
2. On an attached separate sheet, prepared on Contractor's letterhead, record relevant information,
requests for data, revisions other than those requested by Architect and Construction Manager on
previous submittals, and deviations from requirements in the Contract Documents, including
minor variations and limitations. Include same label information as related submittal.
I. Resubmittals: Make resubmittals in same form and number of copies as initial submittal.
1. Note date and content of previous submittal.
2. Note date and content of revision in label or title block and clearly indicate extent of revision.
3. Resubmit submittals until they are marked "Approved" or "Approved as Noted."
J. Distribution: Furnish copies of final submittals to manufacturers, subcontractors, suppliers, fabricators,
installers, authorities having jurisdiction, and others as necessary for performance of construction
activities. Show distribution on transmittal forms.
K. Use for Construction: Use only final submittals with mark indicating "Approved" or "Approved as
Noted." taken by Architect and Construction Manager.
1.5 CONTRACTOR'S USE OF ARCHITECT'S CAD FILES
A. General: At Contractor's written request, copies of Architect's CAD files will be provided to Contractor
for Contractor's use in connection with Project, subject to the following conditions:
AutoCAD release 2000 format files will be made available via an FTP website.
PART2-PRODUCTS
2.1 ACTION SUBMITTALS
A. General: Prepare and submit Action Submittals required by individual Specification Sections.
l . Submit electronic submittals directly to extranet specifically established for Project.
B. Product Data: Collect information into a single submittal for each element of construction and type of
product or equipment.
1. If information must be specially prepared for submittal because standard printed data are not
suitable for use, submit as Shop Drawings, not as Product Data.
2. Mark each copy of each submittal to show which products and options are applicable.
3. Include the following information, as applicable:
a. Manufacturer's written recommendations.
b. Manufacturer's product specifications.
C. Manufacturer's installation instructions.
d. Standard color charts.
e. Manufacturer's catalog cuts.
f. Wiring diagrams showing factory -installed wiring.
SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES 01330 - 3
CITY OF FORT COLLINS OLD TOWN SQUARE ENHANCEMENTS
17 March 2005
g. Printed performance curves.
h. Mill reports.
i. Standard product operation and maintenance manuals.
j. Compliance with specified referenced standards.
k. Testing by recognized testing agency.
4. Submit Product Data before or concurrent with Samples.
5. Number of Copies: Submit 4 copies of Product Data, unless otherwise indicated.
Architect, through Construction Manager, will return 2 copies. Mark up and retain one returned
copy as a Project Record Document.
C. Shop Drawings: Prepare Project -specific information, drawn accurately to scale. Do not base Shop
Drawings on reproductions of the Contract Documents or standard printed data, unless submittal of
Architect's CAD Drawings are otherwise permitted.
Preparation: Fully illustrate requirements in the Contract Documents. Include the following
information, as applicable:
a. Dimensions.
b. Fabrication and installation drawings.
C. Roughing -in and setting diagrams.
d. Wiring diagrams showing field -installed wiring, including power, signal, and control
wiring.
e. Templates and patterns.
f Schedules.
g. Design calculations.
h. Compliance with specified standards.
i. Notation of coordination requirements.
j. Notation of dimensions established by field measurement.
k. Seal and signature of professional engineer if specified.
1. Wiring Diagrams: Differentiate between manufacturer -installed and field -installed wiring.
2. Sheet Size: Except for templates, patterns, and similar full-size drawings, submit Shop Drawings
on sheets at least S-1 /2 by 1 I iiichc � but no larger than 30 by 40 inches .
3. Number of Copies: Submit 4 opaque copies of each submittal, unless copies are required for
operation and maintenance manuals. Submit five copies where copies are required for operation
and maintenance manuals. Architect and Construction Manager will retain two copies; remainder
will be returned. Mark up and retain one returned copy as a Project Record Drawing.
D. Samples: Submit Samples for review of kind, color, pattern, and texture for a check of these
characteristics with other elements and for a comparison of these characteristics between submittal and
actual component as delivered and installed.
1. Transmit Samples that contain multiple, related components such as accessories together in one
submittal package.
2. Identification: Attach label on unexposed side of Samples that includes the following:
a. Generic description of Sample.
b. Product name and name of manufacturer.
C. Sample source.
d. Number and title of appropriate Specification Section.
3. Disposition: Maintain sets of approved Samples at Project site, available for quality -control
comparisons throughout the course of construction activity. Sample sets may be used to determine
final acceptance of construction associated with each set.
SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES 01330 - 4
CITY OF FORT COLLINS OLD TOWN SQUARE ENHANCEMENTS
17 March 2005
a. Samples not incorporated into the Work, or otherwise designated as Owner's property, are
the property of Contractor.
4. Samples for Initial Selection: Submit manufacturer's color charts consisting of units or sections of
units showing the full range of colors, textures, and patterns available.
a. Number of Samples: Submit 2 full set(s) of available choices where color, pattern, texture,
or similar characteristics are required to be selected from manufacturer's product line.
Architect, through Construction Manager, will return one full set of submittal with options
selected.
5. Samples for Verification: Submit full-size units or Samples of size indicated, prepared from same
material to be used for the Work, cured and finished in manner specified, and physically identical
with material or product proposed for use, and that show full range of color and texture variations
expected. Samples include, but are not limited to, the following: partial sections of manufactured
or fabricated components; small cuts or containers of materials; complete units of repetitively used
materials; swatches showing color, texture, and pattern; color range sets; and components used for
independent testing and inspection.
a. Number of Samples: Submit 4 sets of Samples. Architect and Construction Manager will
retain two Sample sets; remainder will be returned. Mark up and retain one returned
Sample set as a Project Record Sample.
1) Submit a single Sample where assembly details, workmanship, fabrication
techniques, connections, operation, and other similar characteristics are to be
demonstrated.
2) If variation in color, pattern, texture, or other characteristic is inherent in material or
product represented by a Sample, submit at least 4 sets of paired units that show
approximate limits of variations.
E. Submittals Schedule: Comply with requirements specified in Division 1 Section "Construction Progress
Documentation."
2.2 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS
A. General: Prepare and submit Informational Submittals required by other Specification Sections.
1. Number of Copies: Submit 4 copies of each submittal, unless otherwise indicated. Architect and
Construction Manager will not return copies.
2. Certificates and Certifications: Provide a notarized statement that includes signature of entity
responsible for preparing certification. Certificates and certifications shall be signed by an officer
or other individual authorized to sign documents on behalf of that entity.
3. Test and Inspection Reports: Comply with requirements specified in Division 1 Section "Quality
Requirements."
B. Qualification Data: Prepare written information that demonstrates capabilities and experience of firm or
person. Include lists of completed projects with project names and addresses, names and addresses of
architects and owners, and other information specified.
C. Field Test Reports: Prepare reports written by a qualified testing agency, on testing agency's standard
form, indicating and interpreting results of field tests performed either during installation of product or
after product is installed in its final location, for compliance with requirements in the Contract
Documents.
SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES 01330 - 5
Y .r
CITY OF FORT COLLINS OLD TOWN SQUARE ENHANCEMENTS
17 March 2005
D. Insurance Certificates and Bonds: Prepare written information indicating current status of insurance or
bonding coverage. Include name of entity covered by insurance or bond, limits of coverage, amounts of
deductibles, if any, and term of the coverage.
E. Construction Photographs: Comply with requirements specified in Division 1 Section " Photographic
Documentation."
F. Material Safety Data Sheets (MSDSs): Submit information directly to Owner; do not submit to Architect,
except as required in "Action Submittals" Article.
Architect will not review submittals that include MSDSs and will return the entire submittal for
resubmittal.
2.3 DELEGATED DESIGN
A. Performance and Design Criteria: Where professional design services or certifications by a design
professional are specifically required of Contractor by the Contract Documents, provide products and
systems complying with specific performance and design criteria indicated.
1. If criteria indicated are not sufficient to perform services or certification required, submit a written
request for additional information to Architect.
B. Delegated -Design Submittal: In addition to Shop Drawings, Product Data, and other required submittals,
submit 4 copies of a statement, signed and sealed by the responsible design professional, for each product
and system specifically assigned to Contractor to be designed or certified by a design professional
licensed in the State of Colorado.
Indicate that products and systems comply with performance and design criteria in the Contract
Documents. Include list of codes, loads, and other factors used in performing these services.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 CONTRACTOR'S REVIEW
A. Review each submittal and check for coordination with other Work of the Contract and for compliance
with the Contract Documents. Note corrections and field dimensions. Mark with approval stamp before
submitting to Architect and Construction Manager.
B. Approval Stamp: Stamp each submittal with a uniform, approval stamp. Include Project name and
location, submittal number, Specification Section title and number, name of reviewer, date of Contractor's
approval, and statement certifying that submittal has been reviewed, checked, and approved for
compliance with the Contract Documents.
3.2 ARCHITECT'S AND CONSTRUCTION MANAGER'S / ACTION
A. General: Architect and Construction Manager will not review submittals that do not bear Contractor's
approval stamp and will return them without action.
B. Action Submittals: Architect and Construction Manager will review each submittal, make marks to
indicate corrections or modifications required, and return it. Architect and Construction Manager will
SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES 01330 - 6
CITY OF FORT COLLINS OLD TOWN SQUARE ENHANCEMENTS
17 March 2005
stamp each submittal with an action stamp and will mark stamp appropriately to indicate action taken, as
follows:
""Approved" — Not further action required
2. "Approved as Noted" — Contractor to modify submittal as noted, but is not required to resubmit.
3. "Revise and Resubmit'— Contractor to modify submittal as noted, and resubmit for approval prior
to proceeding with continued work associated with submittal to be revised.
4. "Rejected" — Submittal is not compatible with intent of construction documents.
C. Informational Submittals: Architect and Construction Manager will review each submittal and will not
return it, or will return it if it does not comply with requirements. Architect and Construction Manager
will forward each submittal to appropriate party.
D. Partial submittals are not acceptable, will be considered nonresponsive, and will be returned without
review.
E. Submittals not required by the Contract Documents may not be reviewed and may be discarded.
END OF SECTION 01330
SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES 01330 - 7
"I
CITY OF FORT COLLINS
17 March 2005
SECTION 01500 - TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS
PARTI- GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
OLD TOWN SQUARE ENHANCEMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and
other Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
1.2 SUMMARY
A. This Section includes requirements for temporary utilities, support facilities, and security and protection
facilities.
1.3 USE CHARGES
A. General: Cost or use charges for temporary facilities shall be included in the Contract Sum. Allow other
entities to use temporary services and facilities without cost, including, but not limited to, testing
agencies, and authorities having jurisdiction.
B. Electric Power Service: Pay electric power service use charges for electricity used by all entities for
construction operations.
1.4 SUBMITTALS
A. Site Plan: Show temporary facilities, utility hookups, staging areas, contractor circulation routes, public
access routes, and parking areas for construction personnel. If Contractor does not intend to provide a
designated parking area for construction personnel, submit a signed letter outlining construction
personnel parking accommodations.
1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Electric Service: Comply with NECA, NEMA, and UL standards and regulations for temporary electric
service. Install service to comply with NFPA 70.
B. Tests and Inspections: Arrange for authorities having jurisdiction to test and inspect each temporary
utility before use. Obtain required certifications and permits.
1.6 PROJECT CONDITIONS
A. Temporary Use of Permanent Facilities: Installer of each permanent service shall assume responsibility
for operation, maintenance, and protection of each permanent service during its use as a construction
facility before Owner's acceptance, regardless of previously assigned responsibilities.
PART2-PRODUCTS
TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS 01500 - 1
CITY OF FORT COLLINS OLD TOWN SQUARE ENHANCEMENTS
17 March 2005
2.1 MATERIALS
A. Portable Chain -Link Fencing: Minimum 2-inch , 9-gage, galvanized steel, chain -link fabric fencing;
minimum 6 feet high with galvanized steel pipe posts; minimum 2-3/8-inch- OD line posts and 2-7/8-
inch- OD corner and pull posts, with 1-5/8-inch- OD top and bottom rails. Provide concrete bases for
supporting posts.
2.2 TEMPORARY FACILITIES
A. Field Offices, General: Prefabricated or mobile units with serviceable finishes, temperature controls, and
foundations adequate for normal loading.
B. Storage and Fabrication Sheds: Provide sheds sized, furnished, and equipped to accommodate materials
and equipment for construction operations.
Store combustible materials 30 ft minimum from buildings.
PART 3-EXECUTION
3.1 INSTALLATION, GENERAL
A. Locate facilities where they will serve Project adequately and result in minimum interference with
performance of the Work or surrounding buildings. Relocate and modify facilities as required by
progress of the Work.
B. Provide each facility ready for use when needed to avoid delay. Do not remove until facilities are no
longer needed.
3.2 TEMPORARY UTILITY INSTALLATION
A. General: Install temporary service or connect to existing service.
Arrange with utility company, Owner, and existing users for time when service can be interrupted,
if necessary, to make connections for temporary services.
B. Electric Power Service: Provide electric power service and distribution system of sufficient size,
capacity, and power characteristics required for construction operations.
1. Install electric power service underground, unless otherwise indicated.
2. Connect temporary service to Owner's existing power source, as directed by Owner.
C. Telephone Service: Provide temporary telephone service in common -use facilities for use by all
construction personnel. Install three telephone lines for field office.
Provide additional telephone lines for the following:
a. Provide a dedicated telephone line for each facsimile machine.
2. At each telephone, post a list of important telephone numbers.
a. Police and fire departments.
TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS 01500 - 2
CITY OF FORT COLLINS OLD TOWN SQUARE ENHANCEMENTS
17 March 2005
b. Ambulance service.
C. Contractor's home office.
d. Contractor's superintendent's cellular telephone
e. Owner's office.
3. Provide superintendent with cellular telephone for use when away from field office.
3.3 SUPPORT FACILITIES INSTALLATION
A. General: Comply with the following:
1. Provide incombustible construction for offices, shops, and sheds located within construction area
or within 30 feet of building lines. Comply with NFPA 241.
2. Maintain support facilities until near Substantial Completion. Remove before Substantial
Completion. Personnel remaining after Substantial Completion will be permitted to use
permanent facilities, under conditions acceptable to Owner.
B. Project Identification and Temporary Signs: Provide Project identification and other signs. Install signs
where indicated to inform public and individuals seeking entrance to Project. Unauthorized signs are not
permitted.
1. Provide temporary, directional signs for construction personnel and visitors.
2. Maintain and touchup signs so they are legible at all times.
3.4 SECURITY AND PROTECTION FACILITIES INSTALLATION
A. Temporary Erosion and Sedimentation Control: Comply with requirements specified in Division 2
Section "Site Clearing."
B. Tree and Plant Protection: Comply with requirements specified in Division 2 Section "Tree Protection
and Trimming."
C. Security Enclosure and Lockup: Install substantial temporary enclosure around partially completed areas
of construction. Provide lockable entrances to prevent unauthorized entrance, vandalism, theft, and
similar violations of security.
D. Barricades, Warning Signs, and Lights: Comply with requirements of authorities having jurisdiction for
erecting structurally adequate barricades, including warning signs and lighting.
3.5 OPERATION, TERMINATION, AND REMOVAL
A. Supervision: Enforce strict discipline in use of temporary facilities. To minimize waste and abuse, limit
availability of temporary facilities to essential and intended uses.
B. Maintenance: Maintain facilities in good operating condition until removal.
Maintain operation of temporary enclosures on a 24-hour basis where required to achieve
indicated results and to avoid possibility of damage.
C. Termination and Removal: Remove each temporary facility when need for its service has ended, when it
has been replaced by authorized use of a permanent facility, or no later than Substantial Completion.
Complete or, if necessary, restore permanent construction that may have been delayed because of
TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS 01500 - 3
CITY OF FORT COLLINS OLD TOWN SQUARE ENHANCEMENTS
17 March 2005
interference with temporary facility. Repair damaged Work, clean exposed surfaces, and replace
construction that cannot be satisfactorily repaired.
1. Materials and facilities that constitute temporary facilities are property of Contractor. Owner
reserves right to take possession of Project identification signs.
2. At Substantial Completion, clean and renovate permanent facilities used during construction
period. Comply with final cleaning requirements specified in Division 1 Section "Closeout
Procedures."
END OF SECTION 01500
TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS 01500 - 4
CITY OF FORT COLLINS
OLD TOWN SQUARE ENHANCEMENTS
5 April 2005
PP.
Wall Mounted Basket
$
Each
QQ.
Remington Entry Gate
$
Each
RR.
Three Sided Kiosk
$
Each
SS.
Two Sided Kiosk
$
Each
TT.
Steel Gate "A"
$
Each
mi.
Steel Gate `B"
$
Each
VV.
Steel Gate"C"
$
Each
WW,
Steel Gate "D"
$
Each
XX.
Steel Gate "E"
$
Each
YY.
Steel Gate "F"
$
Each
ZZ.
6-Inch City Curb and Gutter
$
Linear Foot
AAA.
Plaza Drain
$
Each
BBB.
8-Inch PVC Sewer Pipe
$
Linear Foot
CCC.
12-Inch PVC Sewer Pipe
$
Linear Foot
DDD.
Irrigation for Tree at Tree Grate
$
Each
EEE.
Planter Pot Irrigation Supply
$
Each
FFF.
Hanging Basket Irrigation Supply
$
Each
GGG.
Wall Mounted Basket Irrigation Supply
$
Each
HHH.
Netafim Dripline
$
Linear Foot
III.
1-Lich Class 200 Irrigation Lateral Pipe
$
Linear Foot
JJJ.
'/<-Lich Type K Copper Irrigation Lateral Pipe
$
Linear Foot
KKK.
Portland Cement Plaster
$
Square Foot
LLL.
3-Inch Caliper Deciduous Tree (Installation Only)
$
Each
MMM.
3-Inch Caliper Deciduous Tree
$
Each
NNN.
3-Inch Caliper Deciduous Tree in Tree Grate
$
Each
000.
2-Inch Caliper Deciduous Tree
$
Each
PPP,
5 Gallon Deciduous Shrub
$
Each
QQQ.
7 Gallon Evergreen Shrub
$
Each
BID FORM
3
,14
CITY OF FORT COLLINS
17 March 2005
SECTION 01732 - SELECTIVE DEMOLITION
PART1-GENERAL
RELATED DOCUMENTS
OLD TOWN SQUARE ENHANCEMENTS
Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and
other Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
SUMMARY
This Section includes the following:
1. Demolition and removal of selected site elements.
2. Salvage of existing items to be reused or recycled.
Related Sections include the following:
1. Division 1 Section "Summary" for use of premises, and phasing, and Owner -occupancy
requirements.
2. Division 1 Section 'Photographic Documentation" for preconstruction photographs taken before
selective demolition operations.
3. Division 1 Section "Temporary Facilities and Controls" for temporary construction and
environmental -protection measures for selective demolition operations.
4. Division 1 Section "Construction Waste Management" for disposal of demolished materials.
5. Division 1 Section "Cutting and Patching" for cutting and patching procedures.
6. Division 2 Section 'Building Demolition" for demolition of entire buildings, structures, and site
improvements.
7. Division 2 Section "Site Clearing" for site clearing and removal of above- and below -grade
improvements.
1.3 DEFINITIONS
A
B.
C.
D.
1.4
A.
Remove: Detach items from existing construction and legally dispose of them off -site, unless indicated
to be removed and salvaged or removed and reinstalled.
Remove and Salvage: Detach items from existing construction and deliver them to Owner ready for
reuse.
Remove and Reinstall: Detach items from existing construction, prepare them for reuse, and reinstall
them where indicated.
Existing to Remain: Existing items of construction that are not to be removed and that are not otherwise
indicated to be removed, removed and salvaged, or removed and reinstalled.
MATERIALS OWNERSHIP
Historic items, relics, and similar objects including, but not limited to, cornerstones and their contents,
commemorative plaques and tablets, antiques, and other items of interest or value to Owner that may be
SELECTIVE DEMOLITION 01732 - 1
CITY OF FORT COLLINS OLD TOWN SQUARE ENHANCEMENTS
17 March 2005
encountered during selective demolition remain Owner's property. Carefully remove and salvage each
item or object in a manner to prevent damage and deliver promptly to Owner.
Coordinate with Owner's historical adviser, who will establish special procedures for removal and
salvage.
1.5 SUBMITTALS
A. Qualification Data: For demolition firm and professional engineer.
B. Schedule of Selective Demolition Activities: Indicate the following:
1. Detailed sequence of selective demolition and removal work, with starting and ending dates for
each activity. Ensure Owner's building manager's and other tenants' on -site operations are
uninterrupted.
2. Interruption of utility services. Indicate how long utility services will be interrupted.
3. Coordination for shutoff, capping, and continuation of utility services.
4. Use of elevator and stairs.
5. Locations of proposed dust- and noise -control temporary partitions and means of egress, including
for other tenants affected by selective demolition operations.
6. Coordination of Owner's continuing occupancy of portions of existing building and of Owner's
partial occupancy of completed Work.
7. Means of protection for items to remain and items in path of waste removal from building.
C. Inventory: After selective demolition is complete, submit a list of items that have been removed and
salvaged.
D. Predemolition Photographs: Show existing conditions of adjoining construction and site improvements,
including finish surfaces, that might be misconstrued as damage caused by selective demolition
operations. Comply with Division 1 Section "Photographic Documentation." Submit before Work
begins.
1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Demolition Firm Qualifications: An experienced firm that has specialized in demolition work similar in
material and extent to that indicated for this Project.
B. Regulatory Requirements: Comply with governing EPA notification regulations before beginning
selective demolition. Comply with hauling and disposal regulations of authorities having jurisdiction.
C. Standards: Comply with ANSI A10.6 and NFPA 241.
D. Predemolition Conference: Conduct conference at Project site to comply with requirements in Division 1
Section "Project Management and Coordination."
E. Predemolition Conference: Conduct conference at Project site to comply with requirements in Division 1
Section "Project Management and Coordination." Review methods and procedures related to selective
demolition including, but not limited to, the following:
1. Inspect and discuss condition of construction to be selectively demolished.
2. Review structural load limitations of existing structure.
3. Review and finalize selective demolition schedule and verify availability of materials, demolition
personnel, equipment, and facilities needed to make progress and avoid delays.
SELECTIVE DEMOLITION 01732 - 2
CITY OF FORT COLLINS OLD TOWN SQUARE ENHANCEMENTS
17 March 2005
4. Review requirements of work performed by other trades that rely on substrates exposed by
selective demolition operations.
5. Review areas where existing construction is to remain and requires protection.
1.7 PROJECT CONDITIONS
A. Owner will occupy portions of building immediately adjacent to selective demolition area. Conduct
selective demolition so Owner's operations will not be disrupted.
1. Comply with requirements specified in Division 1 Section "Summary."
B. Conditions existing at time of inspection for bidding purpose will be maintained by Owner as far as
practical.
Before selective demolition, Owner will remove the following items:
a. Miscellaneous sculptures in public spaces within the Project limits.
C. Notify Architect of discrepancies between existing conditions and Drawings before proceeding with
selective demolition.
D. Hazardous Materials: It is not expected that hazardous materials will be encountered in the Work.
1. If materials suspected of containing hazardous materials are encountered, do not disturb;
immediately notify Architect and Owner. Owner will remove hazardous materials under a
separate contract.
E. Storage or sale of removed items or materials on -site is not permitted.
F. Utility Service: Maintain existing utilities indicated to remain in service and protect them against damage
during selective demolition operations.
Maintain fire -protection facilities in service during selective demolition operations.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Used)
PART 3-EXECUTION
3.1 EXAMINATION
A. Verify that utilities have been disconnected and capped.
B. Survey existing conditions and correlate with requirements indicated to determine extent of selective
demolition required.
C. Inventory and record the condition of items to be removed and reinstalled and items to be removed and
salvaged.
D. When unanticipated mechanical, electrical, or structural elements that conflict with intended function or
design are encountered, investigate and measure the nature and extent of conflict. Promptly submit a
written report to Architect.
SELECTIVE DEMOLITION 01732 - 3
11 4 ..
CITY OF FORT COLLINS OLD TOWN SQUARE ENHANCEMENTS
17 March 2005
E. Survey of Existing Conditions: Record existing conditions by use of measured drawings preconstruction
photographs.
Comply with requirements specified in Division I Section "Photographic Documentation."
F. Perform surveys as the Work progresses to detect hazards resulting from selective demolition activities.
3.2 UTILITY SERVICES AND MECHANICAL/ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS
A. Existing Services/Systems: Maintain services/systems indicated to remain and protect them against
damage during selective demolition operations.
Comply with requirements for existing services/systems interruptions specified in Division 1
Section "Summary."
B. Service/System Requirements: Locate, identify, disconnect, and seal or cap off indicated utility services
and mechanical/electrical systems serving areas to be selectively demolished.
1. Arrange to shut off indicated utilities with utility companies.
2. If services/systems are required to be removed, relocated, or abandoned, before proceeding with
selective demolition provide temporary services/systems that bypass area of selective demolition
and that maintain continuity of services/systems to other parts of building.
3. Cut off pipe or conduit in walls or partitions to be removed. Cap, valve, or plug and seal
remaining portion of pipe or conduit after bypassing.
a. Where entire wall is to be removed, existing services/systems may be removed with
removal of the wall.
3.3 PREPARATION
A. Site Access and Temporary Controls: Conduct selective demolition and debris -removal operations to
ensure minimum interference with roads, streets, walks, walkways, and other adjacent occupied and used
facilities.
Comply with requirements for access and protection specified in Division I Section "Temporary
Facilities and Controls."
2. Coordinate any planned operations within the designated fire lane with the Poudre Fire Authority
(PFA). Comply with requirements for access required by PFA.
B. Temporary Facilities: Provide temporary barricades and other protection required to prevent injury to
people and damage to adjacent buildings and facilities to remain.
1. Provide protection to ensure safe passage of people around selective demolition area and to and
from occupied portions of building.
2. Provide temporary weather protection, during interval between selective demolition of existing
construction on exterior surfaces and new construction, to prevent water leakage and damage to
structure and interior areas.
3. Protect walls, ceilings, floors, and other existing finish work that are to remain or that are exposed
during selective demolition operations.
4. Cover and protect furniture, furnishings, and equipment that have not been removed.
5. Comply with requirements for temporary enclosures, dust control, heating, and cooling specified
in Division 1 Section "Temporary Facilities and Controls."
SELECTIVE DEMOLITION 01732 - 4
CITY OF FORT COLLINS
17 March 2005
3.4 SELECTIVE DEMOLITION, GENERAL
OLD TOWN SQUARE ENHANCEMENTS
A. General: Demolish and remove existing construction only to the extent required by new construction and
as indicated. Use methods required to complete the Work within limitations of governing regulations and
as follows:
1. Proceed with selective demolition systematically, from higher to lower level. Complete selective
demolition operations above each floor or tier before disturbing supporting members on the next
lower level.
2. Neatly cut openings and holes plumb, square, and true to dimensions required. Use cutting
methods least likely to damage construction to remain or adjoining construction. Use hand tools
or small power tools designed for sawing or grinding, not hammering and chopping, to minimize
disturbance of adjacent surfaces. Temporarily cover openings to remain.
3. Cut or drill from the exposed or finished side into concealed surfaces to avoid marring existing
finished surfaces.
4. Do not use cutting torches until work area is cleared of flammable materials. At concealed spaces,
such as duct and pipe interiors, verify condition and contents of hidden space before starting
flame -cutting operations. Maintain portable fire -suppression devices during flame -cutting
operations.
5. Maintain adequate ventilation when using cutting torches.
6. Remove decayed, vermin -infested, or otherwise dangerous or unsuitable materials and promptly
dispose of off -site.
7. Remove structural framing members and lower to ground by method suitable to avoid free fall and
to prevent ground impact or dust generation.
8. Locate selective demolition equipment and remove debris and materials so as not to impose
excessive loads on supporting walls, floors, or framing.
9. Dispose of demolished items and materials promptly. Comply with requirements in Division 1
Section "Construction Waste Management."
B. Removed and Salvaged Items:
1. Clean salvaged items.
2. Pack or crate items after cleaning. Identify contents of containers.
3. Store items in a secure area until delivery to Owner.
4. Transport items to Owner's storage area designated by Owner.
5. Protect items from damage during transport and storage.
C. Removed and Reinstalled Items:
1. Clean and repair items to functional condition adequate for intended reuse. Paint equipment to
match new equipment.
2. Pack or crate items after cleaning and repairing. Identify contents of containers.
3. Protect items from damage during transport and storage.
4. Reinstall items in locations indicated. Comply with installation requirements for new materials
and equipment. Provide connections, supports, and miscellaneous materials necessary to make
item functional for use indicated.
D. Existing Items to Remain: Protect construction indicated to remain against damage and soiling during
selective demolition. When permitted by Architect, items may be removed to a suitable, protected
storage location during selective demolition and cleaned and reinstalled in their original locations after
selective demolition operations are complete.
3.5 SELECTIVE DEMOLITION PROCEDURES FOR SPECIFIC MATERIALS
SELECTIVE DEMOLITION 01732 - 5
CITY OF FORT COLLINS OLD TOWN SQUARE ENHANCEMENTS
17 March 2005
A. Concrete: Demolish in sections. Cut concrete full depth at junctures with construction to remain and at
regular intervals, using power -driven saw, then remove concrete between saw cuts.
B. Masonry: Demolish in small sections. Cut masonry at junctures with construction to remain, using
power -driven saw, then remove masonry between saw cuts.
3.6 DISPOSAL OF DEMOLISHED MATERIALS
A. General: Except for items or materials indicated to be recycled, reused, salvaged, reinstalled, or
otherwise indicated to remain Owner's property, remove demolished materials from Project site and
legally dispose of them in an EPA -approved landfill.
1. Do not allow demolished materials to accumulate on -site.
2. Remove and transport debris in a manner that will prevent spillage on adjacent surfaces and areas.
3. Remove debris from elevated portions of building by chute, hoist, or other device that will convey
debris to grade level in a controlled descent.
4. Comply with requirements specified in Division 1 Section "Construction Waste Management."
B. Burning: Do not burn demolished materials.
C. Disposal: Transport demolished materials off Owner's property and legally dispose of them.
3.7 CLEANING
A. Clean adjacent structures and improvements of dust, dirt, and debris caused by selective demolition
operations. Return adjacent areas to condition existing before selective demolition operations began.
3.8 SELECTIVE DEMOLITION SCHEDULE
A. Existing Items to Be Removed: See demolition and electrical drawings.
B. Existing Items to Be Removed and Salvaged: See demolition and electrical drawings.
C. Existing Items to Be Removed and Reinstalled: See demolition and electrical drawings.
END OF SECTION 01732
SELECTIVE DEMOLITION 01732 - 6
CITY OF FORT COLLINS
17 March 2005
SECTION 01770 - CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES
PART 1-GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
OLD TOWN SQUARE ENHANCEMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and
other Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
1.2 SUMMARY
A. This Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for contract closeout, including, but not
limited to, the following:
1. Inspection procedures.
2. Warranties.
3. Final cleaning.
B. Related Sections include the following:
1. Division 1 Section "Payment Procedures" for requirements for Applications for Payment for
Substantial and Final Completion.
2. Division 1 Section "Photographic Documentation" for submitting Final Completion construction
photographs and negatives.
3. Division 1 Section "Project Record Documents" for submitting Record Drawings, Record
Specifications, and Record Product Data.
4. Division 1 Section "Operation and Maintenance Data" for operation and maintenance manual
requirements.
5. Divisions 2 through 16 Sections for specific closeout and special cleaning requirements for the
Work in those Sections.
1.3 SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION
A. Preliminary Procedures: Before requesting inspection for determining date of Substantial Completion,
complete the following. List items below that are incomplete in request.
1. Prepare a list of items to be completed and corrected (punch list), the value of items on the list,
and reasons why the Work is not complete.
2. Advise Owner of pending insurance changeover requirements.
3. Submit specific warranties, workmanship bonds, maintenance service agreements, final
certifications, and similar documents.
4. Obtain and submit releases permitting Owner unrestricted use of the Work and access to services
and utilities. Include occupancy permits, operating certificates, and similar releases.
5. Prepare and submit Project Record Documents, operation and maintenance manuals, Final
Completion construction photographs, damage or settlement surveys, property surveys, and
similar final record information.
6. Deliver tools, spare parts, extra materials, and similar items to location designated by Owner.
Label with manufacturer's name and model number where applicable.
7. Complete startup testing of systems.
CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES 01770 - 1
CITY OF FORT COLLINS OLD TOWN SQUARE ENHANCEMENTS
17 March 2005
8. Terminate and remove temporary facilities from Project site, along with mockups, construction
tools, and similar elements.
9. Complete final cleaning requirements, including touchup painting.
10. Touch up and otherwise repair and restore marred exposed finishes to eliminate visual defects.
B. Inspection: Submit a written request for inspection for Substantial Completion. On receipt of request,
Architect and Construction Manager will either proceed with inspection or notify Contractor of
unfulfilled requirements. Architect will prepare the Certificate of Substantial Completion after inspection
or will notify Contractor of items, either on Contractor's list or additional items identified by Architect,
that must be completed or corrected before certificate will be issued.
1. Reinspection: Request reinspection when the Work identified in previous inspections as
incomplete is completed or corrected.
2. Results of completed inspection will form the basis of requirements for Final Completion.
1.4 FINAL COMPLETION
A. Preliminary Procedures: Before requesting final inspection for determining date of Final Completion,
complete the following:
1. Submit a final Application for Payment according to Division 1 Section "Payment Procedures."
2. Submit certified copy of Architect's Substantial Completion inspection list of items to be
completed or corrected (punch list), endorsed and dated by Architect. The certified copy of the list
shall state that each item has been completed or otherwise resolved for acceptance.
3. Submit evidence of final, continuing insurance coverage complying with insurance requirements.
4. Instruct Owner's personnel in operation, adjustment, and maintenance of products, equipment, and
systems. Submit demonstration and training videotapes.
B. Inspection: Submit a written request for final inspection for acceptance. On receipt of request,
Architect and Construction Manager will either proceed with inspection or notify Contractor of
unfulfilled requirements. Architect will prepare a final Certificate for Payment after inspection or will
notify Contractor of construction that must be completed or corrected before certificate will be issued.
Reinspection: Request reinspection when the Work identified in previous inspections as
incomplete is completed or corrected.
1.5 LIST OF INCOMPLETE ITEMS (PUNCH LIST)
A. Preparation: Submit four copies of list. Include name and identification of each space and area affected
by construction operations for incomplete items and items needing correction including, if necessary,
areas disturbed by Contractor that are outside the limits of construction.
1. Organize list of spaces in sequential order, starting with Tenney Court first and proceeding east
through Trimble Court and then Old Town Square.
2. Organize items applying to each space by major element, including categories for ceiling,
individual walls, floors, equipment, and building systems.
3. Include the following information at the top of each page:
a. Project name.
b. Date.
C. Name of Architect and Construction Manager.
d. Name of Contractor.
C. Page number.
CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES 01770 - 2
CITY OF FORT COLLINS OLD TOWN SQUARE ENHANCEMENTS
17 March 2005
1.6 WARRANTIES
A. Submittal Time: Submit written warranties on request of Architect for designated portions of the Work
where commencement of warranties other than date of Substantial Completion is indicated.
B. Partial Occupancy: Submit properly executed warranties within 15 days of completion of designated
portions of the Work that are completed and occupied or used by Owner during construction period by
separate agreement with Contractor.
C. Organize warranty documents into an orderly sequence based on the table of contents of the Project
Manual.
1. Bind warranties and bonds in heavy-duty, 3-ring, vinyl -covered, loose-leaf binders, thickness as
necessary to accommodate contents, and sized to receive 8-1 2-by- I I -inch paper.
2. Provide heavy paper dividers with plastic -covered tabs for each separate warranty. Mark tab to
identify the product or installation. Provide a typed description of the product or installation,
including the name of the product and the name, address, and telephone number of Installer.
3. Identify each binder on the front and spine with the typed or printed title "WARRANTIES,"
Project name, and name of Contractor.
D. Provide additional copies of each warranty to include in operation and maintenance manuals.
PART 2-PRODUCTS
2.1 MATERIALS
A. Cleaning Agents: Use cleaning materials and agents recommended by manufacturer or fabricator of the
surface to be cleaned. Do not use cleaning agents that are potentially hazardous to health or property or
that might damage finished surfaces.
B. ALTERNATE BID ITEM - Soda Blast Cleaning: The process is blasting sodium bicarbonate in a slurry
against the surface to be cleaned, using low -to moderate pressure compressed air.
C. Water: Clean potable water.
PART 3-EXECUTION
3.1 FINAL CLEANING
A. General: Provide final cleaning. Conduct cleaning and waste -removal operations to comply with local
laws and ordinances and Federal and local environmental and antipollution regulations.
B. ALTERNATE BID ITEM - Soda Blast Cleaning.: Employ experienced workers or professional cleaners
for final cleaning. Clean all exposed unit paver and concrete wall surfaces free of stains, grime, soot, dirt,
and chewing gum. Comply with equipment manufacturer's written instructions.
Complete the following cleaning operations before requesting inspection for certification of
Substantial Completion for entire Project or for a portion of Project:
a. Sweep paved areas broom clean. Remove petrochemical spills, stains, and other foreign
deposits.
CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES 01770 - 3
CITY OF FORT COLLINS OLD TOWN SQUARE ENHANCEMENTS
17 March 2005
b. Clean exposed exterior hard -surfaced finishes to a dirt -free condition, free of stains, films,
and similar foreign substances.
C. Rinse soda completely from all exposed surfaces.
d. Do not allow spray to contact adjacent building faces and windows, or clean to prior
condition before drying of slurry occurs.
C. Cleaning: Employ experienced workers or professional cleaners for final cleaning. Clean each surface or
unit to condition expected in an average commercial building cleaning and maintenance program.
Comply with manufacturer's written instructions.
Complete the following cleaning operations before requesting inspection for certification of
Substantial Completion for entire Project or for a portion of Project:
a. Clean Project site, yard, and grounds, in areas disturbed by construction activities,
including landscape development areas, of rubbish, waste material, litter, and other foreign
substances.
b. Sweep paved areas broom clean. Remove petrochemical spills, stains, and other foreign
deposits.
C. Remove all temporary sediment traps and related erosion control devices.
d. Clean all on -site storm drains and pipes of accumulated sediment and debris. Assure the
lines are free flowing.
e. Remove tools, construction equipment, machinery, and surplus material from Project site.
f. Clean exposed exterior and interior hard -surfaced finishes to a dirt -free condition, free of
stains, films, and similar foreign substances. Avoid disturbing natural weathering of
exterior surfaces. Restore reflective surfaces to their original condition.
g. Clean transparent materials, including mirrors and glass in doors and windows. Remove
glazing compounds and other noticeable, vision -obscuring materials. Replace chipped or
broken glass and other damaged transparent materials. Polish mirrors and glass, taking
care not to scratch surfaces.
h. Remove labels that are not permanent.
i. Touch up and otherwise repair and restore marred, exposed finishes and surfaces. Replace
finishes and surfaces that cannot be satisfactorily repaired or restored or that already show
evidence of repair or restoration.
1) Do not paint over "UL" and similar labels, including mechanical and electrical
nameplates.
j. Leave Project clean and ready for occupancy.
D. Comply with safety standards for cleaning. Do not burn waste materials. Do not bury debris or excess
materials on Owner's property. Do not discharge volatile, harmful, or dangerous materials into drainage
systems. Remove waste materials from Project site and dispose of lawfully.
END OF SECTION 01770
CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES 01770 - 4
CITY OF FORT COLLINS
OLD TOWN SQUARE ENHANCEMENTS
5 April 2005
RRR.
5 Gallon Evergreen Shrub
$
Each
SSS.
1 Gallon Evergreen Shrub
$
Each
TTT.
1 Gallon Perennial
$
Each
UUU.
4-Inch Perennial
$
Each
VVV.
White Glory of the Snow Bulb
$
Each
WWW.
Mixed Purple Giant Crocus Bulb
$
Each
XXX.
Blue Grape Hyacinth Bulb
$
Each
YYY.
Giant Snowdrop Bulb
$
Each
ZZZ.
Blue Dwarf Iris Bulb
$
Each
AAAA.
Annuals Planting for Large Planter Pot
$
Each
BBBB.
Annuals Planting for Small Planter Pot
$
Each
CCCC.
Annuals Planting for Deep Planter Pot
$
Each
DDDD.
Annuals Planting for Hanging Basket
$
Each
RESPECTFULLY SUBMITTED:
Signature Date
Title
License Number (If Applicable)
(Seal - if Bid is by corporation)
Attest:
Address
Telephone
BID FORM 4
CITY OF FORT COLLINS
17 March 2005
SECTION 01781 -PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
OLD TOWN SQUARE ENHANCEMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and
other Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
1.2 SUMMARY
A. This Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for Project Record Documents,
including the following:
1. Record Drawings.
2. Record Specifications.
3. Record Product Data.
B. Related Sections include the following:
1. Division 1 Section "Closeout Procedures" for general closeout procedures.
2. Division 1 Section "Operation and Maintenance Data" for operation and maintenance manual
requirements.
3. Divisions 2 through 16 Sections for specific requirements for Project Record Documents of the
Work in those Sections.
1.3 SUBMITTALS
A. Record Drawings: Comply with the following:
1. Number of Copies: Submit one set(s) of marked -up Record Prints.
2. Number of Copies: Submit copies of Record Drawings as follows:
a. Initial Submittal: Submit one set(s) of plots from corrected Record CAD Drawings and
one set(s) of marked -up Record Prints. Architect will initial and date each plot and mark
whether general scope of changes, additional information recorded, and quality of drafting
are acceptable. Architect will return plots and prints for organizing into sets, printing,
binding, and final submittal.
b. Final Submittal: Submit one set(s) of marked -up Record Prints, one set(s) of Record CAD
Drawing files, one set(s) of Record CAD Drawing plots, and three copies printed from
record plots. Plot and print each Drawing, whether or not changes and additional
information were recorded.
1) Electronic Media: CD-R.
B. Record Specifications: Submit one copy of Project's Specifications, including addenda and contract
modifications.
C. Record Product Data: Submit 3 copies of each Product Data submittal.
PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS 01781 - 1
CITY OF FORT COLLINS OLD TOWN SQUARE ENHANCEMENTS
17 March 2005
Where Record Product Data is required as part of operation and maintenance manuals, submit
marked -up Product Data as an insert in manual instead of submittal as Record Product Data.
PART2-PRODUCTS
2.1 RECORD DRAWINGS
A. Record Prints: Maintain one set of blue- or black -line white prints of the Contract Drawings and Shop
Drawings.
Preparation: Mark Record Prints to show the actual installation where installation varies from that
shown originally. Require individual or entity who obtained record data, whether individual or
entity is Installer, subcontractor, or similar entity, to prepare the marked -up Record Prints.
a. Give particular attention to information on concealed elements that would be difficult to
identify or measure and record later.
b. Accurately record information in an understandable drawing technique.
C. Record data as soon as possible after obtaining it. Record and check the markup before
enclosing concealed installations.
2. Content: Types of items requiring marking include, but are not limited to, the following:
a. Dimensional changes to Drawings.
b. Revisions to details shown on Drawings.
C. Locations and depths of underground utilities.
d. Revisions to routing of piping and conduits.
e. Revisions to electrical circuitry.
f. Actual equipment locations.
g. Changes made by Change Order or Construction Change Directive.
h. Changes made following Architect's written orders.
i. Details not on the original Contract Drawings.
3. Mark the Contract Drawings or Shop Drawings, whichever is most capable of showing actual
physical conditions, completely and accurately. If Shop Drawings are marked, show cross-
reference on the Contract Drawings.
4. Mark record sets with erasable, red -colored pencil. Use other colors to distinguish between
changes for different categories of the Work at same location.
5. Mark important additional information that was either shown schematically or omitted from
original Drawings.
6. Note Construction Change Directive numbers, alternate numbers, Change Order numbers, and
similar identification, where applicable.
B. Record CAD Drawings: Immediately before inspection for Certificate of Substantial Completion, review
marked -up Record Prints with Architect and Construction Manager. When authorized, prepare a full set
of corrected CAD Drawings of the Contract Drawings, as follows:
1. Format: DWG, Version 2000, operating in Microsoft Windows operating system.
2. Incorporate changes and additional information previously marked on Record Prints. Delete,
redraw, and add details and notations where applicable.
3. Refer instances of uncertainty to Architect through Construction Manager for resolution.
4. Architect will furnish Contractor one set of CAD Drawings of the Contract Drawings for use in
recording information.
PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS 01781 -2
CITY OF FORT COLLINS OLD TOWN SQUARE ENHANCEMENTS
17 March 2005
a. Architect makes no representations as to the accuracy or completeness of CAD Drawings
as they relate to the Contract Drawings.
b. CAD Software Program: The Contract Drawings are available in AutoCAD release 2000
format for Windows.
C. Newly Prepared Record Drawings: Prepare new Drawings instead of preparing Record Drawings where
Architect determines that neither the original Contract Drawings nor Shop Drawings are suitable to show
actual installation.
1. New Drawings may be required when a Change Order is issued as a result of accepting an
alternate, substitution, or other modification.
2. Consult Architect and Construction Manager for proper scale and scope of detailing and notations
required to record the actual physical installation and its relation to other construction. Integrate
newly prepared Record Drawings into Record Drawing sets; comply with procedures for
formatting, organizing, copying, binding, and submitting.
D. Format: Identify and date each Record Drawing; include the designation "PROJECT RECORD
DRAWING" in a prominent location.
1. Record Prints: Organize Record Prints and newly prepared Record Drawings into manageable
sets. Bind each set with durable paper cover sheets. Include identification on cover sheets.
2. Record CAD Drawings: Organize CAD information into separate electronic files that correspond
to each sheet of the Contract Drawings. Name each file with the sheet identification. Include
identification in each CAD file.
3. Identification: As follows:
a. Project name.
b. Date.
C. Designation "PROJECT RECORD DRAWINGS."
d. Name of Architect and Construction Manager.
e. Name of Contractor.
2.2 RECORD SPECIFICATIONS
A. Preparation: Mark Specifications to indicate the actual product installation where installation varies from
that indicated in Specifications, addenda, and contract modifications.
1. Give particular attention to information on concealed products and installations that cannot be
readily identified and recorded later.
2. Mark copy with the proprietary name and model number of products, materials, and equipment
furnished, including substitutions and product options selected.
3. Record the name of manufacturer, supplier, Installer, and other information necessary to provide a
record of selections made.
4. For each principal product, indicate whether Record Product Data has been submitted in operation
and maintenance manuals instead of submitted as Record Product Data.
5. Note related Change Orders, Record Product Data, and Record Drawings where applicable.
2.3 RECORD PRODUCT DATA
A. Preparation: Mark Product Data to indicate the actual product installation where installation varies
substantially from that indicated in Product Data submittal.
PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS 01781 - 3
CITY OF FORT COLLINS OLD TOWN SQUARE ENHANCEMENTS
17 March 2005
1. Give particular attention to information on concealed products and installations that cannot be
readily identified and recorded later.
2. Include significant changes in the product delivered to Project site and changes in manufacturer's
written instructions for installation.
3. Note related Change Orders, Record Specifications, and Record Drawings where applicable.
2.4 MISCELLANEOUS RECORD SUBMITTALS
A. Assemble miscellaneous records required by other Specification Sections for miscellaneous record
keeping and submittal in connection with actual performance of the Work. Bind or file miscellaneous
records and identify each, ready for continued use and reference.
PART 3-EXECUTION
3.1 RECORDING AND MAINTENANCE
A. Recording: Maintain one copy of each submittal during the construction period for Project Record
Document purposes. Post changes and modifications to Project Record Documents as they occur; do not
wait until the end of Project.
B. Maintenance of Record Documents and Samples: Store Record Documents and Samples in the field
office apart from the Contract Documents used for construction. Do not use Project Record Documents
for construction purposes. Maintain Record Documents in good order and in a clean, dry, legible
condition, protected from deterioration and loss. Provide access to Project Record Documents for
Architect's and Construction Manager's reference during normal working hours.
END OF SECTION 01781
PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS 01781 - 4
CITY OF FORT COLLINS
17 March 2005
SECTION 01782 - OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
OLD TOWN SQUARE ENHANCEMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and
other Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
1.2 SUMMARY
A. This Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for preparing operation and
maintenance manuals, including the following:
1. Operation and maintenance documentation directory.
2. Operation manuals for systems, subsystems, and equipment.
3. Maintenance manuals for the care and maintenance of products, materials, finishes, systems and
equipment.
B. Related Sections include the following:
1. Division 1 Section "Submittal Procedures" for submitting copies of submittals for operation and
maintenance manuals.
2. Division 1 Section "Closeout Procedures" for submitting operation and maintenance manuals.
3. Division 1 Section "Project Record Documents" for preparing Record Drawings for operation and
maintenance manuals.
4. Divisions 2 through 16 Sections for specific operation and maintenance manual requirements for
the Work in those Sections.
1.3 DEFINITIONS
A. System: An organized collection of parts, equipment, or subsystems united by regular interaction.
B. Subsystem: A portion of a system with characteristics similar to a system.
1.4 SUBMITTALS
A. Initial Submittal: Submit 2 draft copies of each manual at least 15 days before requesting inspection for
Substantial Completion. Include a complete operation and maintenance directory. Architect will return
one copy of draft and mark whether general scope and content of manual are acceptable.
B. Final Submittal: Submit one copy of each manual in final form at least 15 days before final inspection.
Architect will return copy with comments within 15 days after final inspection.
Correct or modify each manual to comply with Architect's comments. Submit 3 copies of each
corrected manual within 15 days of receipt of Architect's comments.
1.5 COORDINATION
OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA 01782 - 1
CITY OF FORT COLLINS OLD TOWN SQUARE ENHANCEMENTS
17 March 2005
A. Where operation and maintenance documentation includes information on installations by more than one
factory -authorized service representative, assemble and coordinate information furnished by
representatives and prepare manuals.
PART2-PRODUCTS
2.1 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DOCUMENTATION DIRECTORY
A. Organization: Include a section in the directory for each of the following:
1. List of documents.
2. List of systems.
3. List of equipment.
4. Table of contents.
B. List of Systems and Subsystems: List systems alphabetically. Include references to operation and
maintenance manuals that contain information about each system.
C. List of Equipment: List equipment for each system, organized alphabetically by system. For pieces of
equipment not part of system, list alphabetically in separate list.
D. Tables of Contents: Include a table of contents for each emergency, operation, and maintenance manual.
E. Identification: In the documentation directory and in each operation and maintenance manual, identify
each system, subsystem, and piece of equipment with same designation used in the Contract Documents.
If no designation exists, assign a designation according to ASHRAE Guideline 4, 'Preparation of
Operating and Maintenance Documentation for Building Systems."
2.2 MANUALS, GENERAL
A. Organization: Unless otherwise indicated, organize each manual into a separate section for each system
and subsystem, and a separate section for each piece of equipment not part of a system. Each manual
shall contain the following materials, in the order listed:
1. Title page.
2. Table of contents.
3. Manual contents.
B. Title Page: Enclose title page in transparent plastic sleeve. Include the following information:
1. Subject matter included in manual.
2. Name and address of Project.
3. Name and address of Owner.
4. Date of submittal.
5. Name, address, and telephone number of Contractor.
6. Name and address of Architect.
C. Table of Contents: List each product included in manual, identified by product name, indexed to the
content of the volume, and cross-referenced to Specification Section number in Project Manual.
1. If operation or maintenance documentation requires more than one volume to accommodate data,
include comprehensive table of contents for all volumes in each volume of the set.
OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA 01782 - 2
CITY OF FORT COLLINS OLD TOWN SQUARE ENHANCEMENTS
17 March 2005
D. Manual Contents: Organize into sets of manageable size. Arrange contents alphabetically by system,
subsystem, and equipment. If possible, assemble instructions for subsystems, equipment, and
components of one system into a single binder.
Binders: Heavy-duty, 3-ring, vinyl -covered, loose-leaf binders, in thickness necessary to
accommodate contents, sized to hold 8-1 2-by-I I -inch paper; with clear plastic sleeve on spine to
hold label describing contents and with pockets inside covers to hold folded oversize sheets.
a. If two or more binders are necessary to accommodate data of a system, organize data in
each binder into groupings by subsystem and related components. Cross-reference other
binders if necessary to provide essential information for proper operation or maintenance of
equipment or system.
b. Identify each binder on front and spine, with printed title "OPERATION AND
MAINTENANCE MANUAL," Project title or name, and subject matter of contents.
Indicate volume number for multiple -volume sets.
2. Dividers: Heavy -paper dividers with plastic -covered tabs for each section. Mark each tab to
indicate contents. Include typed list of products and major components of equipment included in
the section on each divider, cross-referenced to Specification Section number and title of Project
Manual.
3. Protective Plastic Sleeves: Transparent plastic sleeves designed to enclose diagnostic software
diskettes for computerized electronic equipment.
4. Supplementary Text: Prepared on 8- i '2-by- I I -inch white bond paper.
5. Drawings: Attach reinforced, punched binder tabs on drawings and bind with text.
a. If oversize drawings are necessary, fold drawings to same size as text pages and use as
foldouts.
b. If drawings are too large to be used as foldouts, fold and place drawings in labeled
envelopes and bind envelopes in rear of manual. At appropriate locations in manual, insert
typewritten pages indicating drawing titles, descriptions of contents, and drawing locations.
2.3 OPERATION MANUALS
A. Content: In addition to requirements in this Section, include operation data required in individual
Specification Sections and the following information:
1. System, subsystem, and equipment descriptions.
2. Operating standards.
3. Operating procedures.
4. Wiring diagrams.
5. Control diagrams.
6. Piped system diagrams.
7. Precautions against improper use.
B. Descriptions: Include the following:
l . Product name and model number.
2. Manufacturer's name.
3. Equipment identification with serial number of each component.
4. Equipment function.
5. Operating characteristics.
6. Limiting conditions.
7. Performance curves.
8. Complete nomenclature and number of replacement parts.
OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA 01782 - 3
CITY OF FORT COLLINS
17 March 2005
C. Operating Procedures: Include the following, as applicable:
1. Startup procedures.
2. Equipment or system break-in procedures.
3. Routine and normal operating instructions.
4. Regulation and control procedures.
5. Instructions on stopping.
6. Normal shutdown instructions.
7. Seasonal and weekend operating instructions.
8. Required sequences for electric or electronic systems.
9. Special operating instructions and procedures.
OLD TOWN SQUARE ENHANCEMENTS
D. Systems and Equipment Controls: Describe the sequence of operation, and diagram controls as installed.
E. Piped Systems: Diagram piping as installed, and identify color -coding where required for identification.
2.4 PRODUCT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
A. Content: Organize manual into a separate section for each product, material, and finish. Include source
information, product information, maintenance procedures, repair materials and sources, and warranties
and bonds, as described below.
B. Source Information: List each product included in manual, identified by product name and arranged to
match manual's table of contents. For each product, list name, address, and telephone number of Installer
or supplier and maintenance service agent, and cross-reference Specification Section number and title in
Project Manual.
C. Product Information: Include the following, as applicable:
1. Product name and model number.
2. Manufacturer's name.
3. Color, pattern, and texture.
4. Material and chemical composition.
5. Reordering information for specially manufactured products.
D. Maintenance Procedures: Include manufacturer's written recommendations and the following:
1. Inspection procedures.
2. Types of cleaning agents to be used and methods of cleaning.
3. List of cleaning agents and methods of cleaning detrimental to product.
4. Schedule for routine cleaning and maintenance.
5. Repair instructions.
E. Repair Materials and Sources: Include lists of materials and local sources of materials and related
services.
F. Warranties and Bonds: Include copies of warranties and bonds and lists of circumstances and conditions
that would affect validity of warranties or bonds.
Include procedures to follow and required notifications for warranty claims.
2.5 SYSTEMS AND EQUIPMENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA 01782 - 4
CITY OF FORT COLLINS OLD TOWN SQUARE ENHANCEMENTS
17 March 2005
A. Content: For each system, subsystem, and piece of equipment not part of a system, include source
information, manufacturers' maintenance documentation, maintenance procedures, maintenance and
service schedules, spare parts list and source information, maintenance service contracts, and warranty
and bond information, as described below.
B. Source Information: List each system, subsystem, and piece of equipment included in manual, identified
by product name and arranged to match manual's table of contents. For each product, list name, address,
and telephone number of Installer or supplier and maintenance service agent, and cross-reference
Specification Section number and title in Project Manual.
C. Manufacturers' Maintenance Documentation: Manufacturers' maintenance documentation including the
following information for each component part or piece of equipment:
1. Standard printed maintenance instructions and bulletins.
2. Drawings, diagrams, and instructions required for maintenance, including disassembly and
component removal, replacement, and assembly.
3. Identification and nomenclature of parts and components.
4. List of items recommended to be stocked as spare parts.
D. Maintenance Procedures: Include the following information and items that detail essential maintenance
procedures:
1. Test and inspection instructions.
2. Precautions against improper maintenance.
3. Disassembly; component removal, repair, and replacement; and reassembly instructions.
4. Aligning, adjusting, and checking instructions.
5. Demonstration and training videotape, if available.
E. Maintenance and Service Schedules: Include service and lubrication requirements, list of required
lubricants for equipment, and separate schedules for preventive and routine maintenance and service with
standard time allotment.
I. Scheduled Maintenance and Service: Tabulate actions for daily, weekly, monthly, quarterly,
semiannual, and annual frequencies.
2. Maintenance and Service Record: Include manufacturers' forms for recording maintenance.
F. Spare Parts List and Source Information: Include lists of replacement and repair parts, with parts
identified and cross-referenced to manufacturers' maintenance documentation and local sources of
maintenance materials and related services.
G. Maintenance Service Contracts: Include copies of maintenance agreements with name and telephone
number of service agent.
H. Warranties and Bonds: Include copies of warranties and bonds and lists of circumstances and conditions
that would affect validity of warranties or bonds.
Include procedures to follow and required notifications for warranty claims.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 MANUAL PREPARATION
OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA 01782 - 5
CITY OF FORT COLLINS OLD TOWN SQUARE ENHANCEMENTS
17 March 2005
A. Operation and Maintenance Documentation Directory: Prepare a separate manual that provides an
organized reference to emergency, operation, and maintenance manuals.
B. Product Maintenance Manual: Assemble a complete set of maintenance data indicating care and
maintenance of each product, material, and finish incorporated into the Work.
C. Operation and Maintenance Manuals: Assemble a complete set of operation and maintenance data
indicating operation and maintenance of each system, subsystem, and piece of equipment not part of a
system.
1. Engage a factory -authorized service representative to assemble and prepare information for each
system, subsystem, and piece of equipment not part of a system.
2. Prepare a separate manual for each system and subsystem, in the form of an instructional manual
for use by Owner's operating personnel.
D. Manufacturers' Data: Where manuals contain manufacturers' standard printed data, include only sheets
pertinent to product or component installed. Mark each sheet to identify each product or component
incorporated into the Work. If data include more than one item in a tabular format, identify each item
using appropriate references from the Contract Documents. Identify data applicable to the Work and
delete references to information not applicable.
Prepare supplementary text if manufacturers' standard printed data are not available and where the
information is necessary for proper operation and maintenance of equipment or systems.
E. Drawings: Prepare drawings supplementing manufacturers' printed data to illustrate the relationship of
component parts of equipment and systems and to illustrate control sequence and flow diagrams.
Coordinate these drawings with information contained in Record Drawings to ensure correct illustration
of completed installation.
1. Do not use original Project Record Documents as part of operation and maintenance manuals.
2. Comply with requirements of newly prepared Record Drawings in Division 1 Section "Project
Record Documents."
F. Comply with Division 1 Section "Closeout Procedures" for schedule for submitting operation and
maintenance documentation.
END OF SECTION 01782
OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA 01782 - 6
SECTION 01270 - UNIT PRICES
PART1-GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and
other Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
1.2 SUMMARY
A. This Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for unit prices.
B. Related Sections include the following:
1. Division 1 Section "Allowances" for procedures for using unit prices to adjust quantity
allowances.
1.3 DEFINITIONS
A. Unit price is an amount proposed by bidders, stated on the Bid Form, as a price per unit of measurement
for materials or services added to or deducted from the Contract Sum by appropriate modification, if
estimated quantities of Work required by the Contract Documents are increased or decreased.
1.4 PROCEDURES
A. Unit prices include all necessary material, plus cost for delivery, installation, insurance, applicable
taxes, overhead, and profit.
B. Measurement and Payment: Refer to individual Specification Sections for work that requires
establishment of unit prices. Methods of measurement and payment for unit prices are specified in those
Sections.
C. Owner reserves the right to reject Contractor's measurement of work -in -place that involves use of
established unit prices and to have this work measured, at Owner's expense, by an independent surveyor
acceptable to Contractor.
D. List of Unit Prices: A list of unit prices is included in Part 3. Specification Sections referenced in the
schedule contain requirements for materials described under each unit price.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Used)
CITY OF FORT COLLINS
17 March 2005
SECTION 02230 - SITE CLEARING
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
OLD TOWN SQUARE ENHANCEMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and
Division I Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
1.2 SUMMARY
A. This Section includes the following:
1. Removing existing trees shrubs groundcovers plants and grass.
2. Clearing and grubbing.
3. Temporary erosion and sedimentation control measures.
B. Related Sections include the following:
1. Division 1 Section "Temporary Facilities and Controls" for temporary utilities, temporary
construction and support facilities, temporary security and protection facilities, and temporary
erosion and sedimentation control procedures.
2. Division 1 Section "Photographic Documentation" for recording existing conditions prior to
selective demolition operations.
3. Division 1 Section "Execution Requirements" for verifying utility locations and for recording field
measurements.
4. Division 1 Section "Selective Demolition" for partial demolition of structures and pavements
undergoing alterations.
5. Division 2 Section "Earthwork" for soil materials, excavating, backfilling, and site grading.
1.3 DEFINITIONS
A. Topsoil: Natural or cultivated surface -soil layer containing organic matter and sand, silt, and clay
particles; friable, pervious, and black or a darker shade of brown, gray, or red than underlying subsoil;
reasonably free of subsoil, clay lumps, gravel, and other objects more than 1 inches (25 mm) in diameter;
and free of subsoil and weeds, roots, toxic materials, or other nonsoil materials.
B. Tree Protection Zone: Area surrounding individual trees or groups of trees to be protected during
construction, and defined by the drip line of individual trees, the perimeter drip line of groups of trees, or
the inside edge of planter walls, unless otherwise indicated.
1.4 MATERIAL OWNERSHIP
A. Except for materials indicated to remain Owner's property, cleared materials shall become Contractor's
property and shall be removed from Project site.
1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE
SITE CLEARING 02230 - 1
CITY OF FORT COLLINS OLD TOWN SQUARE ENHANCEMENTS
17 March 2005
A. Preinstallation Conference: Conduct conference at Project site to comply with requirements in Division 1
Section "Project Management and Coordination."
1.6 PROJECT CONDITIONS
A. Traffic: Minimize interference with adjoining roads, streets, walks, and other adjacent occupied or used
facilities during site -clearing operations.
1. Do not close or obstruct streets, walks, or other adjacent occupied or used facilities without
permission from Owner and authorities having jurisdiction.
2. Provide alternate routes around closed or obstructed traffic ways if required by authorities having
jurisdiction.
B. Salvable Improvements: Carefully remove items indicated to be salvaged and store on Owner's premises
as directed by Engineer.
C. Utility Locator Service: Notify utility locator service for area where Project is located before site
clearing.
D. Do not commence site clearing operations until temporary erosion and sedimentation control measures
are in place.
PART2-PRODUCTS
2.1 SOIL MATERIALS
A. Satisfactory Soil Materials:
Section "Earthwork."
Requirements for satisfactory soil materials are specified in Division 2
Obtain approved borrow soil materials off -site when satisfactory soil materials are not available
on -site.
PART 3-EXECUTION
3.1 PREPARATION
A. Protect and maintain benchmarks and survey control points from disturbance during construction.
B. Locate and clearly flag trees and vegetation to remain or to be relocated.
C. Protect existing site improvements to remain from damage during construction.
Restore damaged improvements to their original condition, as acceptable to Owner.
3.2 TEMPORARY EROSION AND SEDIMENTATION CONTROL
A. Provide temporary erosion and sedimentation control measures to prevent soil erosion and discharge of
soil -bearing water runoff or airborne dust to adjacent properties and walkways, that complies with
EPA 832/R-92-005 or requirements of authorities having jurisdiction, whichever is more stringent.
SITE CLEARING 02230 - 2
CITY OF FORT COLLINS OLD TOWN SQUARE ENHANCEMENTS
17 March 2005
B. Inspect, repair, and maintain erosion and sedimentation control measures during construction until
permanent vegetation has been established.
C. Remove erosion and sedimentation controls and restore and stabilize areas disturbed during removal.
3.3 UTILITIES
A. Existing Utilities: Do not interrupt utilities serving facilities occupied by Owner or others unless
permitted under the following conditions and then only after arranging to provide temporary utility
services according to requirements indicated:
1. Notify Engineer not less than two days in advance of proposed utility interruptions.
2. Do not proceed with utility interruptions without Engineer's written permission.
3.4 CLEARING AND GRUBBING
A. Remove obstructions, trees, shrubs, grass, and other vegetation to permit installation of new construction.
I. Do not remove trees, shrubs, and other vegetation indicated to remain or to be relocated.
2. Cut minor roots and branches of trees indicated to remain in a clean and careful manner where
such roots and branches obstruct installation of new construction.
3. Use only hand methods for grubbing within tree protection zone.
4. Chip removed tree branches and stockpile in areas approved by Engineer.
B. Fill depressions caused by clearing and grubbing operations with satisfactory soil material unless further
excavation or earthwork is indicated.
Place fill material in horizontal layers not exceeding a loose depth of 8 inches (200 mm), and
compact each layer to a density equal to adjacent original ground.
3.5 TOPSOIL STRIPPING
A. Remove sod and grass before stripping topsoil.
B. Strip topsoil to whatever depths are encountered in a manner to prevent intermingling with underlying
subsoil or other waste materials.
Remove subsoil and nonsoil materials from topsoil, including trash, debris, weeds, roots, and other
waste materials.
C. Stockpile topsoil materials away from edge of excavations without intermixing with subsoil. Grade and
shape stockpiles to drain surface water. Cover to prevent windblown dust.
1. Limit height of topsoil stockpiles to 72 inches.
2. Do not stockpile topsoil within tree protection zones.
3. Stockpile surplus topsoil to allow for respreading deeper topsoil.
3.6 DISPOSAL
A. Disposal: Remove surplus soil material, unsuitable topsoil, obstructions, demolished materials, and waste
materials including trash and debris, and legally dispose of them off Owner's property.
SITE CLEARING 02230 - 3
CITY OF FORT COLLINS OLD TOWN SQUARE ENHANCEMENTS
17 March 2005
Separate recyclable materials produced during site clearing from other nonrecyclable materials.
Store or stockpile without intermixing with other materials and transport them to recycling
facilities.
END OF SECTION 02230
SITE CLEARING 02230 - 4
CITY OF FORT COLLINS
17 March 2005
SECTION 02231 - TREE PROTECTION AND TRIMMING
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
OLD TOWN SQUARE ENHANCEMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and
Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
1.2 SUMMARY
A. This Section includes the protection and trimming of existing trees that interfere with, or are affected by,
execution of the Work, whether temporary or permanent construction.
B. Related Sections include the following:
1. Division 1 Section "Summary" for limits placed on Contractor's use of the site.
2. Division 1 Section "Temporary Facilities and Controls" for temporary tree protection.
3. Division 2 Section "Site Clearing" for removal limits of trees, shrubs, and other plantings affected
by new construction.
4. Division 2 Section "Earthwork" for building and utility trench excavation, backfilling, compacting
and grading requirements, and soil materials.
5. Division 2 Section "Exterior Plants" for tree and shrub planting, tree support systems, and soil
materials.
1.3 DEFINITIONS
A. Tree Protection Zone: Area surrounding individual trees or groups of trees to remain during construction,
and defined by the drip line of individual trees, the perimeter drip line of groups of trees, or the inside
edge of planter walls, unless otherwise indicated.
1.4 SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: For each type of product indicated.
B. Tree Pruning Schedule: Written schedule from arborist detailing scope and extent of pruning of trees to
remain that interfere with or are affected by construction.
C. Qualification Data: For tree service firm and arborist.
D. Certification: From arborist, certifying that trees indicated to remain have been protected during
construction according to recognized standards and that trees were promptly and properly treated and
repaired when damaged.
1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Arborist Qualifications: An arborist certified by ISA or licensed in the jurisdiction where Project is
located.
TREE PROTECTION AND TRIMMING 02231 - 1
CITY OF FORT COLLINS OLD TOWN SQUARE ENHANCEMENTS
17 March 2005
B. Tree Pruning Standard: Comply with ANSI A300 (Part 1), "Tree, Shrub, and Other Woody Plant
Maintenance --Standard Practices (Pruning)."
PART2-PRODUCTS
2.1 MATERIALS
A. Temporary Fencing: Made of high -density extruded polyethylene fence fabric with UV inhibitors.
Elliptical pattern with aperture approximately 4"W x I "L. Orange color. 4' x 100' rolls. Include tension
wire at top, nylon tie straps, hog ring ties, and other accessories for a complete fence system.;
B. Organic Mulch: Ground or shredded bark, free of deleterious materials.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 PREPARATION
A. Temporary Fencing: Install temporary fencing around tree protection zones to protect remaining trees
and vegetation from construction damage. Maintain temporary fence and remove when construction is
complete.
1. Install fence according to manufacturer's written instructions.
B. Protect tree root systems from damage caused by runoff or spillage of noxious materials while mixing,
placing, or storing construction materials. Protect root systems from ponding, eroding, or excessive
wetting caused by dewatering operations.
C. Mulch areas inside tree protection zones and other areas indicated.
Apply 3-inch average thickness of organic mulch. Do not place mulch within 6 mches of tree
trunks.
D. Do not store construction materials, debris, or excavated material inside tree protection zones. Do not
permit vehicles or foot traffic within tree protection zones; prevent soil compaction over root systems.
E. Maintain tree protection zones free of weeds and trash.
F. Do not allow fires within tree protection zones.
3.2 TREE PROTECTION:
A. Locate and clearly flag trees to remain undisturbed during construction.
B. Install temporary fencing around tree protection zones to protect remaining trees and vegetation from
construction damage. Maintain temporary fence and remove when construction is complete.
I. Install four foot height orange "snow fence" secured to 6 foot metal "T" posts at a maximum
spacing of S feet on center, and according to manufacturer's written instructions.
C. Protect tree root systems from damage caused by runoff or spillage of noxious materials while mixing,
placing, or storing construction materials. Protect root systems from ponding, eroding, or excessive
wetting caused by dewatering operations.
TREE PROTECTION AND TRIMMING 02231 - 2
M,
CITY OF FORT COLLINS
17 March 2005
OLD TOWN SQUARE ENHANCEMENTS
D. Do not store construction materials, debris, or excavated material inside tree protection zones. Do not
permit vehicles or foot traffic within tree protection zones; prevent soil compaction over root systems.
E. Maintain tree protection zones free of weeds and trash.
F. This project does not allow fires.
3.3 EXCAVATION
3.4
3.5
A. Install shoring or other protective support systems to minimize sloping or benching of excavations.
B. Do not excavate within tree protection zones, unless otherwise indicated.
C. Where excavation for new construction is required within tree protection zones, hand clear and excavate
to minimize damage to root systems. Use narrow -tine spading forks and comb soil to expose roots.
1. Redirect roots in backfill areas where possible. If encountering large, main lateral roots, expose
roots beyond excavation limits as required to bend and redirect them without breaking. If
encountered immediately adjacent to location of new construction and redirection is not practical,
cut roots approximately 3 inches back from new construction.
2. Do not allow exposed roots to dry out before placing permanent backfill. Provide temporary earth
cover or pack with peat moss and wrap with burlap. Water and maintain in a moist condition.
Temporarily support and protect roots from damage until they are permanently relocated and
covered with soil.
D. Where utility trenches are required within tree protection zones, tunnel under or around roots by drilling,
auger boring, pipe jacking, or digging by hand.
Root Pruning: Do not cut main lateral roots or taproots; cut only smaller roots that interfere with
installation of utilities. Cut roots with sharp pruning instruments; do not break or chop.
TREE PRUNING
A. Prune trees to remain that are affected by temporary and permanent construction.
B. Prune trees to remain to compensate for root loss caused by damaging or cutting root system. Provide
subsequent maintenance during Contract period as recommended by arborist.
C. Pruning Standards: Prune trees according to ANSI A300 (Part 1) as follows:
1. Type of Pruning: Cleaning, raising and reduction.
D. Cut branches with sharp pruning instruments; do not break or chop.
E. Chip removed tree branches and dispose of off -site.
TREE REPAIR AND REPLACEMENT
A. Promptly repair trees damaged by construction operations within 24 hours. Treat damaged trunks, limbs,
and roots according to arborist's written instructions.
TREE PROTECTION AND TRIMMING 02231 - 3
CITY OF FORT COLLINS
17 March 2005
OLD TOWN SQUARE ENHANCEMENTS
B. Remove and replace trees indicated to remain that die or are damaged during construction operations that
Landscape Architect determines are incapable of restoring to normal growth pattern.
Provide new trees of 6-inch caliper size and of a species selected by Architect when damaged trees
more than C inches in caliper size, measured 12 inches above grade, are required to be replaced.
Plant and maintain new trees as specified in Division 2 Section "Exterior Plants."
C. Aerate surface soil, compacted during construction, 10 feet beyond drip line and no closer than 36 inches
to tree trunk. Drill 2-inch- diameter holes a minimum of 12 inches deep at 24 inches o.c. Backfill holes
with an equal mix of augered soil and sand.
3.6 DISPOSAL OF WASTE MATERIALS
A. Burning is not permitted.
B. Disposal: Remove excess excavated material and displaced trees from Owner's property.
END OF SECTION 02231
TREE PROTECTION AND TRIMMING 02231 - 4
CITY OF FORT COLLINS
17 March 2005
SECTION 02300 - EARTHWORK
PARTI-GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
OLD TOWN SQUARE ENHANCEMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and
Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
1.2 SUMMARY
A. This Section includes the following:
1. Preparing subgrades for slabs -on -grade pavements and exterior plants.
2. Subbase course for concrete pavements.
3. Subsurface drainage backfill for walls and trenches.
4. Excavating and backfilling trenches for buried mechanical and electrical utilities and pits for
buried utility structures.
B. Related Sections include the following:
1. Division 1 Section "Construction Progress Documentation" for recording preexcavation and
earthwork progress.
2. Division 1 Section "Temporary Facilities and Controls" for temporary controls, utilities, and
support facilities.
3. Division 2 Section "Site Clearing" for temporary erosion and sedimentation control measures, site
stripping, grubbing, stripping topsoil, and removal of above- and below -grade improvements and
utilities.
4. Division 2 Section "Tree Protection and Trimming" for protecting and trimming trees to remain.
5. Division 2 Section "Dewatering" for lowering and disposing of ground water during construction.
6. Division 2 Section "Excavation Support and Protection" for shoring, bracing, and sheet piling of
excavations.
7. Division 2 Section "Drilled Piers" for excavation of shafts and disposal of surplus excavated
material.
8. Division 2 Section "Subdrainage" for drainage of walls and landscaped areas.
9. Division 2 Section "Lawns and Grasses" for finish grading, including preparing and placing
topsoil and planting soil for lawns.
10. Division 2 Section "Exterior Plants" for planting bed establishment and tree and shrub pit
excavation and planting.
11. Division 3 Section "Cast -in -Place Concrete" for granular course if placed over vapor retarder and
beneath the slab -on -grade.
12. Divisions 2, 15, and 16 Sections for installing underground mechanical and electrical utilities and
buried mechanical and electrical structures.
1.3 DEFINITIONS
A. Backfill: Soil material or controlled low -strength material used to fill an excavation.
Initial Backfill: Backfill placed beside and over pipe in a trench, including haunches to support
sides of pipe.
EARTHWORK 02300 - 1
CITY OF FORT COLLINS OLD TOWN SQUARE ENHANCEMENTS
17 March 2005
2. Final Backfill: Backfill placed over initial backfill to fill a trench.
B. Base Course: Course placed between the subbase course and hot -mix asphalt paving.
C. Bedding Course: Course placed over the excavated subgrade in a trench before laying pipe.
D. Borrow Soil: Satisfactory soil imported from off -site for use as fill or backfill.
E. Excavation: Removal of material encountered above subgrade elevations and to lines and dimensions
indicated.
1. Authorized Additional Excavation: Excavation below subgrade elevations or beyond indicated
lines and dimensions as directed by Architect. Authorized additional excavation and replacement
material will be paid for according to Contract provisions for changes in the Work.
2. Bulk Excavation: Excavation more than 10 teet in width and more than 30 feet in length.
3. Unauthorized Excavation: Excavation below subgrade elevations or beyond indicated lines and
dimensions without direction by Architect. Unauthorized excavation, as well as remedial work
directed by Architect, shall be without additional compensation.
F. Fill: Soil materials used to raise existing grades.
G. Rock: Rock material in beds, ledges, unstratified masses, conglomerate deposits, and boulders of rock
material that exceed I CLL yd. for bulk excavation or 34 cu. yd. for footing, trench, and pit excavation that
cannot be removed by rock excavating equipment equivalent to the following in size and performance
ratings, without systematic drilling, ram hammering, ripping, or blasting, when permitted:
1. Excavation of Footings, Trenches, and Pits: Late -model, track -mounted hydraulic excavator;
equipped with a ,12-inch- wide, maximum, short -tip -radius rock bucket; rated at not less than 138-
hp flywheel power with bucket -curling force of not less than 28,090 Jbf and stick -crowd force of
not less than 18,650 IN'; measured according to SAE J-1179.
2. Bulk Excavation: Late -model, track -mounted loader; rated at not less than 210-hp flywheel power
and developing a minimum of 48,510-11)f breakout force with a general-purpose bare bucket;
measured according to SAE J-732.
H. Rock: Rock material in beds, ledges, unstratified masses, conglomerate deposits, and boulders of rock
material 34 cu, yd. or more in volume that exceed a standard penetration resistance of 100 hlows:'2
inches when tested by an independent geotechnical testing agency, according to ASTM D 1586.
I. Structures: Buildings, footings, foundations, retaining walls, slabs, tanks, curbs, mechanical and
electrical appurtenances, or other man-made stationary features constructed above or below the ground
surface.
J. Subbase Course: Course placed between the subgrade and base course for hot -mix asphalt pavement, or
course placed between the subgrade and a cement concrete pavement or a cement concrete or hot -mix
asphalt walk.
K. Subgrade: Surface or elevation remaining after completing excavation, or top surface of a fill or backfill
immediately below subbase, drainage fill, or topsoil materials.
L. Utilities: On -site underground pipes, conduits, ducts, and cables, as well as underground services within
buildings.
1.4 SUBMITTALS
EARTHWORK 02300 - 2
CE
PART 3-EXECUTION
3.1 LIST OF UNIT PRICES
A. Unit Price Item: Demolition of 11-Inch Concrete Slab
1. Description: Demolition, removal, and dispose of 11-inch concrete slab, including all incidental
efforts and materials required to complete the demolition.
2. Unit of Measurement: Square Foot.
B. Unit Price Item: Demolition of 6-Inch Concrete Slab w/ steel reinforcement
1. Description: Demolition, removal, and dispose of steel reinforced 6-inch concrete slab, including
all incidental efforts and materials required to complete the demolition.
2. Unit of Measurement: Square Foot.
C. Unit Price Item: Demolition of 6-Inch Concrete Slab
1. Description: Demolition, removal, and dispose of 6-inch thick concrete slab, including all
incidental efforts and materials required to complete the demolition.
2. Unit of Measurement: Square Foot.
D. Unit Price Item: Demolition of City Curb and Gutter
1. Description: Demolition, removal, and disposal of City of Fort Collins curb and gutter, including
all efforts and materials required for complete removal.
2. Unit of Measurement: Linear Foot.
E. Unit Price Item: Unit Pavers `A'
1. Description: Salvaged unit pavers reset in place on new sand setting bed including transportation
and placing sand, and adjusting setting bed elevations; includes all labor, equipment and materials
for a complete the installation.
2. Unit of Measurement: Square Foot.
F. Unit Price Item: Unit Paver Pavement
1. Description: Unit pavers including transportation, excavation, compaction, aggregate base, sand
setting bed, adjustment of setting bed elevations, installation in place, pavers, concrete, sand and
other incidental materials, and all labor and equipment for a complete the installation.
2. Unit of Measurement: Square Foot.
G. Unit Price Item: Unit Pavers on Concrete Base
1. Description: Unit pavers including transportation, excavation, formwork, sand setting bed,
adjustment of setting bed elevations, installation in place, pavers, concrete, sand and other
incidental materials, and all labor and equipment for a complete the installation.
2. Unit of Measurement: Square Foot.
CITY OF FORT COLLINS OLD TOWN SQUARE ENHANCEMENTS
17 March 2005
A. Product Data: For the following:
1. Each type of plastic warning tape.
2. Geotextile.
3. Controlled low -strength material, including design mixture.
B. Material Test Reports: From a qualified testing agency indicating and interpreting test results for
compliance of the following with requirements indicated:
1. Classification according to ASTM D 2487 of each borrow soil material proposed for fill and
backfill.
2. Laboratory compaction curve according to ASTM D 698 for each borrow soil material proposed
for fill and backfrll.
1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Geotechnical Testing Agency Qualifications: An independent testing agency qualified according to
ASTM E 329 to conduct soil materials and rock -definition testing, as documented according to
ASTM D 3740 and ASTM E 548.
B. Preexcavation Conference: Conduct conference at Project site to comply with requirements in Division 1
Section "Project Management and Coordination."
1.6 PROJECT CONDITIONS
A. Existing Utilities: Do not interrupt utilities serving facilities occupied by Owner or others unless
permitted in writing by Architect and then only after arranging to provide temporary utility services
according to requirements indicated.
1. Notify Architect not less than two days in advance of proposed utility interruptions.
2. Do not proceed with utility interruptions without Architect's written permission.
3. Contact utility -locator service for area where Project is located before excavating.
B. Demolish and completely remove from site existing underground utilities indicated to be removed.
Coordinate with utility companies to shut off services if lines are active.
PART 2-PRODUCTS
2.1 SOIL MATERIALS
A. General: Provide borrow soil materials when sufficient satisfactory soil materials are not available from
excavations.
B. Satisfactory Soils: ASTM D 2487 Soil Classification Groups GW, GP, GM, SW, SP, and SM, or a
combination of these groups; free of rock or gravel larger than inches in any dimension, debris, waste,
frozen materials, vegetation, and other deleterious matter.
C. Unsatisfactory Soils: Soil Classification Groups GC, SC, CL, ML, OL, CH, MH, OH, and PT according
to ASTM D 2487, or a combination of these groups.
EARTHWORK 02300 - 3
am
CITY OF FORT COLLINS
17 March 2005
OLD TOWN SQUARE ENHANCEMENTS
Unsatisfactory soils also include satisfactory soils not maintained within 2 percent of optimum
moisture content at time of compaction.
D. Subbase Material: Naturally or artificially graded mixture of natural or crushed gravel, crushed stone,
and natural or crushed sand; ASTM D 2940; with at least 90 percent passing a I-Ir'"_'-inch sieve and not
more than 12 percent passing a No. 200 sieve.
E. Engineered Fill: Naturally or artificially graded mixture of natural or crushed gravel, crushed stone, and
natural or crushed sand; ASTM D 2940; with at least 90 percent passing a 1-1/2-inch sieve and not more
than 12 percent passing a No. 200 sieve.
F. Bedding Course: Naturally or artificially graded mixture of natural or crushed gravel, crushed stone, and
natural or crushed sand; ASTM D 2940; except with 100 percent passing a I -inch sieve and not more
than 8 percent passing a No. 200 sieve.
2.2 GEOTEXTILES
A. Separation Geotextile: Woven geotextile fabric, manufactured for separation applications, made from
polyolefins or polyesters; with elongation less than 50 percent; complying with AASHTO M 288 and the
following, measured per test methods referenced:
1. Survivability: Class 2; AASHTO M 288.
2. Grab Tensile Strength: 2,17 lbf ; ASTM D 4632.
3. Sewn Seam Strength: 22_" lbf; ASTM D 4632.
4. Tear Strength: 90 Ibf ; ASTM D 4533.
5. Puncture Strength: 90 Ibf ; ASTM D 4833.
6. Apparent Opening Size: No. 00 sieve, maximum; ASTM D 4751.
7. Permittivity: 0.02 per second, minimum; ASTM D 4491.
8. UV Stability: 50 percent after 500 hours' exposure; ASTM D 4355.
2.3 CONTROLLED LOW -STRENGTH MATERIAL
A. Controlled Low -Strength Material: Low -density, self -compacting, flowable concrete material as follows:
1. Portland Cement: ASTM C 150, Type II.
2. Fly Ash: ASTM C 618, Class C or F.
3. Normal -Weight Aggregate: ASTM C 33, 3/4-inch nominal maximum aggregate size.
4. Foaming Agent: ASTM C 869.
5. Water: ASTM C 94/C 94M.
6. Air -Entraining Admixture: ASTM C 260.
B. Produce low -density, controlled low -strength material with the following physical properties:
1. As -Cast Unit Weight: 36 to 42 Ib'cu. tt. at point of placement, when tested according to
ASTM C 138/C 138M.
2. Compressive Strength: 80 psi, when tested according to ASTM C 495.
C. Produce conventional -weight, controlled low -strength material with 80 psi compressive strength when
tested according to ASTM C 495.
2.4 ACCESSORIES
EARTHWORK 02300 - 4
CITY OF FORT COLLINS
17 March 2005
OLD TOWN SQUARE ENHANCEMENTS
A. Warning Tape: Acid- and alkali -resistant polyethylene film warning tape manufactured for marking and
identifying underground utilities, 6 inches wide and 4 mils thick, continuously inscribed with a
description of the utility; colored as follows:
1. Red: Electric.
2. Yellow: Gas, oil, steam, and dangerous materials.
3. Orange: Telephone and other communications.
4. Blue: Water systems.
5. Green: Sewer systems.
PART 3-EXECUTION
3.1
3.2
PREPARATION
A. Protect structures, utilities, sidewalks, pavements, and other facilities from damage caused by settlement,
lateral movement, undermining, washout, and other hazards created by earthwork operations.
B. Preparation of subgrade for earthwork operations including removal of vegetation, topsoil, debris,
obstructions, and deleterious materials from ground surface is specified in Division 2 Section "Site
Clearing."
C. Protect and maintain erosion and sedimentation controls, which are specified in Division 2 Section "Site
Clearing," during earthwork operations.
D. Provide protective insulating materials to protect subgrades and foundation soils against freezing
temperatures or frost.
DEWATERING
A. Prevent surface water and ground water from entering excavations, from ponding on prepared subgrades,
and from flooding Project site and surrounding area.
B. Protect subgrades from softening, undermining, washout, and damage by rain or water accumulation.
1. Reroute surface water runoff away from excavated areas. Do not allow water to accumulate in
excavations. Do not use excavated trenches as temporary drainage ditches.
2. Install a dewatering system to keep subgrades dry and convey ground water away from
excavations. Maintain until dewatering is no longer required.
3.3 EXPLOSIVES
A. Explosives: Do not use explosives.
3.4 EXCAVATION, GENERAL
A. Unclassified Excavation: Excavate to subgrade elevations regardless of the character of surface and
subsurface conditions encountered. Unclassified excavated materials may include rock, soil materials,
and obstructions. No changes in the Contract Sum or the Contract Time will be authorized for rock
excavation or removal of obstructions.
EARTHWORK 02300 - 5
CITY OF FORT COLLINS OLD TOWN SQUARE ENHANCEMENTS
17 March 2005
1. If excavated materials intended for fill and backfill include unsatisfactory soil materials and rock,
replace with satisfactory soil materials.
3.5 EXCAVATION FOR WALKS AND PAVEMENTS
A. Excavate surfaces under walks and pavements to indicated lines, cross sections, elevations, and
subgrades.
3.6 SUBGRADE INSPECTION
A. Notify Architect when excavations have reached required subgrade.
B. If Architect determines that unsatisfactory soil is present, continue excavation and replace with
compacted backfill or fill material as directed.
C. Proof -roll subgrade below the building slabs and pavements with heavy pneumatic -tired equipment to
identify soft pockets and areas of excess yielding. Do not proof -roll wet or saturated subgrades.
1. Completely proof -roll subgrade in one direction, repeating proof -rolling in direction perpendicular
to first direction. Limit vehicle speed to 3 mph .
2. Proof -roll with a loaded 10-wheel, tandem -axle dump truck weighing not less than 15 tons .
3. Excavate soft spots, unsatisfactory soils, and areas of excessive pumping or rutting, as determined
by Architect, and replace with compacted backfill or fill as directed.
D. Authorized additional excavation and replacement material will be paid for according to Contract
provisions for changes in the Work.
E. Reconstruct subgrades damaged by freezing temperatures, frost, rain, accumulated water, or construction
activities, as directed by Architect, without additional compensation.
3.7 UNAUTHORIZED EXCAVATION
A. Fill unauthorized excavation under foundations or wall footings by extending bottom elevation of
concrete foundation or footing to excavation bottom, without altering top elevation. Lean concrete fill,
with 28-day compressive strength of 2500 psi , may be used when approved by Architect.
1. Fill unauthorized excavations under other construction or utility pipe as directed by Architect.
3.8 STORAGE OF SOIL MATERIALS
A. Stockpile borrow soil materials and excavated satisfactory soil materials without intermixing. Place,
grade, and shape stockpiles to drain surface water. Cover to prevent windblown dust.
1. Stockpile soil materials away from edge of excavations. Do not store within drip line of
remaining trees.
3.9 BACKFILL
A. Place and compact backfill in excavations promptly, but not before completing the following:
EARTHWORK 02300 - 6
CITY OF FORT COLLINS OLD TOWN SQUARE ENHANCEMENTS
17 March 2005
1. Construction below finish grade including, where applicable, subdrainage, dampproofing,
waterproofing, and perimeter insulation.
2. Surveying locations of underground utilities for Record Documents.
3. Testing and inspecting underground utilities.
4. Removing concrete formwork.
5. Removing trash and debris.
6. Removing temporary shoring and bracing, and sheeting.
7. Installing permanent or temporary horizontal bracing on horizontally supported walls.
B. Place backfill on subgrades free of mud, frost, snow, or ice.
3.10 UTILITY TRENCH BACKFILL
A. Place backfill on subgrades free of mud, frost, snow, or ice.
B. Place and compact bedding course on trench bottoms and where indicated. Shape bedding course to
provide continuous support for bells, joints, and barrels of pipes and for joints, fittings, and bodies of
conduits.
C. Backfill trenches excavated under footings and within 18 inches of bottom of footings with satisfactory
soil; fill with concrete to elevation of bottom of footings. Concrete is specified in Division 3 Section
"Cast -in -Place Concrete."
D. Provide 1-inch- thick, concrete -base slab support for piping or conduit less than 30 inches below surface
of roadways. After installing and testing, completely encase piping or conduit in a minimum of 4 inches
of concrete before backfrlling or placing roadway subbase.
E. Place and compact initial backfill of satisfactory soil, free of particles larger than I inch in any dimension,
to a height of 12 inches over the utility pipe or conduit.
1. Carefully compact initial backfill under pipe haunches and compact evenly up on both sides and
along the full length of utility piping or conduit to avoid damage or displacement of piping or
conduit. Coordinate backfrlling with utilities testing.
F. Backfill voids with satisfactory soil while installing and removing shoring and bracing.
G. Place and compact final backfill of satisfactory soil to final subgrade elevation.
H. Install warning tape directly above utilities, 12 inches below finished grade, except 6 inches below
subgrade under pavements and slabs.
3.11 SOIL FILL
A. Plow, scarify, bench, or break up sloped surfaces steeper than 1 vertical to 4 horizontal so fill material
will bond with existing material.
B. Place and compact fill material in layers to required elevations as follows:
l . Under grass and planted areas, use satisfactory soil material.
2. Under walks and pavements, use satisfactory soil material.
3. Under steps and ramps, use engineered fill.
4. Under building slabs, use engineered fill.
EARTHWORK 02300 - 7
CITY OF FORT COLLINS
17 March 2005
C. Place soil fill on subgrades free of mud, frost, snow, or ice.
3.12 SOIL MOISTURE CONTROL
OLD TOWN SQUARE ENHANCEMENTS
A. Uniformly moisten or aerate subgrade and each subsequent fill or backfill soil layer before compaction to
within 2 percent of optimum moisture content.
1. Do not place backfill or fill soil material on surfaces that are muddy, frozen, or contain frost or ice.
2. Remove and replace, or scarify and air dry otherwise satisfactory soil material that exceeds
optimum moisture content by 2 percent and is too wet to compact to specified dry unit weight.
3.13 COMPACTION OF SOIL BACKFILLS AND FILLS
A. Place backfill and fill soil materials in layers not more than 8 inchesin loose depth for material compacted
by heavy compaction equipment, and not more than 4 inches in loose depth for material compacted by
hand -operated tampers.
B. Place backfill and fill soil materials evenly on all sides of structures to required elevations, and uniformly
along the full length of each structure.
C. Compact soil materials to not less than the following percentages of maximum dry unit weight according
to ASTM D 698:
1. Under structures, building slabs, steps, and pavements, scarify and recompact top 12 inches of
existing subgrade and each layer of backfill or fill soil material at 95 percent.
2. Under walkways, scarify and recompact top 6 inches below subgrade and compact each layer of
backfill or fill soil material at 95 percent.
3. Under lawn or unpaved areas, scarify and recompact top 6 inches below subgrade and compact
each layer of backfill or fill soil material at 85 percent.
4. For utility trenches, compact each layer of initial and final backfill soil material at 85 percent.
3.14 GRADING
A. General: Uniformly grade areas to a smooth surface, free of irregular surface changes. Comply with
compaction requirements and grade to cross sections, lines, and elevations indicated.
1. Provide a smooth transition between adjacent existing grades and new grades.
2. Cut out soft spots, fill low spots, and trim high spots to comply with required surface tolerances.
B. Site Grading: Slope grades to direct water away from buildings and to prevent ponding. Finish
subgrades to required elevations within the following tolerances:
1. Lawn or Unpaved Areas: Plus or minus 1/2 inch.
2. Walks: Plus or minus 1/2 inch.
3. Pavements: Plus or minus 1/2 inch.
C. Grading inside Building Lines: Finish subgrade to a tolerance of (/I inch when tested with a 10 foot
straightedge.
3.15 SUBSURFACE DRAINAGE
EARTHWORK 02300 - 8
CITY OF FORT COLLINS OLD TOWN SQUARE ENHANCEMENTS
17 March 2005
A. Subdrainage Pipe: Specified in Division 2 Section "Subdrainage."
3.16 SUBBASE AND BASE COURSES
A. Place subbasecourse on subgrades free of mud, frost, snow, or ice.
B. On prepared subgrade, place subbasecourse under pavements and walks as follows:
1. Install separation geotextile on prepared subgrade according to manufacturer's written instructions,
overlapping sides and ends.
2. Shape subbasecourse to required crown elevations and cross -slope grades.
3. Place subbasecourse 6 inches or less in compacted thickness in a single layer.
4. Place subbasecourse that exceeds 6 inches in compacted thickness in layers of equal thickness,
with no compacted layer more than 6 inches thick or less than 3 inches thick.
5. Compact subbasecourse at optimum moisture content to required grades, lines, cross sections, and
thickness to not less than 95 percent of maximum dry unit weight according to ASTM D 698.
3.17 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. Testing Agency: Owner will engage a qualified independent geotechnical engineering testing agency to
perform field quality -control testing.
B. Allow testing agency to inspect and test subgrades and each fill or backfill layer. Proceed with
subsequent earthwork only after test results for previously completed work comply with requirements.
C. Footing Subgrade: At footing subgrades, at least one test of each soil stratum will be performed to verify
design bearing capacities. Subsequent verification and approval of other footing subgrades may be based
on a visual comparison of subgrade with tested subgrade when approved by Architect.
D. Testing agency will test compaction of soils in place according to ASTM D 1556, ASTM D 2167,
ASTM D 2922, and ASTM D 2937, as applicable. Tests will be performed at the following locations and
frequencies:
1. Paved and Building Slab Areas: At subgrade and at each compacted fill and backfill layer, at least
I test for every 2000 sq. 11. or less of paved area or building slab, but in no case fewer than 3 tests.
2. Trench Backfill: At each compacted initial and final backfill layer, at least 1 test for each 150 feet
or less of trench length, but no fewer than 2 tests.
E. When testing agency reports that subgrades, fills, or backfills have not achieved degree of compaction
specified, scarify and moisten or aerate, or remove and replace soil to depth required; recompact and
retest until specified compaction is obtained.
3.18 PROTECTION
A. Protecting Graded Areas: Protect newly graded areas from traffic, freezing, and erosion. Keep free of
trash and debris.
B. Repair and reestablish grades to specified tolerances where completed or partially completed surfaces
become eroded, rutted, settled, or where they lose compaction due to subsequent construction operations
or weather conditions.
EARTHWORK 02300 - 9
CITY OF FORT COLLINS
17 March 2005
OLD TOWN SQUARE ENHANCEMENTS
Scarify or remove and replace soil material to depth as directed by Architect; reshape and
recompact.
C. Where settling occurs before Project correction period elapses, remove finished surfacing, backfill with
additional soil material, compact, and reconstruct surfacing.
I. Restore appearance, quality, and condition of finished surfacing to match adjacent work, and
eliminate evidence of restoration to greatest extent possible.
3.19 DISPOSAL OF SURPLUS AND WASTE MATERIALS
A. Disposal: Remove surplus satisfactory soil and waste material, including unsatisfactory soil, trash, and
debris, and legally dispose of it off Owner's property.
END OF SECTION 02300
EARTHWORK 02300 - 10
CITY OF FORT COLLINS
17 March 2005
SECTION 02630 - STORM DRAINAGE
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
OLD TOWN SQUARE ENHANCEMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and
Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
1.2 SUMMARY
A. This Section includes gravity -flow, nonpressurestorm drainage outside the building, with the following
components:
1. Cleanouts.
2. Drains.
3. Roof drains
4. Plaza drains
1.3 DEFINITIONS
A. PVC: Polyvinyl chloride plastic.
B. TPE: Thermoplastic elastomer.
1.4 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS
A. Gravity -Flow, Nonpressure, Drainage -Piping Pressure Rating: 10-foot head of water. Pipe joints shall be
at least silttight, unless otherwise indicated.
1.5 SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: For the following:
1. Drains.
2. Clean outs
3. Plaza drains
4. Pipe
B. Coordination Drawings: Show pipe sizes, locations, and elevations. Show other piping in same trench
and clearances from storm drainage system piping. Indicate interface and spatial relationship between
manholes, piping, and proximate structures.
C. Profile Drawings: Show system piping in elevation. Draw profiles at horizontal scale of not less than 1
inch equals 50 feet and vertical scale of not less than 1 inch equals 5 feet . Indicate manholes and piping.
Show types, sizes, materials, and elevations of other utilities crossing system piping.
STORM DRAINAGE 02630 - 1
CITY OF FORT COLLINS OLD TOWN SQUARE ENHANCEMENTS
17 March 2005
1.6 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A. Do not store plastic manholes, pipe, and fittings in direct sunlight.
B. Protect pipe, pipe fittings, and seals from dirt and damage.
1.7 PROJECT CONDITIONS
A. Interruption of Existing Storm Drainage Service: Do not interrupt service to facilities occupied by Owner
or others unless permitted under the following conditions and then only after arranging to provide
temporary service according to requirements indicated:
1. Notify Construction Manager no fewer than two days in advance of proposed interruption of
service.
2. Do not proceed with interruption of service without Construction Manager's written permission.
PART2-PRODUCTS
2.1 PIPING MATERIALS
A. Refer to Part 3 "Piping Applications" Article for applications of pipe, fitting, and joining materials.
2.2 HUB -AND -SPIGOT, CAST-IRON SOIL PIPE AND FITTINGS
A. Pipe and Fittings: ASTM A 74, Service and Extra -Heavy classes.
B. Gaskets: ASTM C 564, rubber.
2.3 PVC PIPE AND FITTINGS
A. PVC Sewer Pipe and Fittings, NPS 15 and Smaller: ASTM D 3034, SDR 35, with bell -and -spigot ends
for gasketed joints with ASTM F 477, elastomeric seals.
B. PVC Sewer Pipe and Fittings, NPS 18 and Larger: ASTM F 679, T- 2 wall thickness, with bell -and -
spigot ends for gasketed joints with ASTM F 477, elastomeric seals.
2.4 CONCRETE PIPE AND FITTINGS
A. Reinforced -Concrete Sewer Pipe and Fittings: ASTM C 76 , with bell -and -spigot ends and sealant joints
with ASTM C 990, bitumen or butyl -rubber sealant.
1. Class II, Wall A.
2. Class III, Wall B.
3. Class IV, Wall C.
4. Class V, Wall C.
2.5 NONPRESSURE-TYPE PIPE COUPLINGS
STORM DRAINAGE 02630 - 2
rd
I.
Q4
L.
M.
N
31
Unit Price Item: Sandstone Pavers on Concrete Base
1. Description: Sandstone pavers including transportation, excavation, formwork, sand setting bed,
adjustment of setting bed elevations, installation in place, sandstone pavers, concrete, sand and
other incidental materials, and all labor and equipment for a complete the installation.
2. Unit of Measurement: Square Foot.
Unit Price Item: Granite Pavers on Concrete Base
1. Description: Granite pavers including transportation, excavation, formwork, sand setting bed,
adjustment of setting bed elevations, installation in place, granite pavers, concrete, sand and other
incidental materials, and all labor and equipment for a complete the installation.
2. Unit of Measurement: Square Foot.
Unit Price Item: Installation of 6-Inch Concrete Slab
1. Description: Installation of 6-inch thick concrete slab including transportation, excavation,
formwork, installation in place, and incidental efforts and materials required for completed
finished product to City of Fort Collins Street standards.
2. Unit of Measurement: Square Foot
Unit Price Item: Installation of 11-Inch Concrete Slab
1. Description: Installation of 11-inch thick concrete slab including transportation, excavation,
formwork, installation in place, and incidental efforts and materials required for completed
finished product to City of Fort Collins Street standards.
2. Unit of Measurement: Square Foot
Unit Price Item: Seat Wall — Type A
1. Description: 16-inch height concrete seat wall, with 18-inch width stone cap, including all
excavation, formwork, concrete, stone, reinforcing, and other materials, backfill, transportation of
materials, and incidental efforts required for a complete finished product.
2. Unit of Measurement: Linear Foot.
Unit Price Item: Seat Wall — Type B
1. Description: 16-inch height concrete seat wall, with 12-inch width stone cap, including all
excavation, formwork, concrete, stone, reinforcing, and other materials, backfill, transportation of
materials, and incidental efforts required for a complete finished product.
2. Unit of Measurement: Linear Foot.
Unit Price Item: Sandstone Cap — 12 Inch
1. Description: 12-inch width sandstone cap, including all drilling, mortar, stone, reinforcing, and
other materials, transportation of materials, and incidental efforts required for a complete finished
product.
2. Unit of Measurement: Linear Foot.
Unit Price Item: Sandstone Cap— 16Inch
Description: 16-inch width sandstone cap, including all drilling, mortar, stone, reinforcing, and
other materials, transportation of materials, and incidental efforts required for a complete installed
finished product.
CITY OF FORT COLLINS
17 March 2005
OLD TOWN SQUARE ENHANCEMENTS
A. Comply with ASTM C 1173, elastomeric, sleeve -type, reducing or transition coupling, for joining
underground nonpressure piping. Include ends of same sizes as piping to be joined, and corrosion -
resistant -metal tension band and tightening mechanism on each end.
B. Sleeve Materials:
1. For Concrete Pipes: ASTM C 443 , rubber.
2. For Cast -Iron Soil Pipes: ASTM C 564, rubber.
3. For Plastic Pipes: ASTM F 477, elastomeric seal or ASTM D 5926, PVC.
4. For Dissimilar Pipes: ASTM D 5926, PVC or other material compatible with pipe materials being
joined.
C. Unshielded Flexible Couplings: Elastomeric sleeve with corrosion -resistant -metal tension band and
tightening mechanism on each end.
D. Shielded Flexible Couplings: ASTM C 1460, elastomeric or rubber sleeve with full-length, corrosion -
resistant outer shield and corrosion -resistant -metal tension band and tightening mechanism on each end.
E. Ring -Type Flexible Couplings: Elastomeric compression seal with dimensions to fit inside bell of larger
pipe and for spigot of smaller pipe to fit inside ring.
F. Nonpressure-Type Rigid Couplings: ASTM C 1461, sleeve -type reducing- or transition -type mechanical
coupling molded from ASTM C 1440, TPE material with corrosion -resistant -metal tension band and
tightening mechanism on each end.
2.6 CLEANOUTS
A. Gray -Iron Cleanouts: ASME Al12.36.2M, round, gray -iron housing with clamping device and round,
secured, scoriated, gray -iron cover. Include gray -iron ferrule with inside calk or spigot connection and
countersunk, tapered -thread, brass closure plug.
1. Top -Loading Classification(s): Extra -heavy duty.
2. Sewer Pipe Fitting and Riser to Cleanout: ASTM A 74, Service class, cast-iron soil pipe and
fittings.
2.7 DRAINS
A. Gray -Iron Area Drains: ASME A112.21.1M, square body with anchor flange and an 18 inch
square secured ADA compliant grate with no openings in excess of 3/8" width. Include bottom outlet
with inside calk or spigot connection, of sizes indicated.
Top -Loading Classification(s): Heavy duty.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 EARTHWORK
A. Excavation, trenching, and backfilling are specified in Division 2 Section "Earthwork."
3.2 PIPING APPLICATIONS
STORM DRAINAGE 02630 - 3
CITY OF FORT COLLINS OLD TOWN SQUARE ENHANCEMENTS
17 March 2005
A. Pipe couplings and special pipe fittings with pressure ratings at least equal to piping rating may be used in
applications below, unless otherwise indicated.
Use nonpressure-type flexible couplings where required to join gravity -flow, nonpressure sewer
piping, unless otherwise indicated.
a. Unshielded flexiblecouplings for same or minor difference OD pipes.
b. Unshielded, increaser/reducer-pattern, flexible couplings for pipes with different OD.
C. Ring -type flexible couplings for piping of different sizes where annular space between
smaller piping's OD and larger piping's ID permits installation.
B. Gravity -Flow, Nonpressure Sewer Piping: Use the following pipe materials for each size range:
1. NPS 4 to NPS 6 : Hub -and -spigot, Extra -Heavy class, cast-iron soil pipe and fittings; calking
materials; and calked joints.
2. NPS 8 to NPS 12 : PVC sewer pipe and fittings, gaskets, and gasketed joints.
3. NPS 8 to NPS 12 : Nonreinforced-concrete sewer pipe and fittings, gaskets, and gasketed joints.
4. NPS 15 : PVC sewer pipe and fittings, gaskets, and gasketed joints.
5. NPS 15 : Reinforced -concrete sewer pipe and fittings, gaskets, and gasketed joints.
3.3 PIPING INSTALLATION
A. General Locations and Arrangements: Drawing plans and details indicate general location and
arrangement of underground storm drainage piping. Location and arrangement of piping layout take
design considerations into account. Install piping as indicated, to extent practical. Where specific
installation is not indicated, follow piping manufacturer's written instructions.
B. Install piping beginning at low point, true to grades and alignment indicated with unbroken continuity of
invert. Place bell ends of piping facing upstream. Install gaskets, seals, sleeves, and couplings according
to manufacturer's written instructions for use of lubricants, cements, and other installation requirements.
C. Install proper size increasers, reducers, and couplings where different sizes or materials of pipes and
fittings are connected. Reducing size of piping in direction of flow is prohibited.
D. Tunneling: Install pipe under streets or other obstructions that cannot be disturbed by tunneling, jacking,
or a combination of both.
E. Install gravity -flow, nonpressure drainage piping according to the following:
1. Install piping pitched down in direction of flow, at minimum slope of I percent, unless otherwise
indicated.
2. Install piping with 42-inch minimum cover.
3. Install piping below frost line.
4. Install hub -and -spigot, cast-iron soil piping according to CISPI's "Cast Iron Soil Pipe and Fittings
Handbook."
5. Install corrugated steel piping according to ASTM A 798/A 798M.
6. Install PVC sewer piping according to ASTM D 2321 and ASTM F 1668.
7. Install nonreinforced-concrete sewer piping according to ASTM C 1479 and ACPA's "Concrete
Pipe Installation Manual."
8. Install reinforced -concrete sewer piping according to ASTM C 1479 and ACPA's "Concrete Pipe
Installation Manual."
3.4 PIPE JOINT CONSTRUCTION
STORM DRAINAGE 02630 - 4
CITY OF FORT COLLINS OLD TOWN SQUARE ENHANCEMENTS
17 March 2005
A. Basic pipe joint construction is specified in Division.2 Section "Piped Utilities - Basic Materials and
Methods." Where specific joint construction is not indicated, follow piping manufacturer's written
instructions.
B. Join gravity -flow, nonpressure drainage piping according to the following:
1. Join hub -and -spigot, cast-iron soil piping with gasket joints according to CISPI's "Cast Iron Soil
Pipe and Fittings Handbook" for compression joints.
2. Join corrugated steel sewer piping according to ASTM A 798/A 798M.
3. Join PVC sewer piping according to ASTM D 2321 and ASTM D 3034 for elastomeric-seal joints
or ASTM D 3034 for elastomeric gasket joints.
4. Join PVC profile gravity sewer piping according to ASTM D 2321 for elastomeric-seal joints or
ASTM F 794 for gasketed joints.
5. Join nonreinforced-concrete sewer piping according to ASTM C 14 and ACPA's "Concrete Pipe
Installation Manual" for rubber -gasket joints.
6. Join reinforced -concrete sewer piping according to ACPA's "Concrete Pipe Installation Manual"
for rubber -gasket joints.
7. Join dissimilar pipe materials with nonpressure-type flexible couplings.
C. Join force -main pressure piping according to the following:
Join PVC pressure piping according to AWWA M23 for gasketed joints.
3.5 CLEANOUT INSTALLATION
A. Install cleanouts and riser extension from sewer pipe to cleanout at grade. Use cast-iron soil pipe fittings
in sewer pipes at branches for cleanouts and cast-iron soil pipe for riser extensions to cleanouts. Install
piping so cleanouts open in direction of flow in sewer pipe.
1. Use light -duty, top -loading classification cleanouts in earth or unpaved foot -traffic areas.
2. Use heavy-duty, top -loading classification cleanouts in all pavement areas.
B. Set cleanout frames and covers in concrete pavement with tops flush with pavement surface.
3.6 DRAIN INSTALLATION
A. Install type of drains in locations indicated.
1. Use light -duty, top -loading classification drains in earth or unpaved foot -traffic areas.
2. Use heavy-duty, top -loading classification drains in all pavement areas.
B. Embed drains in 4-inch minimum depth of concrete around bottom and sides.
C. Fasten grates to drains if indicated.
D. Set drain frames and covers with tops 1/8 inch to 114 inch below pavement surface.
3.7 CONNECTIONS
A. Connect nonpressure, gravity -flow drainage piping from buildings roof storm drains into stormsewer
B. Connect to sediment interceptors specified in Division 2 Section "Interceptors."
STORM DRAINAGE 02630 - 5
CITY OF FORT COLLINS OLD TOWN SQUARE ENHANCEMENTS
17 March 2005
3.8 CLOSING ABANDONED STORM DRAINAGE SYSTEMS
A. Abandoned Piping: Close open ends of abandoned underground piping indicated to remain in place.
Include closures strong enough to withstand hydrostatic and earth pressures that may result after ends of
abandoned piping have been closed. Use either procedure below:
1. Close open ends of piping with at least 8-inch- thick, brick masonry bulkheads.
2. Close open ends of piping with threaded metal caps, plastic plugs, or other acceptable methods
suitable for size and type of material being closed. Do not use wood plugs.
B. Abandoned Manholes and Structures: Excavate around manholes and structures as required and use one
procedure below:
1. Remove manhole or structure and close open ends of remaining piping.
2. Remove top of manhole or structure down to at least 36 inches below final grade. Fill to within 12
inches of top with stone, rubble, gravel, or compacted dirt. Fill to top with concrete.
C. Backfill to grade according to Division 2 Section "Earthwork."
3.9 IDENTIFICATION
A. Materials and their installation are specified in division 2 Section "Earthwork." Arrange for installation
of green warning tape directly over piping and at outside edge of underground structures.
1. Use warning tape or detectable warning tape over ferrous piping.
2. Use detectable warning tape over nonferrous piping and over edges of underground structures.
3.10 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. Inspect interior of piping to determine whether line displacement or other damage has occurred. Inspect
after approximately 24 inches of backfill is in place, and again at completion of Project.
1. Submit separate reports for each system inspection.
2. Defects requiring correction include the following:
a. Alignment: Less than full diameter of inside of pipe is visible between structures.
b. Deflection: Flexible piping with deflection that prevents passage of ball or cylinder of size
not less than 92.5 percent of piping diameter.
C. Crushed, broken, cracked, or otherwise damaged piping.
d. Infiltration: Water leakage into piping.
e. Exfiltration: Water leakage from or around piping.
3. Replace defective piping using new materials, and repeat inspections until defects are within
allowances specified.
4. Reinspect and repeat procedure until results are satisfactory.
B. Test new piping systems, and parts of existing systems that have been altered, extended, or repaired, for
leaks and defects.
1. Do not enclose, cover, or put into service before inspection and approval.
2. Test completed piping systems according to authorities having jurisdiction.
3. Schedule tests and inspections by authorities having jurisdiction with at least 24 hours' advance
notice.
STORM DRAINAGE 02630 - 6
1.1
CITY OF FORT COLLINS
17 March 2005
OLD TOWN SQUARE ENHANCEMENTS
4. Submit separate report for each test.
5. Gravity -Flow Storm Drainage Piping: Test according to requirements of authorities having
jurisdiction, UNI-B-6, and the following:
a. Option: Test plastic piping according to ASTM F 1417.
b. Option: Test concrete piping according to ASTM C 924 .
C. Leaks and loss in test pressure constitute defects that must be repaired.
D. Replace leaking piping using new materials, and repeat testing until leakage is within allowances
specified.
3.11 CLEANING
A. Clean interior of piping of dirt and superfluous materials. Flush with potable water.
END OF SECTION 02630
STORM DRAINAGE 02630 - 7
CITY OF FORT COLLINS
17 March 2005
PART1-GENERAL
1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS
OLD TOWN SQUARE ENHANCEMENTS
SECTION 02780
UNIT PAVERS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
1.02 SUMMARY
A. This Section includes the following:
1. Concrete pavers set in aggregate setting bed.
2. Edge restraints for unit pavers.
B. Related Sections include the following:
1. Division 2 Section "Earthwork" for compacted subgrade and subbase course, if any,
under unit pavers.
2. Division 3 Section "Cast In Place Concrete" for cast -in -place concrete slabs, curbs and
gutters serving as edge restraint for unit pavers.
3. Division 7 Section "Joint Sealants" for sealing control and expansion joints in unit pavers
with elastomeric sealants.
1.03 SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: For the following:
1. Concrete pavers.
2. Sand setting bed sieve analysis report.
3. Sand joint filler sieve analysis report.
B. Samples for Initial Selection: Manufacturer's color charts consisting of units or sections of units
showing the full range of colors, textures, and patterns available for each type of unit paver
indicated.
1. Include similar Samples of material for joints and accessories involving color selection.
C. Samples for Verification: Full-size units of each type of unit paver indicated; in sets for each
color, texture, and pattern specified, showing the full range of variations expected in these
characteristics.
1. Include Samples of exposed edge restraints.
D. Qualification Data: For firms and persons specified in "Quality Assurance" Article to
demonstrate their capabilities and experience. Include lists of completed projects with project
UNIT PAVERS 02780 - 1
W,
CITY OF FORT COLLINS
17 March 2005
OLD TOWN SQUARE ENHANCEMENTS
names and addresses, square footage of unit pavers installed, names and addresses of architects
and owners, and descriptions of subbase preparation.
1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Installer Qualifications: An experienced installer who has completed unit paver installations
similar in material, design, and extent to that indicated for this Project and whose work has
resulted in construction with a minimum 5 year record of successful in-service performance.
B. Source Limitations: Obtain each type of unit paver, joint material, and setting material from
one source with resources to provide materials and products of consistent quality in appearance
and physical properties.
C. Mockups: Before installing unit pavers, build mockups for each form and pattern of unit pavers
required to verify selections made under sample Submittals and to demonstrate aesthetic effects
and qualities of materials and execution. Build mockups to comply with the following
requirements, using materials indicated for the completed Work, including same base
construction, special features for expansion joints, and contiguous work as indicated:
1. Build mockups in a location indicated as permanent installation and of the size indicated
as directed by Engineer.
2. Notify Engineer seven days in advance of dates and times when mockups will be
constructed.
3. Demonstrate the proposed range of aesthetic effects and workmanship.
4. Obtain Engineer's approval of mockups before starting unit paver installation.
5. Approved mockups may become part of the completed Work if undisturbed at time of
Substantial Completion.
1.05 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A. Protect unit pavers and aggregate during storage and construction against soiling or
contamination from earth and other materials.
Cover pavers with plastic or use other packaging materials that will prevent rust marks
from steel strapping.
PART2-PRODUCTS
2.01 MANUFACTURERS
A. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering
products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following:
B. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the
following:
Concrete Pavers:
a. Hanover Engineerural Products, Inc.
UNIT PAVERS 02780 - 2
CITY OF FORT COLLINS
17 March 2005
b. Hastings Pavement Co., Inc.
C. Pavestone, Inc.
d. Wassau Tile, Inc.; Terra -Paving Div.
2.02 COLORS AND TEXTURES
OLD TOWN SQUARE ENHANCEMENTS
A. Colors and Textures: As indicated by manufacturer's designations as follows:
1. Pavestone Plaza 1 Stones in random Pattern. Color to be a random mix of 50% of each
Pavestone standard color "Old Town Blend" and "Winter Blend."
2. Pavestone Plaza 1 Stones running bond pattern. Color to be a random mix of 50% of
each Pavestone standard color "Old Town Blend" and "Winter Blend."
2.03 UNIT PAVERS
A. Concrete Pavers: Solid, interlocking paving units, ASTM C 936, made from normal -weight
aggregates in sizes and shapes indicated, with minimum 28-day compressive strength of 5000
psi.
2.04 ACCESSORIES
A. Job -Built Concrete Edge Restraints: Comply with requirements in Division 3 Section "Cast -in -
Place Concrete" for normal -weight, air -entrained, ready -mixed concrete with minimum 28-day
compressive strength of 4000 psi.
B. Soil Sterilizer:
2.05 AGGREGATE SETTING -BED MATERIALS
A. Graded Aggregate for Subbase: Sound crushed stone or gravel complying with ASTM D 448
for Size No. 57.
B. Graded Aggregate for Base: Sound crushed stone or gravel complying with ASTM D 448 for
Size No. 8.
C. Sand for Leveling Course: Sound, sharp, washed, natural sand or crushed stone complying with
gradation requirements of ASTM C 33 for fine aggregate.
D. Sand for Joints: Fine, sharp, washed, natural sand or crushed stone with 100 percent passing
No. 16 (1.18-mm) sieve and no more than 10 percent passing No. 200 (0.075-mm) sieve.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 EXAMINATION
UNIT PAVERS 02780 - 3
CITY OF FORT COLLINS OLD TOWN SQUARE ENHANCEMENTS
17 March 2005
A. Examine areas indicated to receive paving, with Installer present, for compliance with
requirements for installation tolerances and other conditions affecting performance. Proceed
with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.
3.02 PREPARATION
A. Proof -roll prepared subgrade surface to check for unstable areas and areas requiring additional
compaction. Proceed with unit paver installation only after deficient subgrades have been
corrected and are ready to receive subbase for unit pavers.
3.03 INSTALLATION, GENERAL
A. Do not use unit pavers with chips, cracks, voids, discolorations, and other defects that might be
visible or cause staining in finished work.
B. Mix pavers from several pallets or cubes, as they are placed, to produce uniform blend of colors
and textures.
C. Cut unit pavers with motor -driven masonry saw equipment to provide clean, sharp, unchipped
edges. Cut units to provide pattern indicated and to fit adjoining work neatly. Use full units
without cutting where possible. Hammer cutting is not acceptable.
For concrete pavers, a block splitter may be used.
D. Joint Pattern: As indicated.
E. Tolerances: Do not exceed 1/32-inch unit -to -unit offset from flush (lippage) nor 1/8 inch in 10
feet from level, or indicated slope, for finished surface of paving.
F. Provide edge restraints as indicated. Install edge restraints before placing unit pavers.
Install job -built concrete edge restraints to comply with requirements in Division 3
Section "Cast -in -Place Concrete."
3.04 AGGREGATE SETTING -BED PAVER APPLICATIONS
A. Compact soil subgrade uniformly to at least 95 percent of ASTM D 1557 laboratory density.
B. Place aggregate base in thickness indicated. Compact by tamping with plate vibrator and screed
to depth required to allow setting of pavers.
C. Place leveling course and screed to a thickness of 1 to 1-1/4 inches, taking care that moisture
content remains constant and density is loose and constant until pavers are set and compacted.
Place leveling course such that installed unit pavers will set 1/8 to 1/4 inches above edge
restraints.
D. Treat leveling base with soil sterilizer to inhibit growth of grass and weeds.
UNIT PAVERS 02780 - 4
ow
CITY OF FORT COLLINS
17 March 2005
OLD TOWN SQUARE ENHANCEMENTS
E. Set pavers with a minimum joint width of 1/16 inch and a maximum of 1/8 inch, being careful
not to disturb leveling base. If pavers have spacer bars, place pavers hand tight against spacer
bars. Use string lines to keep straight lines. Fill gaps between units that exceed 3/8 inch with
pieces cut to fit from full-size unit pavers.
When installation is performed with mechanical equipment, use only unit pavers with
spacer bars on sides of each unit.
F. Vibrate pavers into leveling course with a low -amplitude plate vibrator capable of a 3500- to
5000-lbf compaction force at 80 to 90 Hz. Perform at least three passes across paving with
vibrator. Vibrate under the following conditions:
1. After edge pavers are installed and there is a completed surface or before surface is
exposed to rain.
2. Before ending each day's work, fully compact installed concrete pavers to within 36
inches of the laying face. Cover open layers with nonstaining plastic sheets overlapped
48 inches on each side of the laying face to protect it from rain.
G. Spread dry sand and fill joints immediately after vibrating pavers into leveling course. Vibrate
pavers and add sand until joints are completely filled, then remove excess sand. Leave a slight
surplus of sand on the surface for joint filling.
H. Do not allow traffic on installed pavers until sand has been vibrated into joints.
I. Repeat joint -filling process 30 days later.
3.05 REPAIR, POINTING, CLEANING, AND PROTECTION
A. Remove and replace unit pavers that are loose, chipped, broken, stained, or otherwise damaged
or that do not match adjoining units as intended. Provide new units to match adjoining units
and install in same manner as original units, with same joint treatment and with no evidence of
replacement.
END OF SECTION 02780
UNIT PAVERS 02780 - 5
2. Unit of Measurement: Linear Foot.
P. Unit Price Item: Historic Medallion
1. Description: Precast colored concrete panel (1'-10" square x 3 1/8") including all excavation,
custom formwork, concrete, sand bedding, reinforcing, and other materials, transportation of
materials, and incidental efforts required for a complete installed finished product.
2. Unit of Measurement: Each
Q. Unit Price Item: Sandstone Stair
1. Description: Sandstone veneered concrete stairs (footing, 3 treads, two risers, as drawn),
including all excavation, formwork, concrete, stone, mortar, doweling, reinforcing, and other
materials, backfill, transportation of materials, and incidental efforts required for a complete
finished product.
2. Unit of Measurement: Linear Foot
R. Unit Price Item: Stairs
1. Description: Cast -in -place concrete stairs (as drawn on detail G/LS504, 3 risers, 3 treads),
including all excavation, formwork, concrete, reinforcing, finishing, and other materials, backfill,
transportation of materials, and incidental efforts required for a complete finished product.
2. Unit of Measurement: Linear Foot
S. Unit Price Item: Stair Plinth
1. Description: Concrete stair plinth with sandstone top (5'-0" x 3'-8" x 3") including all excavation,
formwork, concrete, stone, mortar, doweling, reinforcing, and other materials, backfill,
transportation of materials, and incidental efforts required for a complete finished product.
2. Unit of Measurement: Each
T. Unit Price Item: Handrail
1. Description: Metal pipe handrail 2'-10" installed height including all fabrication, painting,
transportation, grout, posts, attachment in place, and incidental efforts and materials required for
complete installed finished product.
2. Unit of Measurement: Linear Foot.
U. Unit Price Item: Rail Type `B'
1. Description: Metal rail 3'-0" in height including all fabrication, painting, transportation, steel, posts,
footings, attachment in place, and incidental efforts and materials required for a complete installed
finished product.
2. Unit of Measurement: Linear Foot.
V. Unit Price Item: Rail Type `C'
1. Description: Metal rail 1'-2" in height including all fabrication, painting, transportation, steel
attachment brackets, attachment in place, and incidental efforts and materials required for a
complete finished product.
2. Unit of Measurement: Linear Foot.
THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK
CITY OF FORT COLLINS OLD TOWN SQUARE ENHANCEMENTS
17 March 2005
SECTION 02810 - IRRIGATION
PART1-GENERAL
1.01 SCOPE
Furnish all labor, materials, supplies, equipment, tools, and transportation, and perform all operations
in connection with and reasonably incidental to the complete installation of the irrigation system, and
guarantee/warranty as shown on the drawings, the installation details, and as specified herein. Items
of work specifically included are:
A. Procurement of all applicable licenses, permits, and fees.
B. Connections to existing lines from existing system and connection to new water service line at
Tenney Court.
C. Installation of irrigation system indicated for this construction phase.
D. Connection of electrical power supply to the irrigation control system.
E. Maintenance period.
1.02 RELATED WORK
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
B. Division 1 - General Requirements:
1. Section 01330 - Submittals.
2. Section 01700 - Contract Closeout, Project Record Documents.
C. Division 2 - Site Work:
1. Section 02220 - Earthwork/Grading.
2. Section 02900 - Landscaping.
3. Section 02970 — Landscape Maintenance.
1.03 SUBMITTALS
A. Submit samples under provisions of Section 01330 — Submittals.
B. Materials List: Include pipe, fittings, mainline components, water emission components,
control system components. Quantities of materials need not be included.
C. Manufacturers' Data: Submit manufacturer's catalog cuts, specifications, and operating
instructions for equipment shown on the materials list.
IRRIGATION 02810 - 1
CITY OF FORT COLLINS OLD TOWN SQUARE ENHANCEMENTS
17 March 2005
D. Shop Drawings: Submit shop drawings called for in the installation details. Shop products
required for proper installation, their relative locations, and critical dimensions. Note
modifications to the installation detail.
E. Controller Charts: Submit controller charts for review.
1.04 RULES AND REGULATIONS
A. Work and materials shall be in accordance with the latest edition of the National Electric Code,
the Uniform Plumbing Code as published by the Western Plumbing Officials Association, and
applicable laws and regulations of the governing authorities.
B. When the contract documents call for materials or construction of a better quality or larger size
than required by the above -mentioned rules and regulations, provide the quality and size
required by the contract documents.
1.05 TESTING
A. Notify the Owner's Representative three days in advance of testing.
B. Pipelines jointed with rubber gaskets or threaded connections may be subjected to a pressure
test at any time after partial completion of backfill. Pipelines jointed with solvent -welded PVC
joints shall be allowed to cure at least 24 hours before testing.
C. Subsections of mainline pipe may be tested independently, subject to the review of the Owner's
Representative.
D. Furnish clean, clear water, pumps, labor, fittings, and equipment necessary to conduct tests or
retests.
E. Hydrostatic Pressure Test:
1. Backfill to prevent pipe from moving under pressure. Expose couplings and fittings.
2. Subject mainline pipe to a hydrostatic pressure equal to 100 psi for two hours. Leakage
will be detected by visual inspection. Upon detection of leaks, replace defective pipe,
fitting, joint, valve, or appurtenance as appropriate to eliminate leak. Repeat the test until
the pipe passes test (no leaks).
F. Coverage Test:
1. Activate each remote control valve in sequence. The Owner's Representative will visually
observe water application patterns.
2. Adjust or move system components to correct coverage deficiencies. Repeat the test until
the system passes test.
G. Cement or caulking to seal leaks is prohibited.
IRRIGATION 02810 - 2
CITY OF FORT COLLINS
17 March 2005
1.06 REVIEWS
A. Sprinkler Layout Review:
OLD TOWN SQUARE ENHANCEMENTS
1. Notify Owner's Representative three days in advance of review. Static pressure at water
supply must be verified prior to review.
2. Stake each sprinkler location, remote control valve assembly, gate valve, and all other
irrigation system assemblies (including mainline and lateral lines). Different sprinkler
types shall be clearly marked. Revise layout as directed by Owner's Representative.
Layout review may be repeated at discretion of Owner's Representative.
3. All landscape edging, tree locations, and other known site features must be staked or
clearly marked prior to sprinkler layout review.
4. Where the irrigation system must be modified due to discrepancies between the irrigation
plans and actual site conditions, the layout shall be modified per the direction of the
Owner's Representative. Where modifications result in the addition or deletion of
irrigation equipment, the Contractor shall be paid, or the Owner credited, per irrigation
unit cost schedule.
5. Layout review shall occur prior to installation of irrigation system unless otherwise
directed by Owner's Representative.
B. Review will occur at substantial completion of irrigation system and record (as -built) drawings.
Comply with Section 01700 - Contract Closeout.
C. Final review will be performed after completion of punch list items.
1.07 GUARANTEE/WARRANTY AND REPLACEMENT
The purpose of this guarantee/warranty is to insure that the Owner receives irrigation materials of
prime quality, installed and maintained in a thorough and careful manner.
A. For a period of one year from the date of final acceptance, guarantee/warranty irrigation
materials, equipment, and workmanship against defects. Fill and repair depressions. Restore
landscape or structural features damaged by the settlement of irrigation trenches or
excavations. Repair damage to the premises caused by a defective item. Make repairs within
three days of notification from the Owner's Representative.
B. Contract documents govern replacements the same as new work. Make replacements at no cost
in contract price.
C. Guarantee/warranty applies to originally installed materials and equipment and replacements
made during the guarantee/warranty period.
IRRIGATION 02810 - 3
am
CITY OF FORT COLLINS
17 March 2005
PART 2: MATERIALS
2.01 QUALITY
OLD TOWN SQUARE ENHANCEMENTS
A. Materials used in the system shall be new and without flaws or defects of any type, and shall
be the best of their class and kind.
2.02 SUBSTITUTIONS
A. Substitutions are not encouraged and as a general rule will not be allowed.
B. Submit requests for substitutions prior to bidding. Subsequent requests for substitutions will
be considered only when a product becomes unavailable.
C. Submit complete data showing compliance with the Contract Documents.
D. In making a request for substitution, the Contractor represents that he:
1. Has investigated the proposed substitution and found that it is of the same or better
quality level, capacity, function, or appearance than the specified product.
2. Will coordinate installation and make modifications to the work, which may be required
for complete installation.
3. Will bear all costs resulting from necessary changes caused by the substitution.
E. The Owner will determine acceptability of proposed substitution and will notify Contractor of
acceptance or rejection.
F. Pipe sizes referenced in the construction documents are minimum sizes, and may be increased
at the option of the Contractor.
2.03 SLEEVING
A. Install separate sleeve beneath paved areas to route each run of irrigation pipe or wiring
bundle.
B. Sleeving material beneath pedestrian pavements shall be PVC Class 200 pipe with solvent
welded joints.
C. Sleeving beneath drives and streets shall be PVC Class 200 pipe with solvent welded joints.
D. Sleeving diameter: As indicated on the drawings and installation details, but not less than
twice the nominal size of pipe held within.
2.04 PIPE AND FITTINGS
A. Mainline Pipe and Fittings:
IRRIGATION 02810 - 4
M
CITY OF FORT COLLINS
17 March 2005
OLD TOWN SQUARE ENHANCEMENTS
1. Use rigid, unplasticized polyvinyl chloride (PVC) 1120, 1220 National Sanitation
Foundation (NSF) approved pipe, extruded from material meeting the requirements of
Cell Classification 12454-A or 12454-13, ASTM Standard 131784, with an integral belled
end.
2. Use Class 200, SDR-21, rated at 200 psi, conforming to the dimensions and tolerances
established by ASTM Standard D2241.
3. Use Schedule 40, Type 1, PVC solvent weld fittings conforming to ASTM Standards
D2466 and D 1784. Use primer approved by the pipe manufacturer. Solvent cement to
conform to ASTM Standard D2564.
B. Lateral Pipe and Fittings:
Use rigid, unplasticized polyvinyl chloride (PVC) 1120, 1220 National Sanitation
Foundation (NSF) approved pipe, extruded from material meeting the requirements of
Cell Classification 12454-A or 12454-13, ASTM Standard D1784, with an integral belled
end suitable for solvent welding.
2. Use Class 200, SDR-21, rated at 200 psi, conforming to the dimensions and tolerances
established by ASTM Standard D2241.
a. Fittings for PVC pipe shall be Schedule 40, Type I, PVC solvent weld fittings-
ASTM Standards D2466 and D1784.
b. Use primer approved by the pipe manufacturer. Solvent cement to conform to
ASTM Standard D2564, of a type approved by the pipe manufacturer.
C. Specialized Pipe and Fittings:
Copper pipe: Type "K" rigid conforming to ASTM Standard B88.
a. Fittings shall be wrought copper or cast bronze, soldered or threaded per the
installation details. Solder shall be 95% tin and 5% antimony.
2. Use a dielectric union wherever a copper -based metal (copper, brass, bronze) is joined to
an iron -based metal (iron, galvanized steel, stainless steel).
3. Assemblies calling for threaded pipe connections shall utilize PVC Schedule 80 nipples
and PVC Schedule 40 threaded fittings.
4. Joint sealant: Use only Teflon -type tape pipe joint sealant on plastic threads. Use
nonhardening, nontoxic pipe joint sealant formulated for use on water -carrying pipes on
metal threaded connections.
2.05 MAINLINE COMPONENTS
A. Isolation Gate Valve Assembly: as presented in the installation details.
B. Quick Coupling Valve Assembly: Spears swing joints as presented in the installation details.
IRRIGATION 02810 - 5
CITY OF FORT COLLINS OLD TOWN SQUARE ENHANCEMENTS
17 March 2005
C. Remote Control Master Valve (ICV-10 I G-AS): Install as presented in the installation details
D. Winterization Assembly: Install as presented in the installation details, on backflow preventer
at Tenney Court location. Install quick coupler valve assembly for the purpose of winterization
on PVC pipe at Old Town Square point of connection.
2.06 SPRINKLER IRRIGATION COMPONENTS
A. Remote Control Valve (RCV) Assembly for Sprinkler and Drip Laterals: as presented in the
installation details.
B. Sprinkler Assembly: as presented in the drawings and installation details.
2.07 DRIP IRRIGATION: CONTROL SYSTEM COMPONENTS
A. Irrigation Controller Unit:
1. Irritrol MC Plus Series. One four -station controller and one eighteen -station controller.
2. Provide pad, sleeving and required power connections for controllers per City of Fort
Collins standards.
3. Wire markers: Prenumbered or labeled with indelible nonfading ink, made of permanent,
nonfading material.
4. Primary surge protection arrestors: as per manufacturer's recommendations.
5. Valve output surge protection arrestors: as per manufacturer's recommendations.
6. Use `Strong Box Enclosures' install new equipment per city standards
B. Control Wire:
1. Electric wire from the controller unit to each remote control valve shall be American Wire
Gauge (AWG) No. 14 solid copper, Type OF cable, UL approved for direct underground
burial. Common wire shall be AWG No. 12 solid copper, Type OF cable, UL approved
for underground burial.
2. Color: Wire color shall be continuous over its entire length. Use white for common
ground wire. Use easily distinguished colors for other control wires. Spare control wires
shall be of a color different from that of the active control wire. Use different wire colors
for the common, control, and spare for each controller. NO EXCEPTIONS.
3. Splices: As presented in installation details.
4. Encase wiring not located near PVC irrigation pipe in PVC Schedule 40 electrical
conduit. All wire under sidewalks and pavements shall be encased in a sleeve.
2.08 OTHER COMPONENTS
A. Tools and Spare Parts: Provide operating keys, servicing tools, test equipment, other items,
and spare parts indicated in the General Notes of the drawings.
IRRIGATION 02810 - 6
,6
CITY OF FORT COLLINS
17 March 2005
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 INSPECTIONS AND REVIEWS
A. Site Inspections:
OLD TOWN SQUARE ENHANCEMENTS
1. Verify site conditions and note irregularities affecting work of this section. Report
irregularities to the Owner's Representative prior to beginning work.
2. Beginning work of this section implies acceptance of existing conditions.
B. Irrigation System Layout Review: Irrigation system layout review will occur after the layout
has been completed. Notify the Owner's Representative two days in advance of review.
Modifications will be identified by the Owner's Representative at this review.
C. Verify locations of underground utilities.
3.02 LAYOUT OF WORK
A. Stake out the irrigation system. Items staked include: sprinklers, pipe, control valves,
controller, and isolation valves.
3.03 EXCAVATION, TRENCHING, AND BACKFILLING
A. Excavate to permit the pipes to be laid at the intended elevations and to permit work space for
installing connections and fittings.
B. Minimum cover over all pipe and wire shall be as presented in the installation details.
C. PVC lateral pipes may not be pulled into the soil utilizing a vibratory plow device. Minimum
burial depths per installation details.
D. Backfill only after lines have been reviewed and tested.
E. Excavated material is generally satisfactory for backfill. Backfill shall be free from rubbish,
vegetable matter, frozen materials, and stones larger than two inches in maximum dimension.
Remove material not suitable for backfill. Backfill placed next to pipe shall be free of sharp
objects and rocks which may damage the pipe.
F. Backfill unsleeved pipe in either of the following manners:
1. Backfill and puddle the lower half of the trench. Allow to dry 24 hours. Backfill the
remainder of the trench in 6-inch layers. Compact to density of surrounding soil.
2. Backfill the trench by depositing the backfill material equally on both sides of the pipe in
6-inch layers and compacting to the density of surrounding soil.
G. Enclose pipe and wiring beneath roadways, walks, curbs, etc., in sleeves. Minimum
compaction of backfill for sleeves shall be 95% Standard Proctor Density, ASTM D 698-78.
IRRIGATION 02810 - 7
CITY OF FORT COLLTNS OLD TOWN SQUARE ENHANCEMENTS
17 March 2005
Use of water for compaction around sleeves, "puddling," will not be permitted.
H. Dress backfilled areas to original grade. Incorporate excess backfill into existing site grades.
I. Where utilities interfere with irrigation trenching and pipe work, contact the Owner's
Representative for trench depth adjustments.
3.04 IRRIGATION TAP AND WATER METER
A. Connect to tap and water meter as shown on irrigation plan.
3.05 SLEEVING AND BORING
A. Install sleeving at a depth which permits the encased pipe or wiring to remain at the specified
burial depth.
B. Extend sleeve ends six inches beyond the edge of the paved surface. Cover pipe ends and mark
with stakes. Mark concrete with a chiseled "X" at sleeve end locations.
C. Bore for sleeves under obstructions which cannot be removed. Employ equipment and
methods designed for horizontal boring.
3.06 ASSEMBLING PIPE AND FITTINGS
A. General:
1. Keep pipe free from dirt and pipe scale. Cut pipe ends square and debur. Clean pipe
ends.
2. Keep ends of assembled pipe capped. Remove caps only when necessary to continue
assembly.
B. Mainline Pipe and Fittings:
1. Use only strap -type friction wrenches for threaded plastic pipe.
2. PVC Solvent Weld Pipe:
a. Use primer and solvent cement. Join pipe in a manner recommended by the
manufacturer and in accordance with accepted industry practices.
b. Cure for 30 minutes before handling and 24 hours before allowing water in pipe.
C. Snake pipe from side to side within the trench.
b. Snake pipe from side to side within the trench.
C. Install thrust blocks as specified in the installation details
C. Lateral Pipe and Fittings:
IRRIGATION 02810 - 8
CITY OF FORT COLLINS
17 March 2005
OLD TOWN SQUARE ENHANCEMENTS
Use only strap -type friction wrenches for threaded plastic pipe.
2. PVC Solvent Weld Pipe:
a. Use primer and solvent cement. Join pipe in the manner recommended by
manufacturer and in accordance with accepted industry practices.
b. Cure for 30 minutes before handling and 24 hours before allowing water in pipe.
C. Snake pipe from side to side within the trench.
D. Specialized Pipe and Fittings:
Copper Pipe:
a. Buff surfaces to be joined to a bright finish. Coat with solder flux.
b. Solder so that a continuous bead shows around the joint circumference.
2. Insert a dielectric union wherever a copper -based metal (copper, brass, bronze) and an
iron -based metal (iron, galvanized steel, stainless steel) are joined.
3. PVC Threaded Connections:
a. Use only factory -formed threads. Field -cut threads are not permitted.
b. Use only Teflon -type tape.
C. When connection is plastic -to -metal, the plastic component shall have male threads
and the metal component shall have female threads.
4. Make metal -to -metal, threaded connections with Teflon -type tape or pipe joint
compound applied to the male threads only.
3.07 INSTALLATION OF MAINLINE COMPONENTS
A. Backflow Prevention Assembly: Install where indicated on the drawings. Install assembly so
that its elevation, orientation, access, and drainage conform to the manufacturer's
recommendations and applicable health codes. Include `Strong Box' enclosures.
B. Isolation Gate Valve Assembly: Install where indicated on the drawings.
C. Quick Coupling Valve Assembly: Install where indicated on the drawings.
D. Winterization Assembly: Install where indicated on the drawings, on backflow if possible.
3.08 INSTALLATION OF SPRINKLER IRRIGATION COMPONENTS
A. Remote Control Valve (RCV) Assembly for Sprinkler Laterals:
Flush mainline before installation of RCV assembly.
IRRIGATION 02810 - 9
W. Unit Price Item: 6-Foot Bench — surface mount
1. Description: 6-foot length steel surface mounted bench, including fabrication, painting,
transportation, grout, hardware, attachment in place, and incidental efforts and materials required for
a complete installed finished product.
2. Unit of Measurement: Each.
X. Unit Price Item: 6-Foot Bench — wall mount
1. Description: 6-foot length steel bench, customized for wall mounting, including fabrication,
painting, transportation, grout, hardware, attachment in place, and incidental efforts and materials
required for a complete installed finished product.
2. Unit of Measurement: Each.
Y. Unit Price Item: Bicycle Rack
1. Description: Salvage and re -installation of Fort Collins City Standard steel pipe bicycle rack,
including fabrication, stripping and painting, transportation, grout, concrete footing, hardware,
attachment in place, and incidental efforts and materials required for a complete installed finished
product.
2. Unit of Measurement: Each.
Z. Unit Price Item: Trash Receptacle
1. Description: Steel trash receptacle and installation, including fabrication, transportation, hardware,
attachment in place, and incidental efforts and materials required for a complete installed finished
product.
2. Unit of Measurement: Each.
AA. Unit Price Item: Ash Urn
1. Description: Steel ash urn and installation, including fabrication, transportation, hardware,
attachment in place, and incidental efforts and materials required for a complete installed finished
product.
2. Unit of Measurement: Each.
BB. Unit Price Item: Bollard
t. Description: Steel bollard, including fabrication, transportation, hardware, concrete footing, base,
attachment in place, and incidental efforts and materials required for a complete installed finished
product.
2. Unit of Measurement: Each.
CC. Unit Price Item: Removable Bollard
1. Description: Steel bollard and "Re -lock" base, including fabrication, transportation, hardware,
concrete footing, attachment in place, and incidental efforts and materials required for a complete
installed finished product.
2. Unit of Measurement:Each.
DD. Unit Price Item: 60-Inch Square Tree Grate
1. Description: 60-inch square tree grate, steel frame and concrete header, including fabrication,
transportation, hardware, concrete footing, attachment in place, excavation for tree, and incidental
efforts and materials required for a complete installed finished product. Does not include tree,
backfill planting soil, irrigation, or mulch.
CITY OF FORT COLLINS
17 March 2003
OLD TOWN SQUARE ENHANCEMENTS
2. Install where indicated on the drawings. Wire connectors and waterproof sealant shall be
used to connect control wires to remote control valve wires. Install connectors and
sealant per the manufacturer's recommendations.
3. Adjust RCV to regulate the downstream operating pressure.
B. Sprinkler Assembly:
l . Flush lateral pipe before installing sprinkler assembly.
2. Install per the installation details at locations shown on the drawings.
3. Set sprinklers perpendicular to the finish grade.
4. Supply appropriate nozzle or adjust arc of coverage of each sprinkler for best
performance.
5. Adjust the radius of throw of each sprinkler for best performance.
3.09 INSTALLATION OF CONTROL SYSTEM COMPONENTS
A. Irrigation Controller Unit:
1. The location of the controller unit as depicted on the drawings is approximate.
2. Lightning protection: Provide on all remote control valve wiring as recommended by the
manufacturer. Provide other components such as ground rod, grounding wire, etc., to
manufacturer's recommendations.
3. Install primary surge protection arrestors on incoming power lines.
4. Install one valve output surge protection arrestor on each control wire and one for the
common wire.
5. Attach wire markers to the ends of control wires inside the controller unit housing.
Label wires with the identification number (see drawings) of the remote control valve to
which the control wire is connected.
6. Connect control wires to the corresponding controller terminal.
B. Control Wire:
1. Bundle control wires where two or more are in the same trench. Bundle with pipe
wrapping tape spaced at 10-foot intervals.
2. Provide a 24-inch excess length of wire in an 8-inch diameter loop at each 90' change of
direction, at both ends of sleeves, and at 100-foot intervals along continuous runs of
wiring. Do not tie wiring loop. Coil 24-inch length of wire within each remote control
valve box.
3. Install common ground wire and one control wire for each remote control valve.
Multiple valves on a single control wire are not permitted. Install two (2) spare control
wires and one (1) spare common wire along the entire length of the mainline. Provide a
24-inch length of wire from each end of the spare control wires coiled in the control
enclosure, and provide a 24-inch length of coiled wire for each spare control wire in a
6-inch round valve box at each distal end of the mainline pipe.
4. If a control wire must be spliced, make splice with wire connectors and waterproof
sealant, installed per the manufacturer's instructions. Locate splice in a valve box which
IRRIGATION 02810 - 10
CITY OF FORT COLLINS OLD TOWN SQUARE ENHANCEMENTS
17 March 2005
contains an irrigation valve assembly, or in a separate, appropriately sized valve box.
Use same procedure for connection to valves as for in -line splices.
5. Unless noted on plans, install wire parallel with and under PVC mainline pipe.
6. Encase wire not installed with PVC mainline pipe in electrical conduit.
3.10 INSTALLATION OF OTHER COMPONENTS
A. Tools and Spare Parts: Prior to final acceptance, supply to the Owner operating keys, servicing
tools, test equipment, spare parts indicated in the General Notes on the drawings, and any other
items indicated on the drawings.
B. Other Materials: Install other materials or equipment shown on the drawings or installation
details to be part of the irrigation system, even though such items may not have been
referenced in these specifications.
3.11 PROJECT RECORD DRAWINGS
A. Prior to substantial completion, obtain from the Owner's Representative copies of the
appropriate Drawings in AutoCAD format. Using AutoCAD, duplicate information contained
on the Record Drawings maintained on site. Provide electronic AutoCAD as -built drawings
on compact disc to the Owner.
Label each sheet "Record Drawing". On the first sheet, the Contractor or resident
superintendent shall execute the following statement:
Having reviewed this document and all attachments, I affirm that, to the best of my
knowledge, the information presented here is true and accurate.
Signed:
Position:
Date
B. Record pipe and wiring network alterations. Record work which is installed differently than
shown on the construction drawings. Record accurate reference dimensions, measured from at
least two permanent reference points, of each irrigation system valve, each backflow
prevention device, each controller or control unit, each sleeve end, and other irrigation
components enclosed within a valve box.
3.12 CONTROLLER CHARTS
A. Prior to final acceptance, prepare a reduced copy of the as -built plans, with valve numbering
clearly highlighted at the reduced scale. The reduced plan shall be sized to fit flat within the
controller, laminated in plastic, and placed in the controller.
3.13 CLEANUP
A. Upon completion of work, remove from the site all machinery, tools, excess materials, and
IRRIGATION 02810 - 11
mo
CITY OF FORT COLLINS
17 March 2005
rubbish.
END OF SECTION
OLD TOWN SQUARE ENHANCEMENTS
IRRIGATION 02810 - 12
M
CITY OF FORT COLLINS
17 March 2005
OLD TOWN SQUARE ENHANCEMENTS
SECTION 02870
SITE AND STREET FURNISHINGS
PART1-GENERAL
1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
1.02 SUMMARY
A. This Section includes the following site and street furnishings:
1. Benches.
2. Bicycle racks.
3. Trash receptacle
4. Ash Urn
5. Bollard
6. Removable Bollard
7. Tree Grate
8. Planter pots
B. Related Sections include the following:
1. Division 2 Section "Earthwork" for excavation for installation of concrete footings.
2. Division 3 Section "Cast -in -Place Concrete" for concrete footings.
3. Division 9 Section "Painting" for touch up field finishing of site and street furnishings.
C. Products furnished, but not installed under this Section, include pipe sleeves and anchor bolts to
be cast in concrete footings.
1.03 SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: For each type of product indicated. Include construction details, material
descriptions, dimensions of individual components and profiles, finishes, field -assembly
requirements, and installation details.
B. Samples for Initial Selection: For units with factory -applied color finishes.
C. Samples for Verification: For each type of exposed finish required, prepared on Samples of size
indicated below.
1. Size: Not less than 6-inch- (150-mm-) long linear components and 4-inch- (100-mm-)
square sheet components.
2. Full Size: Bench B
SITE AND STREET FURNISHINGS 02870 - 1
CITY OF FORT COLLINS OLD TOWN SQUARE ENHANCEMENTS
17 March 2005
D. Product Schedule: For site and street furnishings. Use same designations indicated on
Drawings.
E. Maintenance Data: For site and street furnishings to include in maintenance manuals.
1.04 EXTRA MATERIALS
A. Furnish extra materials described below that match products installed and that are packaged
with protective covering for storage and identified with labels describing contents.
Bench "A" Replacement: Not less than two (2) full-size units, one in each color.
PART2-PRODUCTS
2.01 MANUFACTURERS
A. Available Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, products that may be
incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following:
B. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following:
Bench:
a. DuMor, Inc. 6 ft. bench, model #140. Powder coat color: Black, medium gloss, as
indicated. As manufactured by DuMor, Inc., P.O. Box 142, Mifflintown, PA,
17059. PH: 800-598-4018, FAX: 717-436-9839.
b. DuMor, Inc. 6 ft. bench, custom adaptation of model #140. Bench to be
customized for mounting into top of existing seatwalls per drawings. Powder coat
color: Black, medium gloss, as indicated. As manufactured by DuMor, Inc., P.O.
Box 142, Mifflintown, PA, 17059. PH: 800-598-4018, FAX: 717-436-9839.
2. Bicycle Rack:
a. Reuse existing bike racks noted as "Remove and reinstall." Paint to match site
furnishings.
3. Trash Receptacle:
a. DuMor, Inc. trash receptacle, Model #157-32-25BT. Powder coat color: Black,
medium gloss. As manufactured by DuMor, Inc., P.O. Box 142, Mifflintown, PA,
17059. PH: 800-598-4018, FAX: 717-436-9839.
4. Ash Urn:
a. DuMor, Inc. Ash Urn, Model #80. Powder coat color: Black, medium gloss. As
manufactured by DuMor, Inc., P.O. Box 142, Mifflintown, PA, 17059. PH: 800-
598-4018, FAX: 717-436-9839.
SITE AND STREET FURNISHINGS 02870 - 2
CITY OF FORT COLLINS
17 March 2005
2.02
5. Bollard:
OLD TOWN SQUARE ENHANCEMENTS
a. Urban Accessories. "San Francisco" cast iron bollard, Model # Powder coat color:
Black, medium gloss. As manufactured by Urban Accessories, 465 E. 151h St.,
Tacoma, WA 98421. PH: 800-338-4766, FAX: 760-776-5080.
6. Removable Bollard:
a. Urban Accessories. "San Francisco' cast iron bollard with removable/lockable
"Re -Lock" base, Model # Powder coat color: Black, medium gloss. As
manufactured by Urban Accessories, 465 E. 151h St., Tacoma, WA 98421. PH:
800-338-4766, FAX: 760-776-5080.
7. Tree Grates:
a. 60" square cast iron tree grate, model "Metropolitan," no. R-8707 ft. tree grate
with 18 inch diameter tree opening, one round bolted light cover, with no grate
openings greater than 3/8". Attach tree grate to grate frame with vandal resistant
pan head bolts. As manufactured by Neenah Foundry Company, 2121 Brooks
Ave., P.O. Box 729, Neenah, WI 54956. PH: 800.558.5075, FAX: 920.729.3661.
b. 72" square cast iron tree grate, style Starburst-2, no. 7207-2 with 26 inch dia. tree
opening, frame no. 7200F. Cast with 3/8" maximum slot openings to meet A.D.A.
guidelines. Two round bolted light covers. Cast grey iron, to be installed with
frame and pilfer proof bolts to prevent unauthorized removal. As manufactured by
Ironsmith, Inc., P.O. Box 1141, Palm Desert, CA 92261. PH: 800-338-4766,
FAX: 760-776-5080.
C. 96" square cast iron tree grate, style Starburst-2, no. 9608-2 with 26 inch dia. tree
opening, with cross support frame NO. 9600E-CS. Cast with 3/8" maximum slot
openings to meet A.D.A. guidelines. Two round bolted light covers. Cast grey
iron, to be installed with frame and pilfer proof bolts to prevent unauthorized
removal. As manufactured by Ironsmith, Inc., P.O. Box 1141, Palm Desert, CA
92261. PH: 800-338-4766, FAX: 760-776-5080.
8. Planter Pots:
a. Large Planter Pot TF4144-B6, Brown 48" dia. x 18" ht. — Wassau Tile, P.O. Box
1520, 9001 Business Hwy 51, Wausau, WI 54402. PH: 800.388.8728, FAX:
715.355.4627
b. Small Planter Pot TF4146-136, Brown 36" dia. x 18" ht. - Wassau Tile, P.O. Box
1520, 9001 Business Hwy 51, Wausau, WI 54402. PH: 800.388.8728, FAX:
715.355.4627
C. Deep Planter Pot TF4060-136 Senora II, Brown 42" dia. x 24" ht. w/ TF4900
reservoir system - Wassau Tile, P.O. Box 1520, 9001 Business Hwy 51, Wausau,
WI 54402. PH: 800.388.8728, FAX: 715.355.4627
MATERIALS
SITE AND STREET FURNISHINGS 02870 - 3
CITY OF FORT COLLINS OLD TOWN SQUARE ENHANCEMENTS
17 March 2005
A. Steel: Free from surface blemishes and complying with the following:
1. Plates, Shapes, and Bars: ASTM A 36/A 36M.
2. Steel Pipe: Standard -weight steel pipe complying with ASTM A 53, or electric -
resistance -welded pipe complying with ASTM A 135.
3. Tubing: Cold -formed steel tubing complying with ASTM A 500.
4. Mechanical Tubing: Cold -rolled, electric -resistance -welded carbon or alloy steel tubing
complying with ASTM A 513, or steel tubing fabricated from steel complying with
ASTM A 569/A 569M and complying with dimensional tolerances in ASTM A 500; zinc
coated internally and externally.
5. Sheet: Commercial steel sheet complying with ASTM A 569/A 569M.
6. Perforated Metal: From steel sheet not less than 0.0897-inch (2.3-mm)] [0.1196-inch
(3.0-mm)] nominal thickness; manufacturer's standard perforation pattern.
7. Expanded Metal: From carbon -steel sheets, deburred after expansion, and complying
with ASTM F 1267.
B. Anchors, Fasteners, Fittings, and Hardware: Zinc -plated steel; commercial quality; tamperproof,
vandal and theft resistant; concealed, recessed, and capped or plugged. Provide as required for
site and street furnishings' assembly, mounting, and secure attachment.
1. Antitheft Hold -Down Brackets: For securing site and street furnishings to substrate; two
per unit.
C. Nonshrink, Nonmetallic Grout: Premixed, factory -packaged, nonstaining, noncorrosive,
nongaseous grout complying with ASTM C 1107. Provide grout, recommended in writing by
manufacturer, for exterior applications.
D. Galvanizing: Where indicated for steel and iron components, provide the following protective
zinc coating applied to components after fabrication:
1. Hot -Dip Galvanizing: According to ASTM A 123/A 123M, ASTM A 153/A 153M, or
ASTM A 924/A 924M.
2.03 FABRICATION
A. Metal Components: Form to required shapes and sizes with true, consistent curves, lines, and
angles. Separate metals from dissimilar materials to prevent electrolytic action.
B. Welded Connections: Weld connections continuously. Weld solid members with full-length,
full -penetration welds and hollow members with full -circumference welds. At exposed
connections, finish surfaces smooth and blended so no roughness or unevenness shows after
finishing and welded surface matches contours of adjoining surfaces.
C. Pipes and Tubes: Form simple and compound curves by bending members in jigs to produce
uniform curvature for each repetitive configuration required; maintain cylindrical cross section
of member throughout entire bend without buckling, twisting, cracking, or otherwise deforming
exposed surfaces of handrail and railing components.
D. Steel and Iron Components: Galvanized, galvanized and color coated, or color coated. Bare
metal steel or iron components are not permitted.
SITE AND STREET FURNISHINGS 02870 - 4
CITY OF FORT COLLINS OLD TOWN SQUARE ENHANCEMENTS
17 March 2005
E. Preservative -Treated Wood Components: Complete fabrication of treated items before
treatment if possible. If cut after treatment, apply field treatment complying with AWPA M4 to
cut surfaces.
F. Exposed Surfaces: Polished, sanded, or otherwise finished; smooth all surfaces, free from
burrs, barbs, splinters, and sharpness; all edges and ends rolled, rounded, or capped.
G. Factory Assembly: Assemble components in the factory to the greatest extent possible to
minimize field assembly. Clearly mark units for assembly in the field.
2.04 FINISHES, GENERAL
A. Comply with NAAMM's "Metal Finishes Manual for Architectural and Metal Products" for
recommendations for applying and designating finishes.
B. Appearance of Finished Work: Variations in appearance of abutting or adjacent pieces are
acceptable if they are within one-half of the range of approved Samples. Noticeable variations
in the same piece are not acceptable. Variations in appearance of other components are
acceptable if they are within the range of approved Samples and are assembled or installed to
minimize contrast.
2.05 STEEL AND GALVANIZED STEEL FINISHES
A. Baked -Enamel, Powder -Coat Finish: Manufacturer's standard, baked, polyester-TGIC, powder -
coat finish complying with finish manufacturer's written instructions for surface preparation,
including pretreatment, application, baking, and minimum dry film thickness.
B. PVC Finish: Manufacturer's standard, UV -light stabilized, mold -resistant, slip -resistant, matte -
textured, dipped or sprayed -on, PVC-plastisol finish, with flame retardant added; complying
with coating manufacturer's written instructions for pretreatment, application, and minimum dry
film thickness.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 EXAMINATION
A. Examine areas and conditions, with Installer present, for compliance with requirements for
correct and level finished grade, mounting surfaces, installation tolerances, and other conditions
affecting performance.
B. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.
3.02 INSTALLATION, GENERAL
A. Comply with manufacturer's written installation instructions, unless more stringent requirements
are indicated. Complete field assembly of site and street furnishings, where required.
SITE AND STREET FURNISHINGS 02870 - 5
a
CITY OF FORT COLLINS OLD TOWN SQUARE ENHANCEMENTS
17 March 2005
B. Unless otherwise indicated, install site and street furnishings after landscaping and paving have
been completed.
C. Install site and street furnishings level, plumb, true, and [securely anchored] [positioned] at
locations indicated on Drawings.
D. Post Setting: Set cast -in support posts in concrete footing with smooth top, shaped to shed
water. Protect portion of posts above footing from concrete splatter. Verify that posts are set
plumb or at correct angle and are aligned and at correct height and spacing. Hold posts in
position during placement and finishing operations until concrete is sufficiently cured.
E. Posts Set into Voids in Concrete: Form or core -drill holes for installing posts in concrete to
depth recommended in writing by manufacturer of site and street furnishings and 3/4 inch (20
mm) larger than OD of post. Clean holes of loose material, insert posts, and fill annular space
between post and concrete with non -shrink, nonmetallic grout, mixed and placed to comply
with anchoring material manufacturer's written instructions, with top smoothed and shaped to
shed water.
F. Pipe Sleeves: Use steel pipe sleeves preset and anchored into concrete for installing posts.
After posts have been inserted into sleeves, fill annular space between post and sleeve with non -
shrink, nonmetallic grout, mixed and placed to comply with anchoring material manufacturer's
written instructions, with top smoothed and shaped to shed water.
3.03 CLEANING
A. After completing site and street furnishing installation, inspect components. Remove spots, dirt,
and debris. Repair damaged finishes to match original finish or replace component.
END OF SECTION 02870
SITE AND STREET FURNISHINGS 02870 - 6
4 „
CITY OF FORT COLLINS OLD TOWN SQUARE ENHANCEMENTS
17 March 2005
SECTION 02930
EXTERIOR PLANTS
PART1-GENERAL
1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
1.02 SUMMARY
A. This Section includes the following:
1. Trees.
2. Shrubs.
3. Ground cover.
4. Plants.
5. Edgings.
B. Related Sections include the following:
1. Division 2 Section "Earthwork" for excavation, filling, and rough grading and for
subsurface aggregate drainage and drainage backfill materials.
2. Division 2 Section "Site and Street Furnishings" for tree grates, hanging baskets, and
planter pots.
1.03 DEFINITIONS
A. Balled and Burlapped Stock: Exterior plants dug with firm, natural balls of earth in which they
are grown, with ball size not less than, diameter and depth recommended by Colorado Nursery
Act - 1990 for type and size of tree or shrub required; wrapped, tied, rigidly supported, and
drum -laced as recommended by Colorado Nursery Act - 1990.
B. Balled and Potted Stock: Exterior plants dug with firm, natural balls of earth in which they are
grown and placed, unbroken, in a container. Ball size is not less than, diameter and depth
recommended by Colorado Nursery Act - 1990 for type and size of exterior plant required.
C. Bare -Root Stock: Exterior plants with a well -branched, fibrous -root system developed by
transplanting or root pruning, with soil or growing medium removed, and with not less than
minimum root spread according to Colorado Nursery Act - 1990 for kind and size of exterior
plant required.
D. Container -Grown Stock: Healthy, vigorous, well -rooted exterior plants grown in a container
with well -established root system reaching sides of container and maintaining a firm ball when
removed from container. Container shall be rigid enough to hold ball shape and protect root
EXTERIOR PLANTS 02930-1
�4
10. Hydrostatic Tests:
a. Test at not less than one -and -one -quarter times working pressure for two hours.
Increase pressure in 50-psig (350-kPa) increments and inspect each joint
between increments. Hold at test pressure for 1 hour; decrease to 0 psig (0
kPa). Slowly increase again to test pressure and hold for 1 more hour.
b. Flow Tests: Gravity discharge piping must demonstrate a flow capacity of 80% of
product manufacturer's published rated flow capacity.
c. Prepare reports of testing activities.
11. New Pavers rather than re -using old pavers
12. Contractor is responsible for removal and disposal of old fixtures not scheduled to be
reused.
13. Safety Control — Contractor is responsible for safety on the job site.
14. To address the curb at building, include the following addition to specification section
01270:
EEEE. Unit Price Item: Curb At Building
Description: Cast -in -place concrete curb (as drawn on detail C/LS507, assume 6
inch heath above adjacent granite paves), including all excavation, formwork,
concrete, steel dowels, finishing, and other materials, transportation of materials,
and incidental efforts required for a complete finished product. Does not include
cost of adjacent granite or unit pavers. Unit of Measurement: Linear Foot
15. Granite pavers should meet the following specs: Manufacturer: Cold Springs Granite, or
approved equivalent Phone: 800.328.5040 Contact: Paul Dierkhising Stone Dimensions:
4" x 4" x 3" thick Top Surface: Thermal Finish Edges: Split Color: Rockville Beige Buff
16. Sandstone Pavers: Sandstone paver materials shall be bid per the specifications. After
awarding the bid, the successful contractor may propose a substitution for the sandstone
pavers, but there is no guarantee that the substitution request will be approved by the
Owner.
2. Unit of Measurement: Each
EE. Unit Price Item: 72-Inch Square Tree Grate
1. Description: 72-inch square tree grate, steel frame and concrete header, including fabrication,
transportation, hardware, concrete footing, attachment in place, excavation for tree, and incidental
efforts and materials required for a complete installed finished product. Does not include tree,
backfill planting soil, irrigation, or mulch.
2. Unit of Measurement: Each
FF. Unit Price Item: 96-Inch Square Tree Grate
1. Description: 96-inch square tree grate, steel frame and concrete header, including fabrication,
transportation, hardware, concrete footing, attachment in place, excavation for tree, and incidental
efforts and materials required for a complete installed finished product. Does not include tree,
backfill planting soil, irrigation, or mulch.
2. Unit of Measurement: Each
GG. Unit Price Item: Large Planter Pot
1. Description: 48-inch diameter precast concrete planter pot, drain rock, filter fabric, planting soil,
mulch and concrete header base, including fabrication, transportation, hardware, concrete footing,
attachment in place, excavation for tree, and incidental efforts and materials required for a complete
installed finished product. Does not include irrigation or planting.
2. Unit of Measurement: Each
HH. Unit Price Item: Small Planter Pot
1. Description: 36-inch diameter precast concrete planter pot, drain rock, filter fabric, planting soil,
mulch and concrete header base, including fabrication, transportation, hardware, concrete footing,
attachment in place, excavation for tree, and incidental efforts and materials required for a complete
installed finished product. Does not include irrigation or planting.
2. Unit of Measurement: Each
II. Unit Price Item: Deep Planter Pot
1. Description: 42-inch diameter precast concrete planter pot, reservoir system, filter fabric, planting
soil, mulch and concrete header base, including fabrication, transportation, hardware, concrete
footing, attachment in place, excavation for tree, and incidental efforts and materials required for a
complete installed finished product. Does not include irrigation or planting.
2. Unit of Measurement: Each
JJ. Unit Price Item: Strand Light
1. Description: Strand light to include transportation, installation in place including connection
attachments to pole lights or at brick face attachment, stainless steel cable, lamps, hardware, and
incidental efforts and materials required for completed finished product. Assumes electric power is
available at point of connection. Does not include cost of "Brick Face Attachment for Strand
Light."
2. Unit of Measurement: Linear Foot.
KK. Unit Price Item: Brick Face Attachment for Strand Light
Description: Steel bracket including fabrication, painting, plaster removal and patching (where
present), transportation, masonry wall attachment materials, and incidental efforts and materials
required for completed installed finished product.
CITY OF FORT COLLINS OLD TOWN SQUARE ENHANCEMENTS
17 March 2005
mass during shipping and be sized according to Colorado Nursery Act - 1990 for kind, type, and
size of exterior plant required.
E. Fabric Bag -Grown Stock: Healthy, vigorous, well -rooted exterior plants established and grown
in -ground in a porous fabric bag with well -established root system reaching sides of fabric bag.
Fabric bag size is not less than diameter, depth, and volume required by Colorado Nursery Act -
1990 for type and size of exterior plant.
F. Finish Grade: Elevation of finished surface of planting soil.
G. Manufactured Topsoil: Soil produced off -site by homogeneously blending mineral soils or sand
with stabilized organic soil amendments to produce topsoil or planting soil.
H. Planting Soil: Native or imported topsoil, manufactured topsoil, or surface soil modified to
become topsoil; mixed with soil amendments.
I. Subgrade: Surface or elevation of subsoil remaining after completing excavation, or top surface
of a fill or backfill, before placing planting soil.
1.04 SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: For each type of product indicated.
B. Samples for Verification: For each of the following:
1. Cedar mulch
2. Rock mulch
3. Weed barrier
4. Root barrier
5. Fertilizers
6. Soil analysis
7. List of Plant Material Sources
C. Product Certificates: For each type of manufactured product, signed by product manufacturer,
and complying with the following:
1. Manufacturer's certified analysis for standard products.
2. Analysis of other materials by a recognized laboratory made according to methods
established by the Association of Official Analytical Chemists, where applicable.
D. Qualification Data: For landscape Installer & Applicator per state standards
E. Material Test Reports: For existing surface soil and imported topsoil.
1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Installer Qualifications: A qualified landscape installer whose work has resulted in successful
establishment of exterior plants.
Installer's Field Supervision: Require Installer to maintain an experienced full-time
supervisor on Project site when exterior planting is in progress.
EXTERIOR PLANTS 02930-2
CITY OF FORT COLLINS OLD TOWN SQUARE ENHANCEMENTS
17 March 2005
B. Provide quality, size, genus, species, and variety of exterior plants indicated, complying with
applicable requirements in Colorado Nursery Act - 1990, "American Standard for Nursery
Stock."
Selection of exterior plants purchased under allowances will be made by Owner's
Representative, who will tag plants at their place of growth before they are prepared for
transplanting.
C. Tree and Shrub Measurements: Measure according to Colorado Nursery Act - 1990 with
branches and trunks or canes in their normal position. Do not prune to obtain required sizes.
Take caliper measurements 6 inches above ground for trees up to 4-inch caliper size, and 12
inches above ground for larger sizes. Measure main body of tree or shrub for height and spread;
do not measure branches or roots tip -to -tip.
D. Observation: Owner's Representative may observe trees and shrubs either at place of growth or
at site before planting for compliance with requirements for genus, species, variety, size, and
quality. Owner's Representative retains right to observe trees and shrubs further for size and
condition of balls and root systems, insects, injuries, and latent defects and to reject
unsatisfactory or defective material at any time during progress of work. Remove rejected trees
or shrubs immediately from Project site.
E. Notify Owner's Representative of sources of planting materials seven days in advance of
delivery to site. Plant materials will be subject to inspection on the site prior to planting.
Owner's Representative reserves the right to reject material on site. Contractor must notify
Owner's Representative forty eight (48) hours prior to planting,
F. Pre -installation Conference: Conduct conference at Project site to comply with requirements in
Division 1 Section "Project Management and Coordination."
1.06 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A. Deliver exterior plants freshly dug.
Immediately after digging up bare -root stock, pack root system in wet straw, hay, or other
suitable material to keep root system moist until planting.
B. Do not prune shrubs before delivery, except as approved by Owner's Representative. Protect
bark, branches, and root systems from sun scald, drying, sweating, whipping, and other
handling and tying damage. Do not bend or bind -tie trees or shrubs in such a manner as to
destroy their natural shape. Provide protective covering of exterior plants during delivery. Do
not drop exterior plants during delivery.
C. Handle planting stock by root ball.
D. Deliver exterior plants after preparations for planting have been completed and install
immediately. If planting is delayed more than six hours after delivery, set exterior plants trees
in shade, protect from weather and mechanical damage, and keep roots moist.
Heel -in bare -root stock. Soak roots in water for two hours if dried out.
EXTERIOR PLANTS 02930-3
1.4
CITY OF FORT COLLINS OLD TOWN SQUARE ENHANCEMENTS
17 March 2005
2. Set balled stock on ground and cover ball with soil, peat moss, sawdust, or other
acceptable material.
3. Do not remove container -grown stock from containers before time of planting.
4. Water root systems of exterior plants stored on -site with a fine -mist spray. Water as
often as necessary to maintain root systems in a moist condition.
1.07 COORDINATION
A. Planting Restrictions: Planting to occur April 151h' through October 151h' unless otherwise
approved by the Owner's Representative. Coordinate planting period with maintenance period
to provide required maintenance from date of Substantial Completion.
B. Weather Limitations: Proceed with planting only when existing and forecasted weather
conditions permit. No planting operations shall take place when the site is excessively wet or
without Owner's Representative approval during freezing temperatures or during periods of
restrictive drought and watering. Planting schedule to be approved by Owner's representative.
C. Installation of plant materials: Shall not be undertaken until adjacent site improvements and
pavements are complete.
1.08 WARRANTY
A. Special Warranty: Warrant the following exterior plants, for the warranty period indicated,
against defects including death and unsatisfactory growth, except from incidents that are beyond
Contractor's control.
B. Upon completion of all planting operations, the Contractor shall notify the Owner's
Representative to inspect the work. Upon inspection, if all work is acceptable, the Owner's
Representative shall record that date and shall issue a "Conditional Acceptance" letter which
shall state that the Contractor shall maintain all planting areas as specified according to the
following length of time:
1. Warranty period for plant materials (trees, shrubs, perennials, and ground covers).
C. A one year period from date of final acceptance or to the end of May following the first year
period. At the end of May all plant materials must be alive and in excellent condition, as when
initially accepted.
1. Warranty Period for Trees and Shrubs: One year from date of Substantial Completion.
2. Warranty Period for Ground Cover and perennial Plants: One year from date of
Substantial Completion.
3. Remove dead exterior plants within seven days after notification by Owner's
Representative. Replace immediately unless required to plant in the succeeding planting
season.
4. Replace exterior plants that are more than 10 percent dead or in an unhealthy condition at
end of warranty period.
1.09 MAINTENANCE
EXTERIOR PLANTS 02930-4
14
CITY OF FORT COLLINS
17 March 2005
OLD TOWN SQUARE ENHANCEMENTS
A. Trees and Shrubs: All planting shall be protected and maintained until the end of the ones
warranty period. Maintenance shall include watering, to include winter watering, cultivating,
mulching, tightening and repairing of guys, removal of dead branches, resetting plants to proper
grade or upright position and restoration of the planting saucer, and other necessary operations.
Spray as required to keep trees and shrubs free of insects and disease. Restore or replace
damaged tree wrappings.
1. Maintenance Period: One year from date of Substantial Completion.
B. Ground Cover and perennial Plants: Maintain for the following maintenance period by
watering, weeding, fertilizing, and other operations as required to establish healthy, viable
plantings:
C. The maintenance for this work shall begin immediately after each area is planted and shall
continue to accordance with the following requirements:
D. Minor vandalism or damage to the trees or shrubs shall be the responsibility of the Contractor
until all work is finally accepted by the Owner's Representative. Major vandalism or damage
caused by others, through no fault of the Contractor or his subcontractors, shall be immediately
brought to the attention of the Owner's Representative who will notify the City Forester who
will be the sole judge as to the extent of such damage. If such damage is deemed to be major
by the City Forester, any work necessary to repair or replace the damaged plant material shall
be paid for by the Owner under the provisions of "extra work" stated in General Conditions, if
such work is authorized by the City Forester.
E. Final acceptance of all planting work will be made upon the completion of all work under this
section.
F. Any time during the warranty period following final acceptance of all work, and at no additional
cost to the Owner, the Contractor is to replace any trees or shrubs, ground covers and perennials
that are dead, or that are, in the sole opinion of the City Forester and City Horticulturist or their
designated representative, in unhealthy or unsightly condition. All replacement planting is to be
done no later than the next succeeding planting season. Replacement of planting is to be in
accordance with the original specifications and its cost to be included in the bid price. All areas
damaged by tree, shrub ground cover or perennials planting or replacement operations are to be
fully restored to their original condition as specified.
PART2-PRODUCTS
2.01 TREE AND SHRUB MATERIAL
A. General: Furnish nursery -grown trees and shrubs complying with Colorado Nursery Act - 1990,
with healthy root systems developed by transplanting or root pruning. Provide well -shaped,
fully branched, healthy, vigorous stock free of disease, insects, eggs, larvae, and defects such as
knots, sun scald, injuries, abrasions, and disfigurement.
EXTERIOR PLANTS 02930-5
CITY OF FORT COLLINS
17 March 2005
OLD TOWN SQUARE ENHANCEMENTS
B. Grade: Provide trees and shrubs of sizes and grades complying with Colorado Nursery Act —
1990 for type of trees and shrubs required. Trees and shrubs of a larger size may be used if
acceptable to Owner's Representative, with a proportionate increase in size of roots or balls.
C. Label each tree and shrub with securely attached, waterproof tag bearing legible designation of
botanical and common name.
D. Label at least one tree and one shrub of each variety and caliper with a securely attached,
waterproof tag bearing legible designation of botanical and common name.
E. If formal arrangements or consecutive order of trees or shrubs is shown, select stock for uniform
height and spread, and number label to assure symmetry in planting.
F. Plants shall have a habit of growth that is normal for the species and shall be sound, healthy,
vigorous and free from insects, pests, diseases and injuries. All plants shall equal or exceed the
measurements specified in the plant list, which are minimum acceptable sizes. They shall be
measured and approved by the City Forester or designated representative, the Landscape
Architect and at the Contractor's holding area or nursery. Any necessary pruning shall be done
at the time of planting. Requirements for the measurement, branching, grading, quality, balling
and burlapping of plants shall equal or exceed the code of standards currently recommended by
the American Nurserymen Standards. Colorado Nursery Act -1990.
G. All trees shall be of suitable species for growing and surviving in Colorado Springs. The source
of trees for this project shall be from either Colorado or from nurseries located in USDA
hardiness zones 2, 3, 4, or 5.
H. Deciduous tree caliper in inches shall be measured at a height of six inches (6") above the
normal soil level at which the tree was originally growing. Deciduous trees involved in this bid
shall be only those with a single straight trunk unless otherwise specified. The trees shall have
their trunks free of side branches and sucker growth to a height of at least four feet (4') above
the ground before planting.
I. Pine (Pinus) shall be sprayed with a preventative IPS beetle repellent. The insecticide should be
labeled for IPS beetle and applied by a licensed applicator.
EXTERIOR PLANTS 02930-6
M
CITY OF FORT COLLINS
17 March 2005
2.02 SHADE AND FLOWERING TREES
OLD TOWN SQUARE ENHANCEMENTS
A. Shade Trees: Single -stem trees with straight trunk, well-balanced crown, and intact leader, of
height and caliper indicated, complying with Colorado Nursery Act - 1990 for type of trees
required. Matched sets as specified on the Drawings
1. Provide balled and burlapped or container -grown trees.
2. Branching Height: One-third to one-half of tree height.
B. Small Trees: Branched or pruned naturally according to species and type, with relationship of
caliper, height, and branching according to Colorado Nursery Act - 1990; stem form as follows:
1. Stem Form: Single stem
2. Provide balled and burlapped or container -grown trees.
C. Multistem Trees: Branched or pruned naturally according to species and type, with relationship
of caliper, height, and branching according to Colorado Nursery Act - 1990; stem form as
follows:
1. Stem Form: Clump
2. Provide balled and burlapped or container grown trees.
2.03 DECIDUOUS SHRUBS
A. Form and Size: Deciduous shrubs with not less than the minimum number of canes required by
and measured according to Colorado Nursery Act - 1990 for type, shape, and height of shrub.
Provide balled and burlapped or container -grown trees.
2.04 CONIFEROUS EVERGREENS
A. Form and Size: Normal -quality, well-balanced, coniferous evergreens, of type, height, spread,
and shape required, complying with Colorado Nursery Act - 1990.
Provide balled and burlapped or container -grown trees.
2.05 BROADLEAF EVERGREENS
A. Provide balled and burlapped or container -grown trees.
2.06 GROUND COVER PLANTS
A. Ground Cover: Provide ground cover of species indicated, established and well rooted in pots or
similar containers, and complying with Colorado Nursery Act - 1990 and the following
requirements:
EXTERIOR PLANTS 02930-7
CITY OF FORT COLLINS OLD TOWN SQUARE ENHANCEMENTS
17 March 2005
2.07 PLANTS
A. Annuals: Provide healthy, disease -free plants of species and variety shown or listed. Provide
only plants that are acclimated to outdoor conditions before delivery and that are in bud but not
yet in bloom.
B. Perennials: Provide healthy, field -grown plants from a commercial nursery, of species and
variety shown or listed.
C. Fast- Growing Vines: Provide vines of species indicated complying with requirements in
Colorado Nursery Act - 1990 as follows:
l . Two-year plants with heavy, well -branched tops, with not less than 3 rumiers 18 inches or
more in length, and with a vigorous well -developed root system.
2. Provide field -grown vines. Vines grown in pots or other containers of adequate size and
acclimated to outside conditions will also be acceptable.
2.08 TOPSOIL
A. Topsoil: ASTM D 5268, pH range of 5.5 to 7, a minimum 4 percent organic material content;
free of stones 3/4 inch or larger in any dimension and other extraneous materials harmful to
plant growth.
Topsoil Source: Import topsoil or manufactured topsoil from off -site sources. Obtain
topsoil displaced from naturally well -drained construction or mining sites where topsoil
occurs at least 4 inches deep; do not obtain from agricultural land, bogs or marshes.
2.09 ORGANIC SOIL AMENDMENTS
A. Compost: Well -composted, stable, and weed -free organic matter, pH range of 5.5 to 8;
moisture content 35 to 55 percent by weight; 100 percent passing through 1-inch sieve; soluble
salt content of 5 to 10 decisiemens/m; not exceeding 0.5 percent inert contaminants and free of
substances toxic to plantings; and as follows:
1. Organic Matter Content: 50 percent of dry weight.
2. Feedstock: Agricultural, food, or industrial residuals; biosolids; yard trimmings; or
source -separated or compostable mixed solid waste.
B. Peat: Sphagnum peat moss, partially decomposed, finely divided or granular texture, with a pH
range of 3.4 to 4.8.
C. Peat: Finely divided or granular texture, with a pH range of 6 to 7.5, containing partially
decomposed moss peat, native peat, or reed -sedge peat and having a water -absorbing capacity
of 1100 to 2000 percent.
D. Manure: Well -rotted, unleached, stable manure containing not more than 25 percent by volume
of straw, sawdust, or other bedding materials; free of toxic substances, stones, sticks, soil, weed
seed, and material harmful to plant growth.
2.10 FERTILIZER
EXTERIOR PLANTS 02930-8
CITY OF FORT COLLINS OLD TOWN SQUARE ENHANCEMENTS
17 March 2005
A. Superphosphate: Commercial, phosphate mixture, soluble; a minimum of 20 percent available
phosphoric acid.
B. Commercial Fertilizer: Commercial -grade complete fertilizer of neutral character, consisting of
fast- and slow -release nitrogen, 50 percent derived from natural organic sources of urea
formaldehyde, phosphorous, and potassium in the following composition:
1. Composition: 1 lb/1000 sq. ft. of actual nitrogen, 4 percent phosphorous, and 2 percent
potassium, by weight.
2. Composition: Nitrogen, phosphorous, and potassium in amounts recommended in soil
reports from a qualified soil -testing agency.
C. Slow -Release Fertilizer: Granular or pelleted fertilizer consisting of 30 percent water -insoluble
nitrogen, phosphorus, and potassium in the following composition:
1. Composition: 20 percent nitrogen, 10 percent phosphorous, and 10 percent potassium, by
weight.
2. Composition: Nitrogen, phosphorous, and potassium in amounts recommended in soil
reports from a qualified soil -testing agency.
2.11 MULCHES
A. Organic Mulch: Free from deleterious materials and suitable as a top dressing of trees and
shrubs, consisting of one of the following:
Type: Ground or shredded cedar bark.
B. Compost is a widely used bulk organic mulch and a recycled product. Because it is applied at
much heavier rates than fertilizers, compost has a significant cumulative effect on nutrient
availability and may reduce or eliminate top -dressed fertilizers.
C. Compost Mulch: Well -composted, stable, and weed -free organic matter, pH range of 5.5 to 8;
moisture content 35 to 55 percent by weight; 100 percent passing through 1-inch sieve; soluble
salt content of 5 to 10 decisiemens/m; not exceeding 0.5 percent inert contaminants and free of
substances toxic to plantings; and as follows:
Organic Matter Content: 50 percent of dry weight.
source -separated or compostable mixed solid waste.
D. Rock Mulch: Hard, durable stone, washed free of loam, sand, clay, and other foreign substances,
of 1/2" to 1" diameter washed angular rock of a dark gray color.
Type: As shown on drawings.
2.12 WEED -CONTROL BARRIERS
A. Non -woven Fabric: Polypropylene or polyester fabric, 3 oz./sq. yd. Minimum under gravel
mulch only.
EXTERIOR PLANTS 02930-9
CITY OF FORT COLLINS OLD TOWN SQUARE ENHANCEMENTS
17 March 2005
B. Composite Fabric: Woven, needle -punched polypropylene substrate bonded to a non -woven
polypropylene fabric, 4.8 oz./sq. yd only under gravel mulch.
C. Root Barrier: Solid HDPE interlocking barrier, 80 mil minimum thickness, eighteen inch height.
2.13 STAKES AND GUYS
A. Upright and Guy Stakes: Refer to detail as specified on drawings. Minimum 5' tall steel posts,
Minimum 6' tall wood posts, Guy and Tie Wire: ASTM A 641/A 641M, Class 1, galvanized -
steel wire, 2-strand, twisted, 0.106 inch in diameter.
B. Guy and Tie Wire: Refer to detail as specified on drawings
C. Guy Cable: Refer to detail as specified on drawings
D. Hose Chafing Guard: Refer to detail as specified on drawings.
E. Flags: Refer to detail as specified on drawings.
2.14 LANDSCAPE EDGINGS
A. Concrete Edging/Curbing:
2. Finish: As shown on drawings.
3. Color: As shown on drawings.
2.15 MISCELLANEOUS PRODUCTS
A. Antidesiccant: Water -insoluble emulsion, permeable moisture retarder, film forming, for trees
and shrubs. Deliver in original, sealed, and fully labeled containers and mix according to
manufacturer's written instructions.
B. Tree Grates and Frames: As specified on drawings.
2.16 PLANTING SOIL MIX
A. 25% by volume compost
75% by volume topsoil
Topsoil and topsoil mix shall have a pH range of approximately 5.5 pH to 7.6 pH when tested in
accordance with methods of testing of the Association of Official Chemists in effect on the date
of invitations to bid. The organic content shall be not less than 4% and no more than 20% as
determined by the net -combustion method (chronic acid reduction).
C. Planting Soil Mix: Select proportions required for planting soil mix from subparagraphs below,
or revise for different soil amendments and fertilizers. Contractor may be permitted to amend
EXTERIOR PLANTS 02930-10
CITY OF FORT COLLINS
17 March 2005
OLD TOWN SQUARE ENHANCEMENTS
imported topsoil in different proportions to produce satisfactory planting soil, depending on tests
of imported or manufactured soils.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 EXAMINATION
A. Examine areas to receive exterior plants for compliance with requirements and conditions
affecting installation and performance. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory
conditions have been corrected.
3.02 PREPARATION
A. Protect structures, utilities, sidewalks, pavements, and other facilities, and lawns and existing
exterior plants from damage caused by planting operations.
B. Provide erosion -control measures to prevent erosion or displacement of soils and discharge of
soil -bearing water runoff or airborne dust to adjacent properties and walkways.
C. Lay out individual tree and shrub locations and areas for multiple exterior plantings. Stake
locations, outline areas, adjust locations when requested, and obtain Owner's Representative
acceptance of layout before planting. Make minor adjustments as required.
D. Lay out exterior plants at locations directed by Owner's Representative. Stake locations of
individual trees and shrubs and outline areas for multiple plantings.
E. Apply anti -desiccant to trees and shrubs using power spray to provide an adequate film over
trunks, branches, stems, twigs, and foliage to protect during digging, handling, and
transportation.
3.03 PLANTING BED ESTABLISHMENT
A. Loosen subgrade of planting beds to a minimum depth of 6 inches. Remove stones larger than
3/4 inch in any dimension and sticks, roots, rubbish, and other extraneous matter and legally
dispose of them off Owner's property.
Spread topsoil, apply soil amendments and fertilizer on surface, and thoroughly blend
planting soil mix.
2. Spread planting soil mix to a depth of 6 inches, but not less than required to meet finish
grades after natural settlement. Do not spread if planting soil or subgrade is frozen,
muddy, or excessively wet.
3. Spread approximately one-half the thickness of planting soil mix over loosened subgrade.
Mix thoroughly into top 4 inches of subgrade. Spread remainder of planting soil mix.
EXTERIOR PLANTS 02930-11
2. Unit of Measurement: Each.
LL. Unit Price Item: Light Post `A'
1. Description: Steel light post with luminaires, luminaire support arm, lamps, wire, banner arms on
sandstone base including fabrication, transportation, excavation, formwork, concrete foundation, stone,
mortar, anchor bolts, installation in place, and incidental efforts and materials required for completed
installed finished product. Assumes electric power is available at location of installation. Luminaire
2. Unit of Measurement: Each.
MM. Unit Price Item: Light Post `B'
1. Description: Steel light post with luminaires, luminaire support arm, lamps, wire, banner arms
including fabrication, transportation, excavation, formwork, concrete foundation, installation in
place, and incidental efforts and materials required for completed installed finished product.
Assumes electric power is available at location of installation.
2. Unit of Measurement: Each.
NN. Unit Price Item: Light Post `C'
1. Description: Steel light post with luminaire, luminaire support arm, lamp, wire, painted metal
hanging baskets (2), basket support arms, including fabrication, transportation, excavation,
formwork, concrete foundation, basket attachment, painting of baskets, installation in place, for
functional installation, and incidental efforts and materials required for completed installed finished
product. Assumes electric power is available at location of installation. Strand light attachment and
hanging basket irrigation supply not included.
2. Unit of Measurement: Each.
00. Unit Price Item: Light Post `D'
3. Description: Steel light post with luminaire, luminaire support arm, lamp, wire, including
fabrication, transportation, excavation, formwork, concrete foundation, basket attachment, painting
of baskets, installation in place, for functional installation, and incidental efforts and materials
required for completed installed finished product. Assumes electric power is available at location of
installation. Strand light attachment not included.
4. Unit of Measurement: Each.
PP. Unit Price Item: Wall Mounted Basket
1. Description: Steel hanging basket including fabrication, transportation, plaster removal and
patching, painting, installation in place, for a functional installation, fiber basket insert, bracket
attachment to masonry wall, and incidental efforts and materials required for completed installed
finished product. Hanging basket irrigation supply not included.
2. Unit of Measurement: Each
QQ. Unit Price Item: Remington Entry Gate
1. Description: Steel pipe and extruded steel framing, including fabrication, welding, drilling,
grinding, painting, transportation, installation in place, for a functional installation, and incidental
efforts and materials required for completed installed finished product.
2. Unit of Measurement: Each
CITY OF FORT COLLINS OLD TOWN SQUARE ENHANCEMENTS
17 March 2005
B. Finish Grading: Grade planting beds to a smooth, uniform surface plane with loose, uniformly
fine texture. Rake and remove ridges, and fill depressions to meet finish grades.
C. Restore planting beds if eroded or otherwise disturbed after finish grading and before planting.
3.04 TREE AND SHRUB EXCAVATION
A. Pits and Trenches: Excavate circular pits with sides sloped inward. Trim base leaving center
area raised slightly to support root ball and assist in drainage. Do not further disturb base.
Scarify sides of plant pit smeared or smoothed during excavation.
1. Excavate as shown on drawings.
2. Excavate at least 12 inches wider than root spread and deep enough to accommodate
vertical roots for bare -root stock.
3. If drain tile is shown or required under planted areas, excavate to top of porous backfill
over tile.
B. Subsoil removed from excavations may be used as backfill.
C. Obstructions: Notify Owner's Representative if unexpected rock or obstructions detrimental to
trees or shrubs are encountered in excavations.
D. Drainage: Notify Owner's Representative if subsoil conditions evidence unexpected water
seepage or retention in tree or shrub pits.
E. Fill excavations with water and allow to percolate away before positioning trees and shrubs.
3.05 GROUND COVER AND PLANT PLANTING
A. Set out and space ground cover and plants as indicated on drawings or by Owner's
Representative. Dig holes large enough to allow spreading of roots, and backfill with planting
soil.
H. Work soil around roots to eliminate air pockets and leave a slight saucer indentation around
plants to hold water.
I. Water thoroughly after planting, taking care not to cover plant crowns with wet soil.
J. Protect plants from hot sun and wind; remove protection if plants show evidence of recovery
from transplanting shock.
EXTERIOR PLANTS 02930-12
CITY OF FORT COLLINS OLD TOWN SQUARE ENHANCEMENTS
17 March 2005
3.06 PLANTING BED MULCHING
A. Install weed -control barriers before mulching according to manufacturer's written instructions.
Completely cover area to be mulched, overlapping edges a minimum of 6 inches.
1. Material and Seam Treatment: Non -woven fabric with seams pinned.
B. Mulch backfilled surfaces of planting beds and other areas indicated.
1. Rock Mulch: As indicated on drawings.
3.07 EDGING INSTALLATION
A. Concrete Edging: As specified on drawings.
3.08 CLEANUP AND PROTECTION
A. During exterior planting, keep adjacent pavings and construction clean and work area in an
orderly condition.
B. Protect exterior plants from damage due to landscape operations, operations by other
contractors and trades, and others. Maintain protection during installation and maintenance
periods. Treat, repair, or replace damaged exterior planting.
3.09 DISPOSAL
A. Disposal: Remove surplus soil and waste material, including excess subsoil, unsuitable soil,
trash, and debris, and legally dispose of them off Owner's property.
END OF SECTION 02930
EXTERIOR PLANTS 02930-13
ME
THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK
M
CITY OF FORT COLLINS
17 March 2005
SECTION 03300 - CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE
PART1-GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
OLD TOWN SQUARE ENHANCEMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and
Division I Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
1.2 SUMMARY
A. This Section specifies cast -in place concrete, including formwork, reinforcement, concrete materials,
mixture design, placement procedures, and finishes, for the following:
1. Footings.
2. Slabs -on -grade.
B. Related Sections include the following:
1. Division 2 Section "Earthwork" for drainage fill under slabs -on -grade.
2. Division 2 Section "Cement Concrete Pavement" for concrete pavement and walks.
3. Division 2 Section "Decorative Cement Concrete Pavement" for decorative concrete pavement
and walks.
4. Division 3 Section "Cast -in -Place Architectural Concrete" for general building applications of
specially finished formed concrete.
5. Division 3 Section "Concrete Floor Topping" for emery- and iron -aggregate concrete floor
toppings.
1.3 DEFINITIONS
A. Cementitious Materials: Portland cement alone or in combination with one or more of the following:
blended hydraulic cement, fly ash and other pozzolans, ground granulated blast -furnace slag, and silica
fume; subject to compliance with requirements.
1.4 SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: For each type of product indicated.
B. Design Mixtures: For each concrete mixture. Submit alternate design mixtures when characteristics of
materials, Project conditions, weather, test results, or other circumstances warrant adjustments.
1. Indicate amounts of mixing water to be withheld for later addition at Project site.
C. Steel Reinforcement Shop Drawings: Placing drawings that detail fabrication, bending, and placement.
Include bar sizes, lengths, material, grade, bar schedules, stirrup spacing, bent bar diagrams, bar
arrangement, splices and laps, mechanical connections, tie spacing, hoop spacing, and supports for
concrete reinforcement.
CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE 03300 - 1
M
CITY OF FORT COLLINS OLD TOWN SQUARE ENHANCEMENTS
17 March 2005
D. Material Test Reports: For the following, from a qualified testing agency, indicating compliance with
requirements:
Aggregates. Include service record data indicating absence of deleterious expansion of concrete
due to alkali aggregate reactivity.
E. Material Certificates: For each of the following, signed by manufacturers:
1. Cementitious materials.
2. Admixtures.
3. Form materials and form -release agents.
4. Steel reinforcement and accessories.
5. Fiber reinforcement.
6. Waterstops.
7. Curing compounds.
8. Floor and slab treatments.
9. Bonding agents.
10. Adhesives.
11. Vapor retarders.
12. Semirigid joint filler.
13. Joint -filler strips.
14. Repair materials.
1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Installer Qualifications: A qualified installer who employs on Project personnel qualified as ACI-
certified Flatwork Technician and Finisher and a supervisor who is an ACI-certified Concrete Flatwork
Technician.
B. Manufacturer Qualifications: A firm experienced in manufacturing ready -mixed concrete products and
that complies with ASTM C 94/C 94M requirements for production facilities and equipment.
1. Manufacturer certified according to NRMCA's "Certification of Ready Mixed Concrete
Production Facilities."
C. Testing Agency Qualifications: An independent agency, acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction,
qualified according to ASTM C 1077 and ASTM E 329 for testing indicated, as documented according to
ASTM E 548.
1. Personnel conducting field tests shall be qualified as ACI Concrete Field Testing Technician,
Grade 1, according to ACI CP-01 or an equivalent certification program.
2. Personnel performing laboratory tests shall be ACI-certified Concrete Strength Testing Technician
and Concrete Laboratory Testing Technician - Grade I. Testing Agency laboratory supervisor
shall be an ACI-certified Concrete Laboratory Testing Technician - Grade II.
D. Source Limitations: Obtain each type or class of cementitious material of the same brand from the same
manufacturer's plant, obtain aggregate from one source, and obtain admixtures through one source from a
single manufacturer.
E. ACI Publications: Comply with the following unless modified by requirements in the Contract
Documents:
1. ACI 301, "Specification for Structural Concrete," Sections 1 through 5.
2. ACI 117, "Specifications for Tolerances for Concrete Construction and Materials."
CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE 03300 - 2
CITY OF FORT COLLINS OLD TOWN SQUARE ENHANCEMENTS
17 March 2005
F. Concrete Testing Service: Engage a qualified independent testing agency to perform material evaluation
tests and to design concrete mixtures.
G. Mockups: Cast concrete slab -on -grade and formed -surface panels to demonstrate typical joints, surface
finish, texture, tolerances, and standard of workmanship.
1. Build panel approximately 200 sq, ft. for slab -on -grade and 50 sq. ft. for formed surface in the
location indicated or, if not indicated, as directed by Architect.
2. Approved panels may become part of the completed Work if undisturbed at time of Substantial
Completion.
1.6 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A. Steel Reinforcement: Deliver, store, and handle steel reinforcement to prevent bending and damage.
B. Waterstops: Store waterstops under cover to protect from moisture, sunlight, dirt, oil, and other
contaminants.
PART 2-PRODUCTS
2.1 MANUFACTURERS
A. In other Part 2 articles where titles below introduce lists, the following requirements apply to product
selection:
1. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the products specified.
2. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the
manufacturers specified.
2.2 FORM -FACING MATERIALS
A. Rough -Formed Finished Concrete: Plywood, lumber, metal, or another approved material. Provide
lumber dressed on at least two edges and one side for tight fit.
B. Chamfer Strips: Wood, metal, PVC, or rubber strips, 3/4 by .3 4 inch , minimum.
C. Form -Release Agent: Commercially formulated form -release agent that will not bond with, stain, or
adversely affect concrete surfaces and will not impair subsequent treatments of concrete surfaces.
Formulate form -release agent with rust inhibitor for steel form -facing materials.
2.3 STEEL REINFORCEMENT
A. Reinforcing Bars: ASTM A 615/A 615M, {,iradc 6o , deformed.
2.4 REINFORCEMENT ACCESSORIES
A. Joint Dowel Bars: ASTM A 615/A 615M, Grade 60 , plain -steel bars, cut bars true to length with ends
square and free of burrs.
CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE 03300 - 3
so
CITY OF FORT COLLINS
17 March 2005
B. Epoxy -Coated Joint Dowel Bars:
ASTM A 775/A 775M epoxy coated.
OLD TOWN SQUARE ENHANCEMENTS
ASTM A 615/A 615M, Grade 60 , plain -steel bars,
C. Epoxy Repair Coating: Liquid, two-part, epoxy repair coating; compatible with epoxy coating on
reinforcement and complying with ASTM A 775/A 775M.
D. Bar Supports: Bolsters, chairs, spacers, and other devices for spacing, supporting, and fastening
reinforcing bars and welded wire reinforcement in place. Manufacture bar supports from steel wire,
plastic, or precast concrete according to CRSI's "Manual of Standard Practice," of greater compressive
strength than concrete and as follows:
I. For concrete surfaces exposed to view where legs of wire bar supports contact forms, use CRSI
Class 1 plastic -protected steel wire or CRSI Class 2 stainless -steel bar supports.
2. For epoxy -coated reinforcement, use epoxy -coated or other dielectric -polymer -coated wire bar
supports.
2.5 CONCRETE MATERIALS
A. Cementitious Material: Use the following cementitious materials, of the same type, brand, and source,
throughout Project:
Portland Cement: ASTM C 150, Type II or I/II, gray.
a. Fly Ash: ASTM C 618, Class F.
B. Silica Fume: ASTM C 1240, amorphous silica.
C. Normal -Weight Aggregates: ASTM C 33, Class 3S coarse aggregate or better, graded. Provide
aggregates from a single source with documented service record data of at least 10 years' satisfactory
service in similar applications and service conditions using similar aggregates and cementitious materials.
I. Maximum Coarse -Aggregate Size: 1-1i2 inches nominal.
2. Fine Aggregate: Free of materials with deleterious reactivity to alkali in cement.
D. Water: ASTM C 94/C 94M and potable.
2.6 ADMIXTURES
A. Air -Entraining Admixture: ASTM C 260.
B. Color Pigment: ASTM C 979, synthetic mineral -oxide pigments or colored water -reducing admixtures;
color stable, free of carbon black, nonfading, and resistant to lime and other alkalis.
Manufacturers
a. Bayer Corporation.
b. Davis Colors.
C. Scofield, L. M. Company.
d. Solomon Colors.
2. Color: As indicated by manufacturer's designation.
CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE 03300 - 4
CITY OF FORT COLLINS OLD TOWN SQUARE ENHANCEMENTS
17 March 2005
2.7 FIBER REINFORCEMENT
A. Synthetic Fiber: Monofilament polypropylene fibers engineered and designed for use in concrete
pavement, complying with ASTM C 1116, Type III, P2 to I-1%2 inches long.
1. Products:
a. Monofrlament Fibers:
1) Axim Concrete Technologies; Fibrasol IIP.
2) Euclid Chemical Company (The); Fiberstrand 100.
3) FORTA Corporation; Forta Mono.
4) Grace Construction Products, W. R. Grace & Co.; Grace MicroFiber.
5) SI Concrete Systems; Fibermix Stealth.
2.8 WATERSTOPS
2.9 VAPOR RETARDERS
A. Plastic Vapor Retarder: ASTM E 1745, Class B. Include manufacturer's recommended adhesive or
pressure -sensitive tape.
Products:
a. Fortifiber Corporation; Moistop Ultra.
b. Raven Industries Inc.; Vapor Block 10.
C. Stego Industries, LLC; Stego Wrap, 15 mils.
B. Bituminous Vapor Retarder: 110-mil- thick, semiflexible, 7-ply sheet membrane consisting of reinforced
core and carrier sheet with fortified asphalt layers, protective weathercoating, and removable plastic
release liner. Furnish manufacturer's accessories including bonding asphalt, pointing mastics, and self -
adhering joint tape.
1. Product: Meadows, W. R., Inc.; Premoulded Membrane Vapor Seal,
2. Water -Vapor Permeance: 0.00orains'h x sq. ft. x inches Rg ; ASTM E 154.
3. Tensile Strength: 140 lbl in. ; ASTM E 154.
4. Puncture Resistance: 90 lbf ; ASTM E 154.
2.10 FLOOR AND SLAB TREATMENTS
A. Penetrating Liquid Floor Treatment: Clear, chemically reactive, waterborne solution of inorganic silicate
or siliconate materials and proprietary components; odorless; colorless; that penetrates, hardens, and
densifies concrete surfaces.
Products
a. ChemMasters; Chemisil Plus.
b. ChemTec International; ChemTec One.
C. Euclid Chemical Company (The); Euco Diamond Hard.
d. Meadows, W. R., Inc.; Liqui-Hard.
C. Symons Corporation, a Dayton Superior Company; Buff Hard.
f. US Mix Products Company; US Spec Industraseal.
CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE 03300 - 5
CITY OF FORT COLLINS
17 March 2005
2.11 CURING MATERIALS
OLD TOWN SQUARE ENHANCEMENTS
A. Evaporation Retarder: Waterborne, monomolecular film forming, manufactured for application to fresh
concrete.
Products:
a. Axim Concrete Technologies; Cimfilm.
b. ChemMasters; Spray -Film.
C. Conspec Marketing & Manufacturing Co., Inc., a Dayton Superior Company; Aquafilm.
d. Euclid Chemical Company (The); Eucobar.
e. Meadows, W. R., Inc.; Sealtight Evapre.
f. Sika Corporation, Inc.; SikaFilm.
g. Symons Corporation, a Dayton Superior Company; Finishing Aid.
h. US Mix Products Company; US Spec Monofilm ER.
B. Clear, Waterborne, Membrane -Forming Curing and Sealing Compound: ASTM C 1315, Type 1, Class
A.
Products
a. Burke by Edoco; Cureseal 1315 WB.
b. ChemMasters; Polyseal WB.
C. Euclid Chemical Company (The); Super Diamond Clear VOX.
d. Meadows, W. R., Inc.; Vocomp-30.
e. Symons Corporation, a Dayton Superior Company; Cure & Seal 31 Percent E.
f. US Mix Products Company; US Spec Radiance UV-25.
2.12 RELATED MATERIALS
A. Expansion- and Isolation -Joint -Filler Strips: ASTM D 1751, asphalt -saturated cellulosic fiber or
ASTM D 1752, cork or self -expanding cork.
B. Semirigid Joint Filler: Two -component, semirigid, 100 percent solids, epoxy resin with a Type A shore
durometer hardness of 80 per ASTM D 2240.
C. Bonding Agent: ASTM C 1059, Type II, non-redispersible, acrylic emulsion or styrene butadiene.
D. Epoxy Bonding Adhesive: ASTM C 881, two -component epoxy resin, capable of humid curing and
bonding to damp surfaces, of class suitable for application temperature and of grade to suit requirements,
and as follows:
Types IV and V, load bearing, for bonding hardened or freshly mixed concrete to hardened
concrete.
2.13 REPAIR MATERIALS
A. Repair Overlayment Cement -based, polymer -modified, self -leveling product that can be applied in
thicknesses from I inch and that can be feathered at edges to match adjacent floor elevations.
I. Cement Binder: ASTM C 150, portland cement or hydraulic or blended hydraulic cement as
defined in ASTM C 219.
2. Primer: Product of topping manufacturer recommended for substrate, conditions, and application.
CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE 03300 - 6
CITY OF FORT COLLINS OLD TOWN SQUARE ENHANCEMENTS
17 March 2005
3. Aggregate: Well -graded, washed gravel, 1'8 to 1/4 inch or coarse sand as recommended by
topping manufacturer.
4. Compressive Strength: Not less than 5000 psi at 28 days when tested according to
ASTM C 109/C 109M.
2.14 CONCRETE MIXTURES, GENERAL
A. Prepare design mixtures for each type and strength of concrete, proportioned on the basis of laboratory
trial mixture or Feld test data, or both, according to ACI 301.
1. Use a qualified independent testing agency for preparing and reporting proposed mixture designs
based on laboratory trial mixtures.
B. Cementitious Materials: Limit percentage, by weight, of cementitious materials other than portland
cement in concrete as follows:
1. Fly Ash: 25 percent.
2. Silica Fume: 10 percent.
C. Limit water-soluble, chloride -ion content in hardened concrete to 0.06 percent by weight of cement.
D. Admixtures: Use admixtures according to manufacturer's written instructions.
E. Color Pigment: Add color pigment to concrete mixture according to manufacturer's written instructions
and to result in hardened concrete color consistent with approved mockup.
2.15 CONCRETE MIXTURES FOR BUILDING ELEMENTS
A. Footings: Proportion normal -weight concrete mixture as follows:
1. Minimum Compressive Strength: 4000 psi at 28 days.
2. Maximum Water-Cementitious Materials Ratio: 0.42.
3. Slump Limit: 4 inches, plus or minus I inch .
4. Air Content: 5-1/2 percent, plus or minus 1.5 percent at point of delivery for I -I i2-inch nominal
maximum aggregate size.
5. Air Content: 6 percent, plus or minus 1.5 percent at point of delivery for 1-110) nominal
maximum aggregate size.
B. Slabs -on -Grade: Proportion normal -weight concrete mixture as follows:
1. Minimum Compressive Strength: 4000 psi at 28 days.
2. Minimum Cementitious Materials Content: 520 lb/cu. vc1..
3. Slump Limit: 4 inches, plus or minus I nrcic .
4. Air Content: 5-1/2 percent, plus or minus 1.5 percent at point of delivery for 1-I 2-inch nominal
maximum aggregate size.
5. Air Content: 6 percent, plus or minus 1.5 percent at point of delivery for I -inch nominal
maximum aggregate size.
6. Air Content: Do not allow air content of troweled finished floors to exceed 3 percent.
7. Synthetic Fiber: Uniformly disperse in concrete mixture at manufacturer's recommended rate, but
not less than 1.5 lb%cu. Yd..
2.16 FABRICATING REINFORCEMENT
CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE 03300 - 7
W
RR. Unit Price Item: Three Sided Kiosk
1. Description: Steel pipe and extruded steel framing, electrical connection, luminaires, lamps,
foundations, installed salvaged panels, including fabrication, welding, grinding, painting,
transportation, installation in place, for a functional installation, and incidental efforts and
materials required for completed installed finished product. Does not include electrical home run
and related conduit and wire.
2. Unit of Measurement: Each
SS. Unit Price Item: Two Sided Kiosk
1. Description: Steel pipe and extruded steel framing, electrical connection, luminaires, lamps,
foundations, installed salvaged panels, including fabrication, welding, grinding, painting,
transportation, installation in place, for a functional installation, and incidental efforts and
materials required for completed installed finished product. Does not include electrical home run
and related conduit and wire.
2. Unit of Measurement: Each
TT. Unit Price Item: Steel Gate "A"
1. Description: Extruded steel framing, steel plate, hinges, jamb, including fabrication, welding,
grinding, painting, transportation, installation in place, for a functional installation, and incidental
efforts and materials required for completed installed finished product.
2. Unit of Measurement: Each
UU. Unit Price Item: Steel Gate "B"
1. Description: Extruded steel framing, steel plate, hinges, jamb, including fabrication, welding,
grinding, painting, transportation, installation in place, for a functional installation, and incidental
efforts and materials required for completed installed finished product.
2. Unit of Measurement: Each
VV. Unit Price Item: Steel Gate "C"
1. Description: Extruded steel framing, steel plate, wood, hinges, jamb, concrete piers, including
fabrication, excavation, welding, grinding, painting, transportation, installation in place, for a
functional installation, and incidental efforts and materials required for completed installed
finished product.
2. Unit of Measurement: Each
WW. Unit Price Item: Steel Gate "D"
I. Description: Extruded steel fratning, steel plate, hinges, jamb, including fabrication, welding,
grinding, painting, transportation, installation in place, for a functional installation, and incidental
efforts and materials required for completed installed finished product.
2. Unit of Measurement: Each
XX. Unit Price Item: Steel Gate "E"
1. Description: Extruded steel framing, steel plate, wood, hinges, jamb, concrete piers, including
fabrication, excavation, welding, grinding, painting, transportation, installation in place, for a
functional installation, and incidental efforts and materials required for completed installed
finished product.
2. Unit of Measurement: Each
CITY OF FORT COLLINS OLD TOWN SQUARE ENHANCEMENTS
17 March 2005
A. Fabricate steel reinforcement according to CRSI's "Manual of Standard Practice."
2.17 CONCRETE MIXING
A. Ready -Mixed Concrete: Measure, batch, mix, and deliver concrete according to ASTM C 94/C 94M and
ASTM C 1116, and furnish batch ticket information.
When air temperature is between 85 and 90 deg F , reduce mixing and delivery time from 1-1/2
hours to 75 minutes; when air temperature is above 90 deg F , reduce mixing and delivery time to
60 minutes.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 FORMWORK
A. Design, erect, shore, brace, and maintain formwork, according to ACI 301, to support vertical, lateral,
static, and dynamic loads, and construction loads that might be applied, until structure can support such
loads.
B. Construct formwork so concrete members and structures are of size, shape, alignment, elevation, and
position indicated, within tolerance limits of ACI 117.
C. Limit concrete surface irregularities, designated by ACI 347R as abrupt or gradual, as follows:
Class B, 1'-1 inch for rough -formed finished surfaces.
D. Construct forms tight enough to prevent loss of concrete mortar.
E. Fabricate forms for easy removal without hammering or prying against concrete surfaces. Provide crush
or wrecking plates where stripping may damage cast concrete surfaces. Provide top forms for inclined
surfaces steeper than 1.5 horizontal to 1 vertical.
1. Install keyways, reglets, recesses, and the like, for easy removal.
2. Do not use rust -stained steel form -facing material.
F. Set edge forms, bulkheads, and intermediate screed strips for slabs to achieve required elevations and
slopes in finished concrete surfaces. Provide and secure units to support screed strips; use strike -off
templates or compacting -type screeds.
G. Provide temporary openings for cleanouts and inspection ports where interior area of formwork is
inaccessible. Close openings with panels tightly fitted to forms and securely braced to prevent loss of
concrete mortar. Locate temporary openings in forms at inconspicuous locations.
H. Chamfer exterior corners and edges of permanently exposed concrete.
I. Form openings, chases, offsets, linkages, keyways, reglets, blocking, screeds, and bulkheads required in
the Work. Determine sizes and locations from trades providing such items.
J. Clean forms and adjacent surfaces to receive concrete. Remove chips, wood, sawdust, dirt, and other
debris just before placing concrete.
CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE 03300 - 8
CITY OF FORT COLLINS OLD TOWN SQUARE ENHANCEMENTS
17 March 2005
K. Retighten forms and bracing before placing concrete, as required, to prevent mortar leaks and maintain
proper alignment.
L. Coat contact surfaces of forms with form -release agent, according to manufacturer's written instructions,
before placing reinforcement.
3.2 EMBEDDED ITEMS
A. Place and secure anchorage devices and other embedded items required for adjoining work that is
attached to or supported by cast -in -place concrete. Use setting drawings, templates, diagrams,
instructions, and directions furnished with items to be embedded.
Install anchor rods, accurately located, to elevations required and complying with tolerances in
Section 7.5 of AISC's "Code of Standard Practice for Steel Buildings and Bridges."
3.3 REMOVING AND REUSING FORMS
A. General: Formwork for sides of beams, walls, columns, and similar parts of the Work that does not
support weight of concrete may be removed after cumulatively curing at not less than 50 deg F for 24
hours after placing concrete, if concrete is hard enough to not be damaged by form -removal operations
and curing and protection operations are maintained.
1. Leave formwork for beam soffits, joists, slabs, and other structural elements that supports weight
of concrete in place until concrete has achieved at least 70 percent of its 28-day design
compressive strength.
2. Remove forms only if shores have been arranged to permit removal of forms without loosening or
disturbing shores.
B. Clean and repair surfaces of forms to be reused in the Work. Split, frayed, delaminated, or otherwise
damaged form -facing material will not be acceptable for exposed surfaces. Apply new form -release
agent.
C. When forms are reused, clean surfaces, remove fins and laitance, and tighten to close joints. Align and
secure joints to avoid offsets. Do not use patched forms for exposed concrete surfaces unless approved
by Architect.
3.4 VAPOR RETARDERS
A. Plastic Vapor Retarders: Place, protect, and repair vapor retarders according to ASTM E 1643 and
manufacturer's written instructions.
1. Lap joints 6 inches and seal with manufacturer's recommended tape.
B. Bituminous Vapor Retarders: Place, protect, and repair vapor retarders according to manufacturer's
written instructions.
3.5 STEEL REINFORCEMENT
A. General: Comply with CRSI's "Manual of Standard Practice" for placing reinforcement.
CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE 03300 - 9
CITY OF FORT COLLINS OLD TOWN SQUARE ENHANCEMENTS
17 March 2005
Do not cut or puncture vapor retarder. Repair damage and reseal vapor retarder before placing
concrete.
B. Clean reinforcement of loose rust and mill scale, earth, ice, and other foreign materials that would reduce
bond to concrete.
C. Accurately position, support, and secure reinforcement against displacement. Locate and support
reinforcement with bar supports to maintain minimum concrete cover. Do not tack weld crossing
reinforcing bars.
D. Set wire ties with ends directed into concrete, not toward exposed concrete surfaces.
E. Epoxy -Coated Reinforcement: Repair cut and damaged epoxy coatings with epoxy repair coating
according to ASTM D 39631D 3963M. Use epoxy -coated steel wire ties to fasten epoxy -coated steel
reinforcement.
3.6 JOINTS
3.7
A. General: Construct joints true to line with faces perpendicular to surface plane of concrete.
B. Construction Joints: Install so strength and appearance of concrete are not impaired, at locations
indicated or as approved by Architect.
1. Form keyed joints as indicated. Embed keys at least 1-1i2 inches into concrete.
2. Use a bonding agent at locations where fresh concrete is placed against hardened or partially
hardened concrete surfaces.
3. Use epoxy -bonding adhesive at locations where fresh concrete is placed against hardened or
partially hardened concrete surfaces.
C. Contraction Joints in Slabs -on -Grade: Form weakened -plane contraction joints, sectioning concrete into
areas as indicated. Construct contraction joints for a depth equal to at least one-fourth of concrete
thickness as follows:
Grooved Joints: Form contraction joints after initial floating by grooving and finishing each edge
of joint to a radius of 1:I4 inch . Repeat grooving of contraction joints after applying surface
finishes. Eliminate groover too] marks on concrete surfaces.
D. Isolation Joints in Slabs -on -Grade: After removing formwork, install joint -filler strips at slab junctions
with vertical surfaces, such as column pedestals, foundation walls, grade beams, and other locations, as
indicated.
1. Extend joint -filler strips full width and depth of joint, terminating flush with finished concrete
surface, unless otherwise indicated.
2. Terminate full -width joint -filler strips not less than 1/2 inch or more than I ineh below finished
concrete surface where joint sealants, specified in Division 7 Section "Joint Sealants," are
indicated.
3. Install joint -filler strips in lengths as long as practicable. Where more than one length is required,
lace or clip sections together.
E. Doweled Joints: Install dowel bars and support assemblies at joints where indicated. Lubricate or asphalt
coat one-half of dowel length to prevent concrete bonding to one side of joint.
CONCRETE PLACEMENT
CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE 03300 - 10
CITY OF FORT COLLINS OLD TOWN SQUARE ENHANCEMENTS
17 March 2005
A. Before placing concrete, verify that installation of formwork, reinforcement, and embedded items is
complete and that required inspections have been performed.
B. Do not add water to concrete during delivery, at Project site, or during placement unless approved by
Architect.
C. Before test sampling and placing concrete, water may be added at Project site, subject to limitations of
ACI 301.
D. Deposit concrete continuously in one layer or in horizontal layers of such thickness that no new concrete
will be placed on concrete that has hardened enough to cause seams or planes of weakness. If a section
cannot be placed continuously, provide construction joints as indicated. Deposit concrete to avoid
segregation.
1. Deposit concrete in horizontal layers of depth to not exceed formwork design pressures and in a
manner to avoid inclined construction joints.
2. Consolidate placed concrete with mechanical vibrating equipment according to ACI 301.
3. Do not use vibrators to transport concrete inside forms. Insert and withdraw vibrators vertically at
uniformly spaced locations to rapidly penetrate placed layer and at least 6 inches into preceding
layer. Do not insert vibrators into lower layers of concrete that have begun to lose plasticity. At
each insertion, limit duration of vibration to time necessary to consolidate concrete and complete
embedment of reinforcement and other embedded items without causing mixture constituents to
segregate.
E. Deposit and consolidate concrete for floors and slabs in a continuous operation, within limits of
construction joints, until placement of a panel or section is complete.
1. Consolidate concrete during placement operations so concrete is thoroughly worked around
reinforcement and other embedded items and into corners.
2. Maintain reinforcement in position on chairs during concrete placement.
3. Screed slab surfaces with a straightedge and strike off to correct elevations.
4. Slope surfaces uniformly to drains where required.
5. Begin initial floating using bull floats or darbies to form a uniform and open -textured surface
plane, before excess bleedwater appears on the surface. Do not further disturb slab surfaces before
starting finishing operations.
F. Cold -Weather Placement: Comply with ACI 306.1 and as follows. Protect concrete work from physical
damage or reduced strength that could be caused by frost, freezing actions, or low temperatures.
1. When average high and low temperature is expected to fall below 40 d g F for three successive
days, maintain delivered concrete mixture temperature within the temperature range required by
ACI 301.
2. Do not use frozen materials or materials containing ice or snow. Do not place concrete on frozen
subgrade or on subgrade containing frozen materials.
3. Do not use calcium chloride, salt, or other materials containing antifreeze agents or chemical
accelerators unless otherwise specified and approved in mixture designs.
G. Hot -Weather Placement: Comply with ACI 301 and as follows:
1. Maintain concrete temperature below 00 del; 1 at time of placement. Chilled mixing water or
chopped ice may be used to control temperature, provided water equivalent of ice is calculated to
total amount of mixing water. Using liquid nitrogen to cool concrete is Contractor's option.
2. Fog -spray forms, steel reinforcement, and subgrade just before placing concrete. Keep subgrade
uniformly moist without standing water, soft spots, or dry areas.
CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE 03300 - 11
CITY OF FORT COLLINS OLD TOWN SQUARE ENHANCEMENTS
17 March 2005
3.8 FINISHING FORMED SURFACES
A. Rough -Formed Finish: As -cast concrete texture imparted by form -facing material with tie holes and
defects repaired and patched. Remove fins and other projections that exceed specified limits on formed -
surface irregularities.
1. Apply to concrete surfaces not exposed to public view.
B. Related Unformed Surfaces: At tops of walls, horizontal offsets, and similar unformed surfaces adjacent
to formed surfaces, strike off smooth and finish with a texture matching adjacent formed surfaces.
Continue final surface treatment of formed surfaces uniformly across adjacent unformed surfaces, unless
otherwise indicated.
3.9 FINISHING FLOORS AND SLABS
A. General: Comply with ACI302.IR recommendations for screeding, restraightening, and finishing
operations for concrete surfaces. Do not wet concrete surfaces.
B. Float Finish: Consolidate surface with power -driven floats or by hand floating if area is small or
inaccessible to power driven floats. Restraighten, cut down high spots, and fill low spots. Repeat float
passes and restraightening until surface is left with a uniform, smooth, granular texture.
Apply float finish to surfaces indicated to receive trowel finish.
C. Broom Finish: Apply a broom finish to exterior concrete platforms, steps, and ramps, and elsewhere as
indicated.
Immediately after float finishing, slightly roughen trafficked surface by brooming with fiber -
bristle broom perpendicular to main traffic route. Coordinate required final finish with Architect
before application.
3.10 MISCELLANEOUS CONCRETE ITEMS
A. Filling In: Fill in holes and openings left in concrete structures, unless otherwise indicated, after work of
other trades is in place. Mix, place, and cure concrete, as specified, to blend with in -place construction.
Provide other miscellaneous concrete filling indicated or required to complete the Work.
B. Curbs: Provide monolithic finish to interior curbs by stripping forms while concrete is still green and by
steel -troweling surfaces to a hard, dense finish with comers, intersections, and terminations slightly
rounded.
C. Equipment Bases and Foundations: Provide machine and equipment bases and foundations as shown on
Drawings. Set anchor bolts for machines and equipment at correct elevations, complying with diagrams
or templates from manufacturer furnishing machines and equipment.
D. Steel Pan Stairs: Provide concrete fill for steel pan stair treads, landings, and associated items. Cast -in
inserts and accessories as shown on Drawings. Screed, tamp, and trowel -finish concrete surfaces.
3.11 CONCRETE PROTECTING AND CURING
CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE 03300 - 12
CITY OF FORT COLLINS OLD TOWN SQUARE ENHANCEMENTS
17 March 2005
A. General: Protect freshly placed concrete from premature drying and excessive cold or hot temperatures.
Comply with ACI306.1 for cold -weather protection and ACI 301 for hot -weather protection during
curing.
B. Evaporation Retarder: Apply evaporation retarder to unformed concrete surfaces if hot, dry, or windy
conditions cause moisture loss approaching 0.2 lb/sq. ii. x h before and during finishing operations.
Apply according to manufacturer's written instructions after placing, screeding, and bull floating or
darbying concrete, but before float finishing.
C. Formed Surfaces: Cure formed concrete surfaces, including underside of beams, supported slabs, and
other similar surfaces. If forms remain during curing period, moist cure after loosening forms. If
removing forms before end of curing period, continue curing for the remainder of the curing period.
D. Unformed Surfaces: Begin curing immediately after finishing concrete. Cure unformed surfaces,
including floors and slabs, concrete floor toppings, and other surfaces.
E. Cure concrete according to ACI 308.1, by one or a combination of the following methods:
1. Curing and Sealing Compound: Apply uniformly to floors and slabs indicated in a continuous
operation by power spray or roller according to manufacturer's written instructions. Recoat areas
subjected to heavy rainfall within three hours after initial application. Repeat process 24 hours
later and apply a second coat. Maintain continuity of coating and repair damage during curing
period.
3.12 LIQUID FLOOR TREATMENTS
A. Penetrating Liquid Floor Treatment: Prepare, apply, and finish penetrating liquid floor treatment
according to manufacturer's written instructions.
1. Remove curing compounds, sealers, oil, dirt, laitance, and other contaminants and complete
surface repairs.
2. Do not apply to concrete that is less than 14 days' old.
3. Apply liquid until surface is saturated, scrubbing into surface until a gel forms; rewet; and repeat
brooming or scrubbing. Rinse with water; remove excess material until surface is dry. Apply a
second coat in a similar manner if surface is rough or porous.
3.13 JOINT FILLING
A. Prepare, clean, and install joint filler according to manufacturer's written instructions.
1. Defer joint filling until concrete has aged at least one month(s). Do not fill joints until
construction traffic has permanently ceased.
B. Remove dirt, debris, saw cuttings, curing compounds, and sealers from joints; leave contact faces of joint
clean and dry.
C. Install semirigid joint filler full depth in saw -cut joints and at least '. iiwlies deep in formed joints.
Overfill joint and trim joint filler flush with top of joint after hardening.
3.14 CONCRETE SURFACE REPAIRS
CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE 03300 - 13
CITY OF FORT COLLINS OLD TOWN SQUARE ENHANCEMENTS
17 March 2005
A. Defective Concrete: Repair and patch defective areas when approved by Architect. Remove and replace
concrete that cannot be repaired and patched to Architect's approval.
B. Patching Mortar: Mix dry -pack patching mortar, consisting of one part portland cement to two and one-
half parts fine aggregate passing a No. 16 sieve, using only enough water for handling and placing.
C. Repairing Formed Surfaces: Surface defects include color and texture irregularities, cracks, spalls, air
bubbles, honeycombs, rock pockets, fins and other projections on the surface, and stains and other
discolorations that cannot be removed by cleaning.
1. Immediately after form removal, cut out honeycombs, rock pockets, and voids more than 1 i2 inch
in any dimension in solid concrete, but not less than I inch in depth. Make edges of cuts
perpendicular to concrete surface. Clean, dampen with water, and brush -coat holes and voids with
bonding agent. Fill and compact with patching mortar before bonding agent has dried. Fill form -
tie voids with patching mortar or cone plugs secured in place with bonding agent.
2. Repair defects on surfaces exposed to view by blending white portland cement and standard
portland cement so that, when dry, patching mortar will match surrounding color. Patch a test area
at inconspicuous locations to verify mixture and color match before proceeding with patching.
Compact mortar in place and strike off slightly higher than surrounding surface.
3. Repair defects on concealed formed surfaces that affect concrete's durability and structural
performance as determined by Architect.
D. Repairing Unformed Surfaces: Test unformed surfaces, such as floors and slabs, for finish and verify
surface tolerances specified for each surface. Correct low and high areas. Test surfaces sloped to drain
for trueness of slope and smoothness; use a sloped template.
1. Repair finished surfaces containing defects. Surface defects include spalls, popouts, honeycombs,
rock pockets, crazing and cracks in excess of 0.01 inch wide or that penetrate to reinforcement or
completely through unreinforced sections regardless of width, and other objectionable conditions.
2. After concrete has cured at least 14 days, correct high areas by grinding.
3. Correct localized low areas during or immediately after completing surface finishing operations by
cutting out low areas and replacing with patching mortar. Finish repaired areas to blend into
adjacent concrete.
4. Correct other low areas scheduled to remain exposed with a repair topping. Cut out low areas to
ensure a minimum repair topping depth of 1'4 inch to match adjacent floor elevations. Prepare,
mix, and apply repair topping and primer according to manufacturer's written instructions to
produce a smooth, uniform, plane, and level surface.
5. Repair defective areas, except random cracks and single holes I inch or less in diameter, by
cutting out and replacing with fresh concrete. Remove defective areas with clean, square cuts and
expose steel reinforcement with at least a 3 <I -inch clearance all around. Dampen concrete
surfaces in contact with patching concrete and apply bonding agent. Mix patching concrete of
same materials and mixture as original concrete except without coarse aggregate. Place, compact,
and finish to blend with adjacent finished concrete. Cure in same manner as adjacent concrete.
6. Repair random cracks and single holes I inclt or less in diameter with patching mortar. Groove
top of cracks and cut out holes to sound concrete and clean off dust, dirt, and loose particles.
Dampen cleaned concrete surfaces and apply bonding agent. Place patching mortar before
bonding agent has dried. Compact patching mortar and finish to match adjacent concrete. Keep
patched area continuously moist for at least 72 hours.
E. Perform structural repairs of concrete, subject to Architect's approval, using epoxy adhesive and patching
mortar.
F. Repair materials and installation not specified above may be used, subject to Architect's approval.
CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE 03300 - 14
CITY OF FORT COLLINS
17 March 2005
3.15 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
OLD TOWN SQUARE ENHANCEMENTS
A. Testing and Inspecting: Owner will engage a qualified testing and inspecting agency to perform field
tests and inspections and prepare test reports.
B. Concrete Tests: Testing of composite samples of fresh concrete obtained according to ASTM C 172 shall
be performed according to the following requirements:
1. Testing Frequency: Obtain one composite sample for each day's pour of each concrete mixture
exceeding 5 cu. vd. , but less than 25 cu. yd. , plus one set for each additional 50 cu. vd. or fraction
thereof.
2. Testing Frequency: Obtain at least one composite sample for each 100 cu. Yd. or fraction thereof
of each concrete mixture placed each day.
a. When frequency of testing will provide fewer than five compressive -strength tests for each
concrete mixture, testing shall be conducted from at least five randomly selected batches or
from each batch if fewer than five are used.
3. Slump: ASTM C 143/C 143M; one test at point of placement for each composite sample, but not
less than one test for each day's pour of each concrete mixture. Perform additional tests when
concrete consistency appears to change.
4. Air Content: ASTM C 231, pressure method, for normal -weight concrete;one test for each
composite sample, but not less than one test for each day's pour of each concrete mixture.
5. Concrete Temperature: ASTM C 1064/C 1064M; one test hourly when air temperature is 40
dcfz 1' and below and when SO deg, F and above, and one test for each composite sample.
6. Compression Test Specimens: ASTM C 31/C 31M.
a. Cast and laboratory cure two sets of two standard cylinder specimens for each composite
sample.
b. Cast and field cure two sets of two standard cylinder specimens for each composite sample.
7. Compressive -Strength Tests: ASTM C 39/C 39M; test one set of two laboratory -cured specimens
at 7 days and one set of two specimens at 28 days.
a. Test one set of two field -cured specimens at 7 days and one set of two specimens at 28
days.
b. A compressive -strength test shall be the average compressive strength from a set of two
specimens obtained from same composite sample and tested at age indicated.
8. When strength of field -cured cylinders is less than 85 percent of companion laboratory -cured
cylinders, Contractor shall evaluate operations and provide corrective procedures for protecting
and curing in -place concrete.
9. Strength of each concrete mixture will be satisfactory if every average of any three consecutive
compressive -strength tests equals or exceeds specified compressive strength and no compressive -
strength test value falls below specified compressive strength by more than 500 11; i .
10. Test results shall be reported in writing to Architect, concrete manufacturer, and Contractor within
48 hours of testing. Reports of compressive -strength tests shall contain Project identification
name and number, date of concrete placement, name of concrete testing and inspecting agency,
location of concrete batch in Work, design compressive strength at 28 days, concrete mixture
proportions and materials, compressive breaking strength, and type of break for both 7- and 28-
day tests.
11. Nondestructive Testing: Impact hammer, sonoscope, or other nondestructive device may be
permitted by Architect but will not be used as sole basis for approval or rejection of concrete.
12. Additional Tests: Testing and inspecting agency shall make additional tests of concrete when test
results indicate that slump, air entrainment, compressive strengths, or other requirements have not
CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE 03300 - 15
CITY OF FORT COLLINS OLD TOWN SQUARE ENHANCEMENTS
17 March 2005
been met, as directed by Architect. Testing and inspecting agency may conduct tests to determine
adequacy of concrete by cored cylinders complying with ASTM C 42/C 42M or by other methods
as directed by Architect.
13. Additional testing and inspecting, at Contractor's expense, will be performed to determine
compliance of replaced or additional work with specified requirements.
14. Correct deficiencies in the Work that test reports and inspections indicate dos not comply with the
Contract Documents.
END OF SECTION 03300
CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE 03300 - 16
EM
CITY OF FORT COLLINS
17 March 2005
SECTION 03930 - CONCRETE REHABILITATION
PART 1 - GENERAL
I
1.4
A.
B.
C.
D.
RELATED DOCUMENTS
OLD TOWN SQUARE ENHANCEMENTS
Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and
Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
SUMMARY
This Section includes the following:
1. Removal of deteriorated concrete and reinforcement and subsequent replacement and patching.
2. Epoxy crack injection.
3. Polymer sealers.
Related Sections include the following:
Division 7 Section "Water Repellents" for clear penetrating and film -farming water repellents
applied to concrete.
UNIT PRICES
Unit prices include the cost of preparing existing construction to receive the work indicated and costs of
Yield quality -control testing required by the Work for which the unit price applies.
Concrete Removal and Replacement or Patching: Work will be paid for by the cubic fboi computed on
the basis of rectangular solid shapes approximating the actual shape of concrete removed and replaced
with average depths, widths, and lengths, measured to the nearest inch .
Reinforcing bar replacement will be paid for separately by the pound of replacement steel with
welded and mechanical splices paid for by the unit.
Epoxy Crack Injection: Work will be paid for by the Iincai tbo[ of crack injected.
SUBMITTALS
Product Data: For each type of product indicated. Include material descriptions, chemical composition,
physical properties, test data, and mixing, preparation, and application instructions.
Formwork Drawings: Prepared by or under the supervision of a qualified professional engineer detailing
formwork. Include schedule and sequence for erection and removal relative to removal of deteriorated
concrete and reinforcement and subsequent repair and reinforcement.
Samples: Cured Samples of patching materials.
Product Test Reports: Based on evaluation of comprehensive tests performed by a qualified testing
agency, for bonding agents and epoxy adhesives.
CONCRETE REHABILITATION 03930 - 1
a
YY. Unit Price Item: Steel Gate "F"
1. Description: Extruded steel framing, steel plate, wood, hinges, jamb, concrete piers, including
fabrication, excavation, welding, grinding, painting, transportation, installation in place, for a
functional installation, and incidental efforts and materials required for completed installed
finished product.
2. Unit of Measurement: Each
ZZ. Unit Price Item: 6-Inch City Curb and Gutter
i. Description: Installation of City of Fort Collins standard 6-inch curb and gutter including
excavation, formwork, and transportation, installation in place, and incidental effort and materials
required for completed finished product.
2. Unit of Measurement: Linear Foot.
AAA. Unit Price Item: Plaza Drain
1. Description: Plaza area drain including transportation, excavation, backfill, adjusting elevations,
formwork, 6-inch wide cast -in -place concrete collar, installation in place, and incidental efforts
and materials required for completed finished installation.
2. Unit of Measurement: Each.
BBB. Unit Price Item: 8-Inch PVC Sewer Pipe
1. Description: 8-inch diameter PVC sewer pipe including transportation, excavation, bedding,
backfill, compaction, installation in place, and incidental efforts and materials required for
completed finished installation.
2. Unit of Measurement: Linear Foot.
CCC. Unit Price Item: 12-Inch PVC Sewer Pipe
1. Description: 12-inch diameter PVC sewer pipe including transportation, excavation, bedding,
backfill, compaction, couplings, installation in place, and incidental efforts and materials required
for completed finished installation.
2. Unit of Measurement: Linear Foot.
DDD. Unit Price Item: Irrigation for Tree at Tree Grate
1. Description: Irrigation for tree in tree grate, irrigation tubing, '/2-inch ball valve, valve box, riser,
swing pipe, connection to irrigation lateral and piping including fabrication, transportation,
installation in place, for functional installation, and incidental efforts and materials required for
completed installed finished product. Does not include tree grate or planting.
2. Unit of Measurement: Each
FEE. Unit Price Item: Planter Pot Irrigation Supply
1. Description: Irrigation for planter pot, copper irrigation riser and tee, coupling, swing pipe PE
riser, dripline, connection to irrigation lateral and piping including fabrication, transportation,
installation in place, for functional installation, and incidental efforts and materials required for
completed installed finished product. Does not include copper lateral line, planter pot, planter pot
base, planting soil or planting.
2. Unit of Measurement: Each
CITY OF FORT COLLINS OLD TOWN SQUARE ENHANCEMENTS
17 March 2005
E. Rehabilitation Program: For each phase of rehabilitation process, including protection of surrounding
materials and Project site during operations. Describe in detail materials, methods, equipment, and
sequence of operations to be used for each phase of the Work.
If alternative materials and methods to those indicated are proposed for any phase of rehabilitation
work, submit substitution request complying with Division 1 Section "Product Requirements" and
provide a written description of proposed materials and methods, including evidence of successful
use on other comparable projects, and a testing program to demonstrate their effectiveness for this
Project.
1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Installer Qualifications: Installer that employs workers trained and approved by manufacturer to apply
concrete patching and rebuilding materials and polymer sealers.
B. Manufacturer Qualifications: Manufacturer that employs factory -trained representatives who are
available for consultation and Project -site inspection.
C. Source Limitations: Obtain concrete patching and rebuilding materials and epoxy crack injection
materials, each, through one source from a single manufacturer.
D. Mockups: Build mockups for concrete removal and patching and polymer sealers to demonstrate
aesthetic effects and set quality standards for materials and execution.
1. Approved mockups may become part of the completed Work if undisturbed at time of Substantial
Completion.
1.6 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A. Deliver materials to Project site in manufacturer's original and unopened containers, labeled with type and
name of products and manufacturers.
B. Comply with manufacturer's written instructions for minimum and maximum temperature requirements
and other conditions for storage.
C. Store cementitious materials off the ground, under cover, and in a dry location.
D. Store aggregates, covered and in a dry location, where grading and other required characteristics can be
maintained and contamination avoided.
1.7 PROJECT CONDITIONS
A. Environmental Limitations for Epoxies: Do not apply when air and substrate temperatures are outside
limits permitted by manufacturer. During hot weather, cool epoxy components before mixing, store
mixed products in shade, and cool unused mixed products to retard setting. Do not apply to wet
substrates unless approved by manufacturer.
I. Use only Class A epoxies when substrate temperatures are below or are expected to go below 40
dev, F within 8 hours.
2. Use only Class A or B epoxies when substrate temperatures are below or are expected to go below
60 del 1: within 8 hours.
CONCRETE REHABILITATION 03930 - 2
CITY OF FORT COLLINS OLD TOWN SQUARE ENHANCEMENTS
17 March 2005
3. Use only Class C epoxies when substrate temperatures are above and are expected to stay above
60 deg F for 8 hours.
B. Cold -Weather Requirements for Cementitious Materials: Do not apply unless air temperature is above 40
deL I- and will remain so for at least 48 hours after completion of Work.
C. Cold -Weather Requirements for Cementitious Materials: Comply with the following procedures:
1. When air temperature is below 40 deg I' , heat patching material ingredients and existing concrete
to produce temperatures between 40 and 90 deg 1, .
2. When mean daily air temperature is between 25 acid 40 deg I- , cover completed Work with
weather -resistant insulating blankets for 48 hours after repair or provide enclosure and heat to
maintain temperatures above 3.'.. deg 1, within the enclosure for 48 hours after repair.
3. When mean daily air temperature is below 25 deg F , provide enclosure and heat to maintain
temperatures above 32 deg P within the enclosure for 48 hours after repair.
D. Hot -Weather Requirements for Cementitious Materials: Protect repair work when temperature and
humidity conditions produce excessive evaporation of water from patching materials. Provide artificial
shade and wind breaks, and use cooled materials as required. Do not apply to substrates with
temperatures of 90 deg F and above.
E. Environmental Limitations for High -Molecular -Weight Methacrylate Sealers: Do not apply when
concrete surface temperature is below 55 ctcg F or above 75 deg F. Apply only to dry substrates.
PART2-PRODUCTS
2.1 BONDING AGENTS
A. Epoxy -Modified, Cementitious Bonding and Anticorrosion Agent: Product that consists of water -
insensitive epoxy adhesive, portland cement, and water -based solution of corrosion -inhibiting chemicals
that forms a protective film on steel reinforcement.
Available Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, products that may be incorporated
into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following:
a. Euclid Chemical Company (The); Corr -Bond.
b. Sika Corporation; Armatec 110 EpoCem.
C. Sonneborn, Div. of ChemRex; Sonoprep.
d. Sto Corp., Concrete Restoration Division; Sto Bonding and Anti -Corrosion Agent.
B. Epoxy Bonding Agent: ASTM C 881/C 881M, Type H.
Available Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, products that may be incorporated
into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following:
a. Anti -Hydro International, Inc.; Poly -Epoxy Bonding 4100,
b. ChemCo Systems; CCS Bonder Liquid, SWL.
C. Euclid Chemical Company (The); Euco #352 Epoxy System.
d. Meadows, W. R., Inc.; Sealtight Rezi-Weld Gel Paste or Sealtight Rezi-Weld LV.
e. Sika Corporation; Sikadur 35, Hi -Mod LV.
f. Sonneborn, Div. of ChemRex; Epogrip.
2. Thin Film Open Time: Not less than six hours.
CONCRETE REHABILITATION 03930 - 3
CITY OF FORT COLLINS OLD TOWN SQUARE ENHANCEMENTS
17 March 2005
C. Mortar Scrub -Coat: 1 part portland cement complying with ASTM C 150, Type I, II, or III and 1 part
fine aggregate complying with ASTM C 144, except 100 percent passing a No. 16 sieve.
2.2 CONCRETE
A. Concrete Materials and Admixtures: Comply with Division 3 Section "Cast -in -Place Concrete."
B. Preplaced Aggregate: Washed aggregate complying with ASTM C 33, Class 5S, with 100 percent
passing a 1-1/2-inch sieve, 95 to 100 percent passing a 1-inch sieve, 40 to 80 percent passing a 3'4-inch
sieve, 0 to 15 percent passing a 1! 2-inch sieve, and 0 to 2 percent passing a 38-inch sieve.
C. Fine Aggregate for Grout Used with Preplaced Aggregate: Fine aggregate complying with ASTM C 33,
but with 100 percent passing a No. 8 sieve, 95 to 100 percent passing a No. 16 sieve, 55 to 80 percent
passing a No. 30 sieve, 30 to 55 percent passing a No. 50 sieve, 10 to 30 percent passing a No. 100 sieve,
0 to 10 percent passing a No. 200 sieve, and having a fineness modulus of 1.30 to 2.10.
D. Grout Fluidifier for Grout Used with Preplaced Aggregate: ASTM C 937.
E. Portland Cement for Grout Used with Preplaced Aggregate: ASTM C 150,
F. Pozzolans for Grout Used with Preplaced Aggregate: ASTM C 618.
2.3 MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS
A. Epoxy Crack Injection Adhesive: ASTM C 881IC 881 M, Type IV, solvent free.
Available Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, products that may be incorporated
into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following:
a. ChemCo Systems; CCS Grout, [Standard].
b. Euclid Chemical Company (The); [Euco #452 LV].
C. Sika Corporation; [Sikadur 35, Hi -Mod LV].
d. Sonneborn, Div. of ChemRex; [Epofil].
B. Capping Adhesive: Product manufactured for use with crack injection adhesive by same manufacturer.
C. Polymer Sealer: Low -viscosity epoxy or high -molecular -weight methacrylate penetrating sealer
recommended by manufacturer for application to exterior concrete traffic surfaces.
Available Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, products that may be incorporated
into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following:
a. Epoxy Sealers:
1) Euclid Chemical Company (The); Euco #512 Epoxy Sealer.
2) US MIX Products Company; US Spec Eposeal LVS.
b. High -Molecular -Weight Methacrylate Sealers:
1) Sika Corporation; Sikapronto 19.
D. Postinstalled Anchors: Chemical or expansion anchors, made from stainless -steel components complying
with ASTM F 593 and AS FM F 594, Atlosv Group I or 3 for bolts and nuts; ASTM A 666 or
CONCRETE REHABILITATION 03930 - 4
CITY OF FORT COLLINS OLD TOWN SQUARE ENHANCEMENTS
17 March 2005
ASTM A 276, Type 304 or 316, for anchors, with capability to sustain, without failure, a load equal to
four times the load imposed, as determined by testing per ASTM E 488, conducted by a qualified
independent testing agency.
2.4 MIXES
A. Mix products, in clean containers, according to manufacturer's written instructions.
1. Add clean silica sand and coarse aggregates to products only as recommended by manufacturer.
2. Do not add water, thinners, or additives unless recommended by manufacturer.
3. When practical, use manufacturer's premeasured packages to ensure that materials are mixed in
proper proportions. When premeasured packages are not used, measure ingredients using
graduated measuring containers; do not estimate quantities or use shovel or trowel as unit of
measure.
4. Do not mix more materials than can be used within recommended open time. Discard materials
that have begun to set.
B. Mortar Scrub -Coat: Mix with enough water to provide consistency of thick cream.
C. Concrete: Comply with Division 3 Section "Cast -in -Place Concrete."
D. Grout for Use with Preplaced Aggregate: Proportion according to ASTM C 938. Add grout fluidifier to
mixing water followed by cementitious materials and then fine aggregate.
PART 3-EXECUTION
3.1 EXAMINATION
A. Notify Architect seven days in advance of dates when areas of deteriorated or delaminated concrete and
deteriorated reinforcing bars will be located.
B. Locate areas of deteriorated or delaminated concrete using hammer or chain drag sounding and mark
boundaries. Mark areas for removal by simplifying and squaring off boundaries as directed by Architect.
At columns and walls make boundaries level and plumb, unless otherwise indicated.
C. Locate at least three reinforcing bars using a pachometer, and drill test holes to determine depth of cover.
Calibrate pachometer, using depth of cover measurements, and verify depth of cover in removal areas
using pachometer.
3.2 PREPARATION
A. Protect people, motor vehicles, equipment, surrounding construction, Project site, plants, and surrounding
buildings from injury resulting from concrete rehabilitation work.
1. Erect and maintain temporary protective covers over pedestrian walkways and at points of
entrance and exit for people and vehicles, unless such areas are made inaccessible during the
course of concrete rehabilitation work. Construct covers of tightly fitted, " 4-incli exterior -grade
plywood supported at 16 i dwo o.c. and covered with asphalt roll roofing.
2. Protect adjacent equipment and surfaces by covering them with heavy polyethylene film and
waterproof masking tape or a liquid strippable masking agent. If practical, remove items, store,
and reinstall after potentially damaging operations are complete.
CONCRETE REHABILITATION 03930 - 5
CITY OF FORT COLLINS OLD TOWN SQUARE ENHANCEMENTS
17 March 2005
3. Neutralize and collect alkaline and acid wastes according to requirements of authorities having
jurisdiction, and dispose of by legal means off Owner's property.
4. Dispose of runoff from wet operations by legal means and in a manner that prevents soil erosion,
undermining of paving and foundations, damage to landscaping, and water penetration into
building interiors.
5. Collect runoff from wet operations and dispose of by legal means off Owner's property.
B. Shoring: Install temporary supports before beginning concrete removal.
C. Concrete Removal:
1. Saw -cut perimeter of areas indicated for removal to a depth of at least 1/2 inch. Make cuts
perpendicular to concrete surfaces and no deeper than cover on reinforcement.
2. Remove deteriorated and delaminated concrete by breaking up and dislodging from reinforcement.
3. Remove additional concrete, if necessary, to provide a depth of removal of at least 1/2 inch over
entire removal area.
4. Where half or more of the perimeter of reinforcing bar is exposed, bond between reinforcing bar
and surrounding concrete is broken, or reinforcing bar is corroded, remove concrete from entire
perimeter of bar and to provide at least a 3i�1-inch clearance around bar.
5. Test areas where concrete has been removed by tapping with hammer, and remove additional
concrete until unsound and disbonded concrete is completely removed.
6. Provide fractured aggregate surfaces with a profile of at least 1/8 inch that are approximately
perpendicular or parallel to original concrete surfaces. At columns and walls, make top and
bottom surfaces level, unless otherwise directed.
7. Thoroughly clean removal areas of loose concrete, dust, and debris.
D. Reinforcing Bar Preparation: Remove loose and flaking rust from reinforcing bars by abrasive blast
cleaning needle scaling or wire brushing until only tightly bonded light rust remains.
Where section loss of reinforcing bar is more than 25 percent, or 20 percent in 2 or more adjacent
bars, cut bars and remove and replace as directed by Architect. Remove additional concrete as
necessary to provide at least 314-inch clearance at existing and replacement bars. Splice
replacement bars to existing bars according to :ACI 318 , by lapping, welding, or using mechanical
couplings.
E. Surface Preparation for Sealers: Clean concrete by shot blasting low-pressure water cleaning or detergent
scrubbing to remove dirt, oils, films, and other materials detrimental to sealer application.
F. Surface Preparation for Sealers: Acid etch surface of concrete to produce a surface profile matching
CSP 1 per ICRI 03732. Prepare surface for acid etching by detergent scrubbing to remove oils and films
that may prevent acid penetration.
1. Remove excess acid solution, reaction products, and debris by squeegeeing or vacuuming.
2. Scrub surface with an alkaline detergent, rinse, and squeegee or vacuum.
3. Check acidity of surface with pH test paper and continue rinsing until pH is acceptable.
4. When pH is acceptable and surface is clean, vacuum dry.
3.3 APPLICATION
A. General: Comply with manufacturer's written instructions and recommendations for application of
products, including surface preparation.
B. Epoxy -Modified, Cementitious Bonding and Anticorrosion Agent: Apply to reinforcing bars and
concrete by stiff brush or hopper spray according to manufacturer's written instructions. Apply to
CONCRETE REHABILITATION 03930 - 6
m3
CITY OF FORT COLLINS
17 March 2005
OLD TOWN SQUARE ENHANCEMENTS
reinforcing bars in two coats, allowing first coat to dry two to three hours before applying second coat.
Allow to dry before placing patching mortar or concrete.
C. Epoxy Bonding Agent: Apply to reinforcing bars and concrete by brush, roller, or spray according to
manufacturer's written instructions, leaving no pinholes or other uncoated areas. Apply patching mortar
or concrete while epoxy is still tacky. If epoxy dries, recoat before placing patching mortar or concrete.
D. Mortar Scrub -Coat: Dampen repair area and surrounding concrete 6 inches beyond repair area. Remove
standing water and apply scrub -coat with a brush, scrubbing it into surface and thoroughly coating repair
area. If scrub -coat dries, recoat before applying patching mortar or concrete.
E. Concrete: Place according to Division 3 Section "Cast -in -Place Concrete" and as follows:
I . Apply epoxy bonding agent to reinforcement and concrete substrate.
2. Apply mortar scrub -coat to concrete substrate.
3. Use vibrators to consolidate concrete as it is placed.
4. At unformed surfaces, screed concrete to produce a surface that when finished with patching
mortar will match required profile and surrounding concrete.
5. Where indicated place concrete by form and pump method.
a. Design and construct forms to resist pumping pressure in addition to weight of wet
concrete. Seal joints and seams informs and junctions of forms with existing concrete.
b. Pump concrete into place, releasing air from forms as concrete is introduced. When
formed space is full, close air vents and pressurize to 14 psi .
6. Wet -cure concrete for not less than seven days by leaving forms in place or keeping surfaces
continuously wet by water -fog spray or water -saturated absorptive cover.
F. Grouted Preplaced Aggregate Concrete: Use for column and wall repairs. Place as follows:
1. Design and construct forms to resist pumping pressure in addition to weight of wet grout. Seal
joints and seams in forms and junctions of forms with existing concrete.
2. Apply epoxy bonding agent to reinforcement and concrete substrate.
3. Place aggregate in forms, consolidating aggregate as it is placed. Pack aggregate into upper areas
of forms to achieve intimate contact with concrete surfaces.
4. Fill forms with water to thoroughly dampen aggregate and substrates. Drain water from forms
before placing grout.
5. Pump grout into place at bottom of preplaced aggregate, forcing grout upward. Release air from
forms at top as grout is introduced. When formed space is full and grout flows from air vents,
close vents and pressurize to 14 psi .
6. Wet -cure concrete for not less than seven days by leaving forms in place or keeping surfaces
continuously wet by water -fog spray or water -saturated absorptive cover.
7. Repair voids with patching mortar and finish to match surrounding concrete.
G. Epoxy Crack Injection: Comply with manufacturer's written instructions and the following:
I. Clean areas to receive capping adhesive of oil, dirt, and other substances that would interfere with
bond, and clean cracks with oil -free compressed air or low-pressure water to remove loose
particles.
2. Place injection ports as recommended by epoxy manufacturer, spacing no farther apart than
thickness of member being injected. Seal injection ports in place with capping adhesive.
3. Seal cracks at exposed surfaces with a ribbon of capping adhesive at least 1; 4 inch thick by I inch
wider than crack.
4. Inject cracks wider than 0.003 inch to a depth of 3 inclies or to a width of less than 0.003 inch ,
whichever is less.
CONCRETE REHABILITATION 03930 - 7
CITY OF FORT COLLINS OLD TOWN SQUARE ENHANCEMENTS
17 March 2005
5. Inject epoxy adhesive, beginning at widest part of crack and working toward narrower parts.
Inject adhesive into ports to refusal, capping adjacent ports when they extrude epoxy. Cap
injected ports and inject through adjacent ports until crack is filled.
6. After epoxy adhesive has set, remove injection ports and grind surfaces smooth.
H. Polymer Sealer: Apply by brush, roller, or airless spray at manufacturer's recommended application rate.
1. Apply to traffic -bearing surfaces, including parking areas and walks.
3.4 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. Testing Agency: Owner will engage a qualified testing agency to sample materials and perform tests as
follows:
l . Concrete: As specified in Division 3 Section "Cast -in -Place Concrete."
2. Grouted Preplaced Aggregate: Tested for compressive strength of grout according to
ASTM C 942.
a. Testing Frequency: One sample for each 25 cu. }d. of grout or fraction thereof, but not less
than one sample for each day's work.
3. Epoxy Crack Injection: Core drilled samples to verify proper installation.
a. Testing Frequency: 3 samples from mockup and 1 sample for each 100 fcet of crack
injected.
b. Where samples are taken, fill holes with epoxy mortar.
END OF SECTION 03930
CONCRETE REHABILITATION 03930 - 8
CITY OF FORT COLLINS
17 March 2005
SECTION 04860 - STONE VENEER ASSEMBLIES
PART I - GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
OLD TOWN SQUARE ENHANCEMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and
Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
1.2 SUMMARY
A. This Section includes stone veneer in the following applications:
1. On concrete retaining walls.
B. Related Sections include the following:
1. Division 3 Section "Cast -in -Place Concrete" for dovetail slots in concrete for anchoring stone
veneer.
2. Division 9 Section "Stone Paving and Flooring."
1.3 SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: For each type of product indicated.
1. For stone varieties proposed for use on Project, include data on physical properties.
B. Stone Samples for Verification: For each color, grade, finish, and variety of stone required.
C. Colored Mortar Samples for Verification: For each color required. Label Samples to indicate types and
amounts of pigments used.
1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Installer Qualifications: An installer who employs experienced stone masons and stone fitters who are
skilled in installing stone veneer assemblies similar in material, design, and extent to those indicated for
this Project and whose projects have a record of successful in-service performance.
B. Source Limitations for Stone: Obtain each variety of stone, regardless of finish, from a single quarry with
resources to provide materials of consistent quality in appearance and physical properties.
C. Source Limitations for Mortar Materials: Obtain ingredients of a uniform quality for each mortar
component from a single manufacturer and each aggregate from one source or producer.
D. Mockups: Build mockups to verify selections made under sample Submittals and to demonstrate
aesthetic effects and qualities of materials and execution.
Build mockups for each type of stone veneer assembly in sizes approximately 36 inches long by
36 inches high by full thickness, including face and backup.
STONE VENEER ASSEMBLIES 04860 - 1
CITY OF FORT COLLINS
17 March 2005
a. Include stone coping at top of mockup.
OLD TOWN SQUARE ENHANCEMENTS
2. Protect accepted mockups from the elements with weather -resistant membrane.
3. Approval of mockups is for color, texture, and blending of stone; relationship of mortar and
sealant colors to stone colors; tooling of joints; and aesthetic qualities of workmanship.
4. Approved mockups may become part of the completed Work if undisturbed at time of Substantial
Completion.
1.5 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A. Deliver preblended, dry mortar mix in moisture -resistant containers designed for lifting and emptying
into dispensing silo. Store preblended, dry mortar mix in delivery containers on elevated platforms,
under cover, and in a dry location or in a metal dispensing silo with weatherproof cover.
B. Store masonry accessories, including metal items, to prevent corrosion and accumulation of dirt and oil.
1.6 PROJECT CONDITIONS
A. Protection of Stone Veneer Assemblies: During construction, cover tops of walls, projections, and sills
with waterproof sheeting at end of each day's work. Cover partially completed stone veneer assemblies
when construction is not in progress.
B. Stain Prevention: Immediately remove mortar and soil to prevent them from staining the face of stone
veneer assemblies.
1. Protect base of walls from rain -splashed mud and mortar splatter by coverings spread on the
ground and over the wall surface.
2. Protect sills, ledges, and projections from mortar droppings.
C. Cold -Weather Requirements: Do not use frozen materials or materials mixed or coated with ice or frost.
Do not build on frozen subgrade or setting beds. Remove and replace stone veneer assemblies damaged
by frost or freezing conditions. Comply with cold -weather construction requirements contained in
ACI 530.1/ASCE 6/TMS 602.
Cold -Weather Cleaning: Use liquid cleaning methods only when air temperature is 40 deg F and
above and will remain so until masonry has dried, but not less than 7 days after completing
cleaning.
D. Hot -Weather Requirements: Comply with hot -weather construction requirements contained in
ACI 530.1/ASCE 6/TMS 602.
PART2-PRODUCTS
2.1 STONE SOURCES
A. Varieties and Sources: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide stone of the following variety
and from the following source:
Stone Type: Loveland buff Quartzitic sandstone
STONE VENEER ASSEMBLIES 04860 - 2
ma
CITY OF FORT COLLINS OLD TOWN SQUARE ENHANCEMENTS
17 March 2005
2. Stone Source: Arkins Park Stone Corporation, 5975 N. County Rd. 27, Loveland, CO 80538,
Phone: (970) 663-1920, Fax: (970) 663-2315
2.2 MANUFACTURERS
A. In other Part 2 articles where subparagraph titles below introduce lists, the following requirements apply
for product selection:
1. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the products specified.
2.3 STONE
A. Match Architect's samples for variety, color range, finish, and other stone characteristics relating to
aesthetic effects.
B. Other Stone: Provide stone that complies with the following physical characteristics:
1. Maximum Absorption, by Weight: 3 percent according to ASTM C 97.
2. Minimum Compressive Strength: 10,000 psi according to ASTM C 170.
2.4 MORTAR MATERIALS
A. Portland Cement: ASTM C 150, Type I or II, except Type III may be used for cold -weather construction.
Provide natural color or white cement as required to produce mortar color indicated.
1. Low -Alkali Cement: Not more than 0.60 percent total alkali when tested according to
ASTM C 114.
B. Masonry Cement: ASTM C 91.
C. Aggregate: ASTM C 144 and as follows:
1. For pointing mortar, use aggregate graded with 100 percent passing No. 16 sieve.
D. Mortar Pigments: Natural or synthetic iron oxides, compounded for use in mortar mixes and with a
record of satisfactory performance in stone masonry mortars.
E. Latex additive (water emulsion) described below, serving as replacement for part of or all gaging water,
of type specifically recommended by latex -additive manufacturer for use with job -mixed portland cement
mortar and not containing a retarder.
l . Latex Additive: Acrylic resin.
F. Water: Potable.
G. Products:
1. Mortar Pigments:
a. Bayer Corporation, Industrial Chemicals Div.; Bayferrox Iron Oxide Pigments.
b. Davis Colors; True Tone Mortar Colors.
C. Lafarge Corporation; Centurion Pigments.
STONE VENEER ASSEMBLIES 04860 - 3
FFF. Unit Price Item: Hanging Basket Irrigation Supply
1. Description: Hanging basket irrigation supply, PVC pipe sleeve (from valve box up inside light
post level with support arm), ball valve, valve box, connection to copper irrigation lateral and
piping including fabrication, transportation, installation in place, for functional installation, and
incidental efforts and materials required for completed installed finished product. Does not
include copper lateral line, hanging basket, support arm, light post, planting soil or planting.
2. Unit of Measurement: Each
GGG. Unit Price Item: Wall Mounted Basket Irrigation Supply
1. Description: Wall mounted basket irrigation supply, painted'/2-inch schedule 40 steel pipe sleeve
(from valve box up wall to wall bracket), one hole pipe straps, plaster removal and patching,
fasteners for masonry wall connection of one hole straps, ball valve, valve box, connection to
copper irrigation lateral and piping including fabrication, transportation, installation in place, for
functional installation, and incidental efforts and materials required for completed installed
finished product. Does not include copper lateral line, hanging basket, metal bracket, planting soil
or planting.
2. Unit of Measurement: Each
HHH. Unit Price Item: Netafim Dripline
1. Description: Netafim dripline tubing, connection to automatic control valve, including
fabrication, transportation, installation in place, for functional installation, and incidental efforts
and materials required for a complete installed finished product. Does not include automatic
control valve, mainline, or associated valve box.
2. Unit of Measurement: Linear Foot
III. Unit Price Item: 1-Inch Class 200 Irrigation Lateral Pipe
1. Description: 1-inch nominal diameter Class 200 pipe for irrigation system laterals including
transportation, excavation, bedding, backfill, compaction, couplings, installation in place, and
incidental efforts and materials required for completed finished installation.
2. Unit of Measurement: Linear Foot.
JJJ. Unit Price Item: 3/4 -Inch Type K Copper Irrigation Lateral Pipe
1. Description: 3/,-inch nominal diameter Type K copper pipe for irrigation system laterals including
transportation, excavation, bedding, backfill, compaction, couplings, installation in place, and
incidental efforts and materials required for completed finished installation.
2. Unit of Measurement: Linear Foot.
KKK. Unit Price Item: Portland Cement Plaster
1. Description: Portland cement plaster, fiber, bonding compound, mineral pigments, substrate
preparation, texturing to match adjacent finish, painting, including transportation, installation in
place, and incidental efforts and materials required for complete finished installation.
2. Unit of Measurement: Square Foot.
LLL. Unit Price Item: 3-Inch Caliper Deciduous Tree (Installation Only)
Description: 3-inch caliper deciduous tree, including transportation from within Fort Collins City
limits, excavation, planting soil, soil amendments, fertilizer, mulch, subgrade removal, installation
in place, and incidental efforts and materials required for complete finished installation. Does not
include irrigation system work or cost of tree.
CITY OF FORT COLLINS
17 March 2005
d. Solomon Colors; SGS Mortar Colors.
2.5 MISCELLANEOUS MASONRY ACCESSORIES
OLD TOWN SQUARE ENHANCEMENTS
A. Compressible Filler: Premolded filler strips complying with ASTM D 1056, Grade 2A1; compressible up
to 35 percent; of width and thickness indicated; formulated from neoprene urethane or PVC.
B. Expanded Metal Lath: 3.4 lb/sq. yd. , self -furring, diamond -mesh lath complying with ASTM C 847.
Fabricate from structural -quality, zinc -coated (galvanized) steel sheet complying with
ASTM A 653/A 653M, G60 .
C. Lath Attachment Devices: Material and type required by ASTM C 1063 for installations indicated.
2.6 MASONRY CLEANERS
A. Job -Mixed Detergent Solution: Solution of 1/2-cup dry -measure tetrasodium polyphosphate and 1/2-cup
dry -measure laundry detergent dissolved in 1 gal. of water.
B. Proprietary Acidic Cleaner: Manufacturer's standard -strength cleaner designed for removing
mortar/grout stains, efflorescence, and other new construction stains from stone masonry surfaces without
discoloring or damaging masonry surfaces; expressly approved for intended use by stone producer.
Products:
a. Hydrochemical Techniques, Inc.; Hydroclean Brick, Granite, Sandstone and Terra Cotta
Cleaner (HT-626).
b. ProSoCo, Inc.; Sure Klean Restoration Cleaner.
2.7 STONE FABRICATION
A. General: Fabricate stone in sizes and shapes necessary to comply with requirements indicated, including
details on Drawings.
B. Select stone to produce pieces of thickness, size, and shape indicated and to comply with fabrication and
construction tolerances recommended by applicable stone association or, if none, by stone source, for
faces, edges, beds, and backs.
Clean sawed backs of stone to remove rust stains and iron particles.
C. Thickness of Stone Veneer: Provide thickness indicated, but not less than the following:
1. Thickness: 4 inches plus or minus 1/2 inch.
D. Dress joints (bed and vertical) straight and at right angle to face, unless otherwise indicated.
E. Shape stone for type of masonry (pattern) as follows:
1. Split -bed, random -range ashlar with random course heights and random lengths (interrupted
coursed).
F. Finish exposed faces and edges of stone to comply with requirements indicated for finish and to match
approved samples and mockups.
STONE VENEER ASSEMBLIES 04860 - 4
CITY OF FORT COLLINS OLD TOWN SQUARE ENHANCEMENTS
17 March 2005
1. Finish: Mixed split face and seam face.
2. Finish for Sills: Sand -rubbed finish.
3. Finish for Copings: Finish to match existing wall copings on site.
a. Finish exposed ends of copings same as front and back faces.
G. Carefully inspect stone at quarry or fabrication plant for compliance with requirements for appearance,
material, and fabrication. Replace defective units before shipment.
2.8 MORTAR MIXES
A. General: Do not use admixtures, including pigments, air -entraining agents, accelerators, retarders, water-
repellent agents, antifreeze compounds, or other admixtures, unless otherwise indicated.
1. Do not use calcium chloride.
2. Mixing Pointing Mortar: Thoroughly mix cementitious and aggregate materials together before
adding water. Then mix again, adding only enough water to produce a damp, unworkable mix that
will retain its form when pressed into a ball. Maintain mortar in this dampened condition for one
to two hours. Add remaining water in small portions until mortar reaches desired consistency.
Use mortar within 30 minutes of final mixing; do not retemper or use partially hardened material.
B. Preblended, Dry Mortar Mix: Furnish dry mortar ingredients in the form of a preblended mix. Measure
quantities by weight to ensure accurate proportions, and thoroughly blend ingredients before delivering to
Project site.
C. Mortar for Stone Masonry: Comply with ASTM C 270, Proportion Specification.
1. Extended -Life Mortar: Mortar complying with ASTM C 1142 may be used instead of mortar
specified above, at Contractor's option.
2. Mortar for Setting Stone: Type S.
D. Latex -Modified Portland Cement Setting Mortar: Proportion and mix portland cement, aggregate, and
latex additive to comply with latex -additive manufacturer's written instructions.
E. Cement -Paste Bond Coat: Mix either neat cement and water or cement, sand, and water to a consistency
similar to that of thick cream.
For latex -modified portland cement setting -bed mortar, substitute latex admixture for part or all of
water, according to latex -additive manufacturer's written instructions.
F. Mortar for Scratch Coat over Metal Lath: 1 part portland cement, 1/2 part lime, 5 parts loose damp sand,
and enough water to produce a workable consistency.
G. Pigmented Mortar: Select and proportion pigments with other ingredients to produce color required.
1. Mix to match approved sample as selected by Architect from manufacturers full range of colors.
2. Pigments shall not exceed 10 percent of portland cement by weight.
3. Pigments shall not exceed 5 percent of masonry cement by weight.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 EXAMINATION
STONE VENEER ASSEMBLIES 04860 - 5
CITY OF FORT COLLINS OLD TOWN SQUARE ENHANCEMENTS
17 March 2005
A. Examine surfaces indicated to receive stone veneer assemblies, with Installer present, for compliance
with requirements for installation tolerances and other conditions affecting performance.
1. Examine substrate to verify that dovetail slots, inserts, reinforcement, veneer anchors, flashing,
and other items installed in unit masonry or concrete and required for or extending into stone
veneer assemblies are correctly installed.
2. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.
3.2 PREPARATION
A. Advise installers of other work about specific requirements for placement of reinforcement, veneer
anchors, flashing, and similar items to be built into stone veneer assemblies.
B. Coat concrete backup with asphalt dampproofing.
C. Clean dirty or stained stone surfaces by removing soil, stains, and foreign materials before setting. Clean
stone by thoroughly scrubbing with fiber brushes and then drenching with clear water. Use only mild
cleaning compounds that contain no caustic or harsh materials or abrasives.
3.3 SETTING OF STONE VENEER, GENERAL
A. Perform necessary field cutting as stone is set. Use power saws to cut stone. Cut lines straight and true,
with edges eased slightly to prevent snipping.
B. Sort stone before it is placed in wall to remove stone that does not comply with requirements relating to
aesthetic effects, physical properties, or fabrication, or that is otherwise unsuitable for intended use.
C. Arrange stones with color and size variations uniformly dispersed for an evenly blended appearance.
D. Set stone to comply with requirements indicated on Drawings. Install veneer anchors, supports, fasteners,
and other attachments indicated or necessary to secure stone veneer assemblies in place. Set stone
accurately in locations indicated with edges and faces aligned according to established relationships and
indicated tolerances.
E. Maintain uniform joint widths except for variations due to different stone sizes and where minor
variations are required to maintain bond alignment, if any. Lay walls with joints not less than 1/4 inch at
narrowest points nor more than 1/2 inch at widest points.
F. Provide expansion, control, and pressure -relieving joints of widths and at locations indicated.
1. Keep expansion and pressure -relieving joints free of mortar and other rigid materials.
2. Sealing expansion, control, and pressure -relieving joints is specified in Division 7 Section "Joint
Sealants."
3.4 CONSTRUCTION TOLERANCES
A. Variation from Plumb: For vertical lines and surfaces, do not exceed 1/4 inch in 10 feet , 3/8 inch in 20
feet , or 1/2 inch in 40 feet or more. For external corners, expansion joints, control joints, and other
conspicuous lines, do not exceed 1/4 inch in 20 feet or 1/2 inch in 40 feet or more.
B. Variation from Level: For lines of exposed sills, parapets, horizontal grooves, and other conspicuous
lines, do not exceed 1/4 inch in 20 feet or 1/2 inch in 40 feet or more.
STONE VENEER ASSEMBLIES 04860 - 6
CITY OF FORT COLLINS OLD TOWN SQUARE ENHANCEMENTS
17 March 2005
C. Measure variation from level, plumb, and position shown in plan as variation of the average plane of the
face of each stone from level, plumb, or dimensioned plane.
D. Variation in Mortar -Joint Thickness: Do not vary from joint size range indicated.
E. Variation in Plane between Adjacent Stones: Do not exceed one-half of tolerance specified for thickness
of stone.
F. Variation in Plane on Face of Individual Stone: Do not exceed one-half of tolerance specified for
thickness of stone.
3.5 INSTALLATION OF ADHERED STONE VENEER ASSEMBLIES
A. Install lath over unit masonry and concrete to comply with ASTM C 1063.
B. Install scratch coat over metal lath 3/8 inch thick to comply with ASTM C 926.
C. Coat backs of stone units and face of scratch coat with cement -paste bond coat, then butter both surfaces
with setting mortar. Use sufficient setting mortar so a slight excess will be forced out the edges of stone
units as they are set. Tap units into place, completely filling space between units and scratch coat.
D. Rake out joints for pointing with mortar to depth of not less than 3/4 inch before setting mortar has
hardened. Rake joints to uniform depths with square bottoms and clean sides.
3.6 POINTING
A. Prepare stone joint surfaces for pointing with mortar by removing dust and mortar particles. Where
setting mortar was removed to depths greater than surrounding areas, apply pointing mortar in layers not
more than 3/8 inch deep until a uniform depth is formed.
B. Point stone joints by placing and compacting pointing mortar in layers not more than 3/8 inch deep.
Compact each layer thoroughly and allow to become thumbprint hard before applying next layer.
C. Tool joints, when pointing mortar is thumbprint hard, with a smooth jointing tool to produce the
following joint profile:
Joint Profile: Smooth, flat face recessed 1/4 inch below edges of stone (raked joint).
3.7 ADJUSTING AND CLEANING
A. Remove and replace stone veneer assemblies of the following description:
1. Broken, chipped, stained, or otherwise damaged stone. Stone may be repaired if methods and
results are approved by Architect.
2. Defective joints.
3. Stone veneer assemblies not matching approved samples and mockups.
4. Stone veneer assemblies not complying with other requirements indicated.
B. Replace in a manner that results in stone veneer assemblies' matching approved samples and mockups,
complying with other requirements, and showing no evidence of replacement.
STONE VENEER ASSEMBLIES 04860 - 7
CITY OF FORT COLLINS OLD TOWN SQUARE ENHANCEMENTS
17 March 2005
C. In -Progress Cleaning: Clean stone veneer assemblies as work progresses. Remove mortar fins and
smears before tooling joints.
D. Final Cleaning: After mortar is thoroughly set and cured, clean stone veneer assemblies as follows:
I. Remove large mortar particles by hand with wooden paddles and nonmetallic scrape hoes or
chisels.
2. Test cleaning methods on mockup; leave one-half of panel uncleaned for comparison purposes.
Obtain Architect's approval of sample cleaning before cleaning stone veneer assemblies.
3. Protect adjacent stone and nonmasonry surfaces from contact with cleaner by covering them with
liquid strippable masking agent, polyethylene film, or waterproof masking tape.
4. Wet wall surfaces with water before applying cleaner; remove cleaner promptly by rinsing
thoroughly with clear water.
5. Clean stone veneer assemblies by bucket and brush hand -cleaning method described in BIA
Technical Note No. 20 Revised II, using job -mixed detergent solution.
3.8 EXCESS MATERIALS AND WASTE
A. Excess Stone: Stack excess stone where directed by Owner for Owner's use.
B. Disposal as Fill Material: Dispose of clean masonry waste, including mortar and excess or soil -
contaminated sand, by crushing and mixing with fill material as fill is placed.
1. Crush masonry waste to less than 4 inches in greatest dimension.
2. Mix masonry waste with at least two parts of specified fill material for each part of masonry
waste. Fill material is specified in Division 2 Section "Earthwork."
3. Do not dispose of masonry waste as fill within 18 inches of finished grade.
C. Excess Masonry Waste: Remove excess clean masonry waste that cannot be used as fill, as described
above, and other waste, and legally dispose of off Owner's property.
END OF SECTION 04860
STONE VENEER ASSEMBLIES 04860 - 8
CITY OF FORT COLLINS
17 March 2005
SECTION 05500 - METAL FABRICATIONS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. This Section includes the following:
OLD TOWN SQUARE ENHANCEMENTS
1. Miscellaneous steel framing and supports.
2. Steel weld plates and angles.
3. Miscellaneous steel trim.
4. Steel kiosk
5. Steel railings and gates.
6. Pipe guards.
7. Other metal fabrications as shown on the drawings fabricated from steel shapes, plates, bars, strips,
tubes, welded wire mesh, pipes, or castings which are not part of structural steel or other systems
specified elsewhere.
1.2 SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: For the following:
1. Grout.
B. Shop Drawings: Include plans, elevations, sections, and details of metal fabrications and their connections.
Show anchorage and accessory items.
C. Templates: For anchors and bolts.
D. Layout for metal letters
E. Welding certificates
1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Welding: Qualify procedures and personnel according to the following:
1. AWS D1.1,"Structural Welding Code --Steel."
2. AWS D1.2, "Structural Welding Code --Aluminum."
3. AWS D1.3, "Structural Welding Code --Sheet Steel."
4. AWS D1.6, "Structural Welding Code --Stainless Steel."
1.4 PROJECT CONDITIONS
A. Field Measurements: Verify actual locations of walls and other construction contiguous with metal
fabrications by field measurements before fabrication and indicate measurements on Shop Drawings.
1. Established Dimensions: Where field measurements cannot be made without delaying the Work,
establish dimensions and proceed with fabricating metal fabrications without field measurements.
METAL FABRICATIONS 05500 - 1
M
CITY OF FORT COLLINS
17 March 2005
OLD TOWN SQUARE ENHANCEMENTS
Coordinate wall and other contiguous construction to ensure that actual dimensions correspond to
established dimensions
2. Provide allowance for trimming and fitting at site.
1.5 COORDINATION
A. Coordinate installation of anchorages for metal fabrications. Furnish setting drawings, templates, and
directions for installing anchorages, including sleeves, concrete inserts, anchor bolts, and items with integral
anchors, that are to be embedded in concrete or masonry. Deliver such items to Project site in time for
installation.
Coordinate installation of steel weld plates and angles for casting into concrete that are specified in this
Section but required for work of another Section. Deliver such items to Project site in time for installation.
Coordinate installation of electrical items that relate to metal fabrications.
PART2-PRODUCTS
2.1 METALS
A. Metal Surfaces, General: Provide materials with smooth, flat surfaces without blemishes.
B. Ferrous Metals:
1. Steel Plates, Shapes, and Bars: ASTM A 36/A 36M.
2. Steel Tubing: ASTM A 500, cold -formed steel tubing.
3. Steel Pipe: ASTM A 53/A 53M, standard weight (Schedule 40), unless another weight is indicated
or required by structural loads.
4. Rolled -Steel Floor Plate: ASTM A 786/A 786M, rolled from plate complying with
ASTM A 36/A 36M or ASTM A 283/A 283M, Grade C or D.
2.2 FASTENERS
A. General: Zinc -plated fasteners with coating complying with ASTM B 633, Class Fe/Zn 5, . Provide
stainless -steel fasteners for fastening aluminum. Select fasteners for type, grade, and class required.
B. Cast -in -Place Anchors in Concrete: Threaded or wedge type; galvanized ferrous castings, either
ASTM A 47/A 47M malleable iron or ASTM A 27/A 27M cast steel. Provide bolts, washers, and shims as
needed, hot -dip galvanized per ASTM A 153/A 153M.
2.3 MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS
A. Primer: Primer selection must be compatible with the finish coating specified in Division 9. The Metal
Fabrication contractor is to coordinate with finish paint.
B. Galvanizing Repair Paint: SSPC-Paint 20, high -zinc -dust -content paint for regalvanizing welds in steel.
METAL FABRICATIONS 05500 - 2
R!1
CITY OF FORT COLLINS
17 March 2005
OLD TOWN SQUARE ENHANCEMENTS
C. Nonshrink, Nonmetallic Grout: Factory -packaged, nonstaining, noncorrosive, nongaseous grout complying
with ASTM C 1107.
D. Miscellaneous hardware: Hinges, stars, etc. as indicated on drawings. King Architectural Metals or equal.
2.4 METAL LETTERS
A. Waterjet Cut letters and made using a fine, high pressure stream of water that carries abrasive material.
B. Material: Stainless steel
C. Size and Thickness: 6" high x'/z" thick
D. Finish: Satin finish. Letters are to be finished on all surfaces since they are free standing and the back is
exposed.
E. Font: Garamond Bold
F. Copy: Refer to drawings
G. Mounting: Welded to steel channel
2.5 FABRICATION
A. General: Preassemble items in the shop to greatest extent possible. Use connections that maintain structural
value of joined pieces.
1. Cut, drill, and punch metals cleanly and accurately. Remove burrs and ease edges. Remove sharp or
rough areas on exposed surfaces.
2. Weld corners and seams continuously. Use materials and methods that minimize distortion and
develop strength and corrosion resistance of base metals. Obtain fusion without undercut or overlap.
Remove welding flux immediately. Finish exposed welds smooth and blended.
3. Form exposed connections with hairline joints, flush and smooth, using concealed fasteners where
possible. Locate joints where least conspicuous.
4. Fabricate seams and other connections that will be exposed to weather in a manner to exclude water.
Provide weep holes where water may accumulate.
5. Cut, reinforce, drill, and tap as indicated to receive hardware, screws,and similar items.
B. Miscellaneous Framing and Supports: Provide steel framing and supports not specified in other Sections as
needed to complete the Work. Fabricate units from steel shapes, plates, and bars of welded construction.
Cut, drill, and tap units to receive hardware, hangers, and similar items.
C. Steel railings, gates, and miscellaneous steel trim: Fabricate units from steel shapes, plates, and bars of
profiles shown with continuously welded joints and smooth exposed edges. Miter corners and use
concealed field splices where possible. Provide cutouts, fittings, and anchorages as needed to coordinate
assembly and installation with other work.
2.6 FINISHES
A. Comply with NAAMM's "Metal Finishes Manual for Architectural and Metal Products" for
recommendations for applying and designating finishes. Finish metal fabrications after assembly.
METAL FABRICATIONS 05500 - 3
CITY OF FORT COLLINS OLD TOWN SQUARE ENHANCEMENTS
17 March 2005
B. Steel and Iron Finishes:
1. Hot -dip galvanize items as indicated to comply with ASTM A 123/A 123M or
ASTM A 153/A 153M as applicable. Galvanize after fabrication.
2. Preparation for Shop Priming: Prepare uncoated ferrous -metal surfaces to comply with requirements
indicated below for environmental exposure conditions of installed metal fabrications:
a. (SSPC Zone 113) SSPC-SP 6/NACE No. 3, "Commercial Blast Cleaning."
3. Shop Priming: Apply shop primer to uncoated surfaces of metal fabrications, except those with
galvanized finishes and those to be embedded in concrete, or masonry, to comply with SSPC-PA 1,
"Paint Application Specification No. 1: Shop, Field, and Maintenance Painting," for shop painting.
Primer selection must be compatible with the finish coating specified in Division 9. The Metal
Fabrication contractor is to coordinate with finish paint.
PART 3-EXECUTION
3.1 INSTALLATION
A. General: Perform cutting, drilling, and fitting required for installing metal fabrications. Set metal
fabrications accurately in location, with edges and surfaces level, plumb, and true.
1. Fit exposed connections accurately together. Weld connections that are not to be left as exposed
joints but cannot be shop welded. Do not weld, cut, or abrade surfaces of exterior units that have
been hot -dip galvanized after fabrication.
2. Provide anchorage devices and fasteners where metal fabrications are required to be fastened to in -
place construction.
B. Provide temporary bracing or anchors in formwork for items that are to be built into concrete,
masonry, or similar construction.
C. Bollards:
1. Anchor bollards in place with concrete footings. Place concrete and vibrate or tamp for
consolidation. Support and brace bollards in position until concrete has cured.
2. Fill bollards solidly with concrete, mounding top surface to shed water.
D. Touch up surfaces and finishes after erection.
1. Painted Surfaces: Clean field welds, bolted connections, and abraded areas and touch up paint with
the same material as used for shop painting.
2. Galvanized Surfaces: Clean field welds, bolted connections, and abraded areas and repair
galvanizing to comply with ASTM A 780.
END OF SECTION 05500
METAL FABRICATIONS 05500 - 4
CITY OF FORT COLLINS
3 March 2005
SECTION 09220 - PORTLAND CEMENT PLASTER
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
OLD TOWN SQUARE ENHANCEMENTS
A. This Section includes the following:
1. Exterior portland cement plasterwork (stucco) on existing brick wall.
1.2 SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: For each type of product indicated.
B. Samples: For each type of colored textured finish coat indicated; 12 by 12 inchcs (30S by 3(5 min), and
prepared on rigid backing.
1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Mockups: Before plastering, install mockups of at least I O Al. it. in surface area to demonstrate aesthetic
effects and set quality standards for materials and execution.
1. Install mockups for each type of finish indicated.
2. Approved mockups may become part of the completed Work if undisturbed at time of Substantial
Completion.
1.4 PROJECT CONDITIONS
A. Comply with ASTM C 926 requirements.
B. Exterior Plasterwork: Apply plaster when ambient temperature is greater than ,10 de.- F (1.1 dcz
PART2-PRODUCTS
2.1 MANUFACTURERS
A. In other Part 2 articles where titles below introduce lists, the following requirements apply to product
selection:
1. Available Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, products that may be incorporated
into the Work include, but are not limited to, products specified.
PORTLAND CEMENT PLASTER 09220 - 1
2. Unit of Measurement: Each.
MMM. Unit Price Item: 3-Inch Caliper Deciduous Tree
1. Description: 3-inch caliper deciduous tree, including transportation, excavation, planting soil, soil
amendments, fertilizer, mulch, staking, subgrade removal, installation in place, and incidental
efforts and materials required for complete finished installation. Does not include irrigation
system work.
2. Unit of Measurement: Each.
NNN. Unit Price Item: 3-Inch Caliper Deciduous Tree in Tree Grate
1. Description: 3-inch caliper deciduous tree, including transportation, excavation, planting soil, soil
amendments, fertilizer, mulch, perforated pipe ring and PVC riser, subgrade removal, installation
in place, and incidental efforts and materials required for complete finished installation. Does not
include irrigation system work.
2. Unit of Measurement: Each.
000. Unit Price Item: 2-Inch Caliper Deciduous Tree
1. Description: 2-inch caliper deciduous tree, including transportation, excavation, planting soil, soil
amendments, fertilizer, mulch, subgrade removal, installation in place, and incidental efforts and
materials required for complete finished installation. Does not include irrigation system work.
2. Unit of Measurement: Each.
PPP. Unit Price Item: 5 Gallon Deciduous Shrub
1. Description: 5 gallon deciduous shrub, including transportation, excavation, planting soil, soil
amendments, fertilizer, mulch, subgrade removal, installation in place, and incidental efforts and
materials required for complete finished installation. Does not include irrigation system work.
2. Unit of Measurement: Each.
QQQ. Unit Price Item: 7 Gallon Evergreen Shrub
Description: 7 gallon evergreen shrub, including transportation, excavation, planting soil, soil
amendments, fertilizer, mulch, subgrade removal, installation in place, and incidental efforts and
materials required for complete finished installation. Does not include irrigation system work.
Unit of Measurement: Each.
RRR. Unit Price Item: 5 Gallon Evergreen Shrub
1. Description: 5 gallon evergreen shrub, including transportation, excavation, planting soil, soil
amendments, fertilizer, mulch, subgrade removal, installation in place, and incidental efforts and
materials required for complete finished installation. Does not include irrigation system work.
2. Unit of Measurement: Each.
SSS. Unit Price Item: 1 Gallon Evergreen Shrub
I. Description: 1 gallon evergreen shrub, including transportation, excavation, planting soil, soil
amendments, fertilizer, mulch, subgrade removal, installation in place, and incidental efforts and
materials required for complete finished installation. Does not include irrigation system work.
2. Unit of Measurement: Each.
CITY OF FORT COLLINS OLD TOWN SQUARE ENHANCEMENTS
3 March 2005
2.2 MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS
A. Water for Mixing: Potable and free of substances capable of affecting plaster set or of damaging plaster,
lath, or accessories.
B. Fiber for Base Coat: Alkaline -resistant glass or polypropylene fibers, 1112 inch (13 min) long, free of
contaminants, manufactured for use in portland cement plaster.
C. Bonding Compound: ASTM C 932.
2.3 PLASTER MATERIALS
A. Portland Cement: ASTM C 150, Type I.
I. Color for Finish Coats: White.
B. Colorants for Job -Mixed Finish -Coats: Colorfast mineral pigments that produce finish plaster color to
match existing, adjacent walls.
C. Lime: ASTM C 206, Type S; or ASTM C 207, Type S.
D. Sand Aggregate: ASTM C 897.
1. Color for Job -Mixed Finish Coats: In color matching adjacent wall.
2. Color: Match existing, adjacent wall.
2.4 PLASTER MIXES
A. General: Comply with ASTM C 926 for applications indicated.
1. Fiber Content: Add fiber to base -coat mixes after ingredients have mixed at least two minutes.
Comply with fiber manufacturer's written instructions for fiber quantities in mixes, but do not
exceed 1 lb of fiber/iu. ft. (16 kJ of tibet cu, cn) of cementitious materials. Reduce aggregate
quantities accordingly to maintain workability.
B. Portland Cement Base -Coat Mixes:
1. Over Brick : Single base coats for two -coat plasterwork as follows:
a. For cementitious material, mix 1 part portland cement and 3/4 to 1-1/2 parts lime. Use 2-
1/2 to 4 parts aggregate per part of cementitious material (sum of separate volumes of each
component material).
C. Portland Cement Job -Mixed Finish -Coat Mixes: For cementitious materials, mix 1 part portland cement
and 3/4 to 1-1/2 parts lime. Use 1-1/2 to 3 parts aggregate per part of cementitious material (sum of
separate volumes of each component material).
D. Factory -Prepared Finish -Coat Mixes: For ready -mixed finish -coat plasters, comply with manufacturer's
written instructions. EXECUTION
PORTLAND CEMENT PLASTER 09220 - 2
CITY OF FORT COLLINS OLD TOWN SQUARE ENHANCEMENTS
3 March 2005
2.5 PREPARATION
A. Protect adjacent work from soiling, spattering, moisture deterioration, and other harmful effects caused
by plastering.
B. Prepare solid -plaster bases that are smooth or that do not have the suction capability required to bond
with plaster according to ASTM C 926.
2.6 INSTALLATION, GENERAL
2.7 INSTALLING ACCESSORIES
A. Install according to ASTM C 1063 and at locations indicated on Drawings.
B. Reinforcement for External Comers:
1. Install lath -type external -corner reinforcement at exterior locations.
2.8 PLASTER APPLICATION
A. General: Comply with ASTM C 926.
B. Bonding Compound: Apply on unit masonry plaster bases.
C. Plaster Finish Coats: Apply to provide finish to match adjacent wall.
2.9 CUTTING AND PATCHING
A. Cut, patch, replace, and repair plaster as necessary to accommodate other work and to restore cracks,
dents, and imperfections. Repair or replace work to eliminate blisters, buckles, crazing (check cracking),
dry outs, efflorescence, sweat outs, and similar defects and where bond to substrate has.failed.
END OF SECTION 09220
PORTLAND CEMENT PLASTER 09220 - 3
..6
CITY OF FORT COLLINS
17 March 2005
SECTION 09638 - STONE PAVING
PART I - GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
OLD TOWN SQUARE ENHANCEMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and
Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
1.2 SUMMARY
A. This Section includes dimensional stone paving, stair treads and risers.
B. Related Sections include the following:
1. Division 2 Section "Unit Pavers" for rough stone pavers.
2. Division 4 Section "Stone Veneer Assemblies" for sandstone source, performance requirements
and physical properties.
3. Division 7 Section "Joint Sealants" for sealing control and expansion joints in stone paving with
elastomeric sealants.
1.3 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS
A. Stone Abrasion Resistance: Minimum value of 12, based on testing according to ASTM C 241 or
ASTM C 1353, unless a higher value is required by the referenced building stone standard.
1.4 SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: For the following:
1. Each variety of stone. Include data on physical properties required by referenced ASTM standards.
2. Stone accessories and other manufactured products.
B. Shop Drawings: Include plans, elevations, sections, details, and attachments to other Work.
C. Grout Samples for Initial Selection: For each type of grout indicated.
D. Samples for Verification:
1. For each stone type indicated, in sets of Samples not less than 12 inches square. Include two or
more Samples in each set and show the full range of variations in appearance characteristics
expected in completed Work.
2. For each color of grout required.
E. Qualification Data: For Installer and fabricator.
F. Maintenance Data: For stone paving and flooring to include in maintenance manuals. Include Product
Data for stone -care products used or recommended by Installer and names, addresses, and telephone
numbers of local sources for products.
STONE PAVING 09638 - 1
CITY OF FORT COLLINS OLD TOWN SQUARE ENHANCEMENTS
17 March 2005
1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Installer Qualifications: An installer who employs experienced mechanics and stone fitters who are
skilled in installing stone paving and flooring similar in material, design, and extent to those indicated for
this Project and whose projects have a record of successful in-service performance.
B. Fabricator Qualifications: Shop that employs skilled workers who fabricate stone paving and flooring
similar to those indicated for this Project and whose products have a record of successful in-service
performance.
C. Source Limitations for Stone: Obtain each variety of stone, regardless of finish, from a single quarry with
resources to provide materials of consistent quality in appearance and physical properties.
1. Obtain each variety of stone from a single quarry, whether specified in this Section or in another
Section of the Specifications.
D. Source Limitations for Other Materials: Obtain each type of cementitious material, grout, admixture,
stone accessory, sealant, and other material from a single manufacturer.
E. Mockups: Build mockups to verify selections made under sample Submittals and to demonstrate
aesthetic effects and qualities of materials and execution.
1. Build mockups approximately 36 inches square.
2. Approval of mockups does not constitute approval of deviations from the Contract Documents
contained in mockups unless such deviations are specifically approved by Architect in writing.
3. Approved mockups may become part of the completed Work if undisturbed at time of Substantial
Completion.
1.6 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A. Lift large stone with wide -belt slings; do not use wire rope or ropes that might cause staining. Move
stone, if required, using dollies with cushioned wood supports.
B. Store stone on wood A -frames or pallets with nonstaining separators and nonstaining, waterproof covers.
Ventilate under covers to prevent condensation.
C. Store cementitious materials on elevated platforms, under cover, and in a dry location. Do not use
cementitious materials that have become damp.
1.7 PROJECT CONDITIONS
A. Do not set stone when air or material temperature is below so deg 1: .
B. Maintain minimum ambient temperatures of 50 deg I during installation and for 7 days after completion
unless higher temperatures are required by fabricator's or supplier's instructions.
C. Cold -Weather Requirements for Stone Paving:
1. Do not use frozen materials or materials mixed or coated with ice or frost. Do not build on frozen
subgrade or setting beds.
2. Protect stone paving against freezing when atmospheric temperature is 40 deb, F and falling. Heat
materials to provide mortar and grout temperatures between Oil acid 120 deg 1 .
STONE PAVING 09638 - 2
CITY OF FORT COLLINS OLD TOWN SQUARE ENHANCEMENTS
17 March 2005
3. Provide the following protection for completed portions of work for 24 hours after installation
when mean daily air temperature is as indicated:
a. Below 40 dcg F, cover with weather -resistant membrane.
b. Below 25 deg F , cover with insulating blankets.
C. Below 20 deu F , provide enclosure and temporary heat to maintain temperature above
32 deR F .
D. Hot -Weather Requirements for Stone Paving: Protect stone paving when temperature and humidity
conditions produce excessive evaporation of setting beds and grout. Provide artificial shade and
windbreaks and use cooled materials as required. Do not apply mortar to substrates with temperatures of
100 deg F and above.
PART2-PRODUCTS
2.1 MANUFACTURERS
A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following:
1. Water -Cleanable Epoxy Adhesive:
a. C-Cure Corporation.
b. Laticrete International, Inc.
C. Summitville Tiles, Inc.
2. Latex -Portland Cement Grout:
a. C-Cure Corporation.
b. Laticrete International, Inc.
3. Stone Floor Sealers:
a. Custom Building Products.
b. Stone Care International.
C. Summitville Tiles, Inc.
2.2 STONE, GENERAL
A. Varieties and Sources: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide stone varieties from sources
specified in Part 2 "Stone Types' Article.
B. Provide stone that is free of cracks, seams, and starts impairing structural integrity or function.
C. Provide stone from a single quarry for each variety of stone required.
2.3 STONE TYPES
A. Other Stone: Provide stone that complies with the following:
1. Maximum Absorption, by Weight: 1 percent according to ASTM C 97.
2. Minimum Compressive Strength: 20,000 psi Insert required value according to ASTM C 170,
STONE PAVING 09638 - 3
CITY OF FORT COLLINS OLD TOWN SQUARE ENHANCEMENTS
17 March 2005
3. Varieties and Source:
a. Royal Sable
b. Iridian
C. Mountain Green
d. All granite supplied by:
Cold Spring Granite, 202 S. Third Ave., Cold Spring, MN 56320
Ph: 800.328.7038, Fax: 320.685.8490
4. Finish:
a. Top: Thermal for Iridian and Mountain Green. Diamond 10 for Royal Sable
b. Sides: Split if exposed, sawn if mortared.
C. Bottom: sawn.
2.4 MORTAR MATERIALS
A. Portland Cement: ASTM C 150, Type I or II. Provide natural color or white cement as required to
produce mortar color indicated.
1. Low -Alkali Cement: Not more than 0.60 percent total alkali when tested according to
ASTM C 114.
B. Aggregate: ASTM C 144
C. Latex additive (water emulsion) described below, serving as replacement for part of or all gaging water,
of type specifically recommended by latex -additive manufacturer for use with job -mixed portland cement
mortar and not containing a retarder.
1. Latex Additive: Styrene-butadiene rubber or acrylic resin.
D. Water: Potable.
2.5 GROUT
A. Grout Colors: As selected by Architect from manufacturer's full range.
B. Latex -Portland Cement Grout: ANSI Al 18.6, for materials described in Paragraph H-2.4, composed as
follows:
1. Factory -Prepared, Dry -Grout Mixture: Factory -prepared mixture of portland cement; dry,
redispersible, ethylene vinyl acetate additive; and other ingredients to produce the following:
a. Sanded grout mixture for joints U8 inch and wider.
2. Mixture of Dry -Grout Mix and Latex Additive: Mixture of factory -prepared, dry -grout mix and
latex additive complying with the following requirements:
a. Sanded Dry -Grout Mix: Commercial portland cement grout complying with
ANSI Al18.6, for materials described in Paragraph H-2.1, for joints i%8 inch and wider.
b. Latex Additive: Acrylic resin.
2.6 ACCESSORIES
STONE PAVING 09638 - 4
CITY OF FORT COLLINS OLD TOWN SQUARE ENHANCEMENTS
17 March 2005
A. Water -Cleanable Epoxy Adhesive: ANSI Al 18.3.
B. Spacers: Resilient plastic, nonstaining to stone, sized to suit joint thicknesses.
C. Cleaner: Stone cleaner specifically formulated for stone types, finishes, and applications indicated, as
recommended by stone producer and, if a sealer is specified, by sealer manufacturer. Do not use cleaning
compounds containing acids, caustics, harsh fillers, or abrasives.
D. Floor Sealer: Colorless, slip- and stain -resistant sealer that does not affect color or physical properties of
stone surfaces, as recommended by stone producer for exterior application indicated.
2.7 STONE FABRICATION
A. General: Fabricate stone paving in sizes and shapes necessary to comply with requirements indicated,
including details on Drawings and Shop Drawings.
B. Cut stone to produce pieces of thickness, size, and shape indicated and to comply with fabrication and
construction tolerances recommended by applicable stone association.
1. Pattern: As indicated on Drawings.
2. Thickness of Stone Paving: As indicated on Drawings.
3. Stone Edges: Eased.
4. Cut stone to produce uniform joints, 1 %4 iucli wide, in locations indicated.
5. Clean sawed backs of stones to remove rust stains and iron particles.
2.8 MORTAR AND GROUT MIXES
A. Mortar: Comply with referenced standards and with manufacturers' written instructions for mix
proportions, mixing equipment, mixer speeds, mixing containers, mixing time, and other procedures
needed to produce mortar of uniform quality and with optimum performance characteristics.
1. Do not use admixtures, including pigments, air -entraining agents, accelerators, retarders, water-
repellent agents, antifreeze compounds, or other admixtures, unless otherwise indicated. Do not
use calcium chloride.
2. Combine and thoroughly mix cementitious materials, water, and aggregates in a mechanical batch
mixer, unless otherwise indicated. Discard mortar when it has reached initial set.
B. Latex -Modified Portland Cement Setting Mortar: Proportion and mix portland cement, aggregate, and
latex additive to comply with written instructions of latex -additive manufacturer and as necessary to
produce stiff mixture with a moist surface when bed is ready to receive stone.
C. Latex -Modified Portland Cement Bond Coat: Proportion and mix portland cement, aggregate, and latex
additive to comply with latex -additive manufacturer's written instructions.
D. Joint Grout: Comply with mixing requirements of referenced ANSI standards and manufacturer's written
instructions.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 EXAMINATION
STONE PAVING 09638 - 5
CITY OF FORT COLLINS OLD TOWN SQUARE ENHANCEMENTS
17 March 2005
A. Examine surfaces indicated to receive stone paving, with Installer present, for compliance with
requirements for maximum moisture content, installation tolerances, and other conditions affecting
performance.
1. For the record, prepare a written report, endorsed by Installer, listing conditions detrimental to
performance of stone paving.
2. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.
3.2 PREPARATION
A. Vacuum clean concrete substrates to remove dirt, dust, debris, and loose particles.
B. Remove substances from concrete substrates that could impair mortar bond, including curing and sealing
compounds, form oil, and laitance.
C. Clean dirty or stained stone surfaces by removing soil, stains, and foreign materials before setting. Clean
stone by thoroughly scrubbing with fiber brushes and then drenching with clear water. Use only mild
cleaning compounds that contain no caustic or harsh materials or abrasives.
3.3 INSTALLATION, GENERAL
A. Do necessary field cutting as stone is set. Use power saws with diamond blades to cut stone. Cut lines
straight and true, with edges eased slightly to prevent snipping.
B. Set stone to comply with Drawings and Shop Drawings.
C. Scribe and field -cut stone as necessary to fit at obstructions. Produce tight and neat joints.
D. Expansion- and Control -Joint Installation: Locate and install according to Drawings and Shop Drawings.
Joint -sealant materials and installation are specified in Division 7 Section 'Joint Sealants."
3.4 INSTALLATION TOLERANCES
A. Variation in Line: For positions shown in plan for edges of paving, steps, changes in color or finish, and
continuous joint lines, do not exceed 1'8 in;h in 96 vichcs , 1'4 inch in 20 Ccet , or t±8 inch maximum.
B. Variation in Joint Width: Do not vary joint thickness more than 1. 16 inch or 1/4 of nominal joint width,
whichever is less.
C. Variation in Surface Plane of Paving and Flooring: Do not exceed 1i4 inch ❑ 10 tcet, or :3/8 inch
maximum from level or slope indicated.
D. Variation in Plane between Adjacent Units (Lipping): Do not exceed 1%2-incli difference between
planes of adjacent units.
3.5 INSTALLATION OF STONE DIRECTLY OVER CONCRETE
A. Saturate concrete with clean water several hours before placing setting bed. Remove surface water about
one hour before placing setting bed.
STONE PAVING 09638 - 6
CITY OF FORT COLLINS OLD TOWN SQUARE ENHANCEMENTS
17 March 2005
B. Apply mortar bed bond coat to damp concrete and broom to provide an even coating that completely
covers the concrete. Do not exceed 12 16-inch thickness. Limit area of mortar bed bond coat to avoid its
drying out before placing setting bed.
C. Apply mortar bed immediately after applying mortar -bed bond coat. Spread, tamp, and screed to uniform
thickness at elevations required for setting stone to finished elevations indicated.
D. Mix and place only that amount of mortar bed that can be covered with stone before initial set. Cut back,
bevel edge, and discard material that has reached initial set before stone can be placed.
E. Place stone before initial set of mortar occurs. Immediately before placing stone on setting bed, apply
uniform 1i16-inch- thick bond coat to bed or to back of each stone unit.
F. Tamp and beat stone with a wooden block or rubber mallet to obtain full contact with setting bed and to
bring finished surfaces within indicated tolerances. Set each unit in a single operation before initial set of
mortar; do not return to areas already set and disturb stone for purposes of realigning finished surfaces or
adjusting joints.
G. Rake out joints to depth required to receive grout as units are set.
3.6 STONE STAIR TREAD AND RISER INSTALLATION
A. Install stone stair treads and risers to comply with "Installation of Stone Directly over Concrete" Article.
B. Install stone stair treads and risers in a full bed of water -cleanable epoxy adhesive to comply with
ANSI A108.4.
3.7 GROUTING OF STONE PAVING AND FLOORING
A. Grout stone joints to comply with ANSI Al08.10 and manufacturer's written instructions.
B. Grout joints as soon as possible after initial set of setting bed. Force grout into joints, taking care not to
smear grout on adjoining stone and other surfaces. After initial set of grout, finish joints by tooling to
produce a slightly concave polished joint, free of drying cracks.
C. Cure grout by maintaining in a damp condition for seven days except as otherwise recommended by
latex -additive manufacturer.
3.8 ADJUSTING AND CLEANING
A. Remove and replace stone paving of the following description:
1. Broken, chipped, stained, or otherwise damaged stone. Stone may be repaired if methods and
results are approved by Architect.
2. Defective joints.
3. Stone paving, and joints not matching approved samples and mockups.
4. Stone paving not complying with other requirements indicated.
B. Replace in a manner that results in stone paving's matching approved samples and mockups, complying
with other requirements, and showing no evidence of replacement.
STONE PAVING 09638 - 7
CITY OF FORT COLLINS OLD TOWN SQUARE ENHANCEMENTS
17 March 2005
C. In -Progress Cleaning: Clean stone paving as work progresses. Remove mortar fins and smears before
tooling joints.
D. Clean stone paving after setting and grouting are complete. Use procedures recommended by stone
fabricator for types of application.
E. Apply sealer to cleaned stone paving according to sealer manufacturer's written instructions.
3.9 PROTECTION
A. Prohibit traffic from installed stone for a minimum of 72 hours.
B. Protect stone paving during construction with nonstaining kraft paper. Where adjoining areas require
construction work access, cover stone paving with a minimum of 3/4-inch untreated plywood over
nonstaining kraft paper.
END OF SECTION 09638
STONE PAVING 09638 - 8
s
TTT. Unit Price Item: 1 Gallon Perennial
1. Description: 1 gallon perennial, including transportation, excavation, planting soil, soil
amendments, fertilizer, mulch, subgrade removal, installation in place, and incidental efforts and
materials required for complete finished installation. Does not include irrigation system work.
2. Unit of Measurement: Each.
UUU. Unit Price Item: 4-Inch Perennial
1. Description: 4-inch container (F15) perennial, including transportation, excavation, planting soil,
soil amendments, fertilizer, mulch, subgrade removal, installation in place, and incidental efforts
and materials required for complete finished installation. Does not include irrigation system work.
2. Unit of Measurement: Each.
VVV. Unit Price Item: White Glory of the Snow Bulb
1. Description: White Glory of the Snow bulb, including transportation, excavation, installation in
place, and incidental efforts and materials required for complete finished installation. Does not
include irrigation system work.
2. Unit of Measurement: Each.
WWW. Unit Price Item: Mixed Purple Giant Crocus Bulb
1. Description: Mixed Purple Giant Crocus bulb, including transportation, excavation, installation in
place, and incidental efforts and materials required for complete finished installation. Does not
include irrigation system work.
2. Unit of Measurement: Each.
XXX. Unit Price Item: Blue Grape Hyacinth Bulb
1. Description: Blue Grape Hyacinth bulb, including transportation, excavation, installation in place,
and incidental efforts and materials required for complete finished installation. Does not include
irrigation system work.
2. Unit of Measurement: Each.
YYY. Unit Price Item: Giant Snowdrop Bulb
1. Description: Giant Snowdrop bulb, including transportation, excavation, installation in place, and
incidental efforts and materials required for complete finished installation. Does not include
irrigation system work.
2. Unit of Measurement: Each.
ZZZ. Unit Price Item: Blue Dwarf Iris Bulb
I. Description: Blue Dwarf Iris bulb, including transportation, excavation, installation in place, and
incidental efforts and materials required for complete finished installation. Does not include
irrigation system work.
2. Unit of Measurement: Each.
AAAA. Unit Price Item: Annuals Planting for Large Planter Pot
1. Description: Annuals planting for precast concrete planter pot, including transportation, excavation,
and incidental efforts and materials required for a complete installed finished product. Does not
include irrigation, or planter pot and related materials.
2. Unit of Measurement: Each
W
CITY OF FORT COLLINS
17 March 2005
SECTION 09960 - HIGH-PERFORMANCE COATINGS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
OLD TOWN SQUARE ENHANCEMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and
Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
1.2 SUMMARY
A. This Section includes surface preparation and application of high-performance coating systems on the
following substrates:
1. Exterior Substrates:
a. Steel.
b. Galvanized metal.
B. Related Sections include the following:
1. Division 5 Sections for shop priming of metal substrates with primers specified in this Section.
2. Division 9 painting Sections for special -use coatings and general field painting.
1.3 SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: For each type of product indicated.
B. Samples for Initial Selection: For each type of finish -coat product indicated.
C. Product List: For each product indicated. Cross-reference products to coating system and locations of
application areas. Use same designations indicated on Drawings and in schedules.
1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Master Painters Institute (MPI) Standards:
1. Products: Complying with MPI standards indicated and listed in "MPI Approved Products List."
2. Preparation and Workmanship: Comply with requirements in "MPI Architectural Painting
Specification Manual" for products and coating systems indicated.
1.5 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A. Store materials not in use in tightly covered containers in well -ventilated areas with ambient temperatures
continuously maintained at not less than 4i deg I= .
1. Maintain containers in clean condition, free of foreign materials and residue.
2. Remove rags and waste from storage areas daily.
HIGH-PERFORMANCE COATINGS 09960 - 1
CITY OF FORT COLLINS OLD TOWN SQUARE ENHANCEMENTS
17 March 2005
1.6 PROJECT CONDITIONS
A. Apply coatings only when temperature of surfaces to be coated and surrounding air temperatures are
between 50 and 95 der F .
B. Do not apply coatings in snow, rain, fog, or mist; when relative humidity exceeds 85 percent; at
temperatures less than i deg I above the dew point; or to damp or wet surfaces.
1.7 EXTRA MATERIALS
A. Furnish extra materials described below that are from same production run (batch mix) as materials
applied and that are packaged for storage and identified with labels describing contents.
1. Quantity: Furnish an additional [5] <Insert number> percent, but not less than [1 gal. ] <Insert
number> of each material and color applied.
PART2-PRODUCTS
2.1 HIGH-PERFORMANCE COATINGS, GENERAL
A. Material Compatibility:
1. Provide materials for use within each coating system that are compatible with one another and
substrates indicated, under conditions of service and application as demonstrated by manufacturer,
based on testing and field experience.
2. Provide products of same manufacturer for each coat in a coating system.
B. Colors: [As selected by Architect from manufacturer's full range] [Match Architect's samples] [As
indicated in color schedule] <Insert requirements>.
2.2 METAL PRIMERS
A. Epoxy Zinc Primer: MPI #20.
1. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following:
a. Sherwin-Williams Company (The); Industrial & Marine, Zinc Clad IV, B69A8/V8.
b. <Insert manufacturer's name; product name or designation.>
2. VOC Content: Minimum E Range of [El] [E2] [E3].
B. Cold -Curing Epoxy Primer: MPI #101.
1. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following:
a. Sherwin-Williams Company (The); Industrial & Marine, Duraplate 235 Multi -Purpose
Epoxy, 1367W235.
b. <Insert manufacturer's name; product name or designation.>
2. VOC Content: Minimum E Range of [El] [E3].
HIGH-PERFORMANCE COATINGS 09960 - 2
CITY OF FORT COLLINS OLD TOWN SQUARE ENHANCEMENTS
17 March 2005
2.3 EPDXY COATINGS
A. Epoxy, Cold -Cured, Gloss: MPI #77.
1. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following:
a. <Insert manufacturer's name; product name or designation.>
2. VOC Content: Minimum E Range of [El] [E2] [E3].
2.4 POLYURETHANE COATINGS
A. Polyurethane, Two -Component, Pigmented, Gloss: MPI #72.
l . Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following:
a. <Insert manufacturer's name; product name or designation.>
2. VOC Content: Minimum E Range of [El] [E2] [E3].
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 EXAMINATION
A. Examine substrates and conditions, with Applicator present, for compliance with requirements for
maximum moisture content and other conditions affecting performance of work.
1. Verify compatibility with and suitability of substrates, including compatibility with existing
finishes or primers.
2. Begin coating application only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected and surfaces are
dry.
3. Coating application indicates acceptance of surfaces and conditions.
3.2 PREPARATION
A. Comply with manufacturer's written instructions and recommendations in "MPI Architectural Painting
Specification Manual" applicable to substrates indicated.
B. Remove plates, machined surfaces, and similar items already in place that are not to be coated. If
removal is impractical or impossible because of size or weight of item, provide surface -applied protection
before surface preparation and coating.
I. After completing coating operations, reinstall items that were removed; use workers skilled in the
trades involved.
C. Clean substrates of substances that could impair bond of coatings, including dirt, oil, grease, and
incompatible paints and encapsulants.
1. Remove incompatible primers and reprime substrate with compatible primers as required to
produce coating systems indicated.
HIGH-PERFORMANCE COATINGS 09960 - 3
CITY OF FORT COLLINS
17 March 2005
D. Steel Substrates: Remove rust and loose mill scale.
OLD TOWN SQUARE ENHANCEMENTS
I. Clean using methods recommended in writing by coating manufacturer.
2. Blast clean according to [SSPC-SP 51NACE No. 1, "White Metal Blast Cleaning] [SSPC-
SP 6/NACE No. 3, "Commercial Blast Cleaning] [SSPC-SP 7/NACE No. 4, "Brush -Off Blast
Cleaning] [SSPC-SP 101NACE No. 2, "Near -White Blast Cleaning]."
E. Galvanized -Metal Substrates: Remove grease and oil residue from galvanized sheet metal fabricated
from coil stock by mechanical methods to produce clean, lightly etched surfaces that promote adhesion of
subsequently applied coatings.
3.3 APPLICATION
A. Apply high-performance coatings according to manufacturer's written instructions.
1. Use applicators and techniques suited for coating and substrate indicated.
2. Coat surfaces behind movable equipment and furniture same as similar exposed surfaces. Before
final installation, coat surfaces behind permanently fixed equipment or furniture with prime coat
only.
3. Coat back sides of access panels, removable or hinged covers, and similar hinged items to match
exposed surfaces.
B. Tint each undercoat a lighter shade to facilitate identification of each coat if multiple coats of the same
material are to be applied. Tint undercoats to match color of finish coat, but provide sufficient difference
in shade of undercoats to distinguish each separate coat.
C. If undercoats or other conditions show through final coat, apply additional coats until cured film has a
uniform coating finish, color, and appearance.
D. Apply coatings to produce surface films without cloudiness, spotting, holidays, laps, brush marks, runs,
sags, ropiness, or other surface imperfections. Produce sharp glass lines and color breaks.
3.4 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. Owner reserves the right to invoke the following procedure at any time and as often as Owner deems
necessary during the period when coatings are being applied:
1. Owner will engage the services of a qualified testing agency to sample coating material being
used. Samples of material delivered to Project site will be taken, identified, sealed, and certified in
presence of Contractor.
2. Testing agency will perform tests for compliance with specified requirements.
3. Owner may direct Contractor to stop applying coatings if test results show materials being used do
not comply with specified requirements. Contractor shall remove noncomplying coating materials
from Project site, pay for testing, and recoat surfaces coated with rejected materials. Contractor
will be required to remove rejected materials from previously coated surfaces if, on recoating with
complying materials, the two coatings are incompatible.
3.5 CLEANING AND PROTECTION
A. At end of each workday, remove rubbish, empty cans, rags, and other discarded materials from Project
site.
HIGH-PERFORMANCE COATINGS 09960 - 4
CITY OF FORT COLLINS OLD TOWN SQUARE ENHANCEMENTS
17 March 2005
B. After completing coating application, clean spattered surfaces. Remove spattered coatings by washing,
scraping, or other methods. Do not scratch or damage adjacent finished surfaces.
C. Protect work of other trades against damage from coating operation. Correct damage by cleaning,
repairing, replacing, and recoating, as approved by Architect, and leave in an undamaged condition.
D. At completion of construction activities of other trades, touch up and restore damaged or defaced coated
surfaces.
3.6 EXTERIOR HIGH-PERFORMANCE COATING SCHEDULE
A. Steel Substrates:
Polyurethane, Pigmented, Over Epoxy Coating System:
a. Prime Coat: [Epoxy zinc primer, MPI#20].
b. Intermediate Coat: Epoxy, cold -cured, gloss, MPI #77.
C. First Topcoat: Polyurethane, two -component, pigmented, gloss, MPI #72.
B. Galvanized -Metal Substrates:
Polyurethane, Pigmented Coating System
a. Prime Coat: [Cold -curing epoxy primer, MPI #101].
b. Intermediate Coat: [Polyurethane, two -component, pigmented, gloss, MPI #721.
C. First Topcoat: Polyurethane, two -component, pigmented, gloss, MPI #72.
d. Second Topcoat: Polyurethane, two -component, pigmented, gloss, MPI #72.
END OF SECTION 09960
HIGH-PERFORMANCE COATINGS 09960 - 5
CITY OF FORT COLLINS OLD TOWN SQUARE ENHANCEMENTS
17 March 2005
PARTI: GENERAL
1.1 PROVISIONS
A. The general provisions of the contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and
General Requirements, apply to the work specified in this section.
1.2 DESCRIPTION
A. Furnish and install all materials and equipment and provide all labor required and necessary to
complete the work shown on drawings and/or listed below and all other work and miscellaneous
items, not specifically mentioned, but inferred for a complete installation, including all accessories
and appurtenances required for testing the system. It is the intent of drawings and Specifications
that all systems be complete and ready for operation.
1.3 DEFINITIONS
A. Instructions such as "Provide the outlets" shall mean the same as though the words "This
Contractor shall" preceded each such instruction. "Provide" shall mean "Furnish and Install".
Where the words "Accepted" or "Acceptable" are used, such "Accepted" or "Acceptable" action
by the Government denotes that the work or equipment item is in conformance with the design
concept of the project and, in general, complies with pertinent information given in the Contract
Documents.
1.4 STANDARDS FOR MATERIALS
A. All materials shall be new and conform with the current applicable industry standards.
Workmanship and neat appearance shall be as important as electrical and mechanical operation.
Defective or damaged materials shall be replaced or repaired prior to final acceptance in a manner
meeting approval of the Project Manager/Engineer and at no additional cost to Government.
B. The latest editions of the following standards are minimum requirements.
Underwriters' Laboratories, Inc. (UL)
National Electrical Manufacturer's Association (NEMA)
American National Standards Institute (ANSI)
Insulated Cable Engineer's Association (ICEA)
Institute of Electrical and Electronic Engineers (IEEE)
Association of Edison Illuminating Companies (AEIC)
Certified Ballast Manufacturers (CBM)
Electrical Testing Laboratories (ETL)
Independent Testing Laboratories (ITL)
National Electrical Contractors Association (NECA)
National Electrical Code (NEC)
C. Listing and Labeling: Provide products specified in this Specification that are listed and labeled.
1. The Terms "Listed and Labeled": As defined in the "National Electrical Code," Article
100.
2. Listing and Labeling Agency Qualifications: A "Nationally Recognized Testing
Laboratory" (NRTL) as defined in OSHA Regulation 1910.7.
ELECTRICAL GENERAL PROVISIONS 16010 - 1
1 .6
CITY OF FORT COLLINS OLD TOWN SQUARE ENHANCEMENTS
17 March 2005
1.5 CODE COMPLIANCE
A. All work and materials shall comply with latest rules, codes and regulations, including but not
limited to the following: OSHA, National Electrical Code (NEC), National Electrical Safety Code
and all other applicable Federal, State, and local laws and regulations.
B. Code compliance is mandatory. The Drawings and Specifications shall not permit work that does
not conform to these codes. All modifications required by these codes, rules, regulations, and
authorities shall be made by the contractor without additional charge to the Government.
C. No work shall be concealed until after inspection and approval by the Project Manager/Engineer.
If work is concealed without inspection and approval, Contractor shall be responsible for all work
required to expose and restore the concealed in addition to all required modifications. At the
completion of work the contractor shall submit written certification that all work meets the
requirements of this section.
1.6 DRAWINGS
A. Drawings indicate general arrangement of circuits and power pedestals, locations of equipment,
panelboards and other work. Drawings and specifications are complementary each to the other,
and what is called for by one shall be binding as if called for by both. Data presented on drawings
is as accurate as planning can determine, but accuracy is not guaranteed and field verification of all
dimensions, locations, levels, etc. to suit field conditions is directed.
B. Review of the Contract Documents: Discrepancies between different drawings or between
drawings and specifications or regulations and codes governing installation shall be brought to
attention of the Project Manager/Engineer.
C. Right is reserved to make reasonable change in location of pedestals and equipment prior to rough -
in without increasing contract cost.
1.7 JOB CONDITIONS
A. Review the existing landscape and adjust all work to conform to the existing conditions.
B. The project is located within an existing landscaped area and special care shall be taken to
preserve and protect the existing landscape. Trees and other natural conditions shall not be
disturbed and/or removed without written approval of the Project Manager/Engineer.
C. Exact campsite pedestal locations and feeder routing will be determined in the field with the
contractor, Project Manager/Engineer, campground manager, and engineer all in attendance. The
contractor shall initiate and coordinate the site meeting. The contractor shall provide a minimum
of seven days advance notification of the meeting.
D. Protect all work by others and Electrical work against damage.
E. This contractor shall be responsible for all damages it causes to the property of the Government or
.to the work of the other contractors during the construction period.
1.8 DESCRIPTION OF THE ELECTRICAL SERVICE
A. Electrical Service: The electrical service shall be comprised of one 15kvolt padmount primary
switch, three 13.8kvolt-240/120volt padmount transformers, and three separate 240-volt
distribution panels. All service related conductors (primary and secondary) shall be routed
ELECTRICAL GENERAL PROVISIONS 16010 - 2
CITY OF FORT COLLINS OLD TOWN SQUARE ENHANCEMENTS
17 March 2005
underground from the padmount transformers to the distribution panels located near the existing
comfort stations.
PART 2: PRODUCTS
2.1 EQUIPMENT AND MATERIALS
A. All equipment and materials installed shall be new and UL approved unless otherwise specified.
B. All major equipment components shall have manufacturer's name, address, model number and
serial number permanently attached in a conspicuous location.
C. All similar materials and equipment shall be the product of the same manufacturer.
D. Materials and equipment shall be the standard products of manufacturers regularly engaged in the
production of such material and shall be the manufacturer's current and standard design. All
material and equipment installed shall be new, unless otherwise specified.
E. Altitude: All equipment and material shall be designed, constructed, and tested to operate
successfully at 4,000 feet above sea level and -20oF to 110oF ambient temperature range unless
otherwise specified.
PART 3: EXECUTION
3.1 WORKMANSHIP AND CONTRACTOR'S QUALIFICATIONS
A. Only quality workmanship will be accepted. Haphazard or poor installation practice will be cause
for rejection of work.
B. Provide foreman in charge of this work at all times. Foreman for this work shall have had
experience in installing not less than 3 such systems.
C. Where specifications call for an installation to be made in accordance with Manufacturer's
recommendations, a copy of such recommendations shall at all times be available to the Project
Manager/Engineer.
3.2 RELATION WITH OTHER CONTRACTORS
A. This contractor shall coordinate all work within and around the new comfort stations with the
contractor in charge of that work. The Service Distribution Panels for the campsite pedestals, as
well as the branch circuits for the new comfort stations, are provided by this contractor and
installed inside the new comfort stations. The service entrance feeders, branch feeders to the
campsite pedestals, and spare breakers for comfort station circuits are provided by this contractor.
Circuiting within the new comfort stations and connection to the spare breakers is under another
contract. (Refer to the drawings for more clarification.)
B. This contractor shall coordinate work of this Contract with other contractors to avoid conflict and
to correct rough -in and other connections for equipment furnished under separate contracts that
required electrical connections. Inform Contractors of other work of required clearances of
accesses for or around electrical equipment to maintain serviceability and code compliance.
ELECTRICAL GENERAL PROVISIONS 16010 - 3
CITY OF FORT COLLINS OLD TOWN SQUARE ENHANCEMENTS
17 March 2005
C. Verify equipment dimensions and requirements with provisions specified under this Section of
work, and report any discrepancies to Project Manager/Engineer in ample time to prevent delays or
unwarranted changes of work.
D. See other sections in this Division for additional references to specific related work that is included
in the work of other divisions.
3.3 SHOP DRAWINGS AND MATERIALS LIST
A. Submit to the Project Manager/Engineer complete shop drawings and materials lists as noted
below for review within 30 days after award of contract. All proposed deviations from
specifications must be clearly listed under a prominent heading entitled "DEVIATIONS".
Submittals required as follows:
1. 15kv Primary Switch: Shop fabrication details, circuit arrangement details.
2. 13.8kvolt-240/120volt Padmount Transformers: Shop fabrication details, circuit
arrangement details.
2. Panelboards: Shop fabrication details, circuit arrangement details.
3. Campsite Power Pedestals: Shop fabrication details, installation details.
4. Conduit, Boxes, Wire, and Miscellaneous Equipment: Manufacturer's literature.
3.4 TESTS
A. The right is reserved to inspect and test any portion of the equipment and/or materials during the
progress of its installation.
B. The Contractor shall test the entire system in the presence of the Project Manager/Engineer when
the work is completed to insure that all portions are free from shorts or grounds.
C. Work shall be tested as specified in appropriate sections. All defects shall be repaired immediately
at Contractor's expense.
D. This contractor shall test all wiring and connections for continuity and grounds before connecting
any fixtures or equipment.
E. New wiring shall be tested for grounds; e.g., the complete installation must have insulation
between conductors and the ground, not including attachments, sockets, receptacles, etc., of not
less than 500,000 ohms. Tests for grounding resistance shall be according to Article 250 NEC.
F. All equipment necessary to conduct these tests shall be furnished at the Contractor's expense.
3.5 RECORD DRAWINGS
A. The Contractor shall maintain record drawings and record all changes and deviations from the
contract documents. The Record Drawings shall accurately indicate all underground feeder
routing. Record drawings shall be available at all times at the project site.
3.6 DELIVERY AND STORAGE OF MATERIALS
A. Make provisions for delivery and safe storage of all materials. Deliver materials to job at such
stages of the Work as will expedite Work as a whole. Carefully mark and store all materials.
Carefully check materials furnished for installation, and furnish a receipt acknowledging
acceptance of delivery and condition of materials received. Thereafter assume full responsibility
for safekeeping of same until final installation has been approved and accepted.
ELECTRICAL GENERAL PROVISIONS 16010 - 4
CITY OF FORT COLLINS OLD TOWN SQUARE ENHANCEMENTS
17 March 2005
B. All material and equipment, both in storage and installed shall be fully protected against damage
due to vandalism, negligence, inclement weather, rust, theft, etc., by the Contractor, during all
phases of construction. Electronic equipment shall be protected in a relatively constant
temperature and humidity environment which will not degrade the equipment.
3.7 PROGRESS OF WORK
A. Order progress of electrical work so as to conform to progress of work of other contracts, and
complete entire installation as soon as condition of site will permit. Assume any cost resulting
from defective or ill-timed work performed under this Division.
3.8 TRENCHING AND BACKFILLING
A. Detectable Warning Tape: Red, Acid- and alkali -resistant polyethylene film warning tape
manufactured for marking and identifying underground utilities, 6 inches (150 mm) wide and 4
mils (0.1 nun) thick minimum, continuously inscribed with a description of the utility, with
metallic core encased in a protective jacket for corrosion protection, detectable by metal detector
when tape is buried up to 30 inches (750 mm) deep.
B. Refer to Specification Section 02221 Trenching, Bedding,Backfill, And Compaction.
3.9 DIRECTORY CARDS, NAMEPLATES, AND LABELS
A. All components of electrical system shall be neatly and accurately labeled to facilitate ready
identification and service. Provide labels as follows (or indicated elsewhere):
1. Provide engraved composition nameplates having 3/8" minimum height white letters
engraved in a black face for each branch circuit panelboard Provide labeling designating
all units as designated on drawings. Secure all lamenoid nameplates with rivets or screws.
Adhesives will not be allowed.
2. Coordinate as -built circuit information with the engineer and neatly mount updated panel
schedules, provided by the engineer, as circuit directory cards for all branch circuit
panelboards.
3.10 TEMPORARY POWER
A. The Contractor shall provide all temporary electrical service required during the entire course of
construction.
3.11 OPERATIONAL CHECK
A. For each item, operational check shall include the following:
1. Check cleanliness of all interiors and all parts. Remove any excess packing, shipping
bolts, etc.
2. Tighten all points of connection.
3. Verify proper operating conditions of all equipment mechanically and electrically.
B. A complete report shall be submitted to Project Manager/Engineer upon completion certifying
each item of work performed. In addition, a minimum of 16 hours instruction and demonstration
in proper operation and maintenance of equipment shall be given to Government's representative
by service engineer. One week's notice shall be given to Government's representative prior to time
of instruction.
ELECTRICAL GENERAL PROVISIONS 16010 - 5
BBBB. Unit Price Item: Annuals Planting for Small Planter Pot
1, Description: Annuals planting for precast concrete planter pot, including transportation, excavation,
and incidental efforts and materials required for a complete installed finished product. Does not
include irrigation, or planter pot and related materials.
2. Unit of Measurement: Each
CCCC. Unit Price Item: Annuals Planting for Deep Planter Pot
1. Description: Annuals planting for precast concrete planter pot, including transportation, excavation,
and incidental efforts and materials required for a complete installed finished product. Does not
include irrigation, or planter pot and related materials.
2. Unit of Measurement: Each
DDDD. Unit Price Item: Annuals Planting for Hanging Basket
1. Description: Annuals planting for hanging basket or wall mounted basket, including transportation,
excavation, and incidental efforts and materials required for a complete installed finished product.
Does not include irrigation, or hanging basket/bracket and related materials.
2. Unit of Measurement: Each
END OF SECTION 01270
CITY OF FORT COLLINS OLD TOWN SQUARE ENHANCEMENTS
17 March 2005
3.12 OPERATING MANUAL AND PARTS LIST
A. Operating manual and parts lists shall list all equipment installed with complete manufacturers
names, parts descriptions, catalog numbers, and complete information as to whom Government
shall contact for service and parts. Include address and phone number. O & M Manuals shall
include a copy of all shop drawings and any additional manufacturers data and specification cut
sheets for equipment not included in shop drawing submittals.
3.13 ACCEPTANCE DEMONSTRATION
A. Upon completion of the work, at a time to be designated by the Project Manager/Engineer,
Contractor shall demonstrate for the Project Manager/Engineer the operation of entire electrical
installation, including any and all special systems provided under this Division.
B. Uncovering of the work in case any uncovering of the work shall be deemed appropriate by the
Project Manager/Engineer, the same shall be accomplished in accordance with the provisions
herein applicable to tests and inspections.
3.14 CLEANUP
A. The Contractor shall at all times keep the premises free from accumulations of waste materials,
rubbish, and any other debris resulting from the work. Removal of such waste, rubbish, and other
debris shall be accomplished at least weekly and at no cost to the Government.
B. At the completion of the work, the Contractor shall remove all waste material, rubbish, and other
debris from and about the work, as well as all tools, construction equipment, machinery and
surplus materials, and shall leave the work "broom clean," unless otherwise specified, and ready
for occupancy by the Government. Such cleanup shall include, as applicable and without
limitation, the following:
1. Removal of all marks, stains, fingerprints, and other soil or dirt from any and all painted
or decorated surfaces.
2. Cleaning and polishing of all hardware, including removal of all stains, dust, dirt, paint,
etc.
3. Restored to their original condition of those portions of the site which were not
designated for alteration by the Contract Documents but which have been affected by the
Contractor's operations.
4. Removal of all temporary construction or protection and removal from the premises of all
items of any nature whatsoever which were installed or used for temporary purposes
during the construction.
C. If the Contractor fails to properly clean up, the Government may do so and the cost thereof shall be
charged to the Contractor.
3.15 GUARANTEE
A. Provide in accordance with the General Conditions and Division 1. Leave entire electrical system
installed under this Division in proper working order. Replace, without additional charge, any
work materials or equipment provided under this Division which develops defects within one year
from date of final acceptance. Guarantee all materials and equipment against defects in
composition, design or workmanship.
END OF SECTION 16010
ELECTRICAL GENERAL PROVISIONS 16010 - 6
CITY OF FORT COLLINS OLD TOWN SQUARE ENHANCEMENTS
17 March 2005
PARTI: GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS:
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions
apply to this Section.
1.2 SUMMARY:
A. This Section includes raceways, fittings, boxes, enclosures, and cabinets for electrical wiring.
B. Raceways include the following:
1. Rigid metal conduit
2. Polyvinyl chloride (PVC) externally coated rigid steel conduit
3. Rigid nonmetallic conduit
4. Wireway
C. Boxes, enclosures, and cabinets include the following:
1. Device boxes
2. Pull and junction boxes
1.3 SUBMITTALS:
A. General: Submit the following according to the Conditions of the Contract and Division 1
Specification Sections.
B. Product data for surface raceway, wireway and fittings, floor boxes, hinged cover enclosures, and
cabinets.
C. Shop drawings for nonstandard boxes, enclosures, and cabinets. Include layout drawings showing
components and wiring.
1.4 QUALIY ASSURANCE:
A. Comply with NFPA 70 "National Electrical Code" for components and installation.
1. Listing and Labeling: Provide products specified in this Section that are listed and
labeled.
2. Comply with NECA "Standard of Installation."
PART 2: PRODUCTS
2.1 MANUFACTURERS:
A. Available
Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering
Products that may be incorporated in the Work include, but are not limited to, the following:
l . Metal Conduit and Tubing:
a.
Monogram Co., AFC
b.
Alflex Corp.
C.
Allied Tube and Conduit, Grinnell Co.
d.
Anamet, Inc., Anaconda Metal Hose
C.
Anixter Brothers, Inc.
f.
Carol Cable Co., Inc.
g.
Cole -Flex Corp.
h.
Flexcon, Inc., Coleman Cable Systems, Inc.
RACEWAYS, BOXES AND CABINETS 16110 - 1
CITY OF FORT COLLINS OLD TOWN SQUARE ENHANCEMENTS
17 March 2005
i.
Spiraduct, Inc.
j.
Triangle PWC, Inc.
k.
Wheatland Tube Co.
2. Nonmetallic Tubing and Conduit:
a.
Anamet, Inc., Anaconda Metal Hose
b.
Arnco Corp.
C.
Breeze -Illinois, Inc.
d.
Can -Tex Industries, Harsco Corp.
e.
Carlon
f.
Certainteed Corp, Pipe & Plastics Group
g.
Cole -Flex Corp.
h.
Condux International, Electrical Products
i.
Electri-Flex Co.
j.
George -Ingraham Corp.
k.
Hubbell, Inc., Raco, Inc.
1.
R&G Sloan Manufacturing Co., Inc.
M.
Spiraduct, Inc.
n.
Thomas & Betts Corp.
3. Conduit
Bodies and Fittings:
a.
Scott Fetzer Company, Adalet-PLM
b.
American Electric, Construction Materials Group
C.
Emerson Electric Co., Appleton Electric Co.
d.
Carlon
e.
Hubbell, Inc., Killark Electric Manufacturing Co.
f.
General Signal, O-Z/Gedney Unit
g.
Spring City Electrical Manufacturing Co.
4. Wireway:
a.
Hoffman Engineering Co.
b.
Keystone/Rees, Inc.
C.
Square D Co.
5. Boxes,
Enclosures, and Cabinets:
a.
Scott Fetzer Company, Adalet-PLM
b.
Butler Manufacturing Co., Walker Division
C.
Cooper Industries, Midwest Electric
d.
Electric Panelboard Co., Inc.
e.
Erickson Electrical Equipment Co.
f.
American Electric, FL Industries
g.
Hoffman Engineering Co., Federal -Hoffman, Inc.
h.
Hubbell Inc., Killark Electric Manufacturing Co.
i.
General Signal, O-Z/Gedney
j.
Parker Electrical Manufacturing Co.
k.
Raco, Inc., Hubbell Inc.
I.
Robroy Industries, Inc., Electrical Division
In.
Spring City Electrical Manufacturing Co.
In.
Square D Co.
n.
Thomas & Betts Corp.
o.
Woodhead Industries, Inc., Daniel Woodhead Co.
2.2 METAL CONDUIT AND TUBING:
A. Rigid Steel Conduit: ANSI C80.1.
B. Plastic -Coated Steel Conduit and Fittings: NEMA RN 1.
C. Fittings: NEMA FB 1, compatible with conduit/tubing materials.
2.3 NONMETALLIC CONDUIT AND TUBING:
RACEWAYS, BOXES AND CABINETS 16110 - 2
CITY OF FORT COLLINS OLD TOWN SQUARE ENHANCEMENTS
17 March 2005
A. Electrical Nonmetallic Tubing (ENT): NEMA TC 13.
B. Rigid Nonmetallic Conduit (RNC): NEMA TC 2, Schedule 40 or 80 PVC.
C. PVC Conduit and Tubing Fittings: NEMA TC 3; match to conduit or conduit/tubing type and
material.
2.4 WIREWAYS:
A. Material: Sheet metal sized and shaped as indicated.
B. Fittings and Accessories: Include couplings, offsets, elbows, expansion joints, adapters, hold-
down straps, end caps, and other fittings to match and mate with wireway as required for complete
system.
C. Select features where not otherwise indicated, as required to complete wiring system and to
comply with NEC.
D. Wireway Covers: Hinged type.
E. Finish: Manufacturer's standard enamel finish.
2.5 OUTLET AND DEVICE BOXES:
A. Sheet Metal Boxes: NEMA OS 1.
B. Cast Metal Boxes: NEMA FB 1, type FD, cast feralloy box with gasketed cover.
C. Nonmetallic Boxes: NEMA OS 2.
2.6 PULL AND JUNCTION BOXES:
A. Small Sheet Metal Boxes: NEMA OS 1.
B. Cast Metal Boxes: NEMA FB 1, cast aluminum with gasketed cover.
PART 3: EXECUTION
3.1 EXAMINATION:
A. Examine surfaces to receive raceways, boxes, enclosures, and cabinets for compliance with
installation tolerances and other conditions affecting performance of the raceway system. Do not
proceed with installation until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.
3.2 WIRING METHODS:
A. Outdoors: Use the following wiring methods:
Exposed: Rigid
Concealed: Rigid
Underground, Single Run: Rigid nonmetallic conduit
Underground, Grouped: Rigid nonmetallic conduit
Boxes and Enclosures: NEMA Type 3R or Type 4
RACEWAYS, BOXES AND CABINETS 16110 - 3
CITY OF FORT COLLINS
17 March 2005
B. Indoors: Use the following wiring methods:
OLD TOWN SQUARE ENHANCEMENTS
Damp or Wet Locations: Rigid steel conduit
Exposed: Rigid nonmetallic conduit
Concealed: Rigid nonmetallic conduit
Boxes and Enclosures: NEMA Type 1, except in damp or wet locations use NEMA Type 3
3.3 INSTALLATION:
A. Install raceways, boxes, enclosures, and cabinets as indicated, according to manufacturer's written
instructions.
B. Install raceways level and square and at proper elevations. Provide adequate headroom.
C. Complete raceway installation before starting conductor installation.
D. Use temporary closures to prevent foreign matter from entering raceway.
E. Protect stub -ups from damage where conduits rise through floor slabs. Arrange so curved portion
of bends is not visible above the finished slab.
F. Make bends and offsets so the inside diameter is not reduced. Unless otherwise indicated, keep the
legs of a bend in the same plane and the straight legs of offsets parallel.
G. Use raceway fittings compatible with raceway and suitable for use and location
H. Install exposed raceways parallel to or at right angles to nearby surfaces or structural members, and
follow the surface contours as much as practical.
1. Run parallel or banked raceways together, on common supports where practical.
2. Make bends in parallel or banked runs from same center line to make bends parallel. Use
factory elbows only where they can be installed parallel; otherwise, provide field bends
for parallel raceways.
I. Join raceways with fittings designed and approved for the purpose and make joints tight.
1. Make raceway terminations tight. Use bonding bushings or wedges at connections
subject to vibration. Use bonding jumpers where joints cannot be made tight.
2. Use insulating bushings to protect conductors.
J. Tighten set screws of threadless fittings with suitable tool.
K. Install pull wires in empty raceways. Use No. 14 AWG (1.6 mm) zinc -coated steel or
monofilament plastic line having not less than 200 lb. (90 kg) tensile strength. Leave not less than
12 inches (300 mm) of slack at each end of the pull wire.
L. Install raceway sealing fittings according to the manufacturer's written instructions. Locate fittings
at suitable, approved, accessible locations and fill them with UL-listed sealing compound. For
concealed raceways, install each fitting in a flush steel box with a blank cover plate having a finish
similar to that of adjacent plates or surfaces. Install raceway sealing fittings at the following points
and elsewhere as indicated:
1. Where conduits enter or leave hazardous locations
2. Where conduits pass from warm locations to cold locations, such as the boundaries of
refrigerated spaces and air-conditioned spaces
3. Where otherwise required by the NEC
M. Stub -Up Connections: Extend conduits through concrete floor for connection to freestanding
equipment with an adjustable top or coupling threaded inside for plugs, and set flush with the
RACEWAYS, BOXES AND CABINETS 16110 - 4
CITY OF FORT COLLINS OLD TOWN SQUARE ENHANCEMENTS
17 March 2005
finished floor. Extend conductors to equipment with rigid steel conduit; flexible metal conduit
may be used 6 inches (150 mm) above the floor. Where equipment connections are not made
under this Contract, install screwdriver -operated threaded flush plugs flush with floor.
N. PVC Externally Coated Rigid Steel Conduit: Use only fittings approved for use with that material.
Patch all nicks and scrapes in PVC coating after installing conduit.
O. Provide grounding connections for raceway, boxes, and components as indicated and instructed by
manufacturer. Tighten connectors and terminals, including screws and bolts, according to
equipment manufacturer's published torque -tightening values for equipment connectors. Where
manufacturer's torquing requirements are not indicated, tighten connectors and terminals according
to tightening torques specified in UL Standard 486A.
3.4 PROTECTION
A. Provide final protection and maintain conditions, in a manner acceptable to manufacturer and
Installer, to ensure that coatings, finishes, and cabinets are without damage or deterioration at
Substantial Completion.
1. Repair damage to galvanized finishes with zinc -rich paint recommended by manufacturer.
2. Repair damage to PVC or paint finishes with matching touch-up coating recommended by
the manufacturer.
3.5 CLEANING
A. Upon completion of installation of system, including outlet fittings and devices, inspect exposed
finish. Remove burrs, dirt, and construction debris and repair damaged finish, including chips,
scratches, and abrasions.
END OF SECTION 16110
RACEWAYS, BOXES AND CABINETS 16110 - 5
N
CITY OF FORT COLLINS
17 March 2005
PARTI: GENERAL
1.2
1.3
1.4
RELATED DOCUMENTS
General Electrical Provisions
Raceways, Boxes, and Cabinets
Grounding
SUMMARY
A. This Section includes conductors and connectors
OLD TOWN SQUARE ENHANCEMENTS
Section 16010
Section 16110
Section 16450
SUBMITTALS
A. Submit manufacturer's cut sheets and literature for all wires, cables, and connectors.
QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Wiring methods, conductor applications, and insulation shall meet the requirements of the NEC
and the NESC.
B. Standards: Conductors shall conform to ICEA and NEMA specifications for manufacturing, cable
identification and testing.
C. Listing and Labeling: Provide products specified in this Section that are listed and labeled.
PART 2: PRODUCTS
2.1 CONDUCTOR MATERIAL, SIZES, AND INSULATION
A. Conductor Material Shall Be Copper: Aluminum conductors will not be permitted.
B. All wire sizes shown on Drawings are for copper conductors.
C. Minimum conductor size for wiring of 50 volts or greater shall be No. 12 AWG unless otherwise
specified herein. Minimum conductor size for low voltage wiring shall be No. 18 AWG.
D. Stranded Conductors: All conductors for power wiring shall be stranded. Conductors installed
within flexible conduit which is intended to allow physical travel or movement of the connected
equipment shall be stranded and suited to such use.
E. Insulation: Rate insulated conductors for 600 volts for electrical systems up to 600 volts, unless
otherwise specified.
l . Wire No. 10 and smaller shall be factory color -coded.
2. Wire No. 8 and larger shall be color -coded by field painting or color taping the entire
length of exposed ends or 12 inches of exposed end, whichever is less.
2.2 WIRE AND CABLE 600 VOLTS, NOMINAL OR LESS
A. Underground branch feeders shall be Type XLPE USE direct burial, installed in conduit or direct
buried where indicated on the drawings.
WIRES AND CONNECTORS 16120 - 1
CITY OF FORT COLLINS OLD TOWN SQUARE ENHANCEMENTS
17 March 2005
B. Service entrance feeders shall be Type THWN/THHN rated 75oC (167oF), sized as shown in the
Feeder Schedule on the Drawings and installed in conduit for the entire run.
C. Tape: Plastic tape, Scotch 88, 8.5 mils maximum thickness, one megohm minimum insulation
resistance, oil -resistant vinyl backing, oil -resistant acrylic adhesive, incapable of supporting
combustion per ASTM D-568 Test Method B.
2.3 WIRE CONNECTORS 600 VOLTS, NOMINAL OR LESS
A. Hand -applied wire connectors for circuit conductors from 12 AWG through 10 AWG shall be UL
listed for CU/CU, 600-volt insulted, pressure type, 105oC, and shall have an integral self-locking
spring grip.
B. Pressure connectors and splices for No. 8 AWG through No. 750 MCM shall be compression type
and shall be UL listed for CU/CU, 600-volt insulation.
2.4 TERMINALS AND SPLICES 600 VOLTS, NOMINAL OR LESS
A. Small Terminals (Wire Size 18-10): Connectors and splices for miscellaneous terminal block
connections shall be Thomas and Betts Sta-Kon Locking Ring terminal, insulated brazed seam
sleeve type, and of the proper size to accommodate the conductor.
B. For Copper Conductors No. 6 and Smaller: 3M Scotch-Lok or T&B Sta-Kon, or equal
compression or indent type connectors with integral or separate insulating caps.
C. For Copper Conductors Larger Than No. 6: Solderless, indent, hex screw, or bolt -type pressure
connectors, properly taped or insulated.
2.5 CABLES MEDIUM VOLTAGE (15KV)
A. Cable Type: MV-90.
B. Conductor: Copper.
C. Conductor Stranding: Compact round, concentric lay, Class B).
D. Strand Filling: Conductor interstices are filled with impermeable compound.
E. Conductor Insulation: Crosslinked polyethylene complying with NEMA WC 7.
1. Voltage Rating: lSkV.
2. Insulation Thickness: 133 percent insulation level.
F. Two -Conductor Cable Assembly: Two insulated, shielded conductors cabled together with ground
conductors.
G. Cable Armor: [Interlocked aluminum] [Corrugated aluminum tube] applied over cable.
H. Cable Jacket: [Sunlight -resistant PVC] [Crosslinked polyethylene] [Chlorosulfonated
polyethylene].
2.6 SPLICE KITS MEDIUM VOLTAGE (15KV)
A. Connectors and Splice Kits: Comply with IEEE 404; type as recommended by cable or splicing kit
manufacturer for the application.
WIRES AND CONNECTORS 16120 - 2
CITY OF FORT COLLINS OLD TOWN SQUARE ENHANCEMENTS
17 March 2005
B. Splicing Products: As recommended, in writing, by splicing kit manufacturer for specific sizes,
ratings, and configurations of cable conductors. Include all components required for complete
splice, with detailed instructions.
2.7 SEPARABLE INSULATED CONNECTORS MEDIUM VOLTAGE (15KV)
A. Description: Modular system, complying with IEEE 386, with disconnecting, single -pole, cable
terminators and with matching, stationary, plug-in, dead -front terminals compatible with switch
connectors, designed for cable voltage, and for sealing against moisture.
B. Dead -Break Cable Terminators: Elbow -type unit with 600-A continuous -current rating; designed
for de -energized disconnecting and connecting; coordinated with insulation diameter, conductor
size, and material of cable being terminated. Include test point on terminator body that is
capacitance coupled.
2.8 MISCELLANEOUS WIRING MATERIAL
A. Miscellaneous Connecting And Splicing Devices: Miscellaneous products, such as heat shrink
tubing, electrical insulation, plug caps, splices and kits, tapes, terminal blocks, and terminations,
shall be approved for the specific application.
B. Joint compounds shall be approved for the specific type metal joint to be prepared.
C. Wire pulling lubricants shall be UL listed for the conductor insulation types.
D. Cable ties, clamps, and identification shall be nylon, self-locking.
PART 3: EXECUTION
3.1 WIRING METHODS
A. Install conductors in conduit unless noted otherwise.
3.2 INSTALLATION 600 VOLTS, NOMINAL OR LESS
A. Install conductors to conform to the applicable requirements of NEC Article 300, Wiring Methods.
Pull no wire into any portion of conduit system until all construction work which might damage the
wire has been completed.
B. Run feeder cables continuously from origin to termination without splices. Unless otherwise
noted, each conduit raceway shall contain only those conductors constituting a single feeder
circuit.
C. Join both ends of parallel conductors electrically to form a single conductor. Parallel conductors
shall meet the requirements of NEC Article 310-4.
D. Single-phase Wiring: Install one common neutral with up to two-phase conductors (phase
conductors shall be connected to separate legs of system). Install a maximum of two circuits per
conduit home run, except where otherwise shown on the Drawings. Derating factors for additional
number of conductors in conduits shall be applied per NEC Table 310, Note 8. Provide separate
neutral conductors where indicated on the drawings.
E. Provide an insulated ground conductor with all feeder and branch circuits.
WIRES AND CONNECTORS 16120 - 3
CITY OF FORT COLLINS OLD TOWN SQUARE ENHANCEMENTS
17 March 2005
F. Combined Circuits: The electrical contractor shall not combine circuits of the same systems or
circuits of different systems in a common raceway unless specifically shown on the Drawings.
Unauthorized combining of circuits shall be replaced at the expense of the electrical contractor to
agree with the Drawings.
G. Circuit Identification: Tag circuit conductors in each enclosure with wraparound circuit
designation labels where more than one circuit passes through or terminates in the enclosure.
H. Cable Terminals, Taps, and Splices
1. Pressure -type solderless connectors shall be used, unless otherwise noted or specified.
2. Install compression -type connectors with approved hydraulic tools to assure a permanent,
mechanically secure, high -conductivity joint.
3. Splices shall be permitted only at outlets or accessible enclosures. Conductor lengths
shall be continuous from the supply to the load without splices unless approved otherwise.
I. Bury underground tape warning system one foot below the surface before final backfilling of
trenches.
J. Color Coding:
1. Identify feeder and branch circuit conductors by the following color coded -system:
PHASE 120/240V
A
Black
B
Red
Neutral
White
Ground
Green
3.3 INSTALLATION MEDIUM VOLTAGE (15KV)
A. Install cables according to IEEE 576.
B. Pull Conductors: Do not exceed manufacturer's recommended maximum pulling tensions and
sidewall pressure values.
1. Where necessary, use manufacturer -approved pulling compound or lubricant that will not
deteriorate conductor or insulation.
2. Use pulling means, including fish tape, cable, rope, and basket -weave cable grips that will
not damage cables and raceways. Do not use rope hitches for pulling attachment to cable.
C. Install direct -buried cables on leveled and tamped bed of 3-inch- (75-mm-) thick, clean sand.
Separate cables crossing other cables or piping by a minimum of 4 inches (100 nun) of tamped
earth. Install permanent markers at ends of cable runs, changes in direction, and buried splices.
D. Install "buried -cable" warning tape 12 inches (305 mm) above cables.
E. In manholes, handholes, pull boxes, junction boxes, and cable vaults, train cables around walls by
the longest route from entry to exit and support cables at intervals adequate to prevent sag.
F. Install cable splices at pull points and elsewhere as indicated; use standard kits.
G. Install terminations at ends of conductors and seal multiconductor cable ends with standard kits.
H. Install separable insulated -connector components as follows:
WIRES AND CONNECTORS 16120 - 4
n (�iADWG PLAN 7ENNEY COURT
7%.r �
A
0' S' 10, 20'
141YIdq
oowNrowN
r
ddoAunro4m17
®
OLD TOWN SQUARE /
DATE°E"EOPt
ALLEYS ENHANCEMENTS
CMi BIELw - CawMv9 Ok%la
i Ob Torn 94
20 E MNntE1� A.
Fwt Caiw. Cobn90
MARCH 2OM
j
'�'
y=,
M2-
) „ 0
6 M
9Yb 490
9064E
(�
Fwt Cplert, COIO�E09
W OM M{ p79
_
w n9 E9E 2050
I�r%0 E9a 96H
¢
"
M1x %0 E9E 409Y
.EYEr.4aE
MY PLAN
MS
,we 6O.• OEO4O%101
ONAWW BY. ff
BRAa BY. n
MAWIA3 TIRE
TENNEY COURT
GRADING PLAN
9HELT NW
LG101
CITY OF FORT COLLINS OLD TOWN SQUARE ENHANCEMENTS
17 March 2005
1. Protective Cap: At each terminal junction, with one on each terminal to which no feeder
is indicated to be connected.
2. Portable Feed -Through Accessory: Three,
3. Standoff Insulator: Three.
I. Arc Proofing: Unless otherwise indicated, arc proof medium -voltage cable at locations not
protected by conduit, cable tray, direct burial, or termination materials. In addition to arc -proofing
tape manufacturer's written instructions, apply arc proofing as follows:
1. Clean cable sheath.
2. Wrap metallic cable components with 10-mil (250-micrometer) pipe -wrapping tape.
3. Smooth surface contours with electrical insulation putty.
4. Apply arc -proofing tape in one half -lapped layer with coated side toward cable.
5. Band arc -proofing tape with 1-inch- (25-mm-) wide bands of half -lapped, adhesive, glass -
cloth tape 2 inches (50 mm) o.c.
J. Ground shields of shielded cable at terminations, splices, and separable insulated connectors.
Ground metal bodies of terminators, splices, cable and separable insulated -connector fittings, and
hardware.
3.3 STORAGE AND HANDLING
A. Store wiring materials in a protected environment not subject to physical damage or the effects of
sunlight or inclement weather.
3.4 WIRE AND CABLE TESTS (600 VOLTS)
A. Measure the insulating resistance of service entrance conductors, feeder circuit conductors, and
service ground. Measurements shall be taken between conductors and between conductors and
ground. Resistance shall be 500,000 ohms or more when tested at 500 volts by megger without
branch circuit loads. Tests shall be in accordance with the applicable ICEA standards for the wires
and cables to be installed. Furnish all instruments, equipment, and personnel required for testing.
Submit written reports of the tests and results to the Project Manager/Engineer.
END OF SECTION 16120
WIRES AND CONNECTORS 16120 - 5
CITY OF FORT COLLINS OLD TOWN SQUARE ENHANCEMENTS
17 March 2005
PARTI: GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Wires and Cables Section 16120
Raceways, Boxes, and Cabinets Section 16110
1.2 SUMMARY
A. This Section includes wiring devices and pedestal enclosures.
1.3 SUBMITTALS
A. Submit product data for each type of wiring device and the pedestal enclosure. Include details of
specified information and caution signs to be mounted on pedestals.
1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Wiring devices shall be extra hard use specification grade side wired.
B. Sizes of boxes, except for minimum specified herein or shown on the drawings, shall be
determined by the contractor to fit the fixture, junction, or device and accommodate the size and
number of conduits and conductors involved as required by the NEC.
C. Listing and Labeling: Provide products specified in this Section that are listed and labeled.
PART 2: PRODUCTS
2.1 MANUFACTURERS
A. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering
products that may be incorporated in the Work include, but are not limited to, the following:
1. Devices:
Arrow -Hart
Bryant
General Electric
Hubbell
Leviton
Sierra
Slater
WIRING DEVICES AND PEDESTALS 16140 - 1
CITY OF FORT COLLINS
17 March 2005
2. Pedestal Enclosure:
Milbank
2.2 RECEPTACLES
OLD TOWN SQUARE ENHANCEMENTS
A. Receptacles shall be extra heavy duty type with nylon fronts and backs conforming to Federal
Specification WC-896F as follows:
1. 20 ampere: Duplex, 20 ampere, 125 volt, 2-pole, 3-wire, grounding type NEMA 5-20R,
Black
2. 30 ampere: Simplex, 30 ampere, 125 volt, 2-pole, 3-wire, grounding type. In compliance
with NEC 551-81, Black
3. 50 ampere: Simplex, 50 ampere, 125/250 volt, 3-pole, 4-wire, grounding type. NEMA
14-50R, Black
2.3 PEDESTAL
A. The campsite pedestals shall be as manufactured by Midwest series U075CP6010 provide with the
following:
100amp direct burial, un-metered, pedestal with skirt
20amp receptacle with 20amp GFI breaker
30amp receptacle with 30amp breaker
50amp receptacle with 50amp breaker
All of the enclosure parts including the pedestal, skirt, breaker/receptacle enclosure, and the
receptacle cover shall be constructed of metal. All enclosure exterior finishes shall be painted with
manufacturer standard gray.
B. The pedestal shall be weatherproof, provided with 100 ampere main lugs, 100 ampere buses (phase
and neutral), 10,000 ampere fault current bracing, the receptacles and light kit specified in 2.2
above. The pedestal shall be provided with the following branch breakers:
1. One 50 ampere, two pole breaker to disconnect the 50 ampere receptacle specified in 2.2
above.
2. One 30 ampere, single pole, breaker to disconnect the 30 ampere receptacle specified in
2.2 above.
3. One 20 ampere, single pole, ground fault interrupter type breaker to disconnect the 20
ampere receptacle specified in 2.2 above.
C. The receptacles shall be mounted in a common compartment with a single weatherproof lift up
cover. The cover shall be pad -lockable in the closed position. The cover shall also be deep
enough and notched so that the cover will completely close with recreation vehicle cords and plugs
connected.
D. The pedestal shall have a continuous skirt enclosure from the bottom of the receptacle
compartment down to and below grade. Refer to mounting detail in the drawings.
PART 3: EXECUTION
3.1 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
A. Furnish and install wiring devices as shown on the Drawings and as specified.
B. Mounting heights of outlet boxes shall be as noted on the Drawings. Mounting heights shall be
from center of box to finished grade.
WIRING DEVICES AND PEDESTALS 16140 - 2
CITY OF FORT COLLINS OLD TOWN SQUARE ENHANCEMENTS
17 March 2005
C. Receptacles shall be mounted vertically unless noted otherwise on the Drawings.
D. Wiring devices shall have No. 12 AWG green grounding conductor installed form the device
grounding terminal to the ground bar in the pedestal.
E. Ground fault circuit interrupter type circuits shall be installed with separate neutral and ground
conductors.
3.2 PROTECTION
A. Provide final protection and maintain conditions, in a manner acceptable to manufacturer to ensure
that coatings, finishes, and cabinets are without damage or deterioration at Substantial Completion.
B. Repair damage to finishes with matching touch-up coating recommended by the manufacturer.
3.3 CLEANING
A. Upon completion of installation of system, including outlet fittings and devices, inspect exposed
finish. Remove burrs, dirt, and construction debris and repair damaged finish, including chips,
scratches, and abrasions.
END OF SECTION 16140
WIRING DEVICES AND PEDESTALS 16140 - 3
CITY OF FORT COLLINS OLD TOWN SQUARE ENHANCEMENTS
17 March 2005
PART L GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Raceways, Boxes, and Cabinets Section 16110
Wires and Connectors Section 16120
Underground Electrical Construction Section 16411
1.2 SUMMARY
A. The work covered by this section includes:
1. The ground rods
2. The service grounding system
3. The equipment grounding system
1.3 SUBMITTALS
A. Submit shop drawings and data to the Project Manager/Engineer, including the following:
1. Data on ground rods
2. Details on made electrodes
3. Data on exothermic welding or compression process to be used for underground
connections
1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Methods shall meet the requirements of the NEC.
B. Listing and Labeling: Provide products specified in this Section that are listed and labeled.
PART 2: PRODUCTS
2.1 GENERAL
A. Refer to the drawings for typical grounding details on each system and on interconnection between
systems.
2.2 GROUND CONDUCTORS
A. All ground conductors shall be stranded copper.
B. Ground conductors shall be insulated except where noted on the drawings.
C. Insulation for service and equipment ground conductors shall be a continuous green color, except
for sizes larger than #6 where green tape or labels per NEC can be used.
D. Ground conductors in contact with the earth and ground conductors in the underground site electric
distribution system shall be soft -drawn 19-strand bare copper.
2.3 GROUND RODS
A. Ground rods shall be 5/8 inch diameter by 10 feet long copper.
GROUNDING 16450 - 1
CITY OF FORT COLLINS OLD TOWN SQUARE ENHANCEMENTS
17 March 2005
2.4 BONDING JUMPERS
A. Bare copper. Jumpers for service equipment shall be the size of grounding conductor. Jumpers
for interior wiring raceways and enclosures shall be sized according to NEC Table 250-95.
PART 3: EXECUTION
3.1 GENERAL
A. Install two separate grounding systems, a service grounding system and an equipment grounding
system. The service equipment, coxduit systems, supports, cabinets, equipment, and neutral
conductor shall be grounded in accordance with the NEC requirements and as further indicated on
the drawings or specified. Connect the two grounding systems together only at the main service
equipment.
3.2 SERVICE GROUNDING SYSTEM
A. General: The service grounding system is provided for the A.C. service neutral ground. Current
return conductors, such as neutrals of the service entrance, feeder circuits, and branch circuits,
shall not be used for equipment grounding. Care must be exercised to insure that neutral bars are
not bonded to the enclosures of panelboards. Except for separately derived systems, the neutral
conductors shall be grounded only in the main service equipment.
B. Common Ground Point: Establish one common ground point in the main service equipment by
interconnecting the insulated neutral bus (or bar), the uninsulated equipment ground bus (or bar),
and service grounding electrode conductor.
C. Neutral Disconnecting Means: Install a neutral disconnecting means in the main service
equipment for disconnecting and isolating the neutral bus from the common ground. The
disconnect means may be disconnecting links in the interconnection between the insulated neutral
and the uninsulated equipment ground.
D. Neutral Bars: Provide an insulated neutral bar, separate from the uninsulated equipment ground
bar, in all panelboards and pedestals which have neutral connections.
3.3 EQUIPMENT GROUNDING SYSTEM
A. General: Provide a complete equipment grounding system in accordance with the NEC
requirements and as further indicated on the drawings or specified. The equipment ground (green
conductor) consists of metallic connections to ground of non -current -carrying metal parts of the
wiring system or apparatus connected to the system. The primary purpose of equipment grounding
is to provide greater safety by limiting the electrical potential between non -current -carrying parts
of the system, and to provide a low impedance path to ground for possible ground fault current.
B. Common Ground Point: Establish one common ground point as specified elsewhere in this section
of the specifications for interconnection of the equipment grounding system and the service
grounding electrode conductor.
C. Service Equipment Enclosure: Bond the enclosure of the main service equipment to the
uninsulated equipment ground bus (or bar) with a conductor or bar sized per NEC 250-79.
D. Ground Bar: Provide an uninsulated equipment ground bar, separate from any insulated neutral
bar, in all panelboards, and pedestals for grounding the enclosure and for connecting other
GROUNDING 16450 - 2
CITY OF FORT COLLINS OLD TOWN SQUARE ENHANCEMENTS
17 March 2005
3.4
3.5
3.6
equipment ground conductors. The ground bar a separately mounted bar adequately braced or
bolted to the enclosure. The ground bar shall be adequately braced or bolted to the enclosure after
thoroughly cleaning both surfaces to assure good contact. Provide solderless mechanical pressure
connectors for all conductor terminations. Number and size of pressure connectors on equipment
grounding bars as required for the termination of equipment grounding conductors.
E. Feeders and Branch Circuits: A separate equipment grounding conductor shall be installed with all
feeder and branch circuits. The circuit shall not be depended on the raceway to serve as the
equipment grounding conductor.. Where there are parallel feeders installed in more than one
raceway, each raceway shall have a green insulated equipment ground conductor.
F. Conduits: Metallic conduits containing ground wire only shall be bonded to the ground wire at
both conduit entrance and exit
G. Devices: Install a minimum No. 12 green insulated equipment grounding conductor from the
ground bar in the source panel to the green ground terminal of all receptacles.
GROUNDING ELECTRODES
A. A minimum of two service ground electrodes shall be utilized. One shall be a buried ground
electrode consisting of 20 feet of bare #4 copper conductor. The second shall be buried ground
rods.
B. A third electrode shall be the building cold water pipe where possible, connected in compliance
with the NEC.
C. At no grounded point in the facility shall the measured resistance to ground be more than 10 ohms.
GROUNDING CONDUCTORS
A. The grounding conductors for service ground electrodes shall be insulated or bare copper, sized in
accordance with NEC 250-94. The conductors shall be continuous without joint or splice, and
shall be installed in conduit with the conduit bonded to the conductor at each end. Install the
conductor to permit the shortest and most direct path, and terminate in the main service equipment
on the common ground point. Equipment grounding conductors shall be green insulated conduc-
tors equivalent to the insulation on the associated phase conductor, but not less than Type TW.
The equipment grounding conductor or straps shall be sized in accordance with NEC. Where one
feeder serves a series of panelboards, the equipment grounding conductor shall be continuous
without splices.
GROUND CONNECTIONS
A. Clean surfaces thoroughly before applying ground lugs or clamps. If surface is coated, the coating
must be removed down to the bare metal. After the coating has been removed, apply a non-
corrosive approved compound to clean surface and install lugs or clamps. Where galvanizing is
removed from metal, it shall be painted or touched -up with "Galvanox," or equal.
B. All underground connections shall be made using an exothermic welding or compression type
process to prevent degradation over the lifetime of the grounding system. If using the exothermic
process, the starting material for the welding process shall consist of aluminum, copper, and iron
oxides. It shall not contain phosphorous or any other caustic, toxic, or explosive substance. A
minimum of 85% of the welding material shall screen out between 30 and 140 mesh. Weld metal
used shall contain not less than 3% tin as the wetting agent. Molds and weld metal shall be
furnished by the same manufacturer.
GROUNDING 16450 - 3
CITY OF FORT COLLINS OLD TOWN SQUARE ENHANCEMENTS
17 March 2005
C. The weld shall be made with starting material that has not been exposed to moisture. The
contractor shall use new molds and proper seals to assure that the weld is isolated to the designated
point of weld and does not weld down the wire/cable, minimizing the effect of the penetration at
the designated point of weld. All exothermic welds shall be free from pockets or build-up of slag
and air pockets once all slag is cleared. All welds shall be capable of withstanding a hit with a
hammer or other device of weight 2-5 pounds without deteriorating or breaking free from the
materials being welded to.
D. If using the compression lug method, the contractor shall use manufacturer approved press and die
equipment. The equipment press shall have been certified by the manufacturer and approved to
make such compressions at some time prior to the date of work within a one-year period. The
contractor shall be responsible to present copies of said certification on request of the Owner. The
contractor can be requested to supply sample compression connections witnessed by the Owner for
testing at an independent test lab. The testing would be at the Owner's expense. Any suspect
connections shall be replaced at the request of the Project Manager/Engineer. Lugs and
compression equipment shall be furnished by the same manufacturer.
3.7 INTERCONNECTIONS
A. To accomplish equipotential grounding throughout the project site, the electrical contractor shall
connect the electrical service equipment grounding system to the equipment ground bus at each
campsite receptacle pedestal and the equipment ground bus at each structure electrical panel. In
addition the contractor shall provide a ground rod at each of the campsite receptacle. Bond the
ground rods to the ground bus of the pedestals and electrical panels.
3.8 TESTS
A. Test the completed grounding system with a megger at the service ground bar and submit a written
report to the Project Manager/Engineer for approval. The service shall not be energized if the test
shows more than 10 ohms, unless approved by the Project Manager/Engineer.
END OF SECTION 16450
GROUNDING 16450 - 4
CITY OF FORT COLLINS OLD TOWN SQUARE ENHANCEMENTS
17 March 2005
PARTI: GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Raceways, Boxes, and Cabinets Section 16110
Wires and Connectors Section 16120
Grounding Section 16450
1.2 SUMMARY
A. This Section includes panelboards and breakers
1.3 SUBMITTALS
A. Submit shop drawings to the Project Manager/Engineer. Shop drawings shall include the
following:
1. Rating Standards
2. Fault Current Data
3. General Breaker and Circuit Arrangements
4. Special Features
5. Outer Can/Trim Material and Construction Information
6. Dimensioned Drawings
1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Panelboards shall comply with NEMA Standards.
Panelboards shall comply with the NEC.
Panelboards shall have a service entrance rating.
Panelboards shall be listed and labeled.
PART 2: PRODUCTS
2.1 MANUFACTURERS
2.2
A. Panelboards shall be manufactured by General Electric Co., Distribution Assemblies, Siemens,
Square D Company, or approved equal.
BRANCH CIRCUIT PANELBOARDS
A. Cabinets shall be of code gauge galvanized steel. No pre -punched knockouts.
B. Panelboards shall be dead front safety type with door -in- door cover assembly. The exterior
surfaces of all cabinet fronts shall be painted with two coats of gray lacquer over a filler coat.
Panelboards and cabinets shall be of a sufficient height and width to meet NEC requirements.
Maximum width shall be 22". The doors to all panelboards shall be keyed alike. Cover fastening
bolts shall be accessible only when cabinet door is open. Boxes shall be galvanized steel with
blank end walls. Knockouts to be field punched. When more than one panelboard is used at the
same location the top of the panels shall be mounted the same height.
C. Panelboards shall be circuit -breaker type. Circuit breakers shall be thermal magnetic bolt -in type.
Rating shall be 10,000 AIC for 120/240 volt, or as indicated on the panel schedules. Breakers
shall also be quick make, quick -break, trip indicating breakers. Breakers shall be numbered
BRANCH CIRCUIT PANEL BOARDS 16471 - 1
CITY OF FORT COLLINS OLD TOWN SQUARE ENHANCEMENTS
17 March 2005
between the breakers. Decal numbering is not satisfactory. Two pole or three pole breakers shall
be common trip. All circuit breakers shall be of the same manufacturer as the panelboards.
D. All panelboards shall be service entrance rated.
E. All panelboard buses shall be copper. Bus connections shall be silver-plated copper.
F. Main circuit breakers shall be bolt -on thermal magnetic type and shall have interrupting ratings of
10,000 AIC for 120/240 volt, or as indicated on panel schedules.
G. Locate branch circuit directory inside the door. Directory shall consist of a metal frame, clear
plastic cover and as -built copy of the design panel schedule complete with load information.
H. Mount panelboard identifier permanently on the exterior side of the door. Identifier shall consist
of engraved plastic label, white letters black background. Label shall be attached with screws or
rivets.
I. Provide equipment grounding bar in panelboards. Ground bar shall be separate from neutral bar.
J. Provide neutral bar in all panelboards. Neutral bar shall not be bonded to the enclosure or ground
bar unless required under Section 16450. The neutral bar shall be fully rated the same ampacity as
any one of the phase bars.
K. Load center type panels will not be accepted.
L. Panelboards used on this Project shall be the product of one manufacturer.
M. All panelboards shall be labeled for 60/75°C wire connections.
N. Panelboards with up to 42 poles shall be single section. Pole positions shall be numbered as indi-
cated in the panel schedules.
2.3 SPARE UNITS
A. Provide spare branch circuit breakers in panelboards as indicated on panel schedules.
PART 3: EXECUTION
3.1 INSTALLATION
A. Install panelboards and accessory items according to NEMA PB 1.1.
B. Mounting Heights: Top of trim 74 inches (1880 mm) above finished floor, unless otherwise
indicated.
C. Mounting: Plumb and rigid without distortion of box. Mount flush panelboards uniformly flush
with wall finish.
D. Circuit Directory: As -built schedule to indicate installed circuit loads. Coordinate and obtain final
copy from engineer before installing.
E. Install filler plates in unused spaces.
BRANCH CIRCUIT PANEL BOARDS 16471 - 2
I
s
r � 1
GRADING PLAN 5I-20'
Ij nth S
1 ca rs an., n
�uax w [Isr caN aorc oaN as x,a, .. .. ... ... n wnm
an Rn.Ns
Ott
-
6 xen/ia
SHJI.M __ �aNp�pee '.. YnIN
sra 'a m mxx naz, oxw m m swa
rM-14T B No -Bif I
coxx Imor oxxx m srn -
1 � ^♦ 1 t
GRADING PLAN
05' (0' 20'
DowwowN OLD TOWN SQUARE / aev. cw T core sEw +� woaaan'm
DEYEIAPMENT ® ALLEYS ENHANCEMENTS o canmucnox oocuuexT 17R cla! m en as
AUMRrtY trAMG 9Y• Be
,] MARCH 2O06 MRB ':�, i n00Ex0x z - nNxc r os
OWN" - [mare oxecmr aaR Nw wwa.. A. ' �� a �TRIMM2 COURT
r as T. ewr.. F. came. c ft
� 30 m aaa eo]a GRADING PLAN
a m o zoao r.e m µ ss,a
ru wro Z saw ....w.me MY L G 10 2
CITY OF FORT COLLINS OLD TOWN SQUARE ENHANCEMENTS
17 March 2005
F. Wiring in Panelboard Gutters: Arrange conductors into groups, and bundle and wrap with wire
ties after completing load balancing.
3.2 IDENTIFICATION
A. Panelboard Nameplates: Label each panelboard with engraved laminated -plastic or metal
nameplates mounted with corrosion -resistant screws.
3.3 GROUNDING
A. Make equipment grounding connections for panelboards as indicated.
B. Provide ground continuity to main electrical ground bus as indicated.
3.4 CONNECTIONS
A. Tighten electrical connectors and terminals, including grounding connections, according to
manufacturer's published torque -tightening values. Where manufacturer's torque values are not
indicated, use those specified in UL 486A and UL 486B.
3.5 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. Prepare for acceptance tests as follows:
1. Make insulation -resistance tests of each panelboard bus, component, and connecting
supply, feeder, and control circuits.
2. Make continuity tests of each circuit.
B. Testing: After installing panelboards and after electrical circuitry has been energized, demonstrate
product capability and compliance with requirements.
1. Procedures: Perform each visual and mechanical inspection and electrical test stated in
NETA ATS, Section 7.5 for switches and Section 7.6 for molded -case circuit breakers.
Certify compliance with test parameters.
2. Correct malfunctioning units on -site, where possible, and retest to demonstrate
compliance; otherwise, remove and replace with new units, and retest.
3.6 CLEANING
A. On completion of installation, inspect interior and exterior of panelboards. Remove paint splatters and
other spots, dirt, and debris. Touch up scratches and mars of finish to match original finish.
END OF SECTION 16471
BRANCH CIRCUIT PANEL BOARDS 16471 - 3
CITY OF FORT COLLINS OLD TOWN SQUARE ENHANCEMENTS
17 March 2005
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and
Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
1.02 SUMMARY
A. This Section includes exterior lighting units with luminaires, lamps, ballasts, and accessories.
B. Related Sections include the following:
Division 16 Section "Wiring Devices" for manual light switches, time clocks and photo electric
relays.
C. Related Documents:
1. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions
and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
2. Division 16 Section "Interior Lighting' for exterior luminaires normally mounted on exterior
surfaces of buildings.
3. If information provided in the Luminaire Schedule conflicts with information provided in the
specifications, then the more stringent or high quality requirements shall apply.
1.03 DEFINITIONS
A. Lighting Unit: A luminaire or an assembly of luminaires complete with a common support, including
pole, post, or other structure, and mounting and support accessories.
B. Luminaire (Light Fixture): A complete lighting device consisting of lamp(s) and ballast(s), when
applicable, together with parts designed to distribute light, to position and protect lamps, and to connect
lamps to power supply.
1.04 SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: For each luminaire, arranged in the order of lighting unit designation. Include data on
features, accessories, finishes, and the following:
l . Physical description of fixture, including dimensions and verification of indicated parameters.
2. Luminaire dimensions, effective projected area, details of attaching luminaires, accessories, and
installation and construction details.
3. For light poles, fixture manufacturer shall provide shear and moment values at the base of the pole
where the pole connects to the concrete foundation. Shear and moment values to be reviewed by
project structural engineer to ensure proper pole foundation size.
4. Luminaire materials.
5. Fluorescent and high -intensity -discharge ballasts.
6. Fluorescent and high -intensity -discharge lamps.
EXTERIOR LIGHTING 16520-1
CITY OF FORT COLLINS OLD TOWN SQUARE ENHANCEMENTS
17 March 2005
B. Shop Drawings: Anchor -bolt templates keyed to specific poles and certified by manufacturer.
1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Luminaires and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, Article 100, and marked for
their indicated use, location, and installation conditions by a testing agency acceptable to authorities
having jurisdiction
B. Comply with ANSI C2.
C. Comply with NFPA 70.
1.06 WARRANTY
A. Special Warranty: Manufacturer's standard form in which manufacturer agrees to repair or replace
luminaires or components of luminaires and lamps that fail in materials or workmanship; corrode; or fade,
stain, or chalk due to effects of weather or solar radiation within specified warranty period. Manufacturer
may exclude lightning damage, hail damage, vandalism, abuse, or unauthorized repairs or alterations from
special warranty coverage.
B. Warranty Period for Luminaires: 5 years from date of Substantial Completion.
1. Warranty Period for Metal Corrosion: 5 years from date of Substantial Completion.
2. Warranty Period for Color Retention: 5 years from date of Substantial Completion.
C. Warranty Period for Lamps: Replace lamps and fuses that fail within 12 months from date of Substantial
Completion; furnish replacement lamps and fuses that fail within the second 12 months from date of
Substantial Completion.
1.07 EXTRA MATERIALS
A. Furnish extra materials described below that match products installed and that are packaged with
protective covering for storage and identified with labels describing contents.
1. Lamps: 10 for every 100 of each type and rating installed. Furnish at least one of each type.
2. Glass and Plastic Lenses, Covers, and Other Optical Parts: 10 for every 100 of each type and
rating installed. Furnish at least one of each type.
3. Ballasts: 10 for every 100 of each type and rating installed. Furnish at least one of each type.
4. Globes and Guards: 10 for every 20 of each type and rating installed. Furnish at least one of each
type.
PART2-PRODUCTS
2.01 MANUFACTURERS
A. In other Part 2 articles where subparagraph titles below introduce lists, the following requirements apply
for product selection:
EXTERIOR LIGHTING 16520-2
CITY OF FORT COLLINS OLD TOWN SQUARE ENHANCEMENTS
17 March 2005
1. Available Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, products that may be incorporated
into the Work include, but are not limited to, the products specified.
2. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the products specified.
2.02 LUMINAIRES
A. Complying with UL 1598 and listed for installation in wet locations.
B. Comply with IESNA RP-8 for parameters of lateral light distribution patterns indicated for luminaires.
C. Sheet Metal Components: Corrosion -resistant aluminum, unless otherwise indicated.
D. Housings: Provide filteribreather for enclosed luminaires.
E. Doors, Frames, and Other Internal Access: Arranged to permit relamping without use of tools. Arrange
doors, frames, lenses, diffusers, and other pieces to prevent accidental falling during relamping and when
secured in operating position. Arrange to disconnect ballast when door opens.
F. Exposed Hardware Material: Stainless steel.
G. Plastic Parts: High resistance to yellowing and other changes due to aging, exposure to heat, and UV
radiation.
H. Photoelectric Relays:
1. Operation: Single throw relay, packaged with light sensor arranged to fail in the on position;
factory set to turn light unit on at 1.5 to 3 fc (16 to 32 Ix) and off at 4.5 to 10 fc (48 to 108 lx) with
15-seconds minimum time delay.
2. Mounting: In luminaire housing or on building, refer to electrical drawings for locations.
L High -Intensity -Discharge Ballasts: Comply with ANSI C82.4. Constant wattage autotransformer or
regulating high -power -factor type, unless otherwise indicated.
1. Ballast Fuses: One in each ungrounded supply conductor. Voltage and current ratings as
recommended by ballast manufacturer.
2. Single -Lamp Ballasts: Minimum starting temperature of minus 40 deg C.
3. Open -circuit operation will not reduce average life.
4. High -Pressure Sodium Ballasts: Equip with a solid-state igniter/starter having an average life in
pulsing mode of 10,000 hours at an igniter/starter case temperature of 90 deg C.
5. Noise: Uniformly quiet operation, with a noise rating of B or better.
I. Lamps: Comply with the standard of the ANSI C78 series that is applicable to each type of lamp.
Provide luminaires with indicated lamps of designated type, characteristics, and wattage. Where a lamp
is not indicated for a luminaire, provide medium wattage lamp recommended by manufacturer for
luminaire. Provide Philips Master Color metal halide lamps for recessed burial up lights.
K. Ballasts shall be suitable for low -temperature environments.
1. Transient Protection: Comply with IEEE C62.41 for Category Al locations.
2. Temperatures Minus 20 Deg F (Minus 29 Deg C) and Higher: Electromagnetic type designed for
use with high -output lamps or compact lamps.
L. Ballasts for compact lamps shall be suitable for cold -weather starting and shall include the following:
EXTERIOR LIGHTING 16520-3
CITY OF FORT COLLINS OLD TOWN SQUARE ENHANCEMENTS
17 March 2005
1. Power Factor: 90 percent, minimum.
2. Ballast -Coil Temperature: 65 deg C, maximum.
3. Transient Protection: Comply with IEEE C62.41 for Category Al locations.
2.03 EXTERIOR LIGHTING UNITS
A. Refer to the Luminaire Schedule for specification of individual luminaries.
2.04 FACTORY FINISHES
A. Factory -Painted Finish for Steel Luminaires: Comply with NAAMM's "Metal Finishes Manual for
Architectural and Metal Products" for recommendations for applying and designating finishes.
1. Surface Preparation: Clean surfaces to comply with SSPC-SP 1, "Solvent Cleaning," to remove
dirt, oil, grease, and other contaminants that could impair paint bond. Grind welds and polish
surfaces to a smooth, even finish. Remove mill scale and rust, if present, from uncoated steel,
complying with SSPC-SP 5/NACE No. 1, "White Metal Blast Cleaning," or SSPC-SP 8,
"Pickling."
2. Interior Surfaces: Apply one coat of bituminous paint on interior of pole, or otherwise treat to
prevent corrosion.
3. Exterior Surfaces: Manufacturer's standard finish consisting of one or more coats of primer and
two finish coats of high -gloss, high -build polyurethane enamel.
4. Color as specified on Luminaire Schedule.
B. Factory -Applied Finish for Aluminum Luminaires: Comply with NAAMM's "Metal Finishes Manual for
Architectural and Metal Products" for recommendations for applying and designating finishes.
1. Class I, Clear Anodic Finish: AA-M32C22A41 (Mechanical Finish: medium satin; Chemical
Finish: etched, medium matte; Anodic Coating: Architectural Class I, clear coating 0.018 nun or
thicker) complying with AAMA 611.
2. Class I, Color Anodic Finish: AA-M32C22A42/A44 (Mechanical Finish: medium satin;
Chemical Finish: etched, medium matte; Anodic Coating: Architectural Class I, integrally colored
or electrolytically deposited color coating 0.018 min or thicker) complying with AAMA 611.
3. Color as specified on the Luminaire Schedule.
PART 3-EXECUTION
3.01 INSTALLATION
A. Luminaire Attachment: Fasten to structural supports.
B. Luminaire Attachment with Adjustable Features or Aiming: Attach luminaires and supports to allow
aiming for indicated light distribution.
C. Install lamps in luminaires according to manufacturer's written instructions.
3.02 GROUNDING
A. Ground metal poles/support structures according to Division 16 Section "Grounding and Bonding."
EXTERIOR LIGHTING 16520-4
a
CITY OF FORT COLLINS OLD TOWN SQUARE ENHANCEMENTS
17 March 2005
1. Nonmetallic Poles: Ground metallic components of lighting units and foundations. Connect
luminaires to grounding system with No. 6 AWG conductor.
B. Tighten electrical connectors and terminals according to manufacturer's published torque -tightening
values. If manufacturer's torque values are not indicated, use those specified in UL 486A and UL 486B.
3.03 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. Inspect each installed unit for damage. Replace damaged units.
B. Tests and Observations: Verify normal operation of lighting units after installing luminaires and
energizing circuits with normal power source. Check visually uniformity of illumination. Check for
excessively noisy ballasts.
C. Prepare a written report of tests, inspections, observations and verifications indicating results compared
with specified requirements, and provide resolution of differences if values do not agree.
D. Defective or Malfunctioning Fixtures and Components: Replace or repair, then retest. Repeat procedure
until units operate properly.
3.04 ADJUSTING
A. Adjust amiable luminaires and luminaires with adjustable lamp position to provide required light
distributions and intensities.
B. Aim theatrical lights toward stage. Provide an even distribution of light on the stage.
C. Aim theatrical pole flood lights to evenly throw light on the audience.
END OF SECTION 16520
EXTERIOR LIGHTING
as
16520-5
Rk.
SECTION 00300
BID FORM
IE
REVISIONS:
Revise the specification section below as noted:
Specification Section 16520 - Exterior Lighting
Section 1.6 WARRANTY
B. Warranty Period for Luminaires: 2 years from date of Substantial Completion.
1. Warranty Period for Metal Corrosion: 2 years from date of Substantial Completion.
2. Warranty Period for Color Retention: 2 years from date of Substantial Completion.
Section 1.7 EXTRA MATERIALS
A. Furnish extra materials described below that match products installed and that are
packaged with protective covering for storage and identified with labels describing
contents.
1. Lamps: Furnish at least two of each type.
2. Glass and Plastic Lenses, Covers, and Other Optical Parts: Furnish at least
two of each type.
3. Ballasts: Furnish at least two of each type.
4. QL HF generator: Furnish at least two of each type.
5. QL Power Coupler: Furnish at least two of each type.
6. Globes and Guards: Furnish at least two of each type.
Sheet E601 - Electrical Schedules and One -Line
Revise fixture Type F on the Luminaire Schedule to the following:
Type F - 1-13W compact fluorescent twin tube, 3500k, 82 CRI - Compact surface
mounted compact fluorescent kiosk light, wet location, integral ballast, cast aluminum
housing, white tempered glass lens, fully gasketed, dimensions are - 12"x4"x3.5". -
Black Finish - Refer to Architectural Drawings for mounting detail, sheet A102 -
Manufacturer shall be Bega or approved equal - Catalog number 2294P-120V.
mrceu Era
CNSIffACER
RN1R SWLL @@E EOW
EQ. EQ.
cow APART lm RIM
MT MD RANT SRGJ;1G
RTK ipf SPVLPI
2• MN. MULOH O.
ENIRE BED DO NOT
RC°.v2�rs Or
-\
r2' "NEED LUDDZ
{ Y PNIING�BED
M EER
DSmEE PDVErs;
srtcEtEn
-. PVNiNG SOL MIX
. `\`-suecwDE
GPERENNIAL PLANTING
OE
RE llES AND BLRIP
J Gf RWIBYL.
NIERVL
DECIDUOUS TREE PLANTING
V 4A
I DIZMO 6 I
DEVEEOPM
� AM
I Chip BIYM - EaAWUNA Glrw[w M FLE NWHM Avrw
N ON Torn BpvA FM Cuffs. CoIOF�Jo
FW 42fO 1p6�t
Cain. mo a CN NA ED
w
a aTo Ha aoxD ETD ,ea es"
M1a iA Ma YGIP .Waccwn
2 O.C. GGM . Ir2.
M COC HECM
OR IRFE 1RIM6 qE
APIAf �9E�RINf
EQ E0. 1M AND RAM 'y
x-4`r BEfK FOR SP/QIIO)
2' W MUIW 01ER
ENRRE ZER m NOT
n ANnrsaawxs OF
�z• EIOLRdGfD Buxr.R
Di1E2ci2c°�
sPD.sxD
PVNRZIG SOL IRM
"�mB�waE
ORNAMENTAL GRASS PLANTING
o weNrs ma�wti
f HENNI OF i
FEYE ON ALL Gm
EEG M Un OR
iW c NffAG.
N 2" ABOVE E(OM
E
E TIEB AND BL
OF ROOfB4L
L TOG GF ANCHOR
N W RRSH tl E.
SUBGRNE
@LEVERGREEN TREE PLANTING
.' Two
'OLD TOWN SQUARE /
ALLEYS ENHANCEMENTS
117 MARCH 2O06
slFwa cExrzR
00
O
EOL
TwNxcuuA
mAcwc
n TRW— ULAR SHRUB SPACING
iL B PLANTING
' R6v. cDaeert DATE ' MFAL
' ATB No.• waxon,DF
CIEfI® 6YBS
CRAWMB TRIE
OLD TOWN SOUARE
PLANTWO DETAILS
LP501
t PlA LOCA D a WALL MOINTM 11ANSNE
BASKETS w BE CSTEv® eY THE CERBPS
`.
IBrESIfATY[ PIMA TC NSTALLAr
A. AIR PAYERS M NE Cr0051 NI VA1a® AND
CCNIMACM bNff .
- CNCLLM PAVES O68'NA)
-SS 16TANIKAM PAVERS RPESM
A IQEI TC SHEETS 1la0448a0S PCC PAVEMENT
LAYCNr IFCEAATIOH
'
l E ISTNS COYNISPO= SHAD. BE PANTIE M
R�iC7L�S'lWl�
O NO REM
rc-01 N 1B1lY CT.
[ABATE PkEMRI ft yE(
EP�➢/406ah 10 WIDIf]61M
/�
Id' WIOEIF E.'Mli 10 Wlp CiSAK11-P
YIPIL� ERMA QaE/�� V
'
-IC NRIE IRILW 5
cWOCa slam oNCYxe
a
//��
TFL OUIE Y/lMIO(E 9YW11!ml
uon .ml r (m
_EJ
`VV��
CIOEI[ tlMB.IMMk /�1
"VV��
.."Sy::
ta61M. vN9Lf
-.. RBC M! M E ANRO
NWEIE SIBS MOLay
IIIEI. TMLM.
Taf9E01lIII lil
IVIO P/6
EBWEIR EXLSq (1)
few
�
_
ENN16E eawo I)
°s$ u
'
,ff
y� IWLL Qfl141N0
9•
'�
yN T
X�
i ��h
4
T
t"\,v jQ
h, ,X
1 v �
OA.
11�
FAIE10. flaRG
tT
s^ox
Ag11p M. T11t
� M1IA C pl. TflfN � Rlllkl WII
�"'•- `^k+y� a
tlll SWa1ElF PN96 �
IS4 IE411XM d N®[ RYP
^^
OIXALI[ GN411M qME I�
EpYYMY Ell
.
FMSIK OEB
CON%IL SMEI PaE
[ll511K IMIROPFR M
tlTIXL PMWa 51gE
�
�Eh PSI
�.Ca69iE 0.'Y
aIIN IVIE P.2
®
OLD TOWN SQUARE /
ALLEYS ENHANCMENTS
dAb 81raE - E..NEYN SY.aTer
M da T. ealEY
Ss0
NS Pao W WtYP AVNYr
Port Coi4 eeleaNae
SfISfR
BHA orate
n MARCH zoos
Fe
Fart GO Oa1Etlo
W NA aSa SD]
Innowlion
4803lnc�l not
1Y Ero as iNA
Ru DO ata NAM
u11 TNO aN MEI
W WEadYEmY
F.rt
Fort Collins, Colorado
.d.
80525
KEY PLAN
wice: 970.223.7577
..w r(i)-
L T Wn MO
EEsgs EM-�
xwsw
�Ml 10 E 9Rm
iV1f
m
E1altlEE 9al/IO 1]j
EERIIIG IMdG6
DRAM
NOa aaoaoonm
UNAWN CHECKED NS BY.
"Vow onArnD TITIb
TENNEY COURT
SITE PLAN
S1HT No,
LS101
NOTES:
11
HDUITAIN A=YAVk1R S11lYp IN
i
RADIUS TABLE
SYMBOL RADIUS
A
U-t
E 1 ]
1'-11_'
H -5'
L 3-]
J
K
a -o
M A•_M•
N 1-5'
1'-
J•-6•
b.
n-r
N
IV-
MDUNTAIN AVF ENTRAN('E ENI ARGEMFNT
J
m
NMI
DI -, e, AWA
SQUARE
OLD TDWN JVUAI\E // REV. COMMENT DAM SEAL: JOB NO, DWJW]1.01
ALLEYS ENHANCMEN4
0 caalmKI DN DD K 17 DRAM BY RS
17 MARCH 2O05 -
10 DCHECKEDRAWNG BY,
CAip Eleinx - Evaculiw Ovectw 2aD Eaal Mwntain Avenue y' DRANING PiIE:
19 Old Square LdINs, Colorado BHA Design In.D... ed k
BFortD5
0
mna nD td 94 <BD31..mana. Da.. TENNEY COURT SITE
cmma, Ia 970 aaN B51a r.n c<em:, cole.m. e0525
In, 970 489 20E0 Ion 970 ! PLAN ENLARGEMENTS
2020 .er
8518 'ce. 970.223. 75]] �\ SHEET NO.:
' ,
lav 9]0 181 2069 ene.eE9v.com In, 970 223 1827 KEY PUN NT$ u L S 401
43
4976
DESCRIPTION:
CLARIFICATION OF PIPE TYPE AND SIZE FOR
SUBSURFACE DRAINAGE 0' 5' 10' 20'
OLD TOWN SQUARE / ALLEYS ENHANCEMENTS
Downtown Development Authority
REFERENCE NO.
DRAWN BY: EDAW
Chip Steiner -Exec. Director
®
OATS 5 APRIL 05
CHECKED BY: BAS
19 Old Town Square
4va.oav Arohibotun
FAG R. Y.miain waua
TbA Co1La., Co eoca4
REFERENCE: L0104
SKETCH NO.
DRAWING TITLE:
Fort Collins, CO
a .M.U.
.� 7a.44 107e
l° °40.484.6019
OLD TOWN SQUARE GRADING PLAN
SK01
RE
DESCRIPTION:
CLARIFICATION OF TREE AND TREE
GRATE REMOVAL.
1M%=1="
0' S' 10' 20'
OLD TOWN SQUARE / ALLEYS ENHANCEMENTS
Vowntown Development Authority
Chip Steiner - Exec. Director
19 Id Town Square
Fort Collins, CO
®
Landscape Architecture
planning
urban Design
240 8. Mountain Avenue
Port Collins, CO 80524
ph 970.484.6073
8
rax 970.484.8StSK02
REFERENCE NO.
DRAWN BY: EDAW
DATE: 5 APRIL 'OS
CHECKED BY: DAS
REFERENCE: LD102 / LD104
SKETCH NO.
DRAWING TITLE:
OLD TOWN SQUARE DEMO PLAN
LA
SHEET LD104
HOWA
BUILD
SHEET LD105
a
2
y
y
11" F
SHEET LD105
DESCRIPTION:
CLARIFICATION OF TREE AND TREE
GRATE REMOVAL.
7%=?M"
0' 5' 10' 20'
OLD TOWN SQUARE / ALLEYS ENHANCEMENTS
Downtown Development Authority ® REFERENCE NO. DRAWN BY: EDAW
DATE: 5 APRIL 05 CHECKED BY: akS
Chip Steiner -Exec. Director
240 E. Mountain Avenue REFERENCE: LD104 / LD105 SKETCH NO.
19 Old Town Square landscape Architecture Port Collins. CO 110524 WING TITLE:
�
Fort Collins CO Planning ph 9]0.484.SK03
Urban Design fax 9vB.aBa.o5ta B5te OLD TOWN SQUARE DEMO PLAN
.s
NOTES:
JOINTS SHALL BE WELDED. BURRS AND SHARP
EDGES SWLL BE ROOM.
ENTIRE ASSEMBLY SHALL BE PAINED BUCK.
IRRXLATM WATER LINE SHIALL BE FED THROUGH
THE 1' SaLm VERTICAL TUBING. NID THE 1.50
SQUARE STEM ARM, THROUGH THE SIM RING
AND INTO THE FLOWER PLANINIG AREA
PRIOR TO FABRICATIIC, CONTRACTOR SHALL
PROVIDE SHOP DWAWM OF WAIL MOUNTED
HIROO &%MET FOR APPROWAL.
MIN. CLM F1I ABOVE FINISH SURFACE 11'-0"
a
P7
.`a
l 1- SQ. STEEL
V IRRIGATION
SLEEVE
• 3/8' DIA HOLE
(8 LOWONS)
EXTEND SLEEVE
BELOW PAVEMB
r SQ. STEEL
WALL PLATE � N FRONT VIEW
WALL
SCALE: 3/4•=r-T
DESCRIPTION:
ADDED NOTE DIRECTING MINIMUM
ELEVATION TO BE 11'-0"
ABOVE IMAGE NOT TO SCALE.
LE
I
1'-3 R"
SIDE VIEW
1.5• STEEL STRAP BASKET
1/2- BENr STEEL SW. TYPM
fi:w?
( X 4• DIA STEEL PLATE
SIFT STRAPS TO THIS PLATE
1/4• X 2.5' STEEL STRAP SCROLL
WELD TO 3.5' STRAP
THK STEEL WALL MOUNTING PLATE
/4 X 3 I/2' STEEL STRAP SCROLL
UNDNG FACE
I Ilr SQUARE STEEL ARM, WED
TO VIALL PATE. AND BASKET RING
X 1/2' BENT STEEL STWP, TYPICAL
/4' X 2 1/2• STEEL SWAP SCROLL
/B' TNK X 4• DLA SMM PLATE
HELD BASKET STRAPS TO TENS PLATE
i• X 1 1/2' STEEL TUBING. OAP BOTTOM.
WELD TOP To CN1oIKAR SASKET PLATE
CLEAR HEIGHT ABOVE FINISHED SURFACE
OLD TOWN SQUARE / ALLEYS ENHANCEMENTS
Downtown Development Authority
REFERENCE NO.
DRAWN BY: EOAW
Chip Steiner -Exec. Director
®
DATE; 5 APRIL 05
CHECKED BY: BAS
19 Old Town Square
t�a.mo. Aro6lf�elu•
vwo e. 1leenwn ♦naue
Port Coll uy CO go!"
REFERENCE: L"M
100
SKETCHNO.
DRAWING ME -
Fort Collins, co
�%do
th a 454AGie
TOWN SQUARE OWING PLAN SK44
`
3
3
AV
— CONC RSTR AREA — REFINISH TO
SMOOTH UNIFORM SURFACE
MATCH EXISTING
AIL.!-TY�PE 'C'
W'
6' WALL -'MT. —
BENCH TYP.
----------------:.
3
r
a�
P
\xxx
�
.,
n
DESCRIPTION:
EXPANDED AREA OF CONCRETE RESTORATION.
PA
\------------%
� r?
/�tl ea
PROVIDE
COLOR
,p F
7%ammr+
0' 5' 10' 20'
OLD TOWN SQUARE / ALLEYS ENHANCEMENTS
Downtown Development Authority
Chip Steiner -Exec. Director
19 Old Town Square
Fort Collins, (`i0
® pAo C. uomt.in Ar•nue
M.ono•n• Archit.olva. pore tolFtia"iroi81w''
Ulb n do fu YY0.4Ei.841E
REFERENCE NO.
DRAWN BY: EDAW
DATE: 5 APRIL DS
CHECKED BY: BAS
REFERENCE: LS104
SKETCH NO.
SK05
DRAWING TRLE:
OLD TOWN SQUARE SITE PUN
in
City of Fort Collins
Administrative Services
Purchasing Division
CITY OF FORT COLLINS
ADDENDUM No. 1
BID #5912
OLD TOWN SQUARE AND ALLEYS ENHANCEMENT PROJECT
SPECIFICATIONS AND CONTRACT DOCUMENTS
Description of Bid #5912 Old Town Square and Alleys Enhancement Project
OPENING DATE: April 11, 2005, 3:00p.m. (Our Clock)
To all prospective bidders under the specifications and contract documents described above, the
following changes are hereby made.
The Pre -Bid date and location have been changed to April 1, 2005, 3:00p.m. (Our Clock), at 215
N. Mason, in the Community Room on the main floor at the north end of the building, just off the
north parking lot.
If you have any questions please contact John Stephen, CPPO, Senior Buyer, at 970-221-6777.
RECEIPT OF THIS ADDENDUM MUST BE ACKNOWLEDGED BY A WRITTEN STATEMENT
ENCLOSED WITH THE BID/QUOTE STATING THAT THIS ADDENDUM HAS BEEN RECEIVED.
215 North Mason Street • 2nd Floor • P.O. Box 580 • Fort Collins, CO 80522-0580 • (970) 221-6775 • FAX (970) 221-6707
SPECIFICATIONS
Fmi �
CONTRACT DOCUMENTS
FOR
OLD TOWN SQUARE AND
ALLEYS ENHANCEMENT PROJECT
BID NO, 5912
BID OPENING:
PURCHASING DIVISION
215 NORTH MASON STREET, 2ND FLOOR, FORT COLLINS
APRIL 11, 2005 - 3:00 P.M. (OUR CLOCK)
i
BID 5912 Old Town Square and Alleys Enhancement Project
REVISED BID SCHEDULE
ADDENDUM
BID SCHEDULE (Base Bid) Lump sum for three areas:
Tenney Court -
Trimble Court -
Old Town Square -
GRAND TOTAL
Dollars ($ )
Dollars
Dollars
DOLLARS ($ )
For additions or deletions to the Contract, the following unit prices shall be applicable for the
specific items listed. Prices shall be complete, in place including materials and installation, ie.,
fittings, etc. and anything incidental to the proper installation as specified.
A. The Contractor agrees that for requested and/or required changes in the scope of work,
the Contract Sum shall be adjusted in accordance with the following unit prices, where
the Owner elects to use this method of determining costs.
B. The unit prices quoted by the Contractor shall be those unit prices that will be charged or
credited for labor and materials to be provided regardless of the total number of units
and/or amount of labor required for added or deleted items of work.
UNIT PRICE ITEM
UNIT PRICE
A.
Demolition of 11-Inch Concrete Slab
$
Square Foot
B.
Demolition of 6-Inch Concrete Slab w/ steel reinforcement
$
Square Foot
C.
Demolition of 6-Inch Concrete Slab
$
Square Foot
D.
Demolition of City Curb and Gutter
$
Linear Foot
E.
Unit Pavers `A'
$
Square Foot
F.
Unit Paver Pavement
$
Square Foot
G.
Unit Pavers on Concrete Base
$
Square Foot
H.
Sandstone Pavers on Concrete Base
$
Square Foot
I.
Granite Pavers on Concrete Base
$
Square Foot
J.
Installation of 6-Inch Concrete Slab
$
Square Foot
K.
Installation of I 1-Inch Concrete Slab
$
Square Foot
L.
Seat Wall — Type A
$
Linear Foot
M.
Seat Wall — Type B
$
Linear Foot
N.
Sandstone Cap — 12 Inch
$
Linear Foot
O.
Sandstone Cap — 16 Inch
$
Linear Foot
M
CONTRACT DOCUMENTS TABLE OF CONTENTS
Section
BID INFORMATION
00020 Notice Inviting Bids
00100 Instruction to Bidders
00300 Bid Form
00400 Supplements to Bid Forms
00410 Bid Bond
00420 Statements of Bidders Qualifications
00430 Schedule of Major Subcontractors
CONTRACT DOCUMENTS
00500 Agreement Forms
00510 Notice of Award
00520 Agreement
00530 Notice to Proceed
00600 Bonds and Certificates
00610 Performance Bond
00615 Payment Bond
00630 Certificate of Insurance
00635 Certificate of Substantial Completion
00640 Certificate of Final Acceptance
00650 Lien Waiver Release(Contractor)
00660 Consent of Surety
00670 Application for Exemption Certificate
CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT
00700 General Conditions
Exhibit GC -A
00800 Supplementary Conditions
00900 Addenda, Modifications, and Payment
00950 Contract Change Order
00960 Application for Payment
SOIL REPORT
SPECIFICATIONS
Pages
00020-1 - 00020-2
00100-1 - 00100-9
00300-1 - 00300-3
00400-1
00410-1 - 00410-2
00420-1 - 00420-3
00430-1
00500-1
00510-0
00520-1 - 00520-6
00530-1
00600-1
00610-1 - 00610-2
00615-1 - 00615-2
00630-1
00635-1
00640-1
00650-1 - 00650-2
00660-1
00670-1 - 00670-2
00700-1 - 00700-34
GC -Al - GC-A2
00800-1 - 00800-2
00900-1
00950-1 - 00950-2
00960-1 - 00960-2
SECTION 00020
INVITATION TO BID
SECTION 00020
INVITATION TO BID
Date: March 17, 2005
Sealed Bids will be received by the City of Fort Collins (hereinafter referred to
as OWNER), at the office of the Purchasing Division, 3:00 P.M., our clock, on
April 7, 2005, for the OLD TOWN SQUARE AND ALLEYS ENHANCEMENT PROJECT; BID NO.
5912. If delivered, they are to be delivered to 215 North Mason Street, 2Id
Floor, Fort Collins, Colorado, 80524. I£ mailed, the mailing address is P. 0. Box
580, Fort Collins, CO 80522-0580.
At said place and time, and promptly thereafter, all Bids that have been duly
received will be publicly opened and read aloud.
The Contract Documents provide for but are not limited to the following:
demolition and salvage, leveling of existing sand set unit pavers, and set unit
pavers on aggregate base and on concrete slab base, lighting, site furnishings,
ornamental metal work, planting, irrigation, minor utility appurtenance
adjustments, and concrete restoration. Work includes portions of construction
within City Street Rights Of Way. Project area is approximately 91,000 square
feet in two contiguous areas and three construction zones.
All Bids must be in accordance with the Contract Documents on file with The City
of Fort Collins, 215 North Mason St., 2nd floor, Fort Collins, Colorado 80524.
Contract Documents will be available March 21, 2005.
Copies of the Contract Documents, complete with Construction Specifications and
Drawings, may be obtained from Purchasing Division at 215 North Mason St., 2nd
floor, Fort Collins, Colorado, 80521 upon payment of a refundable fee of Fifty
Dollars ($50.00) per set. No partial sets will be issued.
The Contract Documents and Construction Drawings may be examined at:
1. City of Fort Collins, Purchasing Division.
2. Dodge Plan Room, 1114 W. 7th Ave., Suite 100, Denver, Colorado.
3. Reed Construction Data, 8878 Barrons Blvd., Highlands Ranch, Colorado
4. Builders Exchange, 223 South Link Lane, Fort Collins, Colorado.
5. Construction News Service, 3630 Sinton Road, Suite 210, Colorado Springs,
Colorado.
A prebid conference and job walk with representatives of prospective Bidders will
be held at 10:OOa.m., on March 31, 2005, in the Training Room at 215 N. Mason, 2ld
floor, Fort Collins.
Prospective Bidders are invited to present their questions relative to this Bid
proposal at this meeting.
Bids will be received as set forth in the Bidding Documents.
07/2001 Section 00020 Page 1
The Work is expected to be commenced within the time as required by Section 2.3
of General Conditions. Substantial Completion of the Work is required as
specified in the Agreement.
The successful Bidder will be required to furnish a Performance Bond and a
Payment Bond guaranteeing faithful performance and the payment of all bills and
obligations arising from the performance of the Contract.
No Bid may be withdrawn within a period of forty-five (45) days after the date
fixed for opening Bids.
The OWNER reserves the right to reject any and all Bids, and to waive any
informalities and irregularities therein.
Bid security in the amount of not less than 5% of the total Bid must accompany
each Bid in the form specified in the Instructions to Bidders.
Sales Prohibited/Conflict of Interest: No officer, employee, or member of City
Council, shall have a financial interest in the sale to the City of any real or
personal property, equipment, material, supplies or services where such officer
or employee exercises directly or indirectly any decision -making authority
concerning such sale or any supervisory authority over the services to be
rendered. This rule also applies to subcontracts with the City. Soliciting or
accepting any gift, gratuity favor, entertainment, kickback or any items of
monetary value from any person who has or is seeking to do business with the City
of Fort Collins is prohibited
City of Fort Collins
By 6
a es B. O'Neill, II, CPPO, FNIGP
chasing/Risk Management Director
07/2001 Section 00020 Page 2
SECTION 00100
INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS
1.0
2.0
3.0
SECTION 00100
INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS
DEFINED TERMS
Terms used in these Instructions to Bidders which are defined in the
Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract (No. 1910-8, 1990
ed.) have the meanings assigned to them in the General Conditions. The
term "Bidder" means one who submits a Bid to OWNER, as distinct from a sub -
bidder, who submits a Bid to Bidder. The terms "Successful Bidder" means
the lowest, qualified, responsible and responsive Bidder to whom OWNER (on
basis of OWNER's evaluation as hereinafter provided) makes an award. The
term "Bidding Documents" includes the Advertisement or Invitation to Bid,
Instructions to Bidders, the Bid Form, and the proposed Contract Documents
(including all Addenda issued prior to receipt of Bids).
COPIES OF BIDDING DOCUMENTS
2.1. Complete sets of Bidding Documents may be obtained as stated in the
Invitation to Bid. No partial sets will be issued. The Bidding Documents
may be examined at the locations identified in the Invitation to Bid.
2.2. Complete sets of Bidding Documents shall be used in preparing Bids;
neither OWNER nor Engineer assumes any responsibility for errors or
misinterpretations resulting from the use of incomplete sets of Bidding
Documents.
2.3. The submitted Bid proposal shall include Sections 00300, 00410,
00420, and 00430 fully executed.
2.4. OWNER and Engineer, in making copies of Bidding Documents available
on the above terms, do so only for the purpose of obtaining Bids on the
Work and do not confer a license or grant for any other use.
QUALIFICATION OF BIDDERS
3.1 To demonstrate qualifications to perform the Work, each Bidder must
submit at the time of the Bid opening, a written statement of
qualifications including financial data, a summary of previous experience,
previous commitments and evidence of authority to conduct business in the
jurisdiction where the Project is located. Each Bid must contain evidence
of Bidder's qualification to do business in the state where the Project is
located or covenant to obtain such qualification prior to award of the
contract. The Statement of Qualifications shall be prepared on the form
provided in Section 00420.
3.2. In accordance with Section 8-160 of the Code of the City of Fort
Collins in determining whether a bidder is responsible, the following shall
be considered: (1) The ability, capacity and skill of the bidder to perform
12/03 Section 00100 Page 1
.
the contract or provide the services required, (2) whether the bidder can
perform the contract or provide the service promptly and within the time
specified without delay or interference, (3) the character, integrity,
reputation, judgment, experience and efficiency of the bidder, (4) the
quality of the bidder's performance of previous contracts or services, (5)
the previous and existing compliance by the bidder with laws and ordinances
relating to the contract or service, (6) the sufficiency of the financial
resources and ability of the bidder to perform the contract or provide the
service, (7) the quality, availability and adaptability of the materials
and services to the particular use required, (8) the ability of the bidder
to provide future maintenance and service for the use of the subject of the
contract, and (9) any other circumstances which will affect the bidder's
performance of the contract.
3.3. Each Bidder may be required to show that he has handled former Work
so that no just claims are pending against such Work. No Bid will be
accepted from a Bidder who is engaged on any other Work which would impair
his ability to perform or finance this Work.
3.4 No Bidder shall be in default on the performance of any other contract
with the City or in the payment of any taxes, licenses or other monies due
to the City.
4.0 EXAMINATION OF CONTRACT DOCUMENTS AND SITE
4.1. It is the responsibility of each Bidder, before submitting a Bid, to
(a) examine the Contract Documents thoroughly, (b) visit the site to
familiarize himself with local conditions that may in any manner affect
cost, progress or performance of the Work, (c) familiarize himself with
federal, state and local laws, ordinances, rules and regulations that may
in any manner affect cost, progress or performance of the Work, (d) study
and carefully correlate Bidder's observations with the Contract Documents,
and (e) notify Engineer of all conflicts, errors or discrepancies in the
Contract Documents.
4.2. Reference is made to the Supplementary Conditions for identification
of: Subsurface and Physical Conditions SC-4.2.
4.3. The submission of a Bid will constitute an incontrovertible
representation by Bidder that Bidder has complied with every requirement of
this Article 4, that without exception the Bid is premised upon performing
and furnishing the Work required by the Contract Documents and such means,
methods, techniques, sequences or procedures of construction as may be
indicated in or required by the Contract Documents, and that the Contract
Documents are sufficient in scope and detail to indicate and convey
understanding of all terms and conditions for performance and furnishing of
the Work.
5.0 INTERPRETATIONS AND ADDENDA.
5.1. All questions about the meaning or intent of the Bidding Documents are to
12/03 Section 00100 Page 2
be submitted in writing to the Engineer and the OWNER. Interpretation or
clarifications considered necessary in response to such questions will be
issued only by Addenda. Questions received less than seven days prior to
the date for opening of the Bids may not be answered. Only questions
answered by formal written Addenda will be binding. Oral and other
interpretations or clarifications will be without legal effect.
5.2. All questions concerning the scope of this project should be directed
to the Engineer. Questions regarding submittal of bids should be directed
to the City of Fort Collins' Purchasing Division.
5.3. Addenda may also be issued to modify the Bidding Documents as deemed
advisable by OWNER or Engineer.
5.4. Addenda will be mailed or delivered to all parties recorded by the
OWNER as having received the Bidding documents.
6.0 BID SECURITY
6.1. Each Bid must be accompanied by Bid Security made payable to OWNER in
the amount stated in the Invitation to Bid. The required security must be
in the form of a certified or bank cashier's check payable to OWNER or a
Bid Bond on the form enclosed herewith. The Bid Bond must be executed by a
surety meeting the requirements of the General Conditions for surety bonds.
6.2. The Bid Security of the successful Bidder will be retained until such
Bidder has executed the Agreement and furnished the required contract
security, whereupon Bid Security will be returned. If the successful
Bidder fails to execute and deliver the Agreement and furnish the required
contract security within 15 days of the Notice of Award, OWNER may annul
the Notice of Award and the Bid Security of that Bidder will be forfeited.
The Bid Security of other Bidders whom OWNER believes to have reasonable
chance receiving the award may be retained by OWNER until the earlier of
the seventh day after the effective date of the Agreement or the thirty-
first day after the Bid Opening, whereupon Bid Security furnished by such
Bidders will be returned. Bid Security with Bids which are not competitive
will be returned within seven days after the Bid opening.
7.0 CONTRACT TIME.
The number of days within which, or the date by which the Work is to be
substantially complete and also completed and ready for Final Payment (the
Contract Times) are set forth in the Agreement.
8.0 LIQUIDATED DAMAGES.
Provisions for liquidated damages are set forth in the Agreement.
9.0 SUBSTITUTE ("OR EQUAL") MATERIAL AND EQUIPMENT
The Contract, if awarded, will be on the basis of material and equipment
12/03 Section 00100 Page 3
described on the Drawings or specified in the Specifications without
consideration of possible substitute or "or equal" items. Whenever it is
indicated on the Drawings or specified in the Specifications that a
substitute or "or equal" item of material or equipment may be furnished or
used by CONTRACTOR if acceptable to Engineer, application for such
acceptance will not be considered by Engineer until after the "effective
date of the Agreement". The procedure for submittal of any such
application by CONTRACTOR and consideration by Engineer is set forth in the
General Conditions which may be supplemented in the General Requirements.
10.0 SUBCONTRACTORS, SUPPLIERS AND OTHERS
10.1. Each Bidder shall submit at the Bid opening to OWNER a list of
principal subcontractors he proposes to use in the Work. Refer to Section
00430 contained within these Documents.
10.2. If OWNER or Engineer after due investigation has reasonable
objection to any proposed Subcontractor, either may, before the Notice of
Award is given, request the apparent successful Bidder to submit an
acceptable substitute without an increase in Bid price. If the apparent
successful Bidder declines to make any substitution, OWNER may award the
contract to the next lowest responsive and responsible Bidder that proposes
to use acceptable subcontractors. Subcontractors, suppliers, other persons
or organization listed and to whom OWNER or Engineer does not make written
objection prior to the giving of the Notice of Award will be deemed
acceptable to OWNER and ENGINEER subject to revocation of such acceptance
after the effective date of the Agreement as provided in the General
Conditions.
10.3. CONTRACTOR shall not be required to employ any subcontractor,
supplier or other persons or organizations against whom he has reasonable
objection. The use of subcontractors listed by the Bidder and accepted by
OWNER prior to the Notice of Award will be required in the performance of
the Work.
11.0 BID FORM.
11.1. A copy of the Bid Form is bound in the Contract Documents which may
be retained by the Bidder. A separate unbound copy is enclosed for
submission with the Bid.
11.2. Bid Forms must be complete in ink or typed. All lump sum prices on
the form must be stated in words and numerals; in case of conflict, words
will take precedence. Unit prices shall govern over extensions of sums.
11.3. Bids by corporations must be executed in the corporate name by the
president or a vice-president (or other appropriate officer accompanied by
evidence of authority to sign) and the corporate seal shall be affixed and
attested by the secretary or an assistant secretary. The corporate address
and state of incorporation shall be shown below the corporate name.
12/03 Section 00100 Page 4
i
11.4. Bids by partnerships must be executed in the partnership name and
signed by a partner, his title must appear under his signature and the
official address of the partnership must be shown below the signature.
11.5. Bids by joint venture shall be signed by each participant in the
joint venture or by an authorized agent of each participant. The full name
of each person or company interested in the Bid shall be listed on the Bid
Form.
11.6. The Bid shall contain an acknowledgement of receipt of all Addenda
(the numbers of which must be filled in on the Bid Form).
11.7. No alterations in Bids, or in the printed forms therefore, by
erasures, interpolations, or otherwise will be acceptable unless each such
alteration is signed or initialed by the Bidder; if initialed, OWNER may
require the Bidder to identify any alteration so initialed.
11.8. The address and telephone number for communications regarding the
Bid shall be shown.
12.0 BID PRICING.
Bids must be priced as set forth in the Bid Schedule or Schedules.
13.0 SUBMISSION OF BIDS.
13.1. Bids shall be submitted at the time and place indicated in the
Invitation to Bid and shall be enclosed in an opaque sealed envelope marked
with the Project title, Bid No., and name and address of the Bidder and
accompanied by the Bid Security, Bid Form, Bid Bond, Statement of Bidders
Qualifications, and Schedule of Subcontractors as required in Section
00430. If the Bid is sent through the mail or other delivery system, the
sealed envelope shall be enclosed in a separate envelope with the notation
"BID ENCLOSED" on the face of it.
13.2. Bids shall be deposited at the designated location prior to the time
and date for receipt of Bids indicated in the Invitation to Bid, or any
extension thereof made by addendum. Bids received after the time and date
for receipt of Bids will be returned unopened. Bidder shall assume full
responsibility for timely delivery at the location designated for receipt
of Bids.
13.3. Oral, telephonic, telegraphic, or facsimile Bids are invalid and
will not receive consideration.
13.4. No Bidder may submit more than one Bid. Multiple Bids under
different names will not be accepted from one firm or association.
14.0 MODIFICATION AND WITHDRAWAL OF BIDS.
12/03 Section 00100 Page 5
P.
Historic Medallion
$
Each
Q.
Sandstone Stair
$
Linear Foot
R.
Stairs
$
Linear Foot
S.
Stair Plinth
$
Each
T.
Handrail
$
Linear Foot
U.
Rail Type `B'
$
Linear Foot
V.
Rail Type `C'
$
Linear Foot
W.
6-Foot Bench — surface mount
$
Each
X.
6-Foot Bench — wall mount
$
Each
Y.
Bicycle Rack
$
Each
Z.
Trash Receptacle
$
Each
AA.
Ash Urn
$
Each
BB.
Bollard
$
Each
CC.
Removable Bollard
$
Each
DD.
60-Inch Square Tree Grate
$
Each
EE.
72-Inch Square Tree Grate
$
Each
FF.
96-Inch Square Tree Grate
$
Each
GG.
Large Planter Pot
$
Each
HH.
Small Planter Pot
$
Each
II.
Deep Planter Pot
$
Each
JJ.
Strand Light
$
Linear Foot
KK.
Brick Face Attachment for Strand Light
$
Each
LL.
Light Post `A'
$
Each
MM.
Light Post `B'
$
Each
NN.
Light Post C'
$
Each
00.
Light Post `D'
$
Each
PP.
Wall Mounted Basket
$
Each
QQ.
Remington Entry Gate
$
Each
RR.
Three Sided Kiosk
$
Each
14.1. Bids may be modified or withdrawn by an appropriate document duly
executed (in a manner that a Bid must be executed) and delivered to the
place where Bids are to be submitted at any time prior to the opening of
Bids.
14.2. Bids may also be modified or withdrawn in person by the Bidder or an
authorized representative provided he can prove his identity and authority
at any time prior to the opening of Bids.
14.3. Withdrawn Bids may be resubmitted up to the time designated for the
receipt of Bids provided that they are then fully in conformance with these
Instructions to Bidders.
15.0 OPENINGS OF BIDS.
Bids will be opened and (unless obviously non -responsive) read aloud
publicly as indicated in the Invitation to Bid. An abstract of the amounts
of the Base Bids and major alternates (if any) will be made available after
the opening of Bids.
16.0 BIDS TO REMAIN OPEN SUBJECT TO ACCEPTANCE.
All Bids shall remain open for forty-five (45) days after the day of the
Bid Opening, but OWNER may, in his sole discretion, release any Bid and
return the Bid Security prior to that date.
17.0 AWARD OF CONTRACT.
17.1. OWNER reserves the right to reject any and all Bids, to waive any
and all informalities not involving price, time or changes in the Work, to
negotiate contract terms with the Successful Bidder, and the right to
disregard all nonconforming, nonresponsive, unbalanced or conditional Bids.
Also, OWNER reserves the right to reject the Bid of any Bidder if OWNER
believes that it would not be in the best interest of the Project to make
an award to that Bidder, whether because the Bid is not responsive or the
Bidder is unqualified or of doubtful financial ability or fails to meet any
other pertinent standard or criteria established by OWNER. Discrepancies
between the indicated sum of any column of figures and the correct sum
thereof will be resolved in favor of the correct sum.
17.2. In evaluating Bids, OWNER will consider the qualifications of the
Bidders, whether or not the Bids comply with the prescribed requirements,
and such alternates, unit prices and other data, as may be requested in the
Bid Form or prior to the Notice of Award.
17.3. OWNER may consider the qualification and experience of
Subcontractors, Suppliers, and other persons and organizations proposed for
those portions of the Work as to which the identity of Subcontractors,
Suppliers, and other persons and organizations is submitted as requested by
OWNER. OWNER also may consider the operating costs, maintenance
requirements, performance data and guarantees of major items of materials
12/03 Section 00100 Page 6
and equipment proposed for incorporation in the Work when such data is
required to be submitted prior to the Notice of Award.
17.4. OWNER may conduct such investigations as OWNER deems necessary to
assist in the evaluation of any Bid and to establish the responsibility,
qualifications and financial ability of the Bidder's proposed
Subcontractors, Suppliers and other persons and organizations to do the
Work in accordance with the Contract Documents to OWNER's satisfaction
within the prescribed time.
17.5. If the Contract is to be awarded, it will be awarded to the lowest
responsive and responsible Bidder whose evaluation by OWNER indicates to
OWNER that the award will be in the best interest of the OWNER. Award
shall be made on the evaluated lowest base bid excluding alternates. The
basis for award shall be the lowest Bid total for the Schedule or, in the
case of more than one schedule, for sum of all schedules. Only one
contract will be awarded.
17.6. If the Contract is to be awarded, OWNER will give the Successful
Bidder a Notice of Award within forty-five (45) days after the date of the
Bid opening.
18.0 CONTRACT SECURITY.
The General Conditions and the Supplementary Conditions set forth OWNER's
requirements as to performance and other Bonds. When the Successful Bidder
delivers the executed Agreement to the OWNER, it shall be accompanied by
the required Contract Security.
19.0 SIGNING OF AGREEMENT.
When OWNER gives a Notice of Award to the Successful Bidder, it will be
accompanied by the required number of unsigned counterparts of the
Agreement with all other written Contract Documents attached. Within
fifteen (15) days thereafter, CONTRACTOR shall sign and deliver the
required number of counterparts of the Agreement and attached documents to
OWNER with the required Bonds. Within ten (10) days thereafter, OWNER
shall deliver one fully signed counterpart to CONTRACTOR. Each counterpart
is to be accompanied by a complete set of the Drawings with appropriate
identification.
20.0 TAXES.
OWNER is exempt from Colorado State Sales and Use Taxes on materials and
equipment to be incorporated in the Work. Said taxes shall not be included
in the Contract Price. Reference is made to the General and Supplementary
Conditions.
21.0 RETAINAGE.
Provisions concerning retainage are set forth in the Agreement.
12/03 Section 00100 Page 7
22.0 PURCHASING RESTRICTIONS.
Purchasing restrictions: The Bidder's authorized signature of this Bid
assures the Bidder's compliance with the City's purchasing restrictions. A
copy of the resolutions are available for review in the Purchasing and Risk
Management Division or the City Clerk's office.
A. Cement Restrictions: City of Fort Collins Resolution 91-121 requires
that suppliers and producers of cement or products containing cement
to certify that the cement was not made in cement kilns that burn
hazardous waste as a fuel.
23.0 COLLUSIVE OR SHAM BIDS.
Any Bid deemed by the City in its sole discretion to be a collusive or sham
Bid will be rejected and reported to authorities as such. Your authorized
signature of this Bid assures that such Bid is genuine and is not a
collusive or sham Bid.
24.0 BID RESULTS.
For information regarding results for individual Bids send a self-
addressed, self -stamped envelope and a Bid tally will be mailed to you.
Bid results will be posted in the Purchasing office seven (7) days after
the Bid Opening.
END OF SECTION
12/03 Section 00100 Page 8
SECTION 00300
BID FORM
SECTION 00300
BID FORM
PROJECT: OLD TOWN SQUARE AND ALLEYS ENHANCEMENT PROJECT; BID NO. 5912
Place
Date
1. In compliance with your Invitation to Bid dated
and subject to all conditions thereof, the undersigned
a **(Corporation, Limited Liability Company,
Partnership, Joint Venture, or Sole Proprietor)** authorized to do business
in the State of Colorado hereby proposes to furnish and do everything
required by the Contract Documents to which this refers for the
construction of all items listed on the following Bid Schedule or Bid
Schedules.
2. The undersigned Bidder does hereby declare and stipulate that this proposal
is made in good faith, without collusion or connection with any other
person or persons Bidding for the same Work, and that it is made in
pursuance of and subject to all the terms and conditions of the Invitation
to Bid and Instructions to Bidders, the Agreement, the detailed
Specifications, and the Drawings pertaining to the Work to be done, all of
which have been examined by the undersigned.
3. Accompanying this Bid is a certified or cashier's check or standard Bid
bond in the sum of ($
) in accordance with the Invitation To Bid and
Instructions to Bidders.
4. The undersigned Bidder agrees to execute the Agreement and a Performance
Bond and a Payment Bond for the amount of the total of this Bid within
fifteen (15) calendar days from the date when the written notice of the
award of the contract is delivered to him at the address given on this Bid.
The name and address of the corporate surety with which the Bidder
proposes to furnish the specified performance and payment bonds is as
follows:
S. All the various phases of Work enumerated in the Contract Documents with
their individual jobs and overhead, whether specifically mentioned,
included by implication or appurtenant thereto, are to be performed by the
CONTRACTOR under one of the items listed in the Bid Schedule, irrespective
of whether it is named in said list.
6. Payment for Work performed will be in accordance with the Bid Schedule or
Bid Schedules subject to changes as provided in the Contract Documents.
7. The undersigned Bidder hereby acknowledges receipt of Addenda No.
through
7/96 Section 00300 Page 1
CONTRACTOR
BY:
ADDRESS:
8. BID SCHEDULE (Base Bid) Lump sum for three areas:
Tenney Court -
Trimble Court -
Old Town Square -
9. PRICES
Dollars ($ )
Dollars ($ )
Dollars ($ )
The foregoing prices shall include all labor, materials, transportation,
shoring, removal, dewatering, overhead, profit, insurance, etc., to cover
the complete Work in place of the several kinds called for.
Bidder acknowledges that the OWNER has the right to delete items in the Bid
or change quantities at his sole discretion without affecting the Agreement
or prices of any item so long as the deletion or change does not exceed
twenty-five percent (250) of the total Agreement Price.
RESPECTFULLY SUBMITTED:
Signature
Title
License Number (If Applicable)
(Seal - if Bid is by corporation)
Attest:
Address
Telephone
Date
7/96 Section 00300 Page 2
,6
SECTION 00400
SUPPLEMENTS TO BID FORMS
00410 Bid Bond
00420Statement of Bidder's Qualifications
00430 Schedule of Subcontractors
7/96 Section 00410 Page 1
SECTION 00410
BID BOND
KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS:
as Principal, and
Surety, are hereby held and firmly bound unto the
as OWNER, in the sum of $ for
truly to be made, we hereby jointly and severally
assigns.
that we, the undersigned
as
City of Fort Collins, Colorado,
the payment of which, well and
bind ourselves, successors, and
THE CONDITION of this obligation is such that whereas the Principal has
submitted to the City of Fort Collins, Colorado the accompanying Bid and hereby
made a part hereof to enter into a Construction Agreement for the construction of
Fort Collins Project, OLD TOWN SQUARE AND ALLEYS ENHANCEMENT PROJECT; BID NO.
5912.
NOW THEREFORE,
(a) If said Bid shall be rejected, or
(b) If said Bid shall be accepted and the Principal shall execute and deliver a
Contract in the form of Contract attached hereto (properly completed in
accordance with said Bid) and shall furnish a BOND for his faithful
performance of said Contract, and for payment of all persons performing
labor or furnishing materials in connection therewith, and shall in all
other respects perform the Agreement created by the acceptance of said Bid,
then this obligation shall be void; otherwise the same shall remain in
force and effect, it being expressly understood and agreed that the
liability of the Surety for any and all claims hereunder shall, in no
event, exceed the penal amount of this obligation as herein stated.
The Surety, for value received, hereby stipulates and agrees that the obligations
of said Surety and its BOND shall be in no way impaired or affected by any
extension of the time within which the OWNER may accept such Bid; and said Surety
does hereby waive notice of any such extension.
Surety Companies executing bonds must be authorized to transact business in the
State of Colorado and be accepted by the OWNER.
'7/96 Section 00410 Page 2
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Principal and the Surety have hereunto set their hands
and seals this day of , 20 , and such of them as are
corporations have caused their corporate seals to be hereto affixed and these
presents to be signed by their proper officers, the day and year first set forth
above.
PRINCIPAL
Name:
Address:
By:
Title:
ATTEST:
By:
(SEAL)
7/96
M
Title:
SURETY
(SEAL)
Section 00410 Page 3
SECTION 00420
STATEMENT OF BIDDER'S QUALIFICATIONS
All questions must be answered and the data given must be clear and
comprehensive. This statement must be notarized. If necessary, questions may be
answered on separate attached sheets. The Bidder may submit any additional
information he desires.
1. Name of Bidder:
2. Permanent main office address:
3. When organized:
4. If a corporation, where incorporated:
5. How many years have you been engaged in the contracting business under your
present firm or trade name?
6. Contracts on hand: (Schedule these, showing the amount of each contract and
the appropriate anticipated dates of completion.)
7. General character of Work performed by your company:
8. Have you ever failed to complete any Work awarded to you?
If so, where and why?
9. Have your ever defaulted on a contract?
If so, where and why?
10. Are you debarred by any government agency?
If yes list agency name.
r
7/96 Section 00420 Page 1
SS.
Two Sided Kiosk
$
Each
TT.
Steel Gate "A"
$
Each
UU.
Steel Gate `B"
$
Each
VV.
Steel Gate "C"
$
Each
WW.
Steel Gate "D"
$
Each
XX.
Steel Gate "E"
$
Each
YY.
Steel Gate "F"
$
Each
ZZ.
6-Inch City Curb and Gutter
$
Linear Foot
AAA.
Plaza Drain
$
Each
BBB.
8-Inch PVC Sewer Pipe
$
Linear Foot
CCC.
12-Inch PVC Sewer Pipe
$
Linear Foot
DDD.
Irrigation for Tree at Tree Grate
$
Each
EEE.
Planter Pot Irrigation Supply
$
Each
FEE.
Hanging Basket Lrigation Supply
$
Each
GGG.
Wall Mounted Basket Irrigation Supply
$
Each
HHH.
Netafim Dripline
$
Linear Foot
III.
I -Inch Class 200 Irrigation Lateral Pipe
$
Linear Foot
MI.
/-Inch Type K Copper Irrigation Lateral Pipe
$
Linear Foot
KKK.
Portland Cement Plaster
$
Square Foot
LLL.
3-Inch Caliper Deciduous Tree (Installation Only)
$
Each
MMM.
3-Inch Caliper Deciduous Tree
$
Each
NNN.
3-Inch Caliper Deciduous Tree in Tree Grate
$
Each
000.
2-Inch Caliper Deciduous Tree
$
Each
PPP.
5 Gallon Deciduous Shrub
$
Each
QQQ.
7 Gallon Evergreen Shrub
$
Each
RRR.
5 Gallon Evergreen Shrub
$
Each
SSS.
1 Gallon Evergreen Shrub
$
Each
TTT.
1 Gallon Perennial
$
Each
UUU.
4-Inch Perennial
$
Each
11. List the more important projects recently completed by your company,
stating the approximate cost of each, and
location and type of construction.
the month and year completed,
12.
List your major equipment available for this contract.
13.
Experience in construction Work similar in
project:
importance to this
14.
Background and experience of the principal
including officers:
members of your organization,
15.
16.
17.
Credit available: $
Bank reference:
Will you, upon request, fill out a detailed
any other information that may be
financial statement and furnish
required by the OWNER?
18.
19.
Are you licensed as a General CONTRACTOR?
If yes, in what city, county and state?
class, license and numbers?
Do you anticipate subcontracting Work under
If yes, what percent of total contract?
and to whom?
What
this Contract?
20. Are any lawsuits pending against you or your firm at this time?
If
DETAIL
7/96 Section 00420 Page 2
yes,
21. What are the limits of your public liability? DETAIL
22
What company?
What are your company's bonding limitations?
23. The undersigned hereby authorizes and requests any person, firm or
corporation to furnish any information requested by the OWNER in
verification of the recital comprising this Statement of Bidder's
Qualifications.
Dated at this day of , 20
Name of Bidder
By:
Title:
State of
County of
being duly sworn deposes and says that he is
of and that
(name of organization)
the answers to the foregoing questions and all statements therein contained are
true and correct.
Subscribed and sworn to before me this day of
20 .
Notary Public
My commission expires
W96 Section 00420 Page 3
SECTION 00430
SCHEDULE OF SUBCONTRACTORS
List all subcontractors for the work items listed below and all subcontractors
performing over 50 of the contract.
ITEM
SUBCONTRACTOR
7/96 Section 00430 Page 1
SECTION 00500
AGREEMENT FORMS
00510Notice of Award
00520Agreement
00530Notice to Proceed
SECTION 00510
NOTICE OF AWARD
Date:
TO:
PROJECT: OLD TOWN SQUARE AND ALLEYS ENHANCEMENT PROJECT; BID NO. 5912
OWNER: CITY OF FORT COLLINS
(hereinafter referred to as "the OWNER")
You are hereby notified that your Bid dated , 20 for the above
project has been considered. You are the apparent successful Bidder and have been
awarded an Agreement for OLD TOWN SQUARE AND ALLEYS ENHANCEMENT PROJECT; BID NO.
5912.
The Price of your Agreement is
Three (3) copies of each of the proposed Contract Documents (except Drawings)
accompany this Notice of Award. Three (3) sets of the Drawings will be delivered
separately or otherwise made available to you immediately.
You must comply with the following conditions precedent within fifteen (15) days
of the date of this Notice of Award, that is by , 20
1. You must deliver to the OWNER three (3) fully executed counterparts of the
Agreement including all the Contract Documents. Each of the Contract
Documents must bear your signature on the cover of the page.
2. You must deliver with the executed Agreement the Contract Security (Bonds)
as specified in the Instructions to Bidders, General Conditions (Article
5.1) and Supplementary Conditions.
Failure to comply with these conditions within the time specified will entitle
OWNER to consider your Bid abandoned, to annul this Notice of Award and to declare
your Bid Security forfeited.
Within ten (10) days after you comply with those conditions, OWNER will return to
you one (1) fully -signed counterpart of the Agreement with the Contract Documents
attached.
City of Fort Collins
OWNER
Title
9/12/01 Section 00510 Page 1
'4
SECTION 00520
AGREEMENT
THIS AGREEMENT is dated as of the day of in the
year of 20_ and shall be effective on the date this AGREEMENT is signed by the
City.
The City of Fort Collins
(hereinafter called OWNER) and
(hereinafter called CONTRACTOR)
OWNER and CONTRACTOR, in consideration of the mutual covenants hereinafter set
forth, agree as follows:
ARTICLE 1. WORK
CONTRACTOR shall complete all Work as specified or indicated in the Contract
Documents. The Project for which the Work under the Contract Documents may be
the whole or only a part, provide for but are not limited to the following:
demolition and salvage, leveling of existing sand set unit pavers, and set unit
pavers on aggregate base and on concrete slab base, lighting, site furnishings,
ornamental metal work, planting, irrigation, minor utility appurtenance
adjustments, and concrete restoration. Work includes portions of construction
within City Street Rights Of Way. Project area is approximately 91,000 square
feet in two contiguous areas and three construction zones.
ARTICLE 2. ENGINEER
The Project has been designed by EDAW, Inc., who is hereinafter called ENGINEER
and who will assume all duties and responsibilities and will have the rights and
authority assigned to ENGINEER in the Contract Documents in connection with
completion of the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents.
ARTICLE 3. CONTRACT TIMES
3.1 The Work shall be Substantially Complete by May 21, 2006, as provided
in the General Conditions and completed and ready for Final Payment and
Acceptance in accordance with the General Conditions by May 28, 2006.
3.2. Liquidated Damages. OWNER and CONTRACTOR recognize that time is of
the essence of this Agreement and that OWNER will suffer financial loss if the
Work is not completed within the times specified in paragraph 3.1. above, plus
any extensions thereof allowed in accordance with Article 12 of the General
Conditions.
They also recognize the delays, expenses and difficulties involved in proving in
a legal proceeding the actual loss suffered by OWNER if the Work is not completed
on time. Accordingly, instead of requiring any such proof, OWNER and CONTRACTOR
agree that as liquidated damages for delay (but not as penalty) CONTRACTOR shall
pay OWNER the amounts set forth hereafter.
9/12/01 Section 00520 Page 1
,0 .,
1) Substantial Completion:
One Thousand Dollars ($1,000.00) for each calendar day or fraction
thereof that expires after the May 21, 2006 period for Substantial
Completion of the Work until the Work is Substantially Complete.
2) Final Acceptance:
After Substantial Completion, Five Hundred Dollars ($500.00) for each
calendar day or fraction thereof that expires after the May 28, 2006
period for Final Payment and Acceptance until the Work is ready for
Final Payment and Acceptance.
ARTICLE 4. CONTRACT PRICE
4.1. OWNER shall pay CONTRACTOR for performance of the Work in accordance
with the Contract Documents in current funds as follows: ($ ), $
Dollars, in accordance with Section 00300,
attached and incorporated herein by this reference.
ARTICLE 5. PAYMENT PROCEDURES
CONTRACTOR shall submit Applications for Payment in accordance with Article
14 of the General Conditions. Applications for Payment will be processed by
ENGINEER as provided in the General Conditions.
5.1. PROGRESS PAYMENTS. OWNER shall make progress payments on account of
the Contract Price on the basis of CONTRACTOR's Application for Payment as
recommended by ENGINEER, once each month during construction as provided below.
All progress payments will be on the basis of the progress of the Work measured
by the schedule of values established in paragraph 2.6 of the General Conditions
and in the case of Unit Price Work based on the number of units completed, and in
accordance with the General Requirements concerning Unit Price Work.
5.1.1. Prior to Substantial Completion, progress payments will be in the
amount equal to the percentage indicated below, but, in each case, less the
aggregate of payments previously made and less such amounts as ENGINEER shall
determine, or OWNER may withhold, in accordance with paragraph 14.7 of the
General Conditions. 90% of the value of Work completed until the Work has been
50o completed as determined by ENGINEER, when the retainage equals 5% of the
Contract Price, and if the character and progress of the Work have been
satisfactory to OWNER and ENGINEER, OWNER on recommendation of ENGINEER, may
determine that as long as the character and progress of the Work remain
satisfactory to them, there will be no additional retainage on account of Work
completed in which case the remaining progress payments prior to Substantial
Completion will be in an amount equal to 100% of the Work completed. 90% of
materials and equipment not incorporated in the Work (but delivered, suitably
stored and accompanied by documentation satisfactory to OWNER as provided in
paragraph 14.2 of the General Conditions) may be included in the application for
payment.
5.1.2. Upon Substantial Completion payment will be made in an amount
sufficient to increase total payments to CONTRACTOR to 95% of the Contract Price,
9/12/01 Section 00520 Page 2
less such amounts as ENGINEER shall determine or OWNER may withhold in accordance
with paragraph 14.7 of the General Conditions or as provided by law.
5.2. FINAL PAYMENT. Upon Final Completion and Acceptance of the Work in
accordance with paragraph 14.13 of the General Conditions, OWNER shall pay the
remainder of the Contract Price as recommended by ENGINEER as provided in said
paragraph 14.13.
ARTICLE 6. CONTRACTOR'S REPRESENTATION
In order to induce OWNER to enter into this Agreement, CONTRACTOR makes the
following representations:
6.1. CONTRACTOR has familiarized himself with the nature and extent of the
Contract Documents, Work, site, locality, and with all local conditions and Laws
and Regulations that in any manner may affect cost, progress, performance or
furnishing of the Work.
6.2. CONTRACTOR has studied carefully all reports of explorations and tests
of subsurface conditions and drawings of physical conditions which are identified
in the Supplementary Conditions as provided in paragraph 4.2 of the General
Conditions.
6.3. CONTRACTOR has obtained and carefully studied (or assumes
responsibility for obtaining and carefully studying) all such examinations,
investigations, explorations, tests, reports, and studies (in addition to or to
supplement those referred to in paragraph 6.2 above) which pertain to the
subsurface or physical condition at or contiguous to the site or otherwise may
affect the cost, progress, performance or furnishing of the Work as CONTRACTOR
considers necessary for the performance or furnishing of the Work at the Contract
Price, within the Contract Times and in accordance with the other terms and
conditions of the Contract Documents, including specifically the provisions of
paragraph 4.2 of the General Conditions; and no additional examinations,
investigations, explorations, tests, reports, studies or similar information or
data are or will be required by CONTRACTOR for such purposes.
6.4. CONTRACTOR has reviewed and checked all information and data shown or
indicated on the Contract Documents with respect to existing Underground
Facilities at or contiguous to the site and assumes responsibility for the
accurate location of said Underground Facilities. No additional examinations,
investigations, explorations, tests, reports, studies or similar information or
data in respect of said Underground Facilities are or will be required by
CONTRACTOR in order to perform and furnish the Work at the Contract Price, within
the Contract Times and in accordance with the other terms and conditions of the
Contract Documents, including specifically the provision of paragraph 4.3. of the
General Conditions.
6.5. CONTRACTOR has correlated the results of all such observations,
examinations, investigations, tests, reports and data with the terms and
conditions of the Contract Documents.
9/12/01 Section 00520 Page 3
6.6. CONTRACTOR has given ENGINEER written notice of all conflicts, errors
or discrepancies that he has discovered in the Contract Documents and the written
resolution thereof by ENGINEER is acceptable to CONTRACTOR.
ARTICLE 7. CONTRACT DOCUMENTS
7.1 The Contract Documents which comprise the entire Agreement between
OWNER and CONTRACTOR concerning the Work consist of the General Conditions,
Supplementary Conditions, those items included in the definition of "Contract
Documents" in Article 1.10 of the General Conditions, and such other items as are
referenced in this Article 7, all of which are incorporated herein by this
reference.
7.2 Forms for use by CONTRACTOR in performing the Work and related
actions in carrying out the terms of this Agreement are deemed Contract Documents
and incorporated herein by this reference, and include, but are not limited to,
the following:
7.2.1Certificate of Substantial Completion
7.2.2 Certificate of Final Acceptance
7.2.3Lien Waiver Releases
7.2.4Consent of Surety
7.2.5Application for Exemption Certificate
7.2.6Application for Payment
7.3 Drawings, consisting of a cover sheet and sheets numbered as follows:
Sheet No.
Title
G001
Cover Sheet
G002
Abbrev. & Graphic Symbols
G003
Subbase, Phasing,
& Access Plan
Sheet 1-5
Survey Sheets
CE101
Erosion Control
CS501-CS502
Civil Site Details
M-412-1
Pavement Joint Details
LD100
Demo Notes/Legend
LD101 - LD105
Surface Demolition Plan
LD901
Demolition Images
LG100
Grading and Erosion
Control Notes
LG101-105
Grading Plans
LS100
Site Plan Legend
LS101 - LS105
Site Layout Plans
LS501 - LS507
Site Details
A101-A102
Entry Arch/Kiosk
A201-A203
Gates
ES101-ES105
Electrical Site Plans
ES501
Electrical Details
ES601
Electrical Schedules
LI100
Irrigation Notes & Legend
Qty. Scale
1 NA
1 NA
1 As
Indicated
5 1"=10'-0"
1 1"=40'-0"
2 As
Indicated
1 NA
1 NA
5 1"=10'-0"
1 NA
1 NA
5 1"=10'-0"
1 NA
5 111=10'-0"
7 As
Indicated
2 ,"=1'
-0"
3 As
Indicated
5 1"=40'-0"
1 As
Indicated
1 NA
1 NA
9/12/01 Section 00520 Page 4
LI101-LI105
Irrigation Plans
5
1"=10'-0"
LI501-L1503
Irrigation Details
3
As
Indicated
LP101-LP105
Landscape Plans
5
1"=10'-0"
LP501
Landscape Details
1
As
Indicated
The Contract Drawings shall be stamped "Final for Construction" and dated. Any
revisions made shall be clearly identified and dated.
7.4. Addenda Numbers to , inclusive.
7.5. The Contract Documents also include all written amendments and other
documents amending, modifying, or supplementing the Contract Documents pursuant
to paragraphs 3.5 and 3.6 of the General Conditions.
7.6. There are no Contract Documents other than those listed or
incorporated by reference in this Article 7. The Contract Documents may only be
amended, modified or supplemented as provided in paragraphs 3.5 and 3.6 of the
General Conditions.
ARTICLE 8. MISCELLANEOUS
8.1. Terms used in this Agreement which are defined in Article I of the
General Conditions shall have the meanings indicated in the General Conditions.
8.2. No assignment by a party hereto of any rights under or interests in
the Contract Documents will be binding on another party hereto without the
written consent of the party sought to be bound; and specifically but not without
limitations, moneys that may become due and moneys that are due may not be
assigned without such consent (except to the extent that the effect of this
restriction may be limited by law), and unless specifically stated to the
contrary in any written consent to an assignment no assignment will release or
discharge that assignor from any duty or responsibility under the Contract
Document.
8.3. OWNER and CONTRACTOR each binds itself, its partners, successors,
assigns and legal representatives to the other party hereto, its partners,
successors, assigns and legal representatives in respect to all covenants,
Agreement and obligations contained in the Contract Document.
9/12/01 Section 00520 Page 5
VVV.
White Glory of the Snow Bulb
$
Each
WWW.
Mixed Purple Giant Crocus Bulb
$
Each
XXX.
Blue Grape Hyacinth Bulb
$
Each
YYY.
Giant Snowdrop Bulb
$
Each
ZZZ.
Blue Dwarf Iris Bulb
$
Each
AAAA.
Annuals Planting for Large Planter Pot
$
Each
BBBB,
Annuals Planting for Small Planter Pot
$
Each
CCCC.
Annuals Planting for Deep Planter Pot
$
Each
DDDD.
Annuals Planting for Hanging Basket
$
Each
EEEE.
Unit Price Item: Curb At Building
Description: Cast -in -place concrete curb (as drawn on detail C/LS507, assume 6 inch
heath above
adjacent granite paves), including all excavation, formwork, concrete,
steel dowels,
finishing, and other
materials, transportation of materials, and incidental efforts required
for a complete
finished product.
Does not include cost of adjacent granite or unit pavers.
$
Linear Foot
RESPECTFULLY SUBMITTED:
Date
Title
License Number (If Applicable)
(Seal - if Bid is by corporation)
Attest:
Address
Telephone
Signature
OWNER: CITY OF FORT COLLINS CONTRACTOR:
By: By:
JAMES B. O'NEILL II, CPPO, FNIGP
DIRECTOR OF PURCHASING
AND RISK MANAGEMENT
Title:
Date:
Attest:
City Clerk
Address for giving notices:
P. O. Box 580
Fort Collins, CO 80522
Approved as to Form
Assistant City Attorney
Date:
(CORPORATE SEAL)
Attest:
Address for giving notices:
LICENSE NO.:
9/12/01 Section 00520 Page 6
SECTION 00530
NOTICE TO PROCEED
Description of Work: OLD TOWN SQUARE AND ALLEYS ENHANCEMENT PROJECT;
BID NO. 5912
To:
This notice is to advise you:
That the contract covering the above described Work has been fully executed by
the CONTRACTOR and the OWNER.
That the required CONTRACTOR's Performance Bond and Payment Bond have been
received by the OWNER.
That the OWNER has approved the said Contract Documents.
Therefore, as the CONTRACTOR for the above described Work, you are hereby
authorized and directed to proceed within ( ) calendar days from
receipt of this notice as required by the Agreement.
Dated this day of , 20
The dates for Substantial Completion and Final Acceptance shall be
and , 20 , respectively.
City of Fort Collins
OWNER
By:
Title:
ACKNOWLEDGMENT OF NOTICE
Receipt of the above Notice to Proceed is hereby acknowledged this day
of , 20
CONTRACTOR
By:
Title:
7/96 Section 00530 Page 1
SECTION 00600
BONDS AND CERTIFICATES
00610 Performance Bond
00615Payment Bond
00630Certificate of Insurance
00635Certificate of Substantial Completion
00640Certificate of Final Acceptance
00650Lien Waiver Release (CONTRACTOR)
00660Consent of Surety
00670 Application for Exemption Certificate
SECTION 00610
PERFORMANCE BOND
Bond No.
KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS: that
(Firm)
(Address)
(an Individual), (a Partnership), (a Corporation), hereinafter referred to as the
"Principal" and
(Firm)
(Address)
hereinafter referred to as "the Surety", are held and firmly bound unto City of
Fort Collins, 300 Laporte Ave, Fort Collins, Colorado 80522 a (Municipal
Corporation) hereinafter referred to as the "OWNER", in the penal sum of
in lawful money of the United States, for the
payment of which sum well and truly to be made, we bind ourselves, successors and
assigns, jointly and severally, firmly by these presents.
THE CONDITIONS OF THIS OBLIGATION are such that whereas the Principal entered
into a certain Agreement with the OWNER, dated the day of ,
20 , a copy of which is hereto attached and made a part hereof for the
performance of The City of Fort Collins project, OLD TOWN SQUARE AND ALLEYS
ENHANCEMENT PROJECT; BID NO. 5912.
NOW, THEREFORE, if the Principal shall well, truly and faithfully perform its
duties, all the undertakings, covenants, terms, conditions and agreements of said
Agreement during the original term thereof, and any extensions thereof which may
be granted by the OWNER, with or without Notice to the Surety and during the life
of the guaranty period, and if the Principal shall satisfy all claims and demands
incurred under such Agreement, and shall fully indemnify and save harmless the
OWNER from all cost and damages which it may suffer by reason of failure to do
so, and shall reimburse and repay the OWNER all outlay and expense which the
OWNER may incur in making good any default then this obligation shall be void;
otherwise to remain in full force and effect.
7/96 Section 00610 Page 1
PROVIDED, FURTHER, that the said Surety, for value received, hereby stipulates
and agrees that no change, extension of time, alteration or addition to the terms
of the Agreement or to the Work to be performed thereunder or the Specifications
accompanying the same shall in any way affect its obligation on this bond; and it
does hereby waive notice of any such change, extension of time, alteration or
addition to the terms of the Agreement or to the Work or to the Specifications.
PROVIDED, FURTHER, that no final settlement between the OWNER and the CONTRACTOR
shall abridge the right of any beneficiary hereunder, whose claim may be
unsatisfied.
PROVIDED, FURTHER, that the Surety Company must be authorized to transact
business in the State of Colorado and be acceptable to the OWNER.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this instrument is executed in three (3)
one of which shall be deemed an original, this day of
20
IN PRESENCE OF:
Principal
counterparts, each
(Title)
(Address)
(Corporate Seal)
IN PRESENCE OF: Other Partners
By:
By:
IN PRESENCE OF: Surety
By:
By:
(Address)
(Surety Seal)
NOTE: Date of Bond must not be prior to date of Agreement.
If CONTRACTOR is Partnership, all partners should execute Bond.
7/96 Section 00610 Page 2
SECTION 00615
PAYMENT BOND
Bond No.
KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS: that
(Firm)
(Address)
(an Individual), (a Partnership), (a Corporation), hereinafter referred to as the
"Principal" and
(Firm)
(Address)
hereinafter referred to as "the Surety", are held and firmly bound unto the City
of Fort Collins, 300 Laporte Ave., Fort Collins, Colorado 80522 a (Municipal
Corporation) hereinafter referred to as "the OWNER", in the penal sum of
in lawful money of the United States, for
the payment of which sum well and truly to be made, we bind ourselves, successors
and assigns, jointly and severally, firmly by these presents.
THE CONDITIONS
OF THIS OBLIGATION are such that whereas
the Principal entered
into a certain
Agreement
with the OWNER, dated the
day of
20_, a copy
of which
is hereto attached and made a
part hereof for the
performance of
The City
of Fort Collins project, OLD TOWN SQUARE AND ALLEYS
ENHANCEMENT PROJECT; BID
NO. 5912.
NOW, THEREFORE, if the Principal shall make payment to all persons, firms,
subcontractors, and corporations furnishing materials for or performing labor in
the prosecution of the Work provided for in such Agreement and any authorized
extension or modification thereof, including all amounts due for materials,
lubricants, repairs on machinery, equipment and tools, consumed, rented or used
in connection with the construction of such Work, and all insurance premiums on
said Work, and for all labor, performed in such Work whether by subcontractor or
otherwise, then this obligation shall be void; otherwise to remain in full force
and effect.
7/96 Section 00615 Page 1
PROVIDED, FURTHER, that the said Surety, for value received, hereby stipulates
and agrees that no change, extension of time, alteration or addition to the terms
of the Agreement or to the Work to be performed thereunder or the Specifications
accompanying the same shall in any way affect its obligation on this bond; and it
does hereby waive notice of any such change, extension of time, alteration or
addition to the terms of the Agreement or to the Work or to the Specifications.
PROVIDED, FURTHER, that no final settlement between the OWNER and the CONTRACTOR
shall abridge the right of any beneficiary hereunder, whose claim may be
unsatisfied.
PROVIDED, FURTHER, that the Surety Company must be authorized to transact
business in the State of Colorado and be acceptable to the OWNER.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this instrument is executed in three (3) counterparts, each
one of which shall be deemed an original, this day of
20
IN PRESENCE OF:
(Corporate Seal)
IN PRESENCE OF:
Principal
By:
(Title)
(Address)
Other Partners
IN PRESENCE OF: Surety
By:
By:
(Address)
(Surety Seal)
NOTE: Date of Bond must not be prior to date of Agreement.
If CONTRACTOR is Partnership, all partners should execute Bond.
7/96 Section 00615 Page 2
SECTION 00630
CERTIFICATE OF INSURANCE
CONTRACTOR shall insert his own standard form for Certificate of Insurance.
7/96 Section 00630 Page 1
SECTION 00635
CERTIFICATE OF SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION
TO: CITY OF FORT COLLINS
(OWNER)
DATE OF SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION: PROJECT TITLE:
OLD TOWN SQUARE AND ALLEYS ENHANCEMENT PROJECT;
BID NO. 5912
PROJECT OR SPECIFIED PART SHALL LOCATION: Fort Collins, Colorado
INCLUDE:
OWNER: City of Fort Collins
CONTRACTOR:
CONTRACT DATE:
The Work performed under this contract has been inspected by authorized
representatives of the OWNER, CONTRACTOR, and the ENGINEER and the project (or
specified part of the project, as indicated above) is hereby declared to be
substantially completed on the above date.
A tentative list of items to be completed or corrected is appended hereto. This
list may not be exhaustive, and the failure to include an item on it does not
alter the responsibility of the CONTRACTOR to complete all the Work in accordance
with the Contract Documents.
ENGINEER AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE DATE
The CONTRACTOR accepts the above Certificate of Substantial Completion and agrees
to complete and correct the items on the tentative list within the time
indicated.
CONTRACTOR AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE DATE
The OWNER accepts the project or specified area of the project as substan-
tially complete and will assume full possession of the project or specified area
of the project at 12:01 a.m., on The responsibility for
heat, utilities, security, and insurance under the Contract Documents shall be as
set forth under "Remarks" below.
CITY OF FORT COLLINS, COLORADO By:
OWNER
REMARKS:
AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE DATE
7/96 Section 00635 Page 1
SECTION 00640
CERTIFICATE OF FINAL ACCEPTANCE
TO:
Gentlemen:
, 20
You are hereby notified that on the _ day of , 20_, the City of
Fort Collins, Colorado, has accepted the Work completed by
for the City of Fort Collins project, OLD TOWN SQUARE
AND ALLEYS ENHANCEMENT PROJECT; BID NO. 5912.
A check is attached hereto in the amount of $ as Final Payment for
all Work done, subject to the terms of the Contract Documents which are dated
In conformance with the Contract Documents for this project, your obligations and
guarantees will continue for the specified time from the following date:
Sincerely,
OWNER: City of Fort Collins
By:
Title:
ATTEST:
Title:
7/96 Section 00640 Page 1
in
4 X 4 TUBE STEEL W/CLOSED ENDS
WELDED. RUN ELECTRICAL CONDUIT
IN TUBE.
J—BOX AND TUBE STEEL TO
BE FLUSHED TO BACK OF
LIGHT FIXTURE, COORDINATE
DIMENSIONS OF J—BOX WITH
ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR
14-1X1 STEEL ANGLE
TRELLIS AT EQUAL LIGHT FIXTURE
SPACING, WELDED RE; ELECTRICAL
5X5 STEEL ANGLE 1
WITH J" STEEL tq
STIFFENERS,
WELDED TO 4 X 4 I
TUBE. I'
e" ALLTHREAD RODZZ
AND WASHERS
s
N
F
itpp ��
}
ELECTRIC''
CONDUIT
rA ELEVATIONS
A 102 1 /2"=1'-01,
OLD TOWN SQUARE / KIOSKS
ALLEYS ENHANCEMENTS
PARTIAL OF 2/A102
1 TWO SIDED KIOSK
The ARCHITECTS STUDIO. m.
„ Wee.' ., ..GooDATE 06,08,2005
v,nWCwr.A.&
eosza
TEL 9704828125 PROJECT NO. 04030071.01 S K-1
„ .2a 1 SCALE Y2'"= 1'— 0"
SECTION 00650
LIEN WAIVER RELEASE
(CONTRACTOR)
TO: City of Fort Collins, Colorado (OWNER)
FROM:
(CONTRACTOR)
PROJECT: OLD TOWN SQUARE AND ALLEYS ENHANCEMENT PROJECT; BID NO. 5912
1. The CONTRACTOR acknowledges having received payment, except retainage from
the OWNER for all work, labor, skill and material furnished, delivered and
performed by the CONTRACTOR for the OWNER or for anyone in the
construction, design, improvement, alteration, addition or repair of the
above described project.
2. In consideration of such payment and other good and valuable consideration,
the receipt and adequacy of which are hereby acknowledged, the CONTRACTOR
voluntarily waives all rights, claims and liens, including but not limited
to, mechanic's liens, Miller Act claims (40 U.S.C.A. 270 a and b), stop
notices, equitable liens and labor and material bond rights which the
CONTRACTOR may now or may afterward have, claim or assert for all and any
work, labor, skill or materials furnished, delivered or performed for the
construction, design, improvement, alteration, addition or repair of the
above described project, against the OWNER or its officers, agents,
employees or assigns, against any fund of or in the possession or control
of the OWNER, against the project or against all land and the buildings on
and appurtenances to the land improved by the project.
3. The CONTRACTOR affirms that all work, labor and materials, furnished,
delivered or performed to or for the construction, design, improvement,
alteration, addition or repair of the project were furnished, delivered or
performed by the CONTRACTOR or its agents, employees, and servants, or by
and through the CONTRACTOR by various Subcontractors or materialmen or
their agents, employees and servants and further affirms the same have been
paid in full and have released in full any and all existing or possible
future mechanic's liens or rights or claims against the project or any
funds in the OWNER'S possession or control concerning the project or
against the OWNER or its officers, agents, employees or assigns arising out
of the project.
4. The CONTRACTOR agrees to defend and hold harmless the OWNER, the lender, if
any, and the Surety on the project against and from any claim hereinafter
made by the CONTRACTOR'S Subcontractors, materialmen, employees, servants,
agents or assigns against the project or against the OWNER or its officers,
employees, agents or assigns arising out of the project for all loss,
damage and costs, including reasonable attorneys fees, incurred as a result
of such claims.
7/96 Section 00650 Page 1
5. The parties acknowledge that the description of the project set forth above
constitutes and adequate description of the property and improvements to
which this Lien Waiver Release pertains. It is further acknowledged that
this Lien Waiver Release is for the benefit of and may be relied upon by
the OWNER, the lender, if any, and Surety on any labor and material bonds
for the project.
Signed this
ATTEST:
Secretary
day of
CONTRACTOR
By:
Title:
STATE OF COLORADO )
)ss.
COUNTY OF LARIMER )
Subscribed and sworn to before me this
20 by
Witness my hand and official seal.
My Commission Expires:
, 20
day of
Notary Public
7/96 Section 00650 Page 2
SECTION 00660
CONSENT OF SURETY
TO: City of Fort Collins, Colorado
(hereinafter referred to as the "OWNER")
CONTRACTOR:
PROJECT: OLD TOWN SQUARE AND ALLEYS ENHANCEMENT PROJECT; BID NO. 5912
CONTRACT DATE:
In accordance with the provisions of the Contract between the OWNER and the
CONTRACTOR as indicated above, for bond of (Surety)
hereby approves of the Final Payment to
the CONTRACTOR, and agrees that Final Payment to the CONTRACTOR shall not relieve
the Surety Company of any of its obligations to the OWNER, as set forth in the
said Surety Company's Bond.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Surety Company has hereunto set its hand this day
of
(Surety Company)
By
ATTACH: Power of Attorney and Certificate of Authority of Attorney(s)-in-Fact.
7/96 Section 00660 Page 1
SECTION 00670
APPLICATION FOR EXEMPTION CERTIFICATE
Insert State certificate here
OR 0172 (01/03)
COLORADO DEPARTMENT OF REVENUE
DENVER CO 80261
(303) 238-SERV (7378)
CONTRACTOR APPLICATION
FOR
EXEMPTION CERTIFICATE
Pursuant to Statute
Section 39-26.114(1)(a)(XIX)
R
nn AinT waiTa ,u Turc conro
The exemption certificate for which you are applying must be used only for the purpose of purchasing construction and building
materials for the exempt project described below. This exemption does not include or apply to the purchase or rental of equipment,
supplies, and materials which are purchased, rented, or consumed by the contractor and which do not become a part of the
structure, highway, road, street, or other public works owned and used by the exempt organization.
Any unauthorized use of the exemption certificate will result in revocation of your exemption certificate and other penalties provided
by law.
A separate certificate is required for each contract.
Subcontractors will not be issued Certificates of Exemption by the Department of Revenue. it is the responsibility of the prime
contractor to issue certificates to each of the subcontractors. (See reverse side.)
FAILURE TO ACCURATELY COMPLETEALL BOXES WILL CAUSE THE APPLICATION TO BE DENIED.
Registration/Account No. (to be assigned by DOR)
Period
0170-750 (999) $0.00
89 _
_...,
`Ill WtION
Trade name/DBA:
Owner, partner, or corporate name:
Mailing address (City, State, Zip):
Contact Person
E-Mail address:
Federal Employers Identification Number:
Bid amount for your contract:
$
Fax number:
Business telephone number:
Colorado withholding tax account number:
Copies 1�f'aohtTaft=tsrbdJtitlrtY pages (1j�derititying too cpr�tractirlg partiies;
sl %� `Ilk/ ?C f MATIIG N '
amount and M.) oont�tr� : tlatures of svntreq�i , arttss INlU�3 i be attached.
Name of exempt organization (as shown on contract): Exempt organization's number:
98 -
Address of exempt organization (City, State, Zip):
Principal contact at exempt organization:
Principal contact's telephone number:
Physical location of project site (give actual address when applicable and Cities and/or County lies) where project is located)
Scheduled Month Day Year
Estimated Month Day Year
construction start date:
completion dale:
I declare under penalty of perjury in the second degree that the statements made in this application are true and
complete to the best of my knowledge.
Signature of owner, partner or corporate officer.
Title of corporate officer:
Date:
SECTION 00700
GENERAL CONDITIONS
GENERAL CONDITIONS
OF THE
CONSTRUCTION CONTRACT
These GENERAL CONDITIONS have been developed by using the
STANDARD GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONSTRUCTION
CONTRACT prepared by the Engineers Joint Contract Documents
Committee, EJCDC No. 1910-8 (1990 Edition), as a base. Changes to
that document are shown by underlining text that has been added and
striking through text that has been deleted.
EJCDC GENERAL CONDITIONS 1910-8 (1990 EDITION)
WITH CITY OF FORT COLLINS MODIFICATIONS (REV 9/99)
w
TABLE OF CONTENTS OF GENERAL CONDITIONS
Article or Paragraph
Page
Article or Paragraph
Page
Number & Title
Number
Number & Title
Number
1. DEFINITIONS
......................................................1
2. PRELIMINARY MATTERS ................................
3
1.1
Addenda.............................................1
2.1
Delivery of Bonds.............................3
1.2
Agreement* .............*......*........_.......
1
2.2
Copies of Documents ........................
j
1.3
Application for Payment.......................1
2.3
Commencement of Contract
1.4
Asbestos ........................................
1
Times; Notice to Proceed
1.5
Bid ........ ......... ......... ..I.........1
2.4
...............
Starting the Work.... ..................
1.6
Bidding Documents ............. I...............1,
2.5-2.7
Before Starting Construction;
1.7
Bidding Requirements ....................0.....1
CONTRACTOR's Responsibility
1.8
Bonds.........
1
to Report; Preliminary Schedtles;
1.9
Change Order ......... .......*...........00......1
Delivery of Certificates of
1.10
Contract Documents..,
1
Insurance
3-4
1.11
Contract Price......................................1
2.8
Preconstruction Conference
4
1.12
Contract Times ..... ......... ............1
2.9
Initially Acceptable Schedules
4
1.13
CONTRACTOR
1.14
defective...................................0.........1
3. CONTRACT DOCUMENTS: INTENT,
1.15
Drawings ....... ... ................ ...........
....... 1
AMENDING, REUSE .........................4
1.16
Effective Date of the Agreement ...........
1
3.1-3.2
Intent ..............................................
4
1.17
ENGINEER ......................................
1
3.3
Reference to Standards and Speci-
1.18
ENGINEER's Consultant ........... 0
.......... I
fications of Technical Societies;
1.19
Field Order ............. 0............................
I
Reporting and Resolving Dis-
1.20
General Requirements .........................2
crepancies..............................
4-5
1.21
Hazardous Waste... ..10.....................
3.4
Intent of Certain Terms or
1.22.a
Laws and Regulations; Laws or
Adjectives... ..................................
5
Regulations._. 0........................0.....
2
3.5
Amending Contract Docunents.,
5
1.22.b
Legal Holidays ....................................
2
3.6
.......
Supplementing Contract
1.23
Liens..................................................2
Documents
1.24
Milestone ........................... .....
2
3.7
Reuse of Documents
1.25
Notice of Award ...............................
.2
1.26
Notice to Proceed................................2
4. AVAILABILITY
OF LANDS;
1.27
OWNER ............. ............................. ..
2
SUBSURFACE AND PHYSICAL CONDITIONS;
1.28
Partial Utilization...............................2
REFERENCE
POINTS..,.,.,,,,....
5
1.29
PCBs .
...............................0...............
.
, ,,.....,.,,,.„.,...
vaatyoLands
,
5-6
1.30
Petroleum ......................................
2
4.2
......................
Subsurface and Physical
1.31
Project................................................2
Conditions....................................6
1.32.a
Radioactive Material ..............................
4.2.1
Reports and Drawings
6
1.32.b
Regular Working Hours ........ .......0..2
4.2.2
............. 0.........
Limited Reliance by CONTRAC-
1.33
Resident Project Representative ............2
TOR Authorized; Technical
1.34
Samples .................................
2
Data
6
1.35
Shop Drawings.... ................................
2
4.2.3
Notice of Differing Subsurface
1.36
Specifications, ................................
....2
or Physical Conditions..................6
1.37
Subcontractor......... 0........................
2
4.2.4
ENGINEER's Review..,,,,,,.,.._.,.,.,.._.6
1.38
Substantial Completion ......... ..........2
4.2.5
Possible Contract Documents
1.39
Supplementary Conditions ..................
2
Change ......... ....................
6
1.40
Supplier ........................... ......0..
2
4.2.6
0........
Possible Price and Times
1.41
Underground Facilities .............. 0......2-3
Adjustments......,,,,,.....,..,,......
¢-7
1.42
Unit Price Work.... .........
3
4.3
Physical Conditions - -Underground
1.43
Work................................................3
Facilities.......................................7
1.44
Work Change Directive .......................3
4.3.1
Shown or Indicated,,,,....,.,,,,.......,,,,,7
1.45
Written Amendment ......... ..........j
4.3.2
Not Shown or Indicated
4.4
Reference Points .......................„.....
7
E.ICDC GENERAL CONDII IONS 1910-8 (1990 EDITION)
w/ CITY OF FORT COLLINS MODIFICATIONS (REV 9/99)
Article or Paragraph
Page
Article or Paragraph
Page
Number & Title
Number
Number & Title
Number
4.5
Asbestos, PCBs, Petroleum,
6.25
Submittal Proceedures; CON -
Hazardous Waste or
TRACTOR's Review Prior
Radioactive Material....................7-8
to Shop Drawing or Sample
Submittal ....................................
16
5. BONDS AND INSURANCE .................................
8
6.26
Shop Drawing & Sample Submit-
5.1-5.2
Performance, Payment and Other
tals Review by ENGINEER ......
16-17
Bonds ..............................................
8
6.27
Responsibility for Variations
5.3
Licensed Sureties and Insurers;
From Contract Documents ............
17
Certificates of Insurance....................8
6.28
Related Work Performed Prior
5.4
CONTRACTOR's Liability
to ENGINEER's Review and
Insurance..........................................9
Approval of Required
5.5
OWNER's Liability Insurance ..............
9
Submittals ............................ :......
17
5.6
Property Insurance ..........................9-10
6.29
Continuing the Work .....................
J7
5.7
Boiler and Machinery or Addi-
6.30
CONTRACTOR's General
tional Property Insurance.................10
Warranty and Guarantee,...........,,
17
5.8
Notice of Cancellation Prousion.........
10
6.31-6.33
Indemnification .........................17-18
5.9
CONTRACTOR's Responsibility
6.34
Survival of Obligations ...................18
for Deductible Amounts ....................
10
5.10
Other Special Insurance. .....................
10
7. OTHER WORK .................................................
J8
5.11
Waiver of Rights ..... ......... .........11
7.1-7.3
Related Work at Site... ...............18
5.12-5.13
Receipt and Application of
7.4
Coordination..................................18
Insurance Proceeds ......................
10-11
5.14
Acceptance of Bonds and Insir-
8. OWNER'S
RESPONSIBILITIES .........................18
ance; Option to Replace...................11
8.1
Communications to CON-
5.15
Partial Utilization --Property
TRACTOR.................................18
Insurance........................................11
8.2
Replacement of ENGINEER ............
18
8.3
Furnish Data andPay Promptly
6, CONTRACTOR'S
RESPONSIBILITIES
11
When Due18
6.1-6.2
Supervision and Superintendence......*
11
8.4
Lands and Easements; Reports
6.3-6.5
Labor, Materials and Equipment...
11-12
and Tests ...............................
i8-19
6.6
Progress Schedule..............................12
8.5
Insurance................ ...................
....19
6.7
Substitutes and "Or -Equal" Items;
8.6
Change Or&rs................................
19
CONTRACTOR's Expense;
8.7
Inspections, Tests and
Substitute Construction
Approvals.................................19
Methods or Procedures;
8.8
Stop or Suspend Work;
ENGINEER's Evaluation
12-13
Terminate CONTRACTOR's
6.8-6.11
Concerning Subcontractors,
Services ,_..,,..*........*, ........
.
Suppliers and Others;
8.9
Limitations on OWNER'S
Waiver of Rights....... I.................13-14
Responsibilities ............................
19
6.12
Patent Fees and Royalties ....... .........14
8.10
Asbestos, PCBs, Petroleum,
6.13
Permits.............................................14
Hazardous Waste or
6.14
Laws and Regulations ........................14
Radioactive Material ....................
19
6.15
Taxes14-15
8.11
Evidence ofFinancal
6.16
Use of Premises.................................15
Arrangements .............................19
6.17
Site Cleanliness
.................................
15
6.18
Safe Structural Loading .....................
15
9. ENGINEER'S STATUS DURING
6.19
Record Documents .... I ............ I ...........
15
CONSTRUCTION .............................................
19
6.20
Safety and Protection ................
15-16
9.1
OWNER'S Representative ...........
I.... 19
6.21
Safety Representative .........................
j6
9.2
Visits to Site ,,,,......*......**..........
,,,,,19
6.22
Hazard Communication Programs......
16
9.3
Project Representative ........19-21
6.23
Emergencies ............... I.....................
16
9.4
Clarifications and Interpre-
6.24
Shop Drawings and Samples..............16
tations.........................................
1
9.5
Authorized Variations in V16rk
21
in EJCDC GENERAL CONDITIONS 1910-8 (1990 EDITION)
w/ CITY OF FORTCOLLINS MODIFICATIONS (REV 9/99)
Article or Paragraph
Number & Title
Page Article or Paragraph
Number Number & Title
9.6
Rejecting Defective Work...................21
9.7-9.9
Shop Drawings, Change Orders
and Payments ...................................
21
9.10
Determinations for Unit Prices
21-22
9.11-9.12
Decisions on Disputes; ENGI-
NEER as Initial Interpreter..............22
9.13
Limitations on ENGINEER's
Authority and Responsibilities,,,,
22-23
CHANGES IN THE WORK .......................................
23
10.1
OWNER's Ordered Change................23
10.2
Claim for Adjustment .....................
10.3
Work Not Required by Contract
Documents .....................................
23
10.4
Change Orders..........................6.......23
10.5
Notification of Surety... ......... 6...........
23
CHANGE OF CONTRACT PRICE ............6...........6....23
11.1-11.3
Contract Price; Claim for
Adjustment; Vafue of
the Work ...................................
23-24
11.4
Cost of the Work .............................
24-25
11.5
Exclusions to Cost of the Work,....,,,,,25
11.6
CONTRACTOR's Fee.............6..........25
11.7
Cost Records .................................
25-26
11.8
Cash Allowances, ....... 4......... 4............
26
11.9
Unit Price Work,,,,,,... 6.......................26
CHANGE OF CONTRACT TIMES.... ....... 4............
4... 26
12.1
Claim for Adjustment ........................26
12.2
Time of the Essence ............. ................
26
12.3
Delays Beyond CONTRACTOR'S
Control... ................... 4.......... 6....
26-27
12.4
Delays Beyond OWNER's and
CONTRACTOR's Control................27
TESTS AND INSPECTIONS; CORRECTION,
REMOVAL OR ACCEPTANCE OF
DEFECTIVE WORK .......... .....................................
...27
13.1
Notice of Defects..............................27
13.2
Access to the Work ......... .........27
13.3
Tests and Inspections;
CONTRACTOR'S Cooperation.,,,,,,,.
27
13.4
OWNER's Responsibilities;
Independent Testing Laboratory,,,,,.,
27
13.5
CONTRACTOR's
Responsibilities...............................27
13.6-13.7
Covering Work Prior to Inspec-
tion, Testing or Approval.................27
iv
13.8-13.9 Uncovering Work at ENGI-
Page
Number
NEER's Request .....................27-28
13.10
OWNER May Stop the Work ...........
28
13.11
Correction or Removal of
Defective Work ...........................28
13.12
Correction Period ..............I............28
13.13
Acceptance of Defective Work .........
28
13.14
OWNER May Correct Defective
Work .....................................
28-29
14. PAYMENTS TO CONTRACTOR AND
COMPLETION .................................................
29
14.1
Schedule of Values .........................29
14.2
Application for Progress
Payment... ..................................
29
14.3
CONTRACTOR'S Warranty of
Title ...........................................
29
14.4-14.7
Review of Applications for
Progress Payments, , , . . . _ , , , , „_ . . .
, 29-30
14.8-14.9
Substantial Completion,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,
30
14.10
Partial Utilization
30-31
14.11
Final Inspection .............................31
14.12
Final Application for Payment ........
31
14.13-14.14
Final Payment and Acceptance..,,,,,
31
14.15
Waiver of Claims .................. ...
31-32
15. SUSPENSION OF WORK AND
TERMINATION ...............................................
32
15.1 OWNER May Suspend Work .........
* 32
15.2-15.4 OWNER May Terminate,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,
32
15.5 CONTRACTOR May Stop
Work or Terminate .................
32-33
16. DISPUTE RESOLUTION33
17. MISCELLANEOUS...........................................33
17.1
Giving Notice ................................
33
17.2
Computation of Times,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,
33
17.3
Notice of Claim .............................33
17.4
Cumulative Remedies.....................33
17.5
Professional Fees and Court
Costs Included ............................33
17.6
Applicable State Laws ...............
33-34
Intentionally left blank ...................................
....35
EXHIBIT GC -A:
(Optional)
Dispute Resolution Agreement .....................
GC -Al
16.1-16.6
Arbitration ,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,GC
-Al
16.7
Mediation...............................GC-Al
F.ICDC GENERAL CONDITIONS 1910-8 (1990 EDITION)
w/ CITY OF FORT COLLINS MODIFICATIONS (REV 9/99)